Full text of "Botanical gazette."

See other formats

eK |
THE Bute
!?

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

a eeataiiatiteiiaail

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.

CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

NO. Bot. arden,

axes A Be AE
boww

VOLUME XVII.

41892
BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA

PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

On the relation of certain fall to spring blossoming
plants. I, I (plates, 1.) Aug. F. Foerste. 1, 233

The effects of mechanical movement upon the growth of
certain lower organisms. . Hi. L. Russell. 8

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches
15, 54, 85, 118, 157

Apical areas of seed plants Conway MacMillan.

Effects of parasitism of Ustilago antherarum.

Conway MacMillan.

Behavior of the pollen tube of gymnosperms.—R.

Observations on the protection of buds in the tropics

Conway MacMillan.
Vitality of ferns . i : ; Theo. Holm.
Anatomy of Carices . Theo. Holm.

Ovular structure of Casuarine Sabeetas :
onway MacMillan.
A contribution to the knowledge of nuclear mechan-
ics in the sexual and other reproductive cells of
plants. ‘ ; ; tae MacMillan.
Burnt spots on leaves . : co. Holm.
The stem and leaf of mosses . “Biber ff. True.
Anatomy of the stolons of Graminex Theo. Holm.
Studies upon germination . : Theo. Holm.
Gases in massive organs . Conway MacMillan.
Effects of electricity on growth . George E. Stone.
Vegetation of the paramos of Venezuela Theo. Holm.
The seed coats of Malvacez (plate 111) Podd. Kol s.
Evolution in methods of ee Altice Carter. 40, 72
Mt. Kataadn and its flora Ff. Lamson Scribner. 46
Flowers and insects. _Vu, VIII, IX Charles Robertson.
65, 173, 269

iv The Botanical Gazette.

F. W. Anderson, Sc. D. (portrait, plate Iv) #. D. Kelsey.
Enumeration of the Kansas mosses :
F. Ranauld saul F. Cole
A simple self-registering auxanometer (plate v)
George E. Sioned
Suggestions on the classification of the Metaphyta
Conway MacMillan.
Some fungi common to wild and cultivated plants
Byron D. Halsted.
Sereno Watson (portrait, plate v1) Fohn M. Coulter.
On the archegonium and apical growth of the stem in
Tsuga Canadensis and Pinus sylvestris (plate v1)
D

M. Mottzer.

Germination of the teleutospores of Ravenelia cassiecola
(plates IX and x). : ; B. M. Duggar.
Notes on Carex. XVI ‘ : L. H. Batley.
An automatic device for collie culture tubes of agar
agar (plate XI) ; : George F. Atkinson.

On nomenclature . : é Sereno Watson.
The North American f dienes : 3 F. Stephant.

The identification of trees in winter (plates XII and XIII)

Aug. F. Foerste.

Two new genera of Hyphomycetes (illust.) 4. P. Morgan.

_On the genus Lindbladia : George A. Rex.
The tendrils of Passiflora ceerulea (late XIV) ;

D7. MeDoigal.

An apparatus for determining the periodicity of root-

pressure (plate xv) . : : M. B. Thomas.

On the apical growth of the stem and the development

of ee sporangium of Botrychium Virginianum (plate

XV : C. L. Holtzman.

ee syatematic 2 distributional researches

Recent work in systematic hepaticology :

oe OE Uadertaaoi:

The aitahaphobies flora of Denmark Theo. Holm.

Notes on the flora of Chicago and vicinity EZ. ¥. Hill.

246

ee ee ee ee ee

Table of Contents. v

The plea of expediency . ‘ N. L. Britton. 252

Botanical. papers read before Section Bye A Sis
Rochester meeting : . 276

Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. ‘Ss. g . 285

Papers presented to the Botanical Club, A. A. A. 347 sas BOE
A preliminary comparison of the hepatic flora of boreal
and sub-boreal regions ©. Lucien M. Underwood. 305
Bacterial investigations of the sea and its floor
sc duet Bx Riessell 312
A peculiar case of plant dissemination .
Edward if Bishi 321
Notes on certain species of Erythronium &. B. Kuerr. 326
The International Congress at Genoa .
Lucien M. Luidboentioal 341
Some new North American plants. I
Fohn M. Coulter arid E. M. Fisher. 348
Development of the flower and embryo-sac in Aster and
Solidago (plates XIX and Xx) George W. Martin.

53, 406
A study of some mes characters of North Ameri-
can Graminee (plate XXI) . é Theo. Holm. 358

Popular names of American plants Fanny D. Bergen. 363 .
On the Myxobacteriacea, a new order of Schizomycetes
(plates XXII-XXV) . : Roland Thaxter. 389
A vacation in the Hawaiian istands
Douglas Heashten Campbell 4il
BRIEFER oe

Alice Carter,

Notes on pollina' oe
Cryptomitrium pene F. Stephani. 58
rus Ioensis L. H. Batley.

Cleistogamy in the genus Polygonu um ‘ Stanley Coulter. “4
Cultivating the ascosporous form of yeas Sf, ae rthur. 92
The identity of aaspins stenophylla pre Acerates, auriculat

John M. Holsinger: 124, 160
Bartram’s , ons. 12
The spines of pa tribuloides (illust. ) 3 x Gayle, 125
The embryo-sac of the rere ‘ : ! Consoay ac Milleh 161
A bit of flora of Central Arizon Toumey. \
The chemica! composition of ei nectar vs Poinsettia. W. ‘E. Stone. 192
Notes on Asclepias one megae . J. N Rose. 193
Some depauperate grasses (ill “A. S. Hitchcock. 194

vi The Botanical Gazette.

Living fossi 4 : . Erwin H. Barbour. 223
On Am esata crassipes (plate xv) : : . John M. Holzinger, 254
Interes' leaf (illust.) rs. W.A. Kellerman. 257
On the ‘development of the embryo-sac of Arisaema triphylium (plate
‘ Dav see Mottier, 258
Pol os a persicarioides HBK. : oe Mellie 5 $e 295
New ss ses of North Am sey ‘ ; F. Renauld and J. sae ‘al, 295
Notes r : é Cha Hargitt. 328
Cross and self-fe rtilizat Min nnie Reed, 330
The 2 ares ¢ position of Entosthodon Bolanderi Joh n M. -Holzinger, 380
A probable new category of carnivorous — Conway MacMillan. 381
Carl Moritz Got ttsche : Peston M. Underwood. 417
An edible lichen not heretofore noted as such W. W. Calkins, 418
A new Tabebuia from Mexico and Central Mexico (plate xxv1. .
NV. Rose. 418.
The occasional cross. , ; s ‘ . Thomas Meehan. 420
Sullivantia Hapemani . : i é : - John M. Coulter. 42%
EDITORIAL—

Botanical Congress at the World’s Fair, 22.—German n mycological gee 23.
—International Cotiercs of Botanists, 60. —Apparatus sas vege etable ysiol-
ogy, 93.—Botany in Chicago University, 94.—Duty of anists in Ri be to
international congress, 128.—Division of section F of the A fe A. S., 129.—
Botanical authority, na Tipe pati eee Criticism of

ti
rea m with the Columbian Bae es 297.—Live botanists, 383. sine iy nt
publications, 422.

CURRENT LITERATURE—
23, 95, 129, 195, 225, 262, 290, 331, 384, 423.

For titles see Index, under ‘‘Reviews.’’

OPEN LETIERS—

. Asection of botany in the American a sar Byron D. Halsted. 25
Misconception of Potidies 1 homo. = - - Conway MacMillan, 27
The Baltimore oriole mutilating eal, 27
Suggested by Seas: e’s Hebteen Censenia Plantarum Erwin z Smit 62

he new herbari : ; : es
The pollination of € Orhis sspectabilis . | | Jame a Newel 165

A botanical congress and nomenclature | : 190
Pink aba yellow pond-lilies : W. Ww. Bailey. 229
De}; Campbell's “Biological Instruction” Conway MacMillan. 301
Who are biolo . ; ‘ hee 28 re i ye sete 336
Variations in the stewebecis leafs mics well. 336

The botanical congress . | | ene mM Caderwent a

NOTES AND NEWs—
28, 63, 99, 132, 166, 200, 229, 266, 302, 337, 386, 420.

VOL. XVII. JANUARY 4892. No. i.

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

CONTENTS:

On the relation of certain fall to ° spring Rosonee Wee ee _
I and IL. j)—dug. #. foeerste,

i ical Sy th AL Si ste Se Ps) organ-
isms.—//. ussell, The pees Be
ert, anatomical and siytalogest’ researc’ oie

ica) areas of seed plants —Conwa MacMillan,
Effects of Sirehiliens U: sation aR nULY MacMillan.

Behavior of the meee tubé oi eae
Buiefer Articles : oats
Wises Carter.
Editorial, vic. iS
Current Literature, Pe
Open Letters; — S sapiens era 4
A section of Satna te ia the naieeathons ron D. Halsted.

Misconi

The Baltimore oriole eee ee iting lowers. Ee Stok wae ue
ceptions of pai uate jomologies. ‘MacMillan,
Notes and — : ; :

_ Uissueo. January 20.)

BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.
PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS.

"Tracy, Gibbs &.Ca., Printers, Madison, Wisconsin.

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.

AANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made
ees ~ dealers or agents

n Great gions ]
Agent, W. P. es Agents, R. Sphitorawue & SOHN,
157 Great eis St, London, W. Caristrasse rr, pital N, Ww. Re)

_ Subscriptions and correspondence should be addresse 4 to Chorles R. Earnes,
712 Langdon St., Madison, reana i money orders and drafts should ee m
payable to the Boranrcat Gazetr

per 100,.$4:00.. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazettE, ¥
title, $1.50 per Too, additional. The number So must be marked at phe,
of the — as none Sod be printed unless order
ou
of composition shown in the pages of the Gazette. Scientific
care

ons.— Articles ead isications, should be sent to x Bs

a bade University, Lafa
Missing

sited 3 In the odes number will eahans:

ss pier gy be replaced aoe a when claim an made ale
Be: days after receipt of the number fo

fare Serres 9 of Malvaceae, by P. 1. Rots, Botanist to

_ Agricultural | Experiment Station at Lake City, Fla.

Croptomitrium eee Aust, oe = hata Lp
—

f Mt Ketan, by F eameor Shanon,
p. Stati noxvi

BoTANICAL GAZETTE

FANUARY, 1892.

On the relations of certain fall to spring blossoming plants.
AUG. F. FOERSTE.
(WITH PLATES I AND It.)

Most spring flowering plants in the more northern latitudes
begin the development of their floral organs already during
the previous year. The following table will give a very good
idea of the extent to which this development has taken place
in a series of plants collected near Clarendon, Vermont, du-
ring the week from the twenty-second to the twenty-eighth
of August. In this list are inserted two ett Cypripedium
parvi forum Salisb. collected near Ludlow, Vermont, on the
twenty-seventh of September, and Chimaphila maculata
Pursh, found near Andover, New Jersey, on the ninth of Oc-
tober. The first column indicates whether the scaly winter-
buds are subterranean (S), subaerial, or chiefly covered with
fallen forest leaves or surrounded by moss (SA), or aerial
(A). The second column gives the regular flowering season.
The third records the length (in millimeters) attained by the
flower cluster at the dates when examined. In the case of
Arisaema triphyllum Torr. the length of the spathes was given
instead (S). The fourth column records the size of the largest
flower bud in, these clusters. In two cases measurements
were not recorded (d) ?

Hepatica resnitiean we gD Cae es Un OUT eee te A Mh. Ap. ——- 1.50
WRalotrunt dicicum, Ly.) iter. ess sae easy Ap. My acs .42
MACHER) BEDE SEGRE hick, Vea c hay He eels oA S$ M d d

tzea spic: Pas. Capea ee S My. aun .50
Caulophyllum thalictroides MicHx..........-.. Ss My. 2.5 .83
Waldsteinia Ag Manes RASS oh oe ech peas we SA Jn. 27 206
Bite ipbyiar be tic. sek. sea ew ces oe S My. Jn. 8 «25
Gaylussacia resinosa Torr. & GR.. ... ee eee eee A My. Jn. 8 17
Vaccinium Pen say irenicns LAM... + s+. esses A My. Jn. —— 1.00
PODIR A VOPENS Io crits ue ns ae aaw bins as bbe 8 SA * My. ee NT)
era | clliptica hy Toys de Ban MSS Aan eet ere rae A n. Jy. 8 25
Pyrola secund® Laos peo. otc sees verre tice es A Jy. 8 -33
Chim act be creep SRORIE ras egy since oh oes A Jn. Jy. 7 25

~ Asaruim Canadense L............ aca seen es SA . My. Jn. —— 2.50

Vol, XVII, No. 1.

world is drawn under consideration, plants which used t

__ in spite of this habit.

2 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

See aks ee ee r be

Agisema triphyllum TORR... 6... evi Ss Ap. S. 2.5 d
remisispectapilig: Ly, 3.) wateve.s pai ive cs posse S$ My. Jn 6.3' -2e5e
Habenaria viridis, var. Ss Jn 4.5 2.00
Habenaria orbiculata T: S Jn. Jy 4.5 — 2:00
Goodyera pubescens R. Br A Jn. J fy) .10
Corallorhiza multiflora Nu Jy. Aug. 3.6 155078
Cypripedium parviflorum Sa.isB Ss My. Jn. - 8.75
Trillium erythrocarpum M vies Ap. My. 5.50
Glisten, borealis: RAPES. 66. sies sat Gee oad i] n. 3.0 75 a
Polygonatum biflorum ELL S Ap. My. Jn, 3.0 75. i
Sniilacina racemosa DesF Ss My. Jn. 2.5 33

In Thalictrum dioicum the inflorescence was in a more ad-
vanced state of development than the leaves. The inflores-
cence of Waldsteinia fragarioides lies in the axil of the upper
scales of the scaly bud, or of the lowest succeeding leaf.
That of Mitella diphylla has a scaly covering of its own, in
addition to the scales of the winter bud in general, to which
it stands in the relation of a lateral bud. The inflorescence

son permits their ready appearance in spring. It, will b
noticed, however, from the preceding table that even flowers
blooming as late as July and August may develop their bud
during the previous summer. Occasionally plants mistak
the cold winds of the earlier part of October for winter, and —
the warm, sunny days of Indian summer for spring. In tha
case the flower buds prepared for the succeeding spring ar

enumerated at other times, the wild strawberry, Fragari 5
as very frequently found in blossom this”

hrh., w
fall, so that thousands of flowering specimens could have

been collected.
n quite a number of cases, when the flora of the whol
flower in the spring only have taken up the habit of flower

ing in the late fall, and have succeeded in ripening their seeds,
They were able to flower already i

— rs ae ee

ites a

a a eee

SP TE ST eT MON PN eT TT GRP Ie one te ee RS eo eT Eee eee, he ee a

1892.1] Relations of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 3

the fall owing to the advanced state of development of their
buds at this season, even before the habit of flowering in the
fall setin. It was only necessary to secure means of perfect-
ing their fruit. To illustrate these phenomena the writer has
chosen the three plants having this habit which are most
familiar to himself: Hamamelis Virginiana L. of the United
States, Hedera Helix L.,. and Colchicum autumnale L., of Eu-
rope, a shrub, a vine and an herbaceous plant respectively,

belonging to widely different families.

Hamamelis Virginiana, the witch hazel, usually flowers
in October or November, but occasionally, after a cold fall,
not until the ensuing spring. The flower buds appear very
early, almost simultaneously with the leaves, perhaps, but
search was not made for them at so early a date. The specimen
figured was collected early in'July. It will be noticed that the
flower clusters are axillary (fig. 1.) The clusters consist usually
of three buds closely arranged around the pointed termination
of the little axillary stem (fig. 4.) Each bud is subtended by a
small appressed bract which reaches about the same height
as the buds; these bracts therefore do not offer full protection
to the buds within (figs. 2, 3, 4.) Possibly the bracts com-—
pletely enclosed the clusters formerly, when the witch hazel
flowered only in spring. The deféct is remedied by the sub-
coriaceous character of the exposed portions of the calyx,
and the hairy covering to both the calyx and the subtending
bracts (figs. 2, 3.) The early development of the flower clus-
ter, its long period of extremely slow development, the sub-
coriaceous character of the calyx and of the bracts, the hairy
covering of the same, all indicate rather a plant which once
was obliged to protect its blossoms for spring flowering, than
a fall plant which is developing into a spring blossomer, or a
summer plant becoming a fall blossomer. The fruit remains
small during the winter. It is very coriaceous in character,
and in addition has a protection of closely-fitting hairs. Its
real development begins first in spring, and the seeds are usu-
ally not ripened until late summer.

Hedera Helix, the European ivy, usually flowers in October,

' but in more southern countries™as early as September. The

writer has seen no record of its ever blossoming in the spring.
It may therefore be assumed to be a plant which has entirely
gone over ftom spring to fall blossoming. The young branches
of the ivy do not all cease growth at very nearly the same

. days of July. Near the middle of the month the inflorescence

Jast days of July the inflorescenee was rapidly pushing its
way out of the scaly bud into the open air, and expanding

_ many, about the middle of July, but it had evidently been in

4 The Botanical Gazette. |January, 7

time, as is the case with so many trees and shrubs, but some of
them are terminated with scaly buds, while others continue
growth for several months, and may perhaps even have their
tips winter-killed. Terminal scaly buds were noticed at Hei-
delberg, Germany, as early as June 1, although the date of ~
their first appearance is uncertain. They had every charac-. ~
ter of an aerial scaly bud destined to survive the winter —
(fig. 14.) Perhaps the scales were a little too green, not at
all coriaceous enough, but formerly while the plant was spring
blossoming the case might have been different. Not a trace

f an inflorescence was noticed in these buds until the first

was quite large in all of the flowering buds, and during the

preparatory to fall flowering. The upper scales of the scaly ~
bud are usually carried up on the common peduncle of the —
inflorescence to a greater or less extent (fig. 15.) The forma-
tion of a scaly bud at an early period, at a time when the
leaves have almost reached their full growth, and the quite
slow gradual development of this bud, are characters perfectly —
incomprehensible in a summer-flowering plant, taking up the
habit of blossoming in the fall, but are readily understood if ~
the plant be supposed to have changed froma spring toa
late autumn-flowering plant. The ivy does not ripenits fruit —
until the ensuing spring. Its character during winter was not
noticed. - ;
Colchicum autumnale usually flowers in October, but when
the meadows have been inundated in the fall, or when the-
fall has been unusually cold, it does not blossom until spring.
The first trace of a flower was noticed at Heidelberg, Ger-_

existence for perhaps a week. At the end of the month the
flower bud was still minute. The specimen figured belongs ~
to a much later date, just before the flowering season, and :
represents the developing blossom. Asa means of present
ing the morphology of this plant it is much better adapted.
The bulb has one side considerably flattened, and the other
decidedly convex (fig. 5); the lower portion of the bulb
slopes obliquely downwards from the convex surface until it
meets the flattened surface at an acute angle (fig. 5:) It con
sists of two withered, naar scales enclosing the base

Re EE ee en eS ENE or TE eee ee ee ee Ce ET eS

1892.] Relations of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 5

the flowering stem which has developed into a corm. Re-
moving the scales this corm is seen to give form to the bulb
(fig. 6.) Along the middle of the flattened face there is seen
to be a broad groove, and at its base there has been devel-
oped a sort of lobe. To this lobe is attached a bud (fig. 8),
which is really in the axil of the inner of the two withered
sheathing scales just removed. If at a sufficiently advanced
stage of development the thin cuticle at the base of this bud
be removed it will be found to completely cover a large bundle
of little roots, many of them already 3 mm. long (fig. 9),
ready to take the place of the old roots when their work is
done (fig. 5.) A reference to the figures will show that by a
‘more rapid development of the tissues just above the roots
on the non-attached side of the bud, this bundle of roots be-
comes central in the oblique base of the future bulb (figs. 5, 7.)
The first scale is a closed sheath (fig. 9.) The second scale
is a sheath only at its base, but the sheathing portion elon-
gates considerably during subsequent growth (fig. 10.) The
first leaf is also slightly sheathing at the base (fig. 11), and
the second leaf is not sheathed at all (fig. 12.) In the plant
figured the floral envelopes, the stamens, ovary and styles are
all already considerably developed (fig. 13.) It will be noticed
that a small internode exists bétween the second scale and the
first leaf (a, figs. 11, 12, 13.) When the plant begins to flower
in the fall the bud pushes its way along the afore-mentioned
groove (fig. 8), and up between the withered sheathing scales
to the air. This is mainly caused by the growth of the scales
of the bud (figs. 9, 10) of the perianth tube, and of the styles

until the next spring. At this. time the internode between
the second scale and the first leaf (a, figs. 11, 12, 13) develops
rapidly and carrics both the leaves and the fruiting ovary out
into the open air, thus solving the question of the proper win-
tering of the fruit. he nondevelopment of the leaves and

fruit until the year following the flowering season is cer- /

tainly not acharacter such as might be expected from summer
flowering plants turning gradually into autumn or spring flow-
ering ones. However, the. appearance of the flowers before
the leaves is readily intelligible if the reverse change from a
spring to a fall blossomer be supposed, since this is not at all
an uncommon occurrence in spring flowering plants, and such

_ a forced development of the flower buds before the lower

—

__ That spring blossoming plants are the offspring of summer

ik
eek

_ observed. sprin
_ among fall blossomers, and none whatever during the inter-

6 ' The Botanical Gazette. [January,

leaves is often already indicated in the scaly bud of spring
flowering plants during the previous year. It is only one o
the extreme results of that tendency which certain plants
have of flowering as early as possible, and hence of becoming —
spring and occasionally fall blossoming plants.
_ Late fall flowering plants may be divided into two classes. —
First, those which have developed from summer flowering —
plants by the increase in the number of internodes, with their. 4
appendages, or the gradual retardation of growth. Second, |
those which have developed from spring blossoming plants
by the premature development of buds destined to flower first ~
during the ensuing spring. The first class never had any need ~
of protection to the flower buds against wintry weather, and —
hence should form no scaly buds for the flowers; moreover,
since their flowering buds never lay dormant ‘during the win-
ter season, they should show no traces of a period of rest, —
between the first growth of the flowering buds and their final ~
development. The second class should preserve traces of a

is omitted for the present.
flowering plants, and that they have obtained the power of
flowering so early by decreasing the number of their inter-
nodes and by starting the development of their flower buds —

Tica

aE eT Te RE

1892.1 Relations of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. q

mediate summer months, the development of the fall flower-
ing species from those blooming in spring, in the manner
described above, is very likely to be the case. As a matter
of fact, most fall blossoming plants belong to the first class,

The ideal time for the flowering season of plants is in late
spring and early summer. In the struggle in the race for

~existence two tendencies set in. The one is to secure ad-

vantage over surrounding plants by increasing in size and thus
securing more light, air and room for the development of their
own flowers. This tends to result in late summer and in au-
tumn‘flowering plants. The other is to gain advantage over
other plants by the earlier blossoming of their flowers, or by
blossoming before the foliage of the trees overhead, or that
of the surrounding plants can cut off the light or otherwise
interfere with their development. This tends to produce
spring flowering plants. Autumn blossoming plants, which
are the result of the extreme development of the latter prin-

flowering seasons of plants, that this freak of fall flowering
has become a permanent one for a greater number of plants
than botanists usually suppose, and that there should be rec-
ognized a distinct division of fall flowering plants eit near-
est relatives are with those that blossom in the spri

If the principle that spring flowering plants are ides
from summer flowering plants by the reduction of their inter-
nodes, be kept in view, it is evident that this result might be
attained through the struggle for light and room zx sztu. The
same result would be attained if summer plants should migrate
temporarily toward the north, or up mountain sides, since the
shortening of the period favorable for vegetation might ope-—
rate in reducing the number of internodes and in hastening
the perfection of the flowering buds, while after these altera-
tions had become permanent, a return to more congenial
climates would favor earlier, possibly spring blossoming. — Es-
sentially the same conditions would exist 7” sztu, if the colder
climate of a glacial period should come down from the north.
The reduction of the period favorable for floral development
would again operate in reducing internodes and in hastening
the development of floral buds. ,The retreat of glacial cli-
mate would favor earlier blossoming, in many cases spring
blossoming. Plants which were spring blossomers in the far

8 The Botanical Gazette. UJanuary,

north before the advance of the glacial climate might be a
forced during its advance to migrate southward to maintain
their existence, and on the retreat of the same might climb up ~

spring blossomers might during the advance of glacial climate —
maintain themselves zm sztu, by adapting themselves to the ~
more rigorous climate. On the retreat of the glacial condi-
tions they might have so altered their habits as to be able to ~
maintain their existence only on mountain tops or in the dis- ~
tant north. Migration to these places would therefore set in. —
It is probable that all these causes have operated in the pro- ~
duction of spring blossoming plants. It is impossible to tell 7
duction is to be ascribed. It is sufficient for the present to —
remember that nature has many means of accomplishing the g
same result. ag

Heidelberg, Germany. a

The effect of mechanical movement upon the growth
certain lower organisms. :
H: L. ‘RUSSELL.
: The effect of external agencies upon the growth of organ”
isms has been thoroughly studied in several of its relations:
Of these influences, the relation of temperature to growth, is
perhaps the best understood. Other factors, such as the effe
of light, of increased and diminished pressure, have also be
made the subject of more or less careful study.

growth of cells in regard to size and form; (2) its influenc
upon growth in regard toincrease in number.
The method used in the experiments was as follows:
Two 500¢. ¢. distilling flasks were half filled with nutri
solutions, sterilized and then inoculated with a small quanti
_ of the germ to be studied. After thoroughly distributing th

Te Le gee ee ee
. a

1892. Effect of Movement upon Growth of Lower Organisms. 9

inoculated ‘‘seed” by shaking ,a number of samples were
taken and from these the number of cells in a certain volume
was determined by means of Nachet’s hemacytometer. By
means of this apparatus equal known quantities were used
each time. A number of counts, usually not less than one

- hundred, were made, so as to make the average as accurate as

possible. At first each flask was inoculated and counted
separately, but it was soon found that more accurate results
could be secured by determining the number present per
unit of volume for the whole amount of the fluid and then
dividing it into two equal amounts. he danger of contamin-
ation from outside influences is of less consequence than the

* difference in units of volume which inevitably occurs where
the determinations are made separately of the amount of

‘*seed” added to each flask. After counting, the two flasks
were subjected to exactly the same conditions, with the ex-
ception that one of them was kept in a state of constant
agitation. j
This was secured by the rotation of a vertical shaft to which
was attached a horizontal bar. This bar inits rotation struck
and lifted the flask, which on its return swing struck against
an upright standard. The stroke by the rotating bar and the
sudden checking of the movement of the flask kept the fluid
in a state of Nae ae agitation. All points of contact of
the flask with the bar and es were sheathed with
rubber to prevent Bue The power was furnished by a
small reaction water wheel and was eamiticd by a belt from
a pulley on the motor to a cone pulley fastened to the upright
revolving shaft. This cone pulley enabled me to vary the

rapidity of the revolution of the horizontal arm at pleasure.

After allowing a certain time for growth, samples were
withdrawn and counted in the same way as before. The
number per unit of volume at the close of the experiment
divided by the number per unit of volume inoculated as
‘‘seed” gives the ratio of increase for each flask. As a

substance carefully collected, dried, weighed, and the ratio
thus determined. For this, the ash constituent of the cells
can be neglected without interfering materially with the
accuracy of the resu

In the majority of the experiments, Monzlia candida, a
yeast-like germ capable of inducing alcoholic fermentation in
most sugar solutions, was used for the tests. Two other

10 ; The Botanical Gazette. [January, 9

germs, Ozdium albicans and Saccharomyces mycoderma, were —
also used in various cases to confirm results. + a

form of the cells, an experiment was made with Oidium
albicans in a bouillon culture. This germ when grown in this”
culture medium in the ordinary way forms two types of cells, —
one of which is a long, slender, hypha-like filament, and the —
other, a short, oval, or oblong yeast-like cell. Asa rule, the~
growth mass is more or less gelatinous, the jelly-li

cell type. Where the short type of cells prevail, the vegeta- ~
tive mass in the bottom of the flask is of a more sandy nature. ~
Two flasks were inoculated with this germ and subjected to
similiar conditions except that one of them was kept in a
state of constant movement while the other was left undi
turbed.

The results obtained were as follows: in the still flask, th
_ two types of cell structure were present in the usual propo
tions, and a wide variation was found in the yeast-like cell
These varied from 4x8 yp wide to 7x14 y# long. In th
shaken flask no true hyphal filaments were found, such a
were present in ordinary cultures. The nearest approach t

cells. The cell-contents did not differ materially in sample
taken from each flask.

Much less variation in size was found among the cells of th
shaken flask than in the other one.

1892.] Effect of Movement upon Growth of Lower Organisms. 11

second, that with the germs forming torula-like cells but little
difference in size and shape can be produced. What difference
there is seems to be caused not so much by the agitation of
the fluid as by the exposure of the cells more freely to the in-

fluence of the atmosphere. When submerged the cells grow ©

slender, with homogeneous contents, while the surface-grown
forms were highly vacuolated and more broadly oval. The
cells from the shaken flask agree in all essentials with those
grown at the surface of the still flask, except that they aver-
aged somewhat larger i in size.
The second series of experiments bears upon the influence
of mechanical movement upon the increase of cells. Horvath?
“conducted a series of experiments upon bacteria and their re-
lation to movement, in which he found that mechanical move-
ment interfered materially with the growth of the germs.
From this he made the sweeping generalization that move-
ment had a retarding influence on the growth of all lower
organisms. Hansen? investigated the subject in connection
with his work on yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisi@) and found
the reverse to be true. The germs increased two to set
times faster when agitated than they did when growna
He concluded that it was the agitation of the cell itself, aisiod

terials, that enabled it to increase more rapidly. The in-
troduction of air into the fluid by the apparatus he used was so
little that he thought this point was not of much importance. *
In the following synopsis of results, A in all cases represents
the culture agitated and B the one that grew undisturbed.

1 Horvath: EB jet Archiv f. d. ges. Phys XVII, £25:
2 Hansen: fra’ Carls; Lab.,\1, 271
3 Hansen: Hypotites de Horvath, Medd. f. Carls. Lab., 1, 96, French résumé.

12 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

The culture solution used in all cases was a 10per cent. solu-
tion of grape sugar to which 1 per cent. peptone had been
added. The above results indicate without exception that
those germs which were agitated increased from 1.4—2 times as

_fast as those grown undisturbed. As a check upon the count--
ing process, determinations of the dry matter present were
‘made by chemical analysis at first. 4

Exp. III, which showed a ratio between A and B of 1.41

by the counting process gave by chemical analysis the follow-
ing result. Amount of organic matter formed in A,,, 0.1778
gm.; in B,,, 0.1293 gm. Ratio between A and B 1.374.
This proves that the counting process is reasonably exact

it agrees quite closely with the chemical analysis. | This is”

only true however where there is general uniformity in size of

the cells. 1 a

The amount of alcohol which was produced by this germ
when subjected to these different conditions, was also detef-
mined in a number of cases. In every case where this was
made, a considerable increase in amount of alcohol formed

was found in the undisturbed culture (B) over the agitated
culture (A). It would seem then that agitation exerts a favor-
able influence upon the formation of cells but a retarding effect

, upon the products of fermentation. Both of these proces
growth and fermentation, depend directly upon the kineti¢
energy of the plant organism® Where katabolic proces es
are manifested more strongly in fermentative action ther
seems to be less energy used by the plant in growth. Th
data of the two following experiments with Monilia candid.
giving the highest and lowest proportions found by analys
illustrate this point. i:

NO. OF REP: MCONCE. PORMED. INCREASED GROWTH OF RATIO.
: SINGLE CELL, a
iy 1.6% 335 4
‘ sia 3.2% 109 Y
Proportion. 1:2 % 3.0771 * 6.14 |
; Avi 3.2%
ae Byr | 3.8% My
A Proportion. | * Pai narid,

Oe a

1892.] Liffect of Movement upon Growth of Lower Organisms. 13

It will be noted that while no uniformity seems to exist in
the ratio, the amount of fermentation products of the cells in B
is a/ways greater than in A, while the amount of organic matter
formed stands in an inverse relation.

We may now ask what is the cause of this increased rapidity
of growth when agitated. The experiments detailed above
allowed considerable aeration .during the movement and as
this factor seemed most prominent, the experiments were re-
peated in such a way as to increase the aeration and diminish
as much as possible the movement of the fluid. If aeration
increases the growth of the organisms, there should be an in-
crease in the ratio between A and B.

Exp. I. An Esmarch’s coiled glass tube, such as is used in
bacteriology for air determination in fluid cultures, was inocu-

‘lated with Monilia candida and air drawn slowly through the

coil by the aid of an aspirator. The small bubbles of filtered
air slowly travel the spiral, so that a considerable quantity of
oxygen ought to be absorbed by the liquid. In this way
aeration is considerably increased while the movement of me
fluid is much reduced. At the end of 42 hours growth, i
was found that the germs which were oe had ces
2.5 times as fast as the non-aerated cultur

Exp. II. A 500 c.c flask was partially filled with a nutrient
solution and inoculated with freshly grown Monilia candida.
The mouth of the flask was closed by a triple-perforated
sterilized rubber cork. In two of the openings, glass tubes
were inserted and the lower ends were drawn out into fine
points. The third opening was closed by a bent open tube,
the outer end of which was directed downwards. These
glass tubes were closed with cotton-plugs and sterilized before
being put in place. The two capillary tubes were connected
to the blast of a filter pump and thus a stream of filtered air
was forced into the fluid culture. The fine bubbles of air
rising to the top of the fluid escaped through the bent exit
tube. In 30 hours there was found to be 2.2 times as many
cells per unit of volume in aerated flask as there were in
non-aerated.

Exp. III. In both of the preceding experiments aeration
was increased as much as possible while the movement was -
lessened. In\this experiment the reverse order was followed.
A thick glass tube was sealed at one end and at 5 cm. dis-
tance from this end, a large bulb capable of holding 300 cc.

14 The Botanical Gazette. [January,
was blown. In this culture bulb was placed some coarse ste
ilized quartz sand. The longer open arm was closed wi
cotton. The vessel was filled with culture fluid so that th

bulb anda portion of the open arm was entirely filled.
apparatus was connected with the motor and so arranged that
it revolved in as nearly a horizontal position as possible. Th
coarse sand inside acted as a distributor of the motion to the

the small opening of the open arm. Cultures of Monilia can-—
dida grown for forty hours and treated in this way had 1.4 ~
times as many cells as those grown in undisturbed flasks.

It is practically impossible to get a considerable moveme

tion of any one factor alone. More intimate divisiqn
nutritive materials and the constant presentation of fresh fo
material to the surface of the plant cell probably aids in
increased growth.

Summing up the points discussed into concluding sentenc
we may say that:

4. The cause of this more rapid cell-multiplication by
chanical movement seems to depend upon aeration of

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 15

culture, the cells growing more rapidly in contact with at-
mospheric oxygen than when submerged.

5. While this appears to be the chief factor, other elements
such as better conditions of nutrition, etc., probably enter in
as less important factors.

These researches were carried on in the biological labor-
atories of the University of Wisconsin.

Baltimore, Md.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
Apical areas in seed plants.

The copious researches of MM. Van Tieghem and Douliot?
on the origin of endogenous members in the vascular plants,
published in the Aznales des Sciences Naturelles Botanique
during 1888, will be remembered by all students.of contempo-
rary botanical literature. The conclusions arrived at regard-
ing the apical cells of monocotyledons and the single apical
cell of the Archispermz (gymosperms) are well known, having
already found their way into at least one of the more promi-
nent text-books. It is by no means universally admitted,
however, that the proof of apical cells in these groups of plants
is decisive. The older literature on the subject was given in
résumé by Dingler? in 1882, but since that time the im-
portant works of Karsten,* DeKlercher,* .Groom,* Kor-
schelt, ® and others have appeared, supplementing the classic

the Ann. des Sciences Nat. Botanigue, 1890, Douliot? re-
views the later works and, adding some investigations of his
own, maintains the positions advanced in 1888 in his paper
in conjunction with Van Tieghem. In brief, his conclusions
are as follows:

‘Recherches comparatives sur l’origines des membres endogénes, Ann. Sci.
Nat. _Botan., Vil. vit. I. (1888 oS

Miinchen, 1882.

‘Ueber die Anlage siete” Ona ‘bei den Pfla i n, : Laie 1886,

ur l’anatomie et le dév ent du Ceratophyllum, Bihang, k. Sv. Vet.

cae Hand. rx, Stockhol eg me ie”

®5Ueber den Vegetationspunkt der Phanerogamen, Ber. der deutsch. bot.
Gesell. 1885.

®Zur Frage tiber das Scheitelwachsthums bei den Phanerogamen, Pringsh.
Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 1884.

7Sur la croissance terminale de la tige, Ann. Sci. Nat. Botan. VII, xz. 283.

16 The Botanical Gazette. | January,

(1). Inthe twenty genera of gymnosperms which have bee ¥
studied the uniform presence of a single apical cell at the

cell, as in the lower vascular Archegoniata, is sometimes
pyramidal, sometimes prismatic, but always solitary. Heret

They are, by it alone, sharply discriminated from the rest
the seed-plant phylum.

(2). Inthe monocotyledons there are two categories to be
distinguished; first where there are three initial cells at the
apex of the stem from which all the others are derived, as if
Phragmites, Tradescantia, Zea, Asparagus, Polygonatum,
Canna and others; and second, where there are but two, as im
the Naiadacee, Potamogetonacex, Juncacea, Alismacea am
lydrocharidacew. The latter case is the more frequent.

(3). In the great majority of the dicotyledons the stem is
terminated by three apical or initial cells. In a small numbef,

_ plan which proposes to recognise -
tween the heterosporous Filjcne

1891-] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 17

pee and the Cycadez and Conifere. sy this connec-
one can not but deplore that in some quarters American
otkny has not’ yet freed itself from the slteceiher obsolete
notion that the Conifer should be placed between the mono-
cotyledons and the dicotyledons. CONWAY MACMILLAN.

Effects of parasitism of Ustilago antherarum Fries.!

Ustilago antherarum is included by Saccardo? under U. vio-
lacea (Pers.) Fckl. and is well known as parasitic in the anthers
and ovaries of Silene, Lychnis, Saponaria, Pinguicula, Stel-
laria and other allied plants. By the growth of the fungus,
what has been termed by A. Giard ‘‘parasitic castration of
the anthers” takes place. There is, however, a hypertrophic
development of the anther and in the diclinous flowers of
Lychnis, which have in common with other such flowers ru-
diments of the undeveloped sporangia —this hypertrophy
suffices to give the flower a monoclinous appearance. Under
the irritation of the parasite the rudimentary anthers in pistil-
late Lychnis flowers are stimulated to develop, but the tapetal
and archesporial layers of the thecz are supplanted by the fun-
gus mycelium and subsequent growth of spores. For a con-
siderable time the Ustilago plant develops by a kind of
symbiosis with the cells of the host. This goes so far that
the anther walls are, in normally pistillate Lychnis flowers,
stimulated to form the typical layers by which the ordinary
dehiscence is brought about. Thus the Ustilago spores are
scattered from the hypertrophic anthers of Lychnis precisely
as if they were normal pollen spores. A corresponding and
attendant atrophy of the pistil will be observed in most cases,
and it.is the nutritive stream which properly should go to-
ward the pistil, that is diverted toward the hypertrophic
anthers. And furthermore the various accessory characters
of the staminate flower are developed in proper order under
this parasitic stimulation, so that the normally pistillate but
apparently staminate flower presents the appearance of pollen-
bearing to such an extent that it is doubtless visited by those
insects which habitually transfer pollen from the staminate
flower to the stigma of the pistillate. Now as the Ustilago
spores are developed in lieu of pollen spores and make their

1Vuillemin: Sur les effets du parasitism de I’ Ustilago antherarum, Comptes
Rendus Hebd. cx. 662. (1891.
*Sylloge Fungorum vit. 574.
1. No, 1.

_ two cells one large and one small. The larger one, a, pro

18 The Botanical Gazette. [January.

appearance in a hypertrophic rudimentary anther which under
their stimulation, forms the ordinary dehiscence lines, it hap-
pens that when the spores of the Ustilago are ripe, they are
distributed by the same means and agencies which commonly
distribute the Lychnis pollen. This is of clear advantage to
the fungus for it is thus sown upon young buds as well as upon
stigmatic areas. The whole series of phenomena is one which
indicates in very interesting fashion how intimate and remark-
able may be the relation between host and parasite. —CON-
WAY MACMILLAN. i

The behavior of the pollen-tube of gymnosperms.

In a recent paper,! preliminary to a more complete re-
search Belajeff publishes some suggestive observations regard-
ing the divisions which take place in the pollen-tube of Zarus
baccata.

It is well known that one or more cells are commonly cut off
from the body of the pollen grain early inits development. Man
have considered this cell or cells as representing a male prothal- —
lium, and Strasburger states that they have to do with the for- —
mation of the pollen tube, and after that have no further part —
to play. Belajeff, however, was led by his researches into the —
antheridia of the higher cryptogams and the pollen tubes 0
the angiosperms to think that it was not the large cell of the
pollen grain of gymnosperms, but the small ones which have —
to do with fertilization. He therefore examined with great
care the processes in Taxus baccata with the following result:

In this plant the contents of the pollen grain divides into.

duces the tube, the nucleus and other contents wandering t®
theapex. The smaller cell 4, whichremains behind, then divide

* Berichte der deutschen bot. Gesellschaft rx. 280. (1891.)

1892. | Briefer Articles. ess

spherical nucleus of 4 fuses with the nucleus of the egg cell
of the archegonium.

While it is hardly safe to generalize from such limited
observations (for so far they have been confirmed only on
Juniperus and that but partially) nevertheless the observa-
tions accord much better with what we should expect from
analogy with lower and higher plants. If these observations
are confirmed by more extended study the pollen tube must
be looked upon as the prothallium, while the small cells con-
stitute the antheridium. The one which travels to the apex
of the tube must be the mother cell of an antherozoid, to
which the spherical nucleus would correspond. Perhaps on
account of the imperfect division of 4’ it would have to be con-
sidered as more primitive still, being the homologue of the
cells from which the antherozoid mother-cells arise. —R.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Notes on pollination — I. The sandy hills, old trees and fences on
the north shore of Long Island are covered with Ampelopsis guingue-
folia Michx.. The numerous small, greenish-yellow flowers are quite
conspicuous in contrast with their background of green leaves. On
' the morning of July 22d, there were twenty-two flowers open on one
cyme, the pollen-covered stamens outspread, the erect stigma occupy-

"ing the flower center. Numerous visitors—honey bees, humble-bees,
hornets, Sphecidz, other Hymenoptera small and large, and Diptera —
were either sucking the nectar which is exposed in the base of the
‘flower and accessible to the shortest tongues, or collecting or eating
the pollen. Almost all of them touched both stamens and stigma be-
fore leaving a flower. Early in the afternoon of the same day stamens
and petals had fallen from all of these flowers but the visitors continued
their visits as industriously as ever — of course, now only sucking
nectar

On the morning of July 23d, no more flowers had Soe and there

were none with stamens on this whole plant or on any of the plants
near by. The number of visitors was diminished. Early in the after-
noon many new flowers had opened on all the plants and insects
abounded. July 24th, at 8 a. M., after a heavy rain, very few stamens
and petals remained. At 11 A.M. there were many newly opened
flowers, July asth, 2 at 2 P. M., no stamens.

te.

20 The Botanical Gazette. {January

then, owing to the great number of visitors, cross-pollination seems
much more probable in pleasant weather.

II. The species of Z77//ium have, so far as know, been studied wit
reference to their pollination only by Loew, whose meager notes 0
imported plants are perorded in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, vol. xx, :
p- 238. :

Four species are grown in the Botanical "Garden at South Hadley,
Mass., as nearly as possible under natural conditions,

1. The very inconspicuous, dull reddish-brown flowers of 7: sessile L
are erect “in the bosom of the leaves.” The stamens closely Surround
the stigma. Self-pollination seems inevitable. There is no honey.
No visitors were seen though the flowers were watched at interval:
each day during their period of flowering. Loew reports one poll
eating beetle.

2. Trillium erectum L. The rather large, brown-red flowers are
abundant and rather conspicuous in the Massachusetts woods in earl
spring. Their strong, disagreeable odor may perhaps attract carrion
loving flies or beetles. Unfortunately I could not watch the flowers i
the woods and there were only afewin the garden. Stigmas and anth
stand at nearly the same level, freely exposed in ‘the flower-center
the recurving of sepals and petals. There is no honey and for mam

apparently to eat the stamens—certainly of little avail in cross-pollin- |
ation and probably too late to be of use in any case. Spontaneo
self-pollination seems to be the rule here too.

3. One morning, some time after the blossoms had all disap-

This species is slightly proterandrous, the stamens dehiscin
before the petals are outspread and while the stigmas are still clos
together. After the nodding flower has fully opened self-pollinati
easy, the recurving stigmas being just below the Saunas ax antb

1892. ] | Briefer Articles. 21

ZT. grandifiorum Salisb. In the first stage, the mouth of the
licwée:3 is closed by the anthers. Later, the petals expand further, the
Stamens separate above and the stigmas appear between them, in the
flower-center. A little nectar secreted by the “septal glands” lies be-
tween the ovary and filaments as in the preceding species. Hive bees
occasionally collect the pollen. The stigmas recurving to meet the
stamens may be self-pollinated in the absence of visitors.

III. Oakesta tis hae Wats., a tig dear = ean borealis
Raf., are visited abundan ntly by h e bees nectar con-
tained in the notoned bases of the Sete naee

While watching ti pollination of Asters and Solidagos this
fall, I was surprised to find large numbers of humble-bees, honey-bees,
wasps, and other large and small Hymenoptera, flies— notably Syrphi-
dze, beetles and four species of Lepidoptera, visiting So/idago sguar-
xosa whose flowers were all withered, to suck the nectar secreted by
the involucral bracts. This is another of the cases of the occurrence
of the extra floral nectar whose use, if any, to this plant has yet to be
discovered. ;

An article in the Biologisches Centralblatt (vol. vim, p. 577) may shed
some light on the use of these extra-floral nectaries. It is in substance
this:

Von Wettstein has observed the accumulation of nectar on the in-
volucral scales of Jurinea mollis, Serratula lycopifolia, S. centaurotdes,
Centaurea alpina, &c

In“ Jurinea the secretion begins when the head has attained one-
fourth of ifs full development: it ceases when the first flowers unfold.
It begins each day directly after sunrise, increases until about 8 o’clock
and then commonly diminishes until evening. Even before sun rise
one may find ants sitting motionless upon the buds; as soon as the
nectar-secretion begins they seek most eagerly for the places on the
Scales at which it appears. Of 250 unopened heads, only ten were
without ants. . The greatest number on one head was twelve, the aver-
age three or four. Not seldom they creep over thé flowers so that the
' purpose seems not to be to exclude them from these. Experiment
establishes the truth of the theory that the ants, here as in so many
other cases, are the protectors of the plants—the pigmies, the body-
guard of the giants, as it were

Fifty buds were protected against ants by winding their stems with
wool soaked in camphor-solution and oil. Fifty others were left un-
touched. After four days all of the heads were examined. Forty-
seven of the last lot remained; forty-five of them (90 per cent.) had
blossomed normally; beetles had eaten the involucral scales of two;

22 : The Botanical Gazette. [January,

one had been broken by the wind. Forty-six of the protected heads:
remained. Twenty-seven (only 54 per cent,) had blossomed normally; . 7
seventeen were more or less injured by animals. Ants had gained —
access to t
Ex ten nts with Serratula lycopifolia Vill., gave similar results, so
that the usefulness of the ants in both of these cases can hardly bem
disputed. But both plants are natives of the tropics where ants are —
_ most abundant and most wonderfully developed. : 3
There were few ants upon the seman of Solidago squarrosa. 4
Perhaps this very fact accounts for the large number of beetles. But”
the beetles as well as the numerous other visitors all seemed to suck ~
the nectar without doing injury to the head, and moreover they were
observed after all or very nearly all of the flowers were gone, and their
visits continued until the coming of cold weather, that is for about
two weeks, if my memory is good.
Ludwig says: “In Jurinea the involucral scales are reflexed during
anthesis forming a protection to the flowers, while the scales of Serra-
tula are appressed and accordingly, in Serratula the secretion of nectar
continues after blossoming.” Solidago differs from both, for its invol-
ucral scales are reflexed, and thé™: secretion is of long continuaiaa
The plants were grown under unnatural conditions, on an expos
hill at the edge of the Horticultural Garden here at Ithaca. It wil
be necessary to observe them in their own haunts another year to
ascertain surely whether ants are their guests and the champio
against their Piste —ALICE Carter, /thaca, NV. Y..

EDITORIAL.

A NEW FEATURE for American expositions has been inaugurated by

the World’s Fair commissioners. It is proposed to hold a series ©

congresses in connection with-the Fair, to which those interested in
hese

1892. | Current Literature. 23

serve as a guide for the committee in charge. As it is necessary to
push the arrangements as rapidly as possible, those who have words of
suggestion or encouragement to offer should not delay to make them
known

The plan, so far as it has been outlined at present, is to invite the
botanists of the world to meet at Chicago, sometime during August,
1893, to discuss such matters of interest as may be arranged for before-
hand or be brought up'at the time, and to enjoy the benefits of per-
sonal acquaintance. During the meeting a few stated lectures will be

eral public. Excursions and other means of promoting good fellow-
ship and a profitable time are among the possibilities.

It is hoped to secure for the gathering a truly international charac-
ter, which will make it not only a notable and pleasant occasion, but
give its deliberations a weight and sanction of authority that will do
much toward settling disputed questions and advancing the science.

In THE September number of Grevil/ea the editor makes the most
startling comments on the availability of German mycological works.

e says, referring to Brefeld’s Untersuchungen aus dem gesammt
Gebiete der Myhologie, “ Mycologists are very limited in number in
these islands, and some of these are unable to purchase indiscrimin-
ately . . . whilst the number capable of perusing German with ease
is considerably less. All those capable of reading and appreciating
Dr. Brefeld’s works for instance, could be counted on the fingers of
one hand!” That, if true, isa lamentable condition. But we hope
the statement is too strong :

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Minor Notices.

THE ANNUAL report. of 1890 of the state botanist of New York,*
Chas. H. Peck, contains a list of the plants added to the herbarium
during the year (261 species); among which are thirty-six new species
of fungi. These are described, and figured on the four plates. There
is also a revision of the genus 7+icholoma which is represented in the

ECK, CHARLES H.—Annual report of the ov, nero of the state of New
eas k, made to the regents of the University. From the 44th report of the N. Y.
state museum of Natural History. 8vo. pp. 75. oe 4. Alban nor: Lyon, state
printer, 1891.

alae sgt Dit

_ scriptions of these species, with synoptical tables of each of the differ-
‘ent groups. The report closes with a list of the plates in a MS. volume

‘greatest depth investigated) there is no diminution. The niinimum
ed.

24 The Botanical Gazette. (January,

state by forty-eight species. The revision is accompanied by full de-

regarding the fleshy fungi of Maryland prepared in the course of sev-
eral years by Miss Mary E. Banning of Baltimore. Miss Banning has

individuals. Although there are no zones of distribution in the water, —

surface to a depth of 200 m., but from that depth on to rroo m. (th

was therefore not reached

ting qualitatively.
Dr. C. E. Bessey publishes as a bulletin of the agricultural ie
iment station, a list of the native trees and shrubs of Nebraska. :
esheets

"Russett, H. L.—Untersuchungen iiber in Golf von Neapel lebende Bac
Parat-Abdruck aus der Zeitschrift fiir Hygeine und Infectionskrankheiten
Band x1, 1891, 8vo, PP: 165-207. pl. xi. and xm. 1891. ;

1892. ] Open Letters. 25

list includes 125 species, about equally divided between the two. A
discussion of the distribution of the woody plants of the state at the
close is interesting. Dr. Bessey thinks that this distribution shows
that the woody plants have nearly all come up.the Missouri bottoms
and spread west and north-west. Those found only in the western
part have undoubtedly come from the Rocky Mountains and have
when eastward to their present limits.

nomenclature of the list shows a wide departure from that of
the ase Justifiable as many of these departures are, they seem
out of place in such a publication as the present, because they cer-
tainly interfere with its usefulness for those not specialists.*

IF COLLECTORS are not properly informed as to how to collect
plants it will not be for want of instructions. Two months ago we
noticed Prof. Penhallow’s booklet; now we have before us a pamphlet
issued by the National Museum and prepared by Mr. F. H. Knowlton.?
It contains directions for collecting all sorts of plants, as well as for
caring for them after they are collected. In its preparation the

author has drawn freely on Bailey’s Collector’s Handbook and the.

herbarium number of this journal (June, 1886, for which there was
such a demand that the extra edition was soon exhausted). In many
respects the present directions are better than their predecessors; it
extends their range by giving directions for the collection of fossil
plants. Certainly now if one puts together the instructions to be found
in every text book and in almost every flora, those of Bailey, Penhal-

low and Knowlton, he will have all the knowledge that writing can_

give him of how to preserve plants. /Jam satis!

OPEN LETTERS.
A section of botany in the American Association.
The thought of having a ee ai the botanists in the
of pies life in America. All math it ‘that Section F is now crowded

members and papers, and doubtless many are deterred’ from
taking part in the sessions from lack of opportunity. At the last

*Bessry, C. E.—Preliminary report on the native trees ag Hadi of Ne-
braska. Batletn vn of t the © Ag. Exp. Sta. of Neb., vol iv. . art. PP. Magne
*Kno rt Bof
Bulletin of °U. s Nat. Mus. no. 39. re pp. 46. ship 10, we pbingien: Ay sts

nting Office. 1891

‘

A SE

1892. ] Open Letters. “27

The Baltimore oriole mutilating flowers.

The interesting note of J. Schneck in regard to the oriole piercing
the flowers of the trumpet-vine for the nectar reminds me of a note

fusion have just come to my notice and I cannot forbear referring to
them. One is on pp. 162, 163 of Warming’s Haandbog t den system-
atiske Botanik (German translation), where under the bold headline
Die ungeschlechiliche Generation der mae caegs occurs considerable
talk about “eingeschlechtig,” “zweigeschlechtig” and “ hermaphrodite”
flowers, thus affording an exquisite illustration of how easy it is to
classify black, blue and green under the generic head of pale yellow.

rch.
et us see what the condition really is in plants of the type of
Lychnis. The pollen grain or microspore produces a one or two-celled

maturity and was a pollen-spore. In ee a
mother-cell formed four nuclei and the potentially
tents produced only ove spore — the embryo-sac — decause 0:
cell-nuclei reabsorbed the others, and one cell united to itself the th
Si ould there be found a more instructive exam

high spore-nutrition tending to develop a female plant ? It is su rb.
One might challenge the zodlogist to bring forward any evidence

ne of the
ree sister

28 The, Botanical Gazette. [January,

clearer than this. In fact itis in the plant world that we must loo
for much of our testimony along the more ot lines of biologiedl
cnc. chan it is the duty of botanists to clear u es conte of

NOTES AND NEWS.

E VENERABLE curator of the botanical museum at Berlin, Fried-
rich Karl Dietrich, is dead at the age of 85.

DURING THE year 1890 42,646 specimens were added to the Her-
barium of the British Museum, according to the report just " published

Mr. A. S. Hitcucock, of the Missouri Botanical Garden, has been
spnoned Us Professor of Botany i in the Agricultural College of Kansas
a

Mr. P. ios, recently connected with the Iowa Agricultural
College, a t Am mes, has been appointed botanist and page et of
the Florida oe en ee. Station at Lake City, F

AM WEST a paper in the December number of the
Journal of Soiies on Hg tresl wanes Algae of Maine, in which three’
new species and several new ction Pg described. There are also
notes on other species of the collec

R. ORTLOFF of Coburg ndadee amen, has just issued”
- a series rol photo i ig reproductions of the stem-leaves of Sphag-
- num which are o much diagnostic importance in the discrimina-
pnts of the polymexphie species of this genus. The series contains 63

L. H. Barrey has been appointed special agent of the United
Stat tes W eather Bureau to make a a = phenotony; and desires
secre to all records voce the elon of oy ie to the times of

aS R B. CaL = fins A em an account of the silicified wood of E.
Arkansas in the 4 n Journal of Science (Nov. 1891), in which he
conchides that they 3 ate “all Pertery (Eocene), are silicified lignite, and

as yet of no taxonomic value in determining relative ages in t the
Tera series
TH i fscisacioons of the late Dr. S. O. Lindberg has been ac
quired ie ee University of Helsingfors. Exclusive of duplicates am
_ of numerous exsiccati the collection contains 5,046 species represent ted

— ee ee eee ee

|
}
'
:
;
;
'
:
|

1892. | Notes and News. 29

by 47,858 specimens. It is especially rich in northern Hepatica, and
is remarkable for the completeness, abundance and critical elaboration
of the material.

ale W. Barry writes: “One of my students called my atten-
tion the other day to a Limaria raceme in which the flowers were all
spurless. Peloria is not infrequent this autumn.” d again: “

my colleague, Mr. Bennett, was drying some capsules of Ceanothus in
the sun. for the purpose of securing the seeds, he noticed, and showed

me, that these parts exploded with much violence, ejecting the seeds.”:

species of North American mosses” has been prepared and issued as
separates from the 8th volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy. It contains additions and corrections and may be obtained
of the author (C. R. Barnes, 712 Langdon St., Madison, Wis.) gradzs,
by sending a request accompanied by a 2-cent stamp. It will be of no
value except to those who have a copy of the Keys.

” I fférs either fungi or flowering plants from
the valley of the Minnesota river, which derives a peculiar interest
from its positi the central drainage system of the continent of

North America. Plants may be sent to him in care of the university,
and will be promptly acknowledged.

Coulter, a liberal appropriation for the purchase of plants was made
All the well-known collectors of phanerogams and pteridophytes

NEW JOURNAL of forestry, Lorstiash sate iene Leit-
ar. It is to be

euf of the University of Munich. Of course it has the support

u
ey under the editorial management of Privat-docent Dr. Carl yon
bn :

O50

* . . t i
_ partially decolorize with absolute alcohol ; Clear with clove oil; mou

30 Notes and News. [January,

and contributions of Dr. R. Hartig who is to continue in this journal —
the “ Untersuchungen aus dem forstbotanischen Institut” he ceased
to publish in 1883. Drs. Ebermayer, Pauly and Bauman

are to aid, and the journal has the promise of codperation from many
others who are learned in forestry. mong t i

from this country, Mr. B. E. Fernow, chief of the division of forestry
of the Agricultural Department.

Dr. Pau Knuru seeks to explain why many flowers, without ap-
parently very attractive coloration are so readily found by insects.
] le

: 1 Idaho: “My list of
mosses from this region now foots Up 304 species and varieties. Many
of these are as yet undetermined. Some have only turned up as frag-
ments amongst other m agnit

_ Dr. FR. Krasser recommends the following methods for prepara-
tion of permanent mounts of aleur i show the ground

im Canada balsam dissolved in chloroform. The course of the stain-

;
4
|
|
:
7

1892. ] Notes and News. 31

ing, which is completed in a few minutes, should be watched under
the microscope, as should also the toning down. The most successful
preemanod show the ground-substance dark red, the crystalloid yel-
ow with sharp contours, and the globoid nearly colorless to reddish.

II. Picro-nigrosin method. Place the section in alcoholic-picro-
nigrosin (a saturated solution of picric acid in absolute alcohol+-nigrosin
approximately to saturation) in which it is allowed to remain until the
ground-substance of the aleurone grain shows a blue coloration. This

alsam, removing the clove oil with filter paper. ‘The most successful
preparations show the ground substance blue, the globoid colorless,
and the crystalloid yellowish green and sharply limited.

’ Tue difficulty of keeping Irish potatoes in edible condition in late
spring is well known to housekeepers, farmers, and merchants. Pro-_
fessor Schribaux of the National College of Agriculture of France
has recently devised a very simple, cheap, and successful method by
which he has been able to preserve ile aie in edible condition for
over a year and a half. ‘This process

The same liquid may be used any number of times with equally

. (N. Am.
var. Californica Lesq.—(Calif.) :
var. Oregonensis R. & C.—(Oregon.)
var. rigens R. & C.—(Vancouver: Wash.)
var. ambigua Card.—(Oregon.)

32. The Botanical Gazette. [January.

ae _ *F, Kindbergii R. & C_—(Vancouver: ua Sa Idaho.)
*R. ON Shee ‘Mexicana S & L.—(Rocky Mts.: N. M.: Idaho: Calif.
Rie
*F. Cohn ca Cand. (Br Columbia.)
F. chrysophylla, Card. —(Utah.)

- iy gee

s—(La., Ala.) .
F. Renauldi Card. =f, Sullivantit Aust. non Lindb.; F., Lescurit, vax.
ramosior Sull.?—(New Jersey.)

§ ILL. Lepidophylte.
[F. squamiosa EJ
*F. Delamarei R. & C.—(Miquelon.)
- *F. Dalecarlica B. & S.—(Canada: Eastern States.)
F. Nove -Angliz Sull. —(Eastern States.)
ardoti Ren.—(Virginia.
F. ta R. & C.=F.squamosa Drumm. Musci-Am. II.n. 152. —(La
a Malacophylle,
F. el one Se —(N.
FE.

m.)
Lindb. ease oe Columbia.)
*F. te i ‘lla Card.—Idah

ve F. Durizei Sch.—(California fay.
ate F. Lescurii Sull. Pie var. }—(Canada, | U.S.)
F. flaccida

F. Sullivantii Lindb.- oF Lescurii, var. gracilescens Sull ae S.)

§ Vv. Stenophylle.
ee rs Lindb.—(Minn.)

§ VI. Solenophylle. é :
F. filiformis S. & L, —(Ky.)
B.. aes Card.—(La.)
¥. maritima Miill. and F. mollis Miill. (Washington) are both

known to M. Cardot. North America has 24 species and subspec
out of the 52 known

®Subspecies.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, (892.

FOERSTE on FALL BLOSSOMING.

PLATE I.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE Il.

FOERSTE on FALL BLOSSOMING.

VOL. XVII. FEBRUARY, 1892, No. 2.°

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.

CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. ees
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. ‘

CONTENTS: ee . |
The seed coats of Malvacew, (With plate I1l.j)—P. 4. Rolfe, . . . 33 , ue
ion in methods of pollination. — Alice Carter, =. 0 wee ;

3
1
8

_ in which they wish the article to
be

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS. ;

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
TS or agents. :

ee In Great Britain, 11 shillings. any, 11 cee rks.
Agent, W. P. co: : Agents, R. RIEDLAND SOHN,
157 Great Portland St., London, w, Istrasse rr, egies N. Wb
Seber intitee and correspondence should be addressed to Charles R. Barnes,
gdon St., Madison, opera money orders and drafts should be mat:
expats to the Boranicar
Separate ye Eontisieies a are = furaished on request 25 separate copies
eir articles (free) when 2 pp- long or more. Additional copies will be supplied
at eae following fates: For each 4 Pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate
A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazette, with
‘title, $1. 50 per 100, additional. The
me the MSS. @s none
Mar

number desired must be marked at the f
will be printed unless ordered.
$.—Contributors ; are requested to prepare MSS. ocuiys in os

% oe
sr ak Will be oe ped vee es when claim i is made this 1
eipt of the n mer following.

) BOTANICAL GAZETTE

FEBRUARY, 1892.

The seed coats of Malvacex.*
P. H. ROLFS. 2

(WITH PLATE III.)

Of the investigators who have given the matter of seed
Coats attention, Gaertner, ! Bischoff,? Schleiden and Vogel, *
Harz,* Nobbe, * Sempolowski® and Lohde? may be mentioned.
in,* who has examined the seed coats of thirty-four
orders, finds that while the structure of the seed coats is use-
ful in some directions, it is of no taxonomic value.® Bach-
mann,’ in his paper on the development and structure of
seed coats of Scrophulariacez, says that the microscopic char-
acters of seed coats are of little value from a systematic
‘Standpoint.

y:
j
3
|
4

In the order of presenting the different genera and species

of this Paper Gray’s Manual has been followed. In all twenty-
_two genera and thirty-four species were studied. The gen-
*, A

‘ \ thesis in Department of Botany, Iowa Agricultural College.
JAERTNER: i I
Isc

Landwirthschaftliche Samenkunde, Berlin, 1885.

hder Samenkunde, Berlin, 1876. s ee
Lowsk1: Ueber den Bau der Schalen landwirthschaftlich wichtiger Sa-

ae: Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte und der Bau einiger Samen-
en. Inaugural dissertation, Naumburg, 1874. p. 34. :
Sn be : e histologique sur les téguments seminaux des angiospermes.
: pp. 112, lates. Assoc.
EL: On baste coats of the genus Euphorbia. Proc. Am. :
ae Vol. Xxxtx, 1890. - p. 328. mensc
GS IMANN : Die Entwickelungsgeschichte undder Bau der Sa ——
neen. Halle, 1880. pp. 179, 4 plates.
Vol. XVITI.—No. 2.

34 The Botanical Gazette. [February, —

minor differences only in the different species of the same —
genus and non-essential variations in the different genera,

The seeds of Malvacez are anatropous. The seed coat is
made up of two integuments. The ovule is made up largely 4
of parenchymatous tissue which in the early stages contains ~
a great deal of starch. Upon the thickening of the endo-_
sperm cells this starch disappears. a

A cross section of a recently fertilized ovule of Walope tri- —
fida Cav. discloses that’ but a slight differentiation in the
two integuments has taken place; they are made up of pris-
matic cells, which in the outer layer are rectangular, while in ~
the inner they are more nearly isodiametric. The difference —
is not alone in form; the outer integument is distinctly clearer

eral structure of this order is very characteristic. There are

cells of the outer integument change but slightly, simply in-—
creasing in size. The small starch grains contained in it
disappear with the thickening of the walls of the cell. From =

quite contiguous. 2
More decided changes take place in the inner integument, —

The second cell layer takes on a rounded form while the third

layer of cells has been divided parallel to the endosperm. ee

the walls the amount of starch diminishes. When t :
walls have reached their thickness the starch has disappeared

In a mature palisade cell, a cell cavity may be seen about
one-third the distance from the outer end. These cave
often contain a spherical mass resembling a nucleus, wae
dissolves readily on the application of Schulze’s medium
Between the cell cavity and the outer end of the palisade ¢€
appears the light line which is present in a number of orde

1892. } The Seed Coats of Malvacee. 35

It appears as a continuous pellucid band (fig. 1 /.) across the
outer end of the palisade cells. In the Leguminosae this was
noticed, at least as early as 1838, by Schleiden and Vogel."!
The nature of this light line has been studied by a number of
investigators. Quite different views have been taken in regard
to.10. 27

Russow,!* after investigation, comes to the conclusion
that the cell-wall is more compact and contains less water a
this place. Sempolowski!* is of the opinion that it may be
due to a differentiation in the molecular structure of the cell-
walls. Lohde,'5 who studied carefully the development and
structure of the seed coats of some Convolvulacee and Mal-
vacez thinks that it arises from the cuticularization of small

Immediately under the palisade cells are two layers of
roundish cells of dark brown color. The number of integu-
ments in the different species studied is the same, and the
number of layers of cells in each integument is practically
the same.

ALTH&A ROSEA Cav.; fig. 1.—In specimens of A. rosea
the outer integument, a 6, has both layers of cells developed,
the outer layer, a, being developed rectangularly in a tangen-
tial direction. This layer gives rise to the epidermal out-
Stowths, or seed hair. The next layer, 4, is nearly isodiametric.

"*VoceL : 1. c. Vol. xix uu, taf. xi, fig. §5, 58; taf. xiv, fig. 77, 80.
eh Acta der Leop. Car. Fee iehis —- aS =
9. MATTIROLLA: La linea lucida nelle cellule Malphigiani degli ge ed
menti seminali, Mem. della R. Acc. delle Sc. di Torino. Ser. I, ol.
seit See abst. Just’s Bot. Jahresb., 1885. p. 825. :
Russow : Vergleichende Untersuchungen tiber die Leitbundel-Kryptoga-
a Pp. 32. St. Petersburg, 1872.
Leipaig: 189 : Beitrege zur Kenntniss des Baues der Samenschalen, p.11,
, 4.
1g LOHDE : - C., P. 30, 36,
/UNowicz: Die Lichtlinie in den Prismenzellen der Samenschalen, p. 3,
p. # +P. 17. Prag, July 12, 1877. oe
Gunther Beck; Vergleichende Anatomie der Samen von Vicia und Ervum,
PP. 32. Sitzb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Band txxvi. I. Abth. Mai Heft. 1878.

36 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

There is no deposition of intercellular matter in ce bias
ment nor between the two integuments. The pa ee : 3
c, is of moderate size. The cell cavity is nearer ye bee
end than ordinary. Nodosity is not often present. The si
line, 7, isnot so sharp or distinct as in many species. ee
sub-palisade portion, d@, is made up of a layer of os ce Ae
several small ones. The small cells are narrow. ew 7

is of a chestnut brown color. The endospermal cove
e, is rather delicate. The first layer of cells in the en

rm, f, is made up of regular cells.
co pie ec teas med oats 104M; outer ee
outer layer of same, Ii; inner layer of same, 18; palisa
layer, 524; sub-palisade, 23.

MALVA SYLVESTRIS L.; fig. Il.—The surface of M. ‘ye
tris is rough in appearance. The second layer, b, eo a
outer integument, a, has been compressed into a thin lay
and seems to have no definite arrangement. The outer lay
a, has been elongated radially. In places these clone
cells have divided forming a double layer of cells. There }
no brown coloring matter in this integument nor is there
between the integuments. The palisade cells, c, are i
the walls thick. The cell-cavity occupies about one
the length of the cells, the lower end reaching to the midd “
The nodosity is prominent. Below the cavity the cells a
clear, almost transparent. The sub-palisade portion, 4, :
usually made up of two layers, at some places only one, 0 fs
large dark brown cells, 4

Measurements: seed Coats, 1224; outer integument, ae
outer layer of same, 22; inner layer of same, 5; palisade —
layer, 70p; sub-palisade, 25, ie

CALLIRRHOE TRIANGULATA Gray; fig. I1.—The inner :
layer, 0, of the outer integument is developed into isodia @
metric cells. The outer layer, a, is drawn out tangentially ‘
until linear. The cells are colorless and are Closely contigu= —
ous to the palisade layer. The palisade layer, c, is clear —
throughout, with the borders of the cells sharply defined. .
Cell-cavity is large and near the upper end of the cells; 10- :
dosities prominent. The light line, Z, is wide and sharply de- —
fined. The sub-palisade portion, d, is composed of two ay :
of cells, the cells of the upper layer having very thick brownist —
walls.

1892. | The seed coats of Malvacee. 37

Measurements: thickness of seed coats, 90u; outer integu-
ment, Qu; inner layer of same, 6; outer layer of same, 3p;
palisade layer, 63; sub-palisade layer, 18¢; length of sub-
palisade layer, 28p.

CALLIRRHOE INVOLUCRATA Gray; fig. IV.—The outer
layer, a, of the first integument is developed into large cells.
This is just the reverse of C. triangulata. The cells are va-'
triable; some are isodiametric,; they elongate gradually until
some are almost linear tangentially. This layer is colorless.
The inner portion of the palisade-cells, c, is almost trans-
parent. The cell-cavity is very large and situated nearer the
middle of the cell than in most cases. The light line is not
sharp and quite near the outer end of the cell. The sub-pali-
sade portion, @, is composed of two layers of large cells, the
larger being nearer the palisade cells.

Measurements: seed coats, 62; outer integument, 8; outer
layer of Same, Ou; inner layer of same, 2é@; palisade layer,
394; sub-palisade, 15,4.

MALVASTRUM ANGUSTUM Gray; fig. V.— The second layer,
4, of the outer integument is developed into radially elongated
cells. These cells are about twice as long as wide. The
outer layer contains no coloring matter. The cell-walls be-

portion occurring outside of the cavity. This may account
for the apparent dimness of the light line, /. The position

nodosity prominent. The sub-palisade portion, @, contains

one layer of very large dark brown cells. The large cells take

Teena position. In some specimens they look like an (.
his is not quite so striking in MW. coccineum Gray.

Stipa Napaa Cav.; fig. VI.—The outer integument, a, 4, is
: posed of two layers of cells about equally developed.
: - shape in both layers is quite variable, from elongated
adially to elongated tangentially. The cell-walls are col-
red yellowish brown.

= € Outer portion of the palisade cells, c, especially around
€ cell Cavity, is more or less yellowish. The light line, 4,

38 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

is not very prominent and quite near the end of the cells.
The lower portion of the cells is colorless, almost trans-
parent. The sub-palisade portion, d, is composed of two
layers of cells. These cells are large, brown and elongated
tangentially. :

Measurements: seed coats, 120M; outer integument, 24);
palisade layer, 70; sub-palisade layer, 26¢.

ABUTILON AVICENNAE Gaertn. ; fig. VII.—The outer layer,
a, of the first integument is transformed into a strongly refrac-
tive layer. Thes econd layer is composed of radially elongated
cells. The seed hairs arise from a single cell and are large
and conspicuous. The hairs are spindle-shaped and _ thin
walled; they occur mostly at the ends of the seed and are
more or less pressed to it. There is little or no coloring mat-
ter in this integument excepting in the base of the hair cells.
The palisade cells, c, are narrow for their length. The cell
cavity is not prominent and the nodosity is inconspicuous.
The light line is narrow and occurs near the outer end of the
palisade layer. The sub-palisade portion, d, is made up of
two layers of light brown cells. They are symmetrical and
elongated tangentially.

Measurements: seed coats, 147M; outer integument, 13/5
palisade layer, 96u; sub-palisade, 38 yu.

MODIOLA MULTIFIDA Moench.; fig. VIII.—The first layer,
a, of the first integument is developed into tangentially elong-
ated cells. The second layer, 6, has been compressed into
an irregular shape. This layer contains much yellowish co-
loring matter. The palisade layer, c, is clear, almost trans-

usually present. The light line, /, is indistinct. The sub-
palisade portion, d, seems to be made up of two layers of cells.
The cells of the different layers alternate. The outer layer

asurements: seed Coats, 844; outer integument, 144;
palisade layer, 32"; width of same, 4; sub-palisade, 38; dl-
ameter of upper layer, 26m; diameter of lower layer, 14M.

1892. | The seed coats of Malvacee. (a ae

HIBISCUS MILITARIS Cav.; figs. IX, X, XI. —The first layer,
a, of the outer integument is most prominently developed. This
layer gives rise to the seed hairs. These hairs, 4, are spindle-
shaped, with the walls thin and fragile. The walls of the
basal cell are stronger than the neighboring cells. The seed
hairs are made up of single cells each containing a small
amount of granular matter at the base. The color of the in-
tegument is chestnut brotvn. Cellsin the second layer, 6, are
elongated tangentially. The palisade layer, c, is composed of
large cells, wide in comparison with their length. The cell-
Cavity is comparatively small, the nodosity prominent. The
light line, /, is strong and large. Under ordinary magnification
(} objective) it appears as an unbroken band across the outer
end of the cells. Using a strong magnification (jy or 7, oil
immersion) each cell-wall interrupts the line. The portion of
the light line in each cell is divided or nearly divided into
two or three bodies. Under an analyzer the light line takes
on blue a little earlier than the adjoining field. When the
field is most intense blue the light line is dark on the inner
border and dark blue on the outer. Just before the section
comes into focus the light line appears dark taking on the
characteristic colors when in focus, while the color of the ad-
Joining field does not depend upon the focus. A thick section
shows the following colors under the analyzer, blue, green,
yellow, pink. The colors appear only above the cell-cavity.
The portion below the cell-cavity gives only blue and yellow
distinctly. The cell-cavity agrees with the upper portion
of the cells. The nodosity does not change polarized light.
The other cells of the seed-coat give no decided reaction
under the analyzer. After isolation a cell parts easily im-
mediately below the cavity and sections often behave in a
similar manner, The cells, fig. X, are usually pentagonal
and somewhat elongated in the direction of least circumfer-
ence. (Fig. XI,

1 he sub-palisade portion, d, is composed of three prominent
ayers a
This layer has a great amount of dark coloring matter, which

‘

ayer, 103m: sub- alisade layer, 58
, ’ BP.
Lake City, Fila. - ;

40 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

Evolution in methods of pollination.
ALICE CARTER.

In attempting to arrange our phanerogams in a natural
order, I have been astonished at the close resemblance even
in external appearance between the reproductive organs of

moss-like or frond-like form of degenerate water plants, e. g.,
Lemna, Wolffia and Myriophyllum. The essential similarity
in the life processes of all the higher plants, pteridophytes |
and phanerogams, is a fact familiar since the dayS of Hof-+
meister, and is constantly receiving confirmation. For
instance, Stengel has recently described the beautiful transi-
tion in anatomical structure and origin between the macrospo-
rangia (ovules) of gymnosperms and angiosperms. The
discovery of such analogies is one of the great achievements
of modern botany, making it possible, by embryology and
histology, to trace the ascent from mosses to exogens, pictur-
ing to us the development which geology shows has been
going on in time.

Variation is the source and presupposition of this develop-
ment. Change of conditions and cross-fertilization are the
two great known causes of variation. The first, in the case
of fixed plants works slowly; the second includes within itself
the advantages of the first and others of its own; for by it the
characteristics of dissimilar parents, whose differences are to
a certain extent the results of the dissimilarity of the condi-
tions to which they have been subject, are transmitted in va-
rying proportions to succeeding generations. New properties
are thus acquired and old ones changed, and the variable 4
descendants of crossed -plants conquer the unimproved
offspring of self-fertilization,

The process of conjugation in the lowest plants in which there
is a sexual reproduction, in almost all cases makes probable the
union of the spores of two distinct individuals (Spirogyra, Mu-

cor, Desmidiacee, Diatomacee, etc. ), while the same possibility

1892. Evolution in Methods of Pollination. 41

the prothallium or sexual generation always grows is sufficient
to carry them, sometimes at least, to the germ cells of dis-
tinct plants. The wind, too, helps as the means of scattering

a primitive method common among degraded water plants
‘Such as Vallisneria and many Naiadacee.
The very Tact that whole orders of endogens have this char-

wider among phanerogams) and the compara-

En riety of the Cyperaceze, Graminee, Juncacee,

os and Typhacee point*to the one “conclusion, that
se

ing pl

42 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

tion must be made of the genus Salix ‘which has developed
means of insect attraction). Of these the Salicaceze are
known to be old, for the oldest fossi! dicotyledons are of the
genera Salix and Populus. None of them include many gen-
era, and this again is a common attribute of old orders and

a sign of approaching extinction, according to Darwin’s rule»

that the dominant orders are those of numerous genera and
species.
Piperacee include 8 genera and 1000 species.
6 ve 6 “e

Platanacee ‘' I

Up auddcees eR et hot 20RecS
Myricace solic OE aie seh eer ahexorts
Cupar So 10 (ou hon ZOO. et
Wa CaCede on ASS SE AO BO st A

The genera are conspicuously few. The Piperacee alone
have a large number of species and of their method of fertiliza-
tion Iam not sure. The group Saururee, represented in our
flora, is apparently adapted to wind“fertilization. Moreover
many members of the Chenopodiacew, Amarantacee, Poly-
gonacex, Urticacee and some Empetracee are anemophilous.
All this is in marked contrast to the state of things among
the younger and more highly developed exogens. For of the
50 polypetalous orders one is partly wind, partly water-fer-
tilized ; of the 33 gamopetalous orders, only one is largely
anemophilous, and of that one, the Plantaginea, .the typical
genus is considered by some authorities to be degraded.

Here, too, the question of color comes to our aid. In

Accordingly we
dull shades pre

‘American Naturalist, Sept. 4, 1890.

1892. | Evolution in Methods of Pollination. 43

therefore, other things being equal, the oldest inflorescences.
On the other hand, among the dominant forms of to-day, the
greatly specialized Composite, Umbellifere, Leguminose,
Orchidacee, Labiate, Scrophulariacez, Rubiacez, Ericacee,
etc., bright reds, blues and orange yellowsarecommon. There
are 23 orders of the world flora which contain 1000 species or
more. Inconspicuous flower clusters are characteristic of only
five of these, viz: the Cyperacexw, Graminez, Urticacee, Pi-
Peracez and Euphorbiacez. The first and second are very
old types, the third and fourth apetalous (probably old), the
last degenerate. It seems then logical to call these incon-
spicuous, little protected clusters of stamens and pistils an-
cient forms of flowers and to consider wind-fertilization, which
1S So Common among them, a primitive method.

to an ovule thousands are swept to destruction. Self-fertiliza-

The en , however, justifies the means, otherwise crossed
plants would long ago have yielded place to self-fertilized

single case was the advantage on the other side.”? So wind-
fertilized plants waxed strong and multiplied on the face of
the earth.

Meanwhile ‘‘away back in the darkness of the coal period,
when tree-ferns, calamites and giant club-mosses combine
with archétypal yews to people the steaming swamps of a hot,
Cloud- aden island world, there existed a strange form of insect
Which can only be compared to the cockroaches of our day,
but which seems to have embodied in its structure the begin-
mings of all the varied types of insect life, the promise and

< White and

4 white speci
m

eae oeagd tropical lands where flower-frequenting birds and butterflies =
abundan lace’s statement of the surprising monotony of tropica

Vegetation is not ne: 2 :
cessarily o ed to this.
. "A. Miller, oe

yellow are the predominant colors of our own flora; 420 yellow,
2056 flowers of Gray's Manual (revised edition).

Pree The Botanical Gazette. [February,

prophecy not only of our dragon-flies, and beetles, but also
of our flies, bees and butterflies.” Scudder sums up what was
known of American fossil insects about nine years ago in this

“The species of fossil insects known from North
America number eighty-one; six of these belong to the Devo-
nian, nine to the Carboniferous, one to the Triassic and sixty-
five to the Tertiary epochs; the Hymenoptera, Homeoptera
and Diptera occur only in the Tertiaries; the same is true of
the Lepidoptera, if we exclude the Morris specimen, and of
the Coleoptera with the Triassic exception. The Orthoptera
and Myriopoda are restricted to the Carboniferous, while the
Neuroptera occur both in the Devonian and Carboniferous
formations.” Packard says: ‘‘the lower forms of Hymenop-
era, so far as the scanty records show, appeared first in the
Jura formation.”

From these statements its seems probable that the period
of the appearance of dicotyledons was also the time of the
development of our great groups of insects. The two have
been hand in glove ever since. Insects wandered to and fro
seeking what they might devour, and if the man is blessed who
makes two blades of grass grow where only one was, thrice
happy is the insect which discovers an entirely new source of
nourishment by which its food supply is many times multi-
plied. Accidentally lighting on a staminate flower cluster, as
I have seen bees and flies do on the wind-fertilized inflores-
cences of Poterium Canadense, it finds itself in the land of
plenty and thereafter is on the outlook for food-magazines of
the same kind. The flowers with highly colored bracts (rep-
resented in the flora of to-day by some species of Euphorbia
and Amarantus), or those with colored stamens, (such as species.
of Thalictrum, Corema and Plantago now show as the first
step toward insect attraction

: e ovules so fertilized ripen seeds whic
inherit the peculiarities of thei A
eir par <
degree. P cae to a greater or les
= Sone is then, as far as we know it, the story of the origin
owers, which were at first merely axes bearing spirally af-
ian! a ee aA

1892. | Evolution in Methods of Pollination. 45

ranged reproductive organs, such as the antheridial and arche-
gonial clusters of mosses or the spore-bearing stalks of ferns
and equisetums. The growth of bracts, i. e., leaves altered
to do protective work, and the further development in the
macrosporangium mouth of the mucilaginous secretion already
foreshadowed in the archegonia of ferns, produced the char-
acteristic inflorescences of gymnosperms. The position of a
plant, as of a man, in the scale of progress, is measurable by
the protection given to the children and by the manner of
their preparation for independent life. The increase of ovule-
shelter by the formation of a closed ovary is an easy step, as
the comparison of the ripened pods of Mitella, Tiarella, Aqui-
legia or almost any of the Leguminosz with the ovule-bear-
ing scales of pines, shows. By the incurving of the edges of
one of these scales, or more probably, by the persistence of
the inrolling of the edges of the young leaf, an ovary perfect.
in every essential would be produced, and the favorable varia-
tion transmitted to succeeding gererations.! Still further
Provision for the safety of the seeds and for their advancement
in life, is attained by increased development of the protective
bracts to form organs such as the perigynia of sedges, the

rom the united tips of the carpellary leaves.

Then the lords of horticulture, the insects, with an eye to
Profit, began their investigations of the fields, at first obtain-
'ng only pollen from these wind-tossed inflorescences. In
Some cases they never find anything more, e. g., in Hepatica
and Papaver. But the occurrence of sugary secretions,

Pegg time after writing this sentence, I came across a remarkable age
6 of the truth of the theory in Eichler's “‘ Bliithendiagramme,’’ part II, p.
1». He says: ‘In most Resedaceae the carpels are so united that they form
anoth Ovary with parietal placentae, . . yet they remain free pico
th “r at the top, nor do the edges of the individual carpels close togethe'
men teat the ovary is open above. . . . Th dition of things is
oa different in Reseda luteola, Caylusea and Astrocarpus. In the first
rect g Ae individual carpels remain separate, their edges turned inwards and
low to bear the ovules in the ordinary way, but not touching above

sang ; the ovary appears therefore to be made of five or six free scales w) :
form.” ¢ .ircle-— a very primitive structure, not occurring elsewhere in t ~
The state of things in Tiarella cordifolia seems to me to correspon)

well to this description of the pistils of Reseda luteola.

46 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

common elsewhere, as on the petioles of the passion a
on the leaves of the larch where bees busily oir heeneal
among the floral organs is a not surprising result of “a
of the currents which nourish anthers and ovules. ae
cretions at first perhaps not abundant, nor perept yo aa
will be gradually increased and improved by neato "
co-working of plant and insect. Stages in the evo

orchids for
and - butterflies.

es *
ing that many a flower is born to blush unseen. The be
who have made j

t blush will surely be there to see.
Ithaca, N. Y. [Concluded next month. |

Sarre ee

Mt. Kataadn and its flora.

F, LAMSON-SCRIBNER. f
In August, 1874, a party of gentlemen from Bangor an¢ |
Orono, under the di

Maine State Colle

1892.] Mt. Kataadn and its Flora. 47

accompanied the party and succeeded in obtaining some ex-

_ cellent stereoscopic and other views of the mountain and its

surroundings,

From Bangor we proceeded by rail to Mattawamkeag,
thence thirty-five miles by stage to Sherman. From the lat-
ter place we were carried with our baggage, by private con-
veyance through Stacyville to. ‘‘Hunt’s Farm’’, on the banks
of the East Branch, a distance of ten miles. An excellent
guide was procured at Stacyville, in the person of Mr. J. C.
Stacy, a gentleman who very faithfully served us on a similar
excursion the year before.

we traversed on foot. There was a good logging road to

within two or three miles of the mountain,’ so that our walk

was not a severe one. Indeed a person might ride on a sure-

footed horse the greater part of the distance. Within the

first six miles we twice forded the Wissatiquoik River, wae
eth

and near the close of the third day from Bangor we arrived
= the foot of grand old Kataadn, with its naked summit
Majestically towering directly above us. After a good night's
rest and an early breakfast we prepared for the real labor of
ur excursion, that of the ascent, but with it came the real
€njoyment which we so long held in anticipation.

ithout a load one may ascend the mountain from the foot
of the eastern spur, or ‘‘ridge’’ as it is termed, and return in
a day, _ But a person unused to such scenery will form but a

48 The Botanical Gazette. |February,

vague idea of the mountain if he makes but one ascent. He
must ascend and reascend; he must dwell upon its lofty
peaks and view in varying lights its grand proportions; he
must descend its vast slides filled with decomposed granite
and immense boulders that appear as though the slightest

must descend the ‘‘long crooked slide’’ where by a slip he
might be dashed upon the sharp rocks hundreds of feet below
or where an incautious step might set in motion an avalanche
of huge boulders; he must pass down into the ‘‘notch’’ and
over the ‘*chimney’’—a feat seemingly impossible to the in-
experienced. The ‘narrows’? must be traversed, where
there is barely a footing and from whence a jump of more —
' than two thousand feet may be made upon the one hand ora —
tumble hardly less great upon the other. The ‘‘northern
tablelands’? must be visited, and the mountain ‘basin’,
where exists a small lake of the purest water. This basin 1s _
enclosed upon three sides by perpendicular walls of solid
rock, nearly two thousand feet high. All this must be done —
and more, ere one can obtain any correct impression of the

locality cannot iail to be of interest to the student of botany
and it is our purpose to present in this paper
notes made during

Upon a previous visit (in 1873) we made the ascent by the —

way of the ‘‘eastern slide’, which is, perhaps, the easiest if
not the best place for the purpose. Around the base of this”

1892. ] Mt. Kataadn and its Flora. 49

‘thorseback’”’. The lower portion of the mountain is covered
with a dense growth of dwarf black spruce, so dense as to be
wholly impassable, except by tumbling or rolling over the
summits of the closely growing trees.

At the foot of this slide along the borders of a cold moun-
tain stream, grows the bright-flowered Arnica mollis Hook.
Dr. Goodale in the Report of the Maine Board of Agriculture
for 1862, in speaking of this plant, says: ‘‘It is found sparingly
near Moxie Falls, a few miles from the forks of the Kenne-
bec. It occurs in great beauty and profusion in the vicinity
of the cataract of Parlin Pond stream, where its orange flow-
ers are sprinkled with the spray of the falling water. The |
iridescence of the flowers as they were bathed in the sunlight
and spray was a spectacle of much beauty, the orange blossoms
here and there, overpowering the rainbow coloring of the
drops of water.’ ;

_ Nearly half way up the slide, an ice-cold spring issues from
the side of the mountain, and its waters, rushing down over
the steep rocks, form the brook just alluded to. Along this
Stream the green mountain alder, Alnus viridis, grows in
luxuriance. Above the spring this shrub gives way to more
alpine forms: we soon meet the dwarf birch (B. glandu-
losa Mx.), a rather pretty little shrub abundant on the high

- mountains of New England and New York, and growing as

far north as Hudson’s Bay. Fruited specimens less than three
inches high were gathered on the ‘‘horseback’”’. With the
birch and extending above it, we find the little mountain
Cranberry, Vaccinium Vitis-Idea. This is a low spreading
shrub with numerous short, upright branches. The berries
are numerous, of a dark red color, with an acid taste. They
are gathered and made into sauce, like the common bog cran-

The sweet berries of the bog bilberry, V. udig7-

nosum L.., and mountain blueberry, V. cespttosum, refreshed

4S on our tedious ascent. At the summit of the slide, occur-
ning quite frequently and rising but an inch or two above the
Nea on which it grew was Cutler’s willow, Salix Cut-
ih Tuck. It may be recognized by its strongly veined,
elliptical leaves, With this species occurs also S. herbacea L.,
@ Species of even smaller habit than the last.
_ Forming dense, convex mats over the surface of the rocks
's the curious Diapensia Lapponica L., a small evergreen plant
of the Phlox family. The remains of the white flowers, which
Vol. XVII.—No. 2.
MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN.

50 The Botanical Gazette. | February,

appear in July, were still present. As we neared the summit
-of the slide, the crowberry, Empetrum nigrum L., made its
appearance. This is a small, prostrate, much branched shrub,
with very numerous, narrow leaves, giving the plant a heath-
like aspect. The flowers open in early summer. In August,
the plants were loaded with small black berries. Ascending
the ‘‘Horseback’’ towards the ‘‘Chimney’’, we passed large
patches of the beautiful little mountain sandwort, Arenaria
Grenlandica. The flowers of this species are quite large
when compared with the plant and are of a delicate white tint.

Upon our present trip we started from Reed’s camp and
proceeded through dense groves of tall spruce trees, which be-
came smaller and yet more dense as we advanced towards the
eastern spur, up which we were to climb, and such a climb!
With our packs upon our backs, and no path, not evena spotted
line to direct our course! We come upon huge boulders over
which\we must climb, or around which we must force ‘our
way through an almost impenetrable forest of dwarf birch and
stunted fir. By dint of perseverance and severe exertion, We

‘‘pucker-brush’’, We ar.
feet above the sea level.

’

upward and we are j
the frigid zone. He

1892. ] Mt. Kataadn and its Flora. 51

tain blueberry, Vaccinium cespitosum, the mountain cran-
berry, V. Vitis-Jd@a, and the heathlike crowberry, Empetrum
nigrum, plants that abound in Greenland and furnish berries
that form the only vegetable diet of the dwellers in that arc-
tic country.

The only species peculiar to Mt. Kataadn is Saxifraga
stellaris, var. comosa. The other forms, so far as noted, are
identical with those upon the White Mountains and other
high altitudes in the United States. The upper limit of erect
shrubs is between three and four thousand feet.

Below is a list of those plants observed upon the mountain
or in its vicinity.

1. Clematis verticillaris DC. Abundant along the banks
of the East Branch, in fruit. This vine grows in profusion at
Orono, Maine, where it blooms about the 25th of May.

2. Cardamine bellidifolia L. In the ‘Long Crooked Slide’
which runs down from near the highest peak of the mountain.

3. Arenaria Grenlandica Spreng. Common on the rocks of
the Eastern Ridge, or ‘*Saddleback’’. Although perfectly at

ome upon the bleak mountain tops of New England, it is
sometimes found in Maine upon the rocky river banks near

4. Saxifraga stellaris L. var. comosa Willd. Found only
under the shade of rocks on the ridge north of the summit of
the mountain. The flowers of all the specimens I saw were
changed into little tufts of green leaves.

. 5: Epilobium alpinum L. Only one or two specimens seen

in the ‘‘Basin’’ of the mountain.
, - Linnea borealis Gronov. Common in damp woods
proughout the State, blossoming about the middle of June.
Co) i :

Points of the mountain in bloom at the time of my visit
(Aug. 15).

7. Nardosmia palmata Hook. Noticed in swamps near the
Mountain. It grows in great abundance at Orono, Maine.
Bra ae Sraminifolius Pursh. On dry rocks of the East

nch.

Solidago Virga-aurea L. var. alpina Bigel. In several

52 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

in the ‘‘Long Crooked Slide’’, and near the northern ‘‘ Table
Lands”’. ee

11. Gnuaphatium supinum Villars. Onrocks in the ‘Basin’.
The specimens were out of bloom

12. Arnica mollis Hook. Near the foot of the Eastern
Slide and also along the borders of a lake near the ‘‘Eastern
Spur’’ of the mountain, where it is very abundant. :

13. Cirstum muticum Mx. Common near the mountain.

14. Nabalus nanus DC. Common on the higher portions
of the mountain, especially near the northern ‘‘ Table Lands”’.

15. Nabalus Boottii DC. With N. nanus, but not so
abundant.

16. Lobelia Kalmii L. Abundant on rocks along the East
Branch. I have also found this plant on the banks of the
Kennebec at Waterville. :

17. Campanula rotundifolia 1. A diminutive mountain
form grew in the ‘‘Notch’’ near the ‘‘Chimney’’. The plants
were only four inches high, simple, terminated by a single
flower.

18. Vaccinium Vitis-Idea L. Common especially on the
‘‘Saddleback’’. Upon the shady and moss-covered rock-
shelves on the north side of the ‘‘Chimney”’, specimens were
gathered in flower. This is the mountain cranberry of the
north. The slightly acid, refreshing berries are collected in
quantities for making sauce and preserves.

19. Vaccinium uliginosum L. Common. i

20. Vaccinium cespitosum Mx. Is a very small species
producing sweet, blue berries, —also common.

21. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum Lam. The alpine variety
of this species (var. angustifolium) grows on the north ‘Ta
ble Lands.’’

22. Chiogenes hispidula T. & G. Common on the lower
portion of the mountain, also in swamps throughout the state.
| .23: Arctostaphylos alpina Spreng. Quite common on the
higher altitudes. ruit.

24. Casstope hypnoides Don. This charming little heath-
like plant I found only on the eastern edges of the nort
‘Table Lands’’. The plants were in fruit.

25. Kalmia glauca and K. angustifolia. Found on the ‘‘Sad-
dleback’’. The former in flower.

26. Phyllodoce taxtfolia Salisb. Common along the ‘‘Naf-
trows’’.

FA ee Te ee gee te

1892. | Mt. Kataadn and its Flora. 53

28. Rhododendron LapponicumWahl. North‘‘Table ere

29. Lotseleuria procumbens Desv. On rocks north of the
s it, common. :
ned Moneses uniflora. In flower on the northern portions
of the mountain and throughout the state in cool swamps,
blooming about the last of June

31. Dinpensi Meee Abundant on the ‘‘Saddle-
back’’. In fruit eee

32. Polygonum viviparum L. Found only in the
Booked Slide,” in flower and fruit.

33. Empetrum is it L. Very abundant in the eastern
portion of the mountai

34. Betula paierice Ait. var. minor Tuck. Common on
the lower portions of the mountain. oa

Betula slandulosa Mx. Common on the moun

Weil ae specimens less than three inches high were col-
lected

36. Minit viridis DC. Common on lower slopes along

streams. a
Salix argyrocarpa Anders. om

38. Salix Hs diiids On the Saddleback’, in moss.

39. Scheuchzeria palustris L. Ina bog near the plies

40. Listera cordata R.Br. In flower i in the sag between the
Summit and the north ‘‘Table Lands.”

41. Orchis dilatata Gray. Common in the swamps near
the mountain.

43. Luzula spicata Desv ‘Common

of <i
49. Carex canescens, var. vitilis. At the very summit of the
mountai
49. a lenticularis Mx. Inthe ‘‘basin”. «
5°. Carex rigida Good. var. Bigelovit. Onthe narrows’,
and also in great abundance northwest of the summit.
ie 51. col pulla Good. ? On the shores of the little lake in
€ “bas

: 52. Cina pendula Trin. Along streams near the moun-
ain,

G4 - The Botanical Gazette. [February,

53. Calamagrostis Canadensis. Along the mountain brooks.
54. Poa laxa, Henk. On the ‘‘Saddleback”.

55. Azra flexuosa L. Common.

56. Hicrochloa alpina R. & S. On the ‘: Saddleback”. :
57. Lycopodium Selago L. Abundant along the ‘““Narrows’,

58. Lycopodium annotinum var. pungens. On the Eastern
Ridge.

Norr.— The foregoing article was written in 1874; the nomenclature there-
fore conforms to that of the 5th edition of Gray’s Manual.— F. L. S.

Knoxville, Tenn.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.

Observations on the protection of buds in the tropics.’

~
Q.
»
ao}
ct
»
fre
5
5
n
a
mt
[oe}
o
>
ry)
=]
Q.
ioe)
rt)
<
oO
n
oO
<
i)
ted
ac
me
n
ot
rs)
=}
QO
o
Hn
io)
NA
ct
bs
a
pest
°
Q
re)
S
-™
'

3
oO
co
eM
jo}
Q.
a
oO
3
os
°
<<
o
joy
eg
<
=
R
oO
=
oO
=|
re
o,
»
cj
co
an
n
ce)
Pee
o
5
ro)
wn
ct
~
oO
=
a
on
o
Sat |
aR
bt

tipules. 2. Protection b

y
means of gum. 3. Protection by position assumed whet —

1
M. C. Potrer: Journ, Linn. Soc. xxvi, 343-352.

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 55

which are, on two sides, older leaves, and on the other two,
thin layers of gum. As an instance of the third case the
orthotropic position of folded palm-leaves is mentioned. It
would scarcely seem permissible to put forward a case like this
as an instance of special adaptation, for, as is well known, it
is generally true that rolled-up dorsiventral organs are in-
clined to take the erect position. Undoubtedly, nevertheless,
such a position is of decided value to the young leaves and
parts of leaves for it clearly serves to put them in the least
exposed position with reference to the incident rays of a hot
tropical sun. Many examples of this manner of protection
may be found among the monocotyledons in particular. The
last method of protection is a favorite one and is by no means
confined to plants growing in the tropics. Uvaria, Gossyp-
tum and Begonia are the examples cited by Potter. In each
of these genera when a leaf has become old enough to resist
the hot rays of the sun and the unfavorable conditions of the
atmosphere it is quite natural that it should be utilised as a
protecting shield for the immature leaves which are less able
to withstand conditions varying so widely from the optimum.

Some good figures are given in the plates which accompany
the article, and, with the exception of the third, each class is
illustrated. —Conway MACMILLAN.

Vitality of ferns.

: Wittrock publishes in a recent paper’ a series of observa-
tions, which form together a very valuable contribution to the
biology of the ferns. It deals especially with the ability of
fern-leaves to imbibe water and to become fresh after a long

¢pt dry for several months or even years and after being pre-
taken. for ; rbarium specimens ! Professor Wittrock has
ray sa instance, several species from the Pringle-collections
t Sctleng them in water for some minutes and then planted
N moist sandy soil, keeping them carefully in shade an

u >
nder an ordinary glass globe. The ferns became perfectly
1 : er
at = Wirrrock: De filicibus observationes biologicae. Acta horti Bergin,

0. 8, Stockholm, 1891.

56 The Botanical Gazette. [February

fresh and developed new leaves and roots, although some had
been preserved in herbaria for two years and three months.
The Mexican plants which Prof. Wittrock succeeded in reviving
were: Scolopendrium nigripes; Asplenium furcatum, A.
Pringlet; Polypodium Plumula, P. lanceolatum,; Gi heilanthes
lendigera, C. Szovitsit; Lsoetes Pringlet. Selaginella lepido-
phylla, the well-known resurrection-plant, was also cultivated,
and specimens which had been kept dry in a jar for more
than eleven years revived. The paper is illustrated by five
partly colored plates.—THEO. HOLM.

Anatomy of carices.

A very comprehensive study of the anatomical structure of
about fifty species of Carex has been made by M. Mazel,
forming a very welcome addition to the papers which deal
with anatomical characters of species. Although the author
admits that he has not succeeded in finding any characters in
this genus sufficient to characterize the different groups ?

large genus, of which the representatives are spread all overt
the world and living under the most different conditions as 10
climate and soil. This has not been taken into consideration,

has a considerable number of types, many of which appre
again farther south, and of which the structure is better suite :

ae
ANToINE MazeL: Etudes d’anatomie compareé sur les organes de vegetation
dans le genre Carex. P

P. 213 7 plates. Genave 1891.

1892.1 Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 57

stance well marked in the different forms of Carex vulgaris,
hirta, etc.

It is a little curious to see that the author considers the
character of hairiness as being so very rare in Carex, and that
he only mentions this fact for C. zrta, while it is also to be
foundin C. padlescens, pilosa and many North American species,
e. g., C.virescens, castanea, aestivalis and triceps.

But otherwise this paper contains many interesting details
and proves a skillful and careful research. The first chapter
gives a general view of the structure of the vegetative organs,
while the second contains a microscopical analysis of the
species.

the lacunes and just under the epidermis. This is the more
interesting since the Cyperacez formerly like the Graminee
and the Ranunculaceze were considered exceptional in not
possessing any reservoirs!! The author has, however, not
only observed them in the leaf but also in the aerial stem and
the rhizome of certain species.

The general structure of the leaf seems to be very uniform,
there being a whole series of intermediate forms between the
nearly triangular leaf of C. Davadlliana and the broad and flat
leaves of C. maxima, riparia and others. ;

There is also given a very detailed account of the tissues in
the aerial stem and the rhizome. The aerial shows like the
leaf a general plan, which is, however, still more distinct than
jn the leaf. The epidermis does not show so many differ-

angular in its whole length.
Among the characters derived from the stem it may be men-

7 sarees
Cfr. Sacns: Vorlesungen iiber Pflanzenphysiologie 1887, p. 1a

58 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

tioned that the mestome-bundles form a different ss be:
rows in certain species, varying from one to eer io ;
Grayit. The rhizome shows even in its externa ae
few characteristic differences, if we consider the sto fe) ae
and cespitose forms. But the internal structure ave ae
more and very characteristic differences, observa . ee
stereome, the lacunes, the endodermis, etc. As to c = :
the author has observed also here a certain variation.

i ring
endodermis and the pericambium does not form a closed ring

: : the
in all species, but the latter is most often interrupted by

: : istic for
hadrome, as described by Van Tieghem as: characteristic ,

Xyridez, Eriocaulacez, Juncacez and a few other ea
The author is undoubtedly correct, when in the fone
chapter, where he gives an anatomical sketch of the ner
question, he remarks that the characters to some exten weible
prove to be of specific value, but that it would be impo

. mu- =:
from the present study to draw any conclusion as to the

tual relationship of the species described.— THEO. HOLM.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

: use
Cryptomitrium tenerum Austin.— Mr. O. F. Cook of ies
University had the kindness to send me, on my request, a spe

; ion-
efore going into details as to the relation”

ship of this plant, I givead

Duvalia tenera Gottsche:
Plantae frondosae
rides, arcte repentes
Frons o
fertili brevi, altera furca
steriles cum basi angustata
postici e costae latere orti

S
Synopsis Hepat. p. 554

ey * ; tivi
€x apice frondis orti vel alii rami adven
- Costa pro plantae tenuitate sat re
sub alis evanida, cellulis aequim

: : vern-
Stratum aériferum humile, ca
osum; cavernae amplae unistrata

p. : =
inores, Viv
, terrestres, membranaceae, tenerae, minores,

, ae furca
blonga, repetito furcata vel monopodialiter ramosa yes :
Solum increscente). Adsunt etiam £5

. Oe. : COS?
€ vacuae i. e. filis vel laminulis ac .

4
3

er ea ee I ee ee a a aS

1892. | : Briefer Articles. 59

soriis, haud repletae, lamellis unistratis formatae. Stomata parum
elevata, exigua, cellulis 5-6 radiatis superficialibus constantia, foro
minimo vel fere nullo, inter tamen majore cellulisque apice con-
vexo-prominentibus stellaeformi. Cel/ulae epidermidis parvae, haud
incrassatae.
Squamae posticae biseriatae, parvae, remotae, purpureae vel violaceae,
late ovatae, varie lobatae, lobis superioribus appendiculo filiformi
munitis, adice//ae incrassatae e basi paginaque squamarum ortae.
Inflorescentia monoica. Androecia flori femineo approximata, an-
theridiis in medio costae uniseriatis, saepe totam costae longitudinem
occupantibus; ostio/a conica, pallida. Peduncudus capitulorum ex
apice costae — strato r ente — ortus, basi apiceque nudus,
longus, tenuis, bicanaliculatus, irregulariter sulcato-carinatus. Capit-
uéa feminea circularia, disciformia, antice leniter convexa, 5-6 costata,
costae radiatae humiles papulosae, in centro capituli crassae; capitula
i argine ipso regulariter denseque
crenata, postice plana, 5-6 locularia; docu/i radiatim positi, capituli

nS
~
&

nullo, operculo dehiscens, pariete tenui exannulifera, unistrata.
Elateres longiusculi bispiri. Sporae brunneae, tetraédrae, reticulatim
lamellatae, dilute limbatae.

Hap.— California. Mexico (Humboldt).

_The postical scales in both genera are very irregularly lobed
and dissected, not seldom down to the very base, so that the: biseriate
arrangement is somewhat obscured. The inflorescence is monoicous
both; in Duvalia, however, the male organs, which in Cryptomitrium
Stand just behind the female peduncle, spring from different branches
7 the Plant; in both the androecia are not pedunculate and the an-

€ridia, as in Riccia, are immersed in the substance of the frond; they
Sa small conical ostiola, which are arranged in a long row; In
walia they are united into a small roundish disk and surrounded by

Minute lanceolate scales..

60 The Botanical Gazette. [Februory,

The female receptacle or capitulum of both genera has a long
peduncle, which springs from the end of the costa, being a a
tion of the frond, of which the cavernous stratum is left be _
(which in Marchantia, for instance, is carried up to and may be i
in transverse sections of the peduncle on its antical side) ; in Duva :
this peduncle has but one furrow, in Cryptomitrium two; the a
receptacles are very different and justify the separation of Cryptom!
trium from Duvalia, being disciform in the former and almost 7
cal in the latter; the rays of the receptacle in Duvalia are incurved Fe
on the postical side united into a fleshy annulus, which surrounds t €
end of the peduncle in form of a short vagina, while in Cypha
they are stretched out and united into an uninterrupted plane ps
fleshy disk; in both genera, however, the involucra spring from the
postical side of the substance detween the rays, contrary to other a
(Grimaldia, Clevea: and others) in which the rays themselves are de
veloped into involucra. ith

There are no perianths and the capsules of both genera open
an operculum. Spores and elaters do not show any material differences.

There could be traced numerous other affinities and distinctions
with regard to other Marchantiacee; but this would exceed the eee
of this article and would involve me in a great many morphol
and anatomical details, which I leave to the study of those who real
German and are, therefore, able to understand Leitgeb’s “ Untersuch-
ungen tiber die Lebermoose,” the only scientific work on the i
ment and anatomy of these plants which is very exhaustive, thoug
our plant was not known to its author.— F. Stepuanl, Leipzig.

Professor A. S. Hitchcock tells me that at St. ee ai
Pyrus Loensis (see American Garden, xu. 469, Aug. 1891,) ek cer a
distinct from P. coronaria. Among other differences, P. Ioensis ho a :
its fruit longer than the other. He gives me the following note of a
ruit: “Fruit about 25 mm. high and. 30 mm. in diameter. ae a
3° mm. long, with two scars. Apple sunken at each end, where It
pubescent; color Sreen or slightly yellowish. Lenticels rather pies ;
nent and numerous. Fruit falling October 26th.” —L. H. BatLe%

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Pyrus Ioensis.—

pea ne paca oO RMSE

EDITORIAL. ian
L ConcrREss oF Boranists is an exceedingly ue
itis really what the name implies. If, pate we

m we would delight to honor, stay at home, an

AN INTERNATIONA
able thing, provided
real botanists, who

1892. | Open Letters. 61

have let loose upon us a crowd of quasi-botanists, such a class as is
more apt to journey far to congresses than any other, our lines will not
have fallen to us in pleasant places. e men we want to visit us are
busy, very busy, and are little given to take such long trips for mani-
festly cosmetic purposes. It would be a phenomenal thing to secure

a body as our American Association, of confounding a foreign label
with one of distinction. The percentage of smatterers and cranks is
probably as large in other countries as in the United States, and it is
well known that such classes travel further and talk more profusely
than any other. We will have to show our good judgment, therefore,
hot in indiscriminate but in proper recognition.

Noruinc would so arouse the active interest of American botanists
in this venture as an announcement by the local committee that has

IF THE ConGREss becomes really representative, its discussions will
Carry great weight; and any of its decisions with reference to modes
of procedure will probably be recognized. If, however, it proves to
€ a body whose representative character may well be called in ques-
tion, no such decisions should be promulgated. More important than
the nomenclature questions, which, like the poor, we have always wi

Confusion of ideas. This will open a vast field of usefulness to the
Congress, provided always that it is representative, which is to say
petent.

62 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

OPEN LETTERS.

Suggested by Kuntze’s ‘‘Revisio Generum Plantarum.”

cause the latter were published a year earlier, or even not any:earlier, —
but simply on ‘the preceding page of the same book, or still logically,

coria, Or Magnolia grand . fetida, our s have been
op by the law of priority, and our ru tempers have been
smoothed he assurance that all of these vexatious changes were

ous tsto Generum Plantarum, and finds it necessa :
39,000 Changes in specific names before he can publish his description
of species collecte a journey'round the world! “

. e zeal of a live antiquarian. : bee
S Decome outlawed after a time, and it would simplify mat
D € same practice to old names. There seems —

1892. ] Notes and News. 63

NOTES AND NEWS.

A “Conspectus FLor& Arric&” is promised by Messrs. Durand of
Brussels, and Schinz of Ziirich.

THE ENTIRE EDITION of the Proceedings of the Society for the Pro-
motion of Agricultural Science for 1891, which was ready for mailing,
was burned in the fire at Columbus, Ohio, January 26th. Re-printing
the edition has already begun.

_ Mr. C. W. SEExye, of Rochester, N. Y., has published “A list of the ,
indigenous ferns of the vicinity of Rochester, with notes,” a reprint
from Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of Science. f the 53
species of ferns credited to New York state in the Torrey club list, the
flora of the vicinity of Rochester contains 35.

A Lonc and able article on “Climate and plants” was read by Pro-

ug ore

many sides, and contains a wealth of citations.
Amonc the recent bulletins from the experiment stations is one on
Some fungous diseases of the grape” by F. Lamson-Scribner, and
one on “Electricity in agriculture” by Clarence D. Warner. The
latter has also been published in Scéence for January 15, and is to be
commended to those curious in such matters for the utter lack of
logical basis for its conclusions.

Tue ANNALS or ScorrisH NATURAL Hisrory issues its first number
with the new year. It is a successor to the Scottish Naturalist, and
resembles it in form and matter, but is much improved in both, an

“

_ 1H University or INDIANA has just purchased the entire herba-
num of Mr. F. H. Horsford, of Charlotte, Vermont. The collection
's very complete in its display of New England and Canadian plants,
besides that general assortment of plants which comes into the hands
of a collector. The collection is remarkable for the beauty of its
Specimens, many of them being the handiwork of Mr. Pringle, with
whom Mr. Horsford has been so long associated.

Phd FOLLOWING botanical papers were presented before the Lowa
ey of Sciences at its December meeting: Some experiments
or the purpose of determining the active principles of bread-making,

a Réport of committtee on state flora, Phenological notes, and

ae AN EDITORIAL upon the Royal Gardens, Kew, Zhe |
ronicte (Jan.2) gives an account of its rapid and splendid develop-

anatomy of plants. The suggestion is surely a timely one. It is per-

64 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

tunities, to become “ the center of ene ;
SOR WITTROCK gives in a recent paper' a very ee
e

fectly possible for this great establishment, with its unrivaled oppor
rgy” in many departments.

t
besides which they ma
inflorescences.— T, H

vestigators, will give editorial assistance in the several department
f agricultural activity. Only one of these, Profe nels
a botanis i i

pretty sure indication that the management 1S ss

departments of botany, and pr :

: cope or its importance as a sco

underlying a large proportion of agricultural operations. The jour

has occupied an important place in the past; and it deserves hearty
ions.

aper on “ Principles and methods :
iS sil plants,” read Bee oe oe ne
. 4\. A. 5., Washington meeting, is printed in the i
Geologist (Jan.). gtc g. p ie

dge of botan proper, the author Aas ay: “For example,
anist:

very that nervation in leaves is of gener! - ‘of
: a hich the botanist chiefly relies, is usually ee Ue |
Specific rank.” Bo fanists must confess to myriads of figures of le4
in which the nervation 1s merely conventional.
1 De Linaria Reverchoni n. observatior i biologi
i _Re . Sp. vations morphologicae et
Acta horti Bergiani, vol, 1. no. 4s Stockholm pe :

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE Ill.

ROLFS on SEED COATS.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

eae: eens : F : i de bi
The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being ma
dealers or agents.

‘n Great bios Tt shillings. In Germany, 11 marks. som
Agent, = P. CO Agents, R. PRIRDIENDER he f
157 Great pena St., London, W. | aristrasse rt, Berlin, N.

Subseriptions and correspondence should be addressed to Charles B. Bate
712 Langdon St., ani Wisconsin; money orders and drafts should be mt
payable to the Botan AL - Gaz ZETTR.

jeparate Cop

number at the same rate. Covers like 2 ie
title, $1.50 per too, sadiodak The number desired must be marked at
of the sistas @s none weld be printed unless order

of composition shown in the pages of the Gazetre. Scientific and a
ilustrations.— Articles requiring Aeacieas should be sent tod at re
Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
ssing

e
Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced - rs when claim is made wit
days after receipt of the number follow

a eet at the Post-office at

BS nse]
ieee Ind., d-class p tal m

= In the April bent will appear - Di
fungi « common to wild and Ecltivated pais

th
BYRON D. wees of aes odes New Bet

a
k simple selresistering auxanometer, by GeoRce .
STONE

i
_ Sesion on the. classification of the Motaphyt!

™”

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

MARCH, 1892.

Flowers and insects. VII. °
CHARLES ROBERTSON.

ARTYNIA PROBOSCIDEA Glox.—I know of but one sta-
tion for this plant—on the banks of the Macoupin Creek,
where it appears to be indigenous.

The pale bluish corolla measures about 53 cm. in length,
its tube about 3} cm. The tube within is finely spotted with
bluish; on the lower wall there are about three orange lines
leading from the narrow part of the tube and expanding ina
large spot on the lower lip. The throat above is spotted with
reddish, on the sides with bluish. The middle lobe of the
lower lip is streaked with bluish and is straight, while the
others are reflexed.

= adaptation to long-tongued bees. I have found the flow-
€ts in bloom from Aug. 19 to Sept. 14. Sept. 3, 1890, I saw
Sombus americanorum F. % sucking the honey, its thorax be-
ing streaked with pollen.

: DIANTHERA AMERICANA L.—The plant is rather common
= shallow Water of streams, the stems rising from 3 to 9 dm.
§ small clusters of purplish flowers. :
flowers are proterandrous. The two-lobed upper lip
na €rect and is strongly marked with purple. The lower
"a 1s formed by three widely divergent lobes, which are white,

€ middle one with much purple.

*Sugli apparecchi delle f dazi nelle piante ant pee, 1867.
ol. XVII.— No. 3.

66 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

upwards. The stamens stand so erect that at first I won-
dered how the bee would come in contact with them. I also
wondered why the anther cells are at right angles to each
other. . Asa rule, only two flowers are in bloom in the um-
bel-like cluster at atime. The three lobes of the lower lip,
which we have observed are strongly divergent, are curved
upward, so that it is most convenient for the bee to enter be-
tween the middle and one of the lateral lobes. In this way
it isapt to brush the vertical face of the inner anther-cell.
To reach the other flower, the bee crawls directly upwards
and approaches it from above. In crawling up out of ont
flower and down into the other the bee is likely to touch the
horizontal faces of the outer anther-cells.
The corolla tube is about 5 mm. long, so that the nectat
can be obtained by tongues of medium length. The flower
is evidently adapted to bees, but is often visited by flies and
butterflies. I have found it in bloom from June 23 to Aug:
24. On July 5 and g I observed the following visitors:—
Hymenoptera—A pidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, s.,ab.; (2)
Bombus virginicus Oliv. , s.; (3) Melissodes palustris Rob. é
s., ab.; (4) M. bimaculata Lep. 29, s., ab.; (5) Ceratina
dupla Say 9, s.; (6) Epeolus lunatus Say 649, $.; Andre
ntdae: (7) Agapostemon nigricornis F. 9, s.;- (8) A- radiatus
Say 69, s.; (9) Augochlora pura Say 9, s. and c. P.» 4)
(10) Halictus lerouxii eps 39, Ss. abis H. ligat
Say 49, s.; (12) H. fasciatus Nyl. 49, s.; (13) H. pilosus Sm?
c. p.; (14) H. confusus Sm. g, c. p., ab. oh
Diptera—Syrphidae: (15) Allograpta obliqua Say, f. P»
16) Mesograpta marginata Say, f. p.; (17) Spharophor
cylindrica Say, f. p.; (18) Eristalis tenax L., s. and f. P+ (19)
Helophilus laetus Lw., f. p.; (20) Tropidia quadrata Say $1
freq. ; (21) Syritta pipiens L., f. p. =
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (22) Pieris rapae Li; (23)
‘Phyciodes nycteis D.-H.; (24) Lycaena pseudargiolus B.-L}
Se Pamphila metacomet Harr.; (26) Pholisora catullus F-—~ :
aise?

1892. ] Flowers and Insects. 67

VERBENA STRICTA Vent.— The plant is quite common.
The stem rises from 5 to 10 dm. and bears numerous erect
spikes of blue flowers.

The corolla tube rises directly upward, bending outward
above and joining the vertically expanded border, which is
five-lobed and somewhat two-lipped, expanding from 6 to 12
m. The tube is about 5 mm. long, is quite narrow and is
closed at the mouth by a dense circle of hairs.

The flowers appear homogamous and I see nothing to pre-
vent an insect’s proboscis from carrying pollen from the an-
ther back to the stigma of the same flower, though if the
Proboscis is thoroughly dusted with pollen from another

flower, cross-pollination may be more likely.

Ihave found the flowers in bloom from June 15 to Sept.
16. On nine days, July 9—Aug. 7, I observed the following
Insects sucking the nectar:—

_ Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 3; (2) Bombus
virginicus Oliv. 3; (3) Melissodes aurigenia Cr. 4; M. per-
»plexa Cr. 49, ab.; (5) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (6) Epeolus mercatus

os: Sphecidae: (7) Ammophila procera Klug.

Lepidoptera— Rhopalocera: (8) Pieris protodice B.-L.; (9)
P. rapae L. ; (10) Danais archippus F.; (11) Pamphila peckius
Kby. ; (12) P. cernes B.-L.; (13) Pholisora catullus F.; (14) P.
hayhurstii Edw. ; (15) Eudamus tityrus F

iptera— Bombylidae: (16) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq.
ab.; Conopidae: (17) Stylogaster neglecta Will.; Syrphidae:
(18) Eristalis tenax L.

ERBENA HASTATA L.—-This plant is less abundant than the
last, stows tallerand bears small spikes'and smaller blue flowers.
. He border is 3to 5 mm. across and the tube 3 or 4 mm.
in length. ;

I have found it in bloom from July 12 to Sep. 23. On 8
days, July 12—Sept. 7, the following insects were observed
visiting the flowers for nectar:—

Bon enoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, ab.; (2)

ombus i 3
Epeolus remigatus F.; Andrenidae: (5)A gapostemon radiatus
Say 4; (6) Augochlora pura Say 4, ab.; (7) Halictus lerouxii

68 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

Diptera— Bombylidae: (14) Systoechus vulgaris Lw.; (15)
Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq., ab. ‘

VERBENA URTICAEFOLIA L.— The flowers are white, much
smaller than in the preceding, and are arranged in long loose
spikes. Blooms from June 29 toSept 7, or later. On 8 days
July 11—Aug. 29, I observed the following insects, all sucking‘—

Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 3; (2) Bombus
americanorum F. ¢%; Andrenidae: (3) Augochlora pura Say 4;
(4)Halictus ligatus Say 9; (5) H. confusus Sm. .

Diptera — Empidae: (6) Empis clausa Rob. (MS.) ; Conopt-
dae: (7) Stylogaster neglecta Will.; Syrphidae: (8) Meso
grapta geminata Say; (9) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say; (10)
Syritta pipiens L.

Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (11) Pieris protodice B.-L5
(12) P. rapae L.

PHRYMA LEpTosTacHya L,—The plant grows in damp
woods afid is not very common. I have found it in bloom
from July 10 to Sept. 3. The stem rises about 6 dm. high

in length, its tube 5 mm., the lower lip 4 mm. in width. The
lower wall of the corolla is strongly infolded forming a sort of

as to exclude short tongues and to require long tongues? —
touch the anthers and stigma. Small bees can force theif
heads into the tubes by forcing down the palate. The flowel
are strongly proterandrous, and are visited by Augochlora
pura Say 6. |

flowers are proterandrous with a homogamous sti
Cross-fertilization between flowers of the same or of distif®
plants may occur, and even self-pollination may occur by

1892. } Flowers and Insects. 69

sect aid. In absence’ of insects spontaneous self-fertilization
may readily take place

The nectar is ct The flowers are visited by short-
tongued Hymenoptera and Diptera, especially species of Halic-
tus. I have found the plant in bloom from June 14 to Oct. 15.
On July 17 and 23 I observed the following visitors:-—

Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) ave mellifica L. &, s.; An-
drenidae (2) Halictus —— Say 4, s se es fasciatus Nyl. 3,

-; (4) H. confusus Sm. S.-and -¢.-py, : H. zephyrus
Sin % S.; (0) H.-stultus Cr. 39, s. and c. ae ; Vespidae: (7)
Polistes eiricds Say, s.; Pompilidae: (8) ee fulvi-
cornis Cr.,

Dip bora Binpidaes (9) Empis clausa Rob. (MS.) s. Sa
phidae: (10) Mesograpta geminata Say, s.; (11) Syrtta p Paes

+, 8., ab.; Tachinidae: (12) Jurinia apicifera Wik

Shioxis ERECTA L.—This plant is quite common in prai-
Ties and. woods. The scapes, generally one to each plant,

not occur, unless it eae after the Bains: clos
rule, insect visits result in cross- teniiation between
distinct ‘sinha but may also result in self-pollination.
ers are visited only for pollen, and depend es-
pecially Men Halictus. I have found them in bloom from
April 28 to June 12. May 19 and 22 I observed as visitors :—
ymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Ceratina dupla Say 9, ab.;
Andrenidae : (2) Augochlora pura ene 2 abs3(3) "Halictus
oe eet Sm. 9; (4) H. coriaceus Sm. ¢; (5) H. ligatus Say
> (6) H. cressonii Rob. Oy 17) 1. jae. Cr. 9; (8) H. tegu-
lari Rob. 2; (9) H. anomalus Rob. ?—all collecting pollen.
Diptera— Syrphidae: (10) Mesograpta geminata Say ;
(11) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say ; Anthomyidae : (12)
Chortophila
Coleoptera Buprestidae: (13) Acmaeodera culta Web. —
all — on polle
A THRONIUM ALBIDUM Nutt.—This is one of the first
ower of =Pring and is quite common. The flower bud ap-
n, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phil. 1890, 272, the flower is
fertilized before opéning.

hg t
spontanene, pathy

7oO The Botanical Gazette. [March,

pears with a pair of leaves and rises on a scape only a few
centimetres above the ground. Owing to a bend in the
scape, the flower looks outward and downward, or directly
downward. The divisions of the perianth are white, tinged
with purplish exteriorly, and marked with yellow at the base
within, especially the three petals, which hold nectar on the
bases of their claws. At base the divisions are closely ap-
proximated, forming a tube about 15 mm. in length, and
making the nectar hard to reach except by insects with long
tongues ; beyond they are directed outward and downward,
or may be expanded horizontally so that the flower measures
65 mm. across, or they may be so strongly reflexed that theit
tips meet, as in the case of plants growing in rich bottom soil.

The anthers of the three outer, shorter stamens dehisce
first. At this time, if an insect come with pollen, it will
leave some upon the stigma, which is somewhat in advance
of the dehiscent anthers; otherwise, it may effect self-pollina-
tion. Cross-fertilization may readily occur at any time, but
when the inner anthers dehisce, they may easily leave some
of their pollen upon the stigma, since they usually surpass the
stigma a little. Accordingly, in absence of insects, I think
that self-pollination commonly occurs.

The pendulous position of the flower has the effect of re
stricting the visitors almost exclusively to bees, since they
can readily cling to the stamens and style. The first flowers,
which appear before flower insects become common, alt
visited almost exclusively by hive-bees. : th

For the attention of insects the plant is in competition will
Anemanella thalictroides, Isopyrum biternatum, San uinarla
Canadensis, Viola palmata, Claytonia Virginica and Dentarla
laciniafa. _ Competition with Claytonta is most severe; I ue
found it difficult to collect the visitors of Erythronium untl
afternoon, after the flowers of the Claytonia had closed.

I have found the plant in bloom from Mar. 17 to Apt. a
me 13 days, between Apr. 7 and 19, I saw the flowers visite

Yie=

Hymenoptera —A pidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, s. and ¢: ae
ab.; (2) Bombus virginicus Oliv. 9, s., one; (3) Ceratina ni
Say 4, s.; (4) Osmia atriventris Cr. 4, s., ab.; (5) O. alba
ris Cr. 89, s., ab.; (6) O. lignaria Say 4, s.; (7) O. latitars os
Cr. 4, s.; (8) Nomada luteola Lep. 4, s., ab.; Andrenidae: Q is
Andrena bicolor F. 89, s., ab.; (10) A. sayi Rob. é, s-5 (11) &

1892. ] Flowers and Insects. 71

erythronii Rob. 49, s. andc. p., ab.; (12) A. mariae Rob. g, s.;
(13) Halictus lerouxii Lep. 9, s.; (14) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s.;
(15) H. confusus Sm. 9, s.; (16) Colletes inaequalis Say 4, s. ab.
Lepidoptera— Rhopalocera: (17) Pieris rapae L., s.; (18)
Colias philodice Godt., s.; (19) Nisoniades juvenalis F., s.
Diptera — Bombylidae: (20) Bombylius fratellus Wadi 5.4
one; Syrphidae: (21) Brachypalpus frontosus Lw., f. p., one;
Muscidae: (22) Lucilia cornicina F., s., not touching stigma.
TRADESCANTIA VIRGINICA L. (smooth form).— The plant
is smooth ‘and glaucous with linear leaves, the stems rising 3
to 6dm. and bearing from one to three umbel-like clus-
ters of flowers, each umbel in turn with from 1 to 5 open flow-
ers. The flowers are blue, expanding 3 or 4 cm., but
retaining a shallow, bell-shaped form. The stigma is widely

tween flowers of distinct plants is much more probable.
: € flowers are specially adapted to female bees, and other
Insects in search of pollen. The hairs on the stamens are
foot-holds for the use of bees in collecting pollen. ie

he plant is in strong competition with Rosa humilis for
the attention of pollen-visitors, Tradescantia faving the ad-
vantage of abundance and Rosa of conspicuousness. But

%; (2) Bombus separatus Cr. 2; (3) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. 2;
(4) Ceratina dupla Say 9; Andrenidae: (5) Agapostemon

72 The Botanical Gazette.
Evolution in methods of pollination.

ALICE CARTER.
[Concluded from p. 46.|

Among animals, the phase of natural selection known 4s
sexual selection comes to the front in the production of many
things which we call beautiful or curious, such as the gor-
geous colors of male birds and butterflies, the horns of beetles
and reindeer, the tusks of boars and elephants, the chirping

the picture ; the animals themselves are the other. Side by
side with the flowers they frequent they have themselves beet
changed, their proboscides lengthening with the flower tubes,
their bodies becoming better adapted to the forms of the blos- ~
soms and to the carrying of the pollen, their wits sharpened
to find the means of getting at the hidden honey with the —
least possible loss of time and strength, and to read quickly
the posters hung out by the plants, which enable the more =
telligent customers to distinguish one kind of flower from |
another, and show them when the time for visiting is reached of ‘

- So now, instead of the primeval cockroach-like
creatures, there are insects as varied and wonderful in form
and structure as the flowers they frequent. a

This subject is full of interest, and since the time of Dat —
win has been widely studied, but the knowledge accumulated
should be put into form convenient for every day use. , zl
we believe, flowers have been produced by a gradual adapta;

Sor pene

d i
] sen and therefore perpetuated those best adapted to theit
own needs which mu: ;

1892. ] Evolution in Methods of Pollination. 73

tion to the reciprocal wants of plants and their visitors, from
fructifications essentially like the spore-bearing spikes of the
heterosporous Equisetums of which geologists write, this
ought to be known by every student, and everyone should be
able to see from the manual that, in each order, the method
of fertilization is to a certain extent an index of the degree
of specialization of the reproductive apparatus, the most im-
portant part of the plant. In many orders there is a most
beautiful transition from anemophilous (usually polygamous,
moncecious or dicecious) species through almost exclusively
self-fertilized hemaphrodite ones to those that are incapable
of self-fertilization. For example, in the Ranunculaceae, in
the gradation from the wind-blown inflorescences of polyga-
mous Thalictrums to the inconspicuous, almost exclusively
self-fertilized flowers of Myosurus minimus ; from this to the
genus Ranunculus (whose small-flowered species, such as

like, Spore-bearing stalks of the ancestors of our dicotyledons.

At a certain stage of development, these changing plants
will be perfectly adapted to neither wind nor insect fertiliza-
tion; then those individuals whose stamens and pistils are

74 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

separated, almost all entomophilous ones have stamens and
pistils in the same flowers. Miiller therefore considers di-
clinism to have been the original condition of phanerogams,
from which hermaphroditism has been developed by natural
selection. Darwin takes exactly the opposite view. Butit
hardly seems necessary to adopt either exclusively, for
both hermaphrodite and unisexual forms are common among
the lower plants. Why cannot both forms have been tra
mitted from the pteridophyte-like ancestors of phanerogams:
Diclinism and bisexualism may be collateral branches, one
not necessarily older than the other, though in many individual
cases it is evident that one has been, or is being derived from
the other.

_wings of butterflies, the wings, tails and beaks of birds, etc-

f low organization, seems to hol
good here. Contrast the

and“the variable number of petals or sepals of water

Violacez, Composite, Labiate and Scrophulariacee. ss
decrease in the number of the floral organs is often ac
panied by further specialization by the union of their individu

members to secure still better protection of the pollen, honey —

and ovules and better adaptation to the agents of pollinatio™

senieesl

1892. Evolution in Methods of Pollinatton. 75

When cross-fertilization by means of insects has become as-
sured, the color, time of flowering, fragrance, the length of
the corolla tube, the form and, position of the petals and
sepals, all have reference to time of flight and character of the
especially invited guests. Every hair has a meaning. Every
curve is an adaptation. The power of self-fertilization, at
first indispensable, may become useless.: A struggle for exis-

goes to the ground. So cross-fertilization is, as a rule, alone
possible among the majority ‘of orchids, some Composite,
some species of Salvia, Aconitum, Corydalis, Dianthus, Malva
and others. Many changes, progressive and retrogressive,
are still going:on. - It is known that the honey of more than
one hundred and thirty-two flowers can be plundered from
outside without the touching of the stamens or stigma. In
these cases at least, perfection has, not been reached; but the
wonderful contrivances to prevent the entrance of useless
guests, such as hairs on the calyx, corolla or stamens, slip-
periness of the corolla, a pendent position of its tube, or the
accumulation in the petals of matters offensive to insects, show
that some species are on the high-road to it.

So much for flowers; but there are weeds, hundreds of them,
widespread and homely. Many, perhaps all, of those which
have the rudiments of calyx and corolla are degraded forms, de-
scendents of species once fertilized by insects, but which, because
of the extinction of the particular ones on which they either
depend, or because they have spread into regions where these
insects are not, or because thrown into the shade by the super-
‘oF attractions of their neighbors, have been obliged to resort
again to wind agency (Plantago?), or to adapt themselves to
almost exclusive self-fertilfzation (Veronica hederefolia). In .
either case there is no longer need of aftractive organs and the
petals have accordingly been reduced. The evil effects of
Continued self-fertilization may have had a share in this re-
sult; but probably not to a great extent, for such effects will
be largely counteracted by the wide dissemination so character-
a of weeds, by which these low forms are exposes to great
variation of climatic conditions. The loss is then of beauty,
not of Strength. Change of environment seems often to have as
Teneficial results as cross-fertilization in the stimulation of the
Sih rent and the production of varieties. The degradation

» as elsewhere, is only a peculiar form of adaptation.

76 The Botanical Gazette. | March,

The theory that, by whatever means gained (by the crossing
of individuals if possible, if not by self-pollination), the great
- object of plant-life is the production of seed, the continuance
of its species, receives further support by the presence in
many of the forms, most beautifully adapted to the visits of
insects, of cleistogamic flowers. These are minute, nevet-
opening flowers whose stamens produce very little pollen
(from 100 to 400 grains in contrast to the 243,600 of Legnto-
don or the 3,654,000 of Peony), but the anthers are in close
contact with the stigma, none of the pollen is wasted and the
inevitable self-fertilization causes the ripening of seed enough
to secure the the existence of the species, if for any reason
the more conspicuous flowers are not visited. Kuhn enumet

come at last in the form of buzzing bombuses for the tWO—
species of Monotropa, a tiny fly for the little shore pin weed
(Lechea thymifolia), clumsy bugs for the honeyless, dull-
colored purple trillium (Trilljum erectum), pollen eating bees.
and flies for the homely ragweed (Ambrosia artemisizefolia-) ae
During the last spring, ‘summer, and autumn I caught @ |
thousand insects on one hundred ‘and forty-three species a
plants (one of a kind on each). One hundred and thirty-one

of these flowers are visited by Hymenoptera, fifty-seven by :
Lepidoptera, sixty-two by Diptera, seven by the ruby-
throated humming bird. I shall not soon forget the first”
2 aining dry the nectar cups of ie
columbine (Aquilegia Canadensis); nor the daily visits which :
he afterwards made to : trumpet

the
the «

1892. ] Evolution in Methods of Pollination. 77

Japanese honeysuckle captured a supposed humming bird
moth which proved to be only a June bug. The beautiful
clear-winged moth (Sesia), whose first visit to the Azalea of
the botanic garden was so sudden and brief that after long
ey for his return I almost concluded that he had

en the delusion of an excited imagination, afterwards
proved himself a capturable reality and we enjoyed the
further acquaintance with his family through their visits to
Lunaria, Hydrophyllum, Dictamnus, Syringa, and Vinca.

he memory of the gorgeous red butterfly which twice
visited the smooth sumach (Rhus glabra L.), eluding our nets
both times never again to appear notwithstanding our patient
waiting and the reward offered for his arrest, will haunt
me through the winter months and until the shade of one of
his descendants joins the full ranks of those who met death
on the sumach field.

Botany and zodlogy at the start are one, but when the
debatable ground occupied by organisms neither animal nor
vegetable is passed, each has a clear country until paths

be
tionship which all acknowledge will be clearly shown. The

the development of the order itself, the means of fertiliza-
ion

impossible indeed, to say to which they are most closely re-
Our classification will follow the teachings of geology,
y, embryology, and common sense, and, standing on
vantage ground of a manual founded on the brotherhood

histolog
the

78 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

of plants, we can look over the broad battlefield of biology,
and see the vast territories which have been conquered,
then relinquished in turn by mosses and fungi, pteridophytes,

gamopctalous dicotyledons. We can see how the hardy
pines have fought stubbornly for centuries, yielding ground
only inch by inch to the endogens, the secret of whose final
victory was that, Niobe-like, they protected their children
though perishing themselves. We can see too how these
children have been driven to the marshes, windswept plains,
and cold mountain hills by the onslaughts of their more com
pletely armed younger brothers, who, leagued with the great
insect kingdom, are carrying all before them.

That will be a view well worth looking at and the sooner
we begin the climb to the high ground, the better. The
botany of the past is a most vital part of the botany of today.
Zoélogy must join hands with us. We are dependent on each :
other. Distribution, genealogy, and environment will ee
largely into the manuals of the future. Then the touch®
nature which makes the whole world kin will be added to the
long Latin names and mechanical descriptions.

[The foregoing paper was prepared at Mt. Holyoke Seminary and College,
S. Hadley, Mass. |

Ithaca, N. Y.

F. W. Anderson, Se. D.

F. D. KELSEY. j :

(WITH PORTRAIT. ) :

This rising young botanist died in New York city om Dee
22, 1891 from an abcess on the brain. He was espe

ally known as an independent and indefatigable voy
upon our Montana flora. Gone is he, no more to roam W!
me our Montana plains, no more to climb these mountall
no more to sit beside me in my study gazing through ee
microscope to discover Nature’s secrets, no more to ne a

skilful pencil in catching upon paper the singular beauti

———a

bd
1892. ] I. W. Anderson. 79

He was born at Wisbech, Eng., June 22, 1866. In 1881 the
family removed to Chicago and in +883 he came to Montana
and began his brief but brilliant career in the study of the
Montana flora. In 1888 he met at Great Falls, Montana, Hon.

- J. Colman, then United States Commissioner of Agricul-
ture. At the same time also he met the then editor of the

at Newfield, N. J., with Mr. J. B. Ellis, or at New York at work
upon the Agriculturist. Hewas beginning to publish botani-
cal articles quite largely and venture upon revisions and de-
scription of new species.

r. Anderson was an example of what can be accomplished
by a man of one idea. From earliest childhood he manifest-
ed a liking for scientific pursuits. For the love of botany he
surrendered in later years all thought of ease, wealth or com-
fort. It was heaven for him to botanize; woe was it for him
to be forced to do anything else.

His honored father who survives him is a clergyman, and,

like all clergymen, knows what a perplexing problem it often is
to make the unknown ‘‘r” in the yearly equation a plus quantity.
Of course, his son Fred wastoo much of a man‘ to allow himeelt
to be a burden upon the struggling father. Hence he often
endured poverty rather than give up his botanical investi-—
gations,
His energy was intense, and in the freedom of my intimate
relationship with him I dubbed him my ‘‘night owl’; many
a time forcing him to rest long before he himself would have
Surrendered to sleep.

The College of Montana at Deer Lodge in June, 1890, con-
ferred upon him the degree of Doctor of Science, in acknowl-
€dgement of his valuable services in investigating the flora of

80 The Botanical Gazette. |March,

his forthcoming work on the ‘‘North American rye
cetes.” Upon completing his work for Mr. Ellis he was 7
upon the editorial force of the American Agriculturist a Pt
York. Upon taking up his permanent residence at o
York, he was elected to membership in the Torrey bout
Club whose meetings were to him a. constant celige :
this time he published, jointly with myself, a pamphle Be
titled: ‘Common and Conspicuous Algae of Montana. cia
was a reprint from the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical si
He began his botanical publications by sending a ye
BOTANICAL GAZETTE short field notes and observations - .
Montana, and later published observations upon our ire x
fungi. His articles have most of them been short and cr :
giving promise of far greater effort in the near future. fa
was especially skillful in drawing and was at the time 0
death engaged upon drawings for Mrs. E. G. bit
posed work on the mosses of the northeastern United 5 si
In Dr. Geo. Vasey’s ‘Report of the botanist” for 1888 is in -
porated a very valuable essay of fourteen octavo pee Bie
pastoral resources of Montana by Mr. Anderson. Be
not pretend to be a complete list of forage plants in Mon at
but it does describe well the usual and profitable lore
this country. He had a remarkable talent for making be in
list very interesting reading even for the unprofessional. a
the same report can be seen three of his drawings, Pre
Plantago Patagonica, var. gnaphalioides; Lygodesmia jun’
and Solanum triflorum. =
Mr. Anderson is also a valuable example of what ae
boy, without special scientific education, without in
in a university, with a delicate and treacherous consti! ;
with poverty always dogging his steps, can do in a shor!
earnest youth. cau
Two things he loved with great enthusiasm, good boo fs
botanical novelties. For the books I have seen him ae ‘
every cent he possessed; for the other no mountain was
steep, no distance too great, no weariness too distresst
him to endure, that he might lay his hands upon a new oe
or grasp a new fungus. He seemed to know by instinct be :
to find a treasure. The inspiration of his botanical kn rs
was intensified by the fact that he gained his knowle ie
first hand. He knew whereof he spoke or wrote. More
he was a close observer of nature and a diligent collector

1892. ] F. W. Anderson. 81

His friendships were keen and constant; slow to form an
affection, but once formed they were warm and enduring. He
sought his friendships among the good, the diligent and the
lovers of nature. By us who knew him best his loss is most
keenly felt, and the botanical world is the loser not only of
the talent he had exhibited, but, prospectively, of the greater
things which his short career promised.

Helena, Montana.

Enumeration of the Kansas mosses.

F. RENAULD AND J. CARDOT.

Part of the United States: the atmospheric dryness, a
climate extensively variable and liable to extremes of temper-
ature and the extension of cultivated and meadow lands are
: the poverty of this bryological flora. For
* long time it was a common belief that this land was almost
entirely destitute of mosses; but it has been proved by recent
researches that such is not the case, and if the moss-flora of
— fountry is very poor in comparison with that of other
States it includes, however, a relatively important number of
Species. The most part of these, however, grow in meagre,
stunted and sterile specimens, which often makes their deter-
very difficult.
hy 1884-85-86 Mr. Eugene A. Rau published in the Bud/etin
College Laboratory of Natural History four
he knowledge of Kansas mosses, including
: three species, collected chiefly by Prof. F. W.
os: Mara Becker and Mr. Joseph Henry. The last,
October 12, 1887, aged more than 74 years, sent
€ year 1885. and until his death, all the species
cted in Saline county, and by the study of this
viously epiiccea raaeg oo forty species to those pre-

the fpresent catalogue includes all the mosses recorded in

that hg lists published by this bryologist and all those
€Teceived from Mr. Jos. Henry. Several of these re-
Ol. XVIT.—No, 3.

82 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

main doubtful, and some specimens, too incomplete to allow
any determination, have been omitte

ll the species of which we have received specimens are
indicated by the affirmative mark (!); the asterisk (*) indicates
those which are not recorded in Mr. Rau’s contributions. The
geographical names are those of counties unless otherwise

note

*Spha; aga m molle Suttiv.—Saline, a very young a form (Henge i

*Micromitrium sp?—Too young for determination. Saline (Hen ary)!
Ephemerum spinulosum BS.— — te ca

ix i

P e (Henr.
Phascum Sg mags ScHREB. (? >) Saline, sterile ee eery ve
r, piliferum BS.—Saline (enry)/ VoL
eadicrberunt Ploerkeanum Scu. va f Henvid Ren. & Carp. Bot. Gaz. XIV.9
1889). Saline Ciearys !
*Pleuridium BolanderiC. MuE.i. Li(? teas sterile (Henry)!
oe ea allii Aust. —Saline (Henry)
*Ast
*

alle ry)! int.
Weisia vicidala Brip.—City of Topeka (Fie/d). Shawnee (Becker, oe
a Benet Saline, commo’ Sa “y)!

ocarpa C. —Verdigris valley, Wilson (Cr agin) et
Disraiielin varia So oy, of y Saye maabii Shawnee (Becker). Saline, 60
mon (Zenr

heteromalla Sex, —Saline (Henry)/ Also a sterile form, with
5 rter leaves; rather doubtful. Saline (ey oa
Dicranum scoparium ew. ~Labet tte (Wels son). ye ies form with lea
en broken at poi
*Campylopus Henrici Ren. Boab Bot. Gat xan (8 (1888). a pl. XIV. —Saline,
sterile beers sus

Fissidens bryoides aigast —Saline (Henr
Bambergeri Scu. = Ballae, sale ers)! New to North America.
* obtusiflin Wits.—Saline, sterile (Henry)/ =
Kansanus Tix, & Carp. Bot. Gaz. XV (1890), 4%
Saline (Henry) /

undoides HEpw.—Brown e, 4
Ceratodon 4 Caan Bri. ras of ag (ret, Ford (Cragin). Saline,
erile form (Henry)/ med
Pharomitrium femirw ss ‘san. —Saline (Henry)/ with the young form na
y Austin P. ex7, <~
*Didymodon mM species nova 2~ Saline e (i bars y! al
Leptotrichum palli sa “oe —Saline, pet form with leaves often brokent
ne nt (Henry)! Labette, a aocbital sterile form (Wew
aginans Scu. Bonen line (Hen
*Trichostomum seis sohae UCH. Feline. common; several sterile ions
(Hen
= Desmatodon — —Saline, sterile (Henry)/
plin shion 6 re (?).—Saline, gly (Henry) Owing 18 of
ence of fruct tification, i is almost impossible * obit
niwiha these specimens ste Ss me to Damarin pint
lis Tim

Barbula — reg Ball of the Washb. C Coll. ‘Lab. 1 Secale is ae”
tile (Henry)! We suspect this plan ae he
e

(Becker),
Topeka, Wilson ere jay Brown ( /
» Common and very variable, but generally sterile (Henry)

‘ Chaphiy Labette (Neston 72). W.

1892.] - Enumeration of Kansas Mosses. 83

fallax Hepw. Paes ,Sterile (Henry)!
* convoluta Hepw.—Sa line, Sea ile (Henry)!

aespitosa Scaw. Wa baunsee Baldwin) Saline (Henry).
Grimmia apocarpa Hepw. a Galine sterile — ry)!

caly e (Hen

osnetdi GREV e Scling: Seine: but sterile mga
Olneyi SuLtiv. ().- —Saline, a sterile fase form (Henry)/
*Hedwigis ciliata Euru.—Saline, a sterile and very stunted fe with leaves
not piliferous (Henry)!

*Coscinodon Wrightii Suttiv.—Saline (Henry) /
i Gans. Bot. Gaz. XV (1890), 41, ee VI, B.—Saline (Henry)/
yt

flenry
oan trium pyriforme Bri. City at. Topeka (Fields, Cragin). Brown
(Becker). Labette (New/on).
tei BS g Island, Phillipps Boas) (Hatcher)
si tu atum — = Pat &)—Saline, sterile (He
Funaria Seite trice Hepw.—City of Topeka (ie/ds, erasin: Labette
Newton) ‘Saline (Henry)!
,Bartramia pomiformis Hepw.—Labette (™% 7. )

E ewlon
calis Beauv.—Saline, sterile (Wenry)/
*Philonotis Muchlenbergit Brip —Saline, not uncommon but sterile (Henry)/
archica Brip ~ Saline (Henry). Reported by Rau, but perhaps
referable to the las

Webera aneatiha Scuw wens (Becker). 3 -
bi Sete “Brown (Becker). Wilson (Cragin). Saline, sterile
(Henry)!
Bryum argenteum L.—City of Topeka (Fie/ds). La River, Shawnee,
‘ Wilson (Cragin.) Saline sterile (Henr
Caespiticium Sr ine, not uncommon, but ae mile (Henry!)
bimum Scu ity of it (Cragin), Saline (Henry).—Per-
eh haps bislerchisk e the follow ;
* pseudotriquetrum Scweg-Satti , common, but sterile (/enry)!

ie
ee Pas Kinps. Bull. of the ‘Torr. Bot. Club, XVI (1889), 96.—
Saline, a few sterile —— Abi very)!
Mnium cidapidataa Hepw.—Cit Topeka, common (fie/ds). Shawnee
(Be aan. Cragin). pala eho (Baldwin). Brown agents Labette
(Newlon). Wyandotte ajc Saline, common ry)!
; affine LS as awnee (Cragin). Saline (Henry).
: elatum eer ag sterile (Henry)!
Atrichum indabitam Beauv.—Saline ( Henry), bier by Rau, but probably
ix refe ee si ee follow
var. alteristatum Rew. & Cai abe Gaz. XV (1890). 58.—
Saline (Hen
angustatum BS.—Tow ais Tecumseh (Cragin). Shawnee (Becker,

opelma Lesg. & James. —Saline, ‘uncommon (Henry)!

*F _ Xanth
Tonia octoblepharis Scuw.—Saline, sterile
Thel a asp:

Sa (Henry)!

gi SULLIv.—North Topeka (city), ina Grae (Cragin). Brown

ecker
polycarpa Ex n of Wakefield, Clay (Cragin). Shawnee;
i ete (Beror, “Wryandotte (Bennett). Saline, common, severa!

s (Hen
stini Seti ev. interne phere

Kiieoica” Tostratus Scu,— ; co (Balin Verdigris valley, Wilson

Leskea

agin,

attenuatus Hartm.—Wya re ag (Benn

obtusifolius BS. —City aft Topeka (elds). Brown (Becker). Saline
(Henry)!

84 The Botanical Gazette. (March,

Pylaisia intricata BS. —Jeffe erson oe panne (Henry)!

*Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Scn.—Saline (/enr my Beppe form much re-
bling C. GRE ens by - s and branches less
compressed, and its —
seductrix SuLLiv.—Shaw eye Becker). Wabaunsee

essu eo we (Henry) f

: sclimacium Caan at & Mou —Saline siglie ahaa ds
*Thuidium recognitum same. re Th. delicatulum Lips. ?—Saline, sterile
(Henry

Brachythecium letum a —Shawnee (Becker). Wabaunsee (Ba/dwin), Labette
(New/on), Saline, sterile (Henry)/

- r. de vse Leso & Ae ES. ain ne, sterite (Henry)!
aciinatom (Beauv).—City of Topeka (/ie/ds). Shawnee,

Bro n (Becker), Wilcon (Cragin) Saline, common, but

sterile ard ary)!
Meret ?).-Saline (Henry). Wyandotte (Bennetl),
plumo ae —City of Topeka (/ie/ds). Saline, doubtful
)

Bh oete) bnaseassans strigosum BS. —Wabaunsee aie in). a
praelongum BS.—Saline, erile (/enry)/—Lesquereux am

James, in the ‘‘ es of North Amen p

cal

° mérica are :
with the European — s of H. praelongum, gins i being
serrulate all around, a Baie cter which does not agree wit

description o Hans.
hians (HEDw. }—Shawnee (Becker, Cragin).

Rhynchostegium mans a Dw.)—City of Topeka (/ve/ds) Wabaunsee
(Baldwin), Jefferson hase Saline, sterile (enry)!
Plagiothecium sylvaticum BS. —Saline (Henry).
Amblystegium serpens fob —City of Topeka, Tecumseh ( Fie/ds, Cragin), Shawne

ecker, “Cragin, Brown (Becker). Jefferson (Cragin) Saline

x varium Beavy )—Saline, common (Henry)!
* porphyrrhizum Scu.—Saline, pear ? Seems to be identical
: with 4. hygrophilum Sch.

adnatom (Hep Ww ).—Saline, sterile (/fenry).’

rip; a Ppa sis gan — (Henr yy!

cariosum Su sage pice y).
i het — REN. at Cie _ Gas XIV (1889), 98
e (Henry)!

ii Scu. leo tae New to North —
Hy epi Bn Sghayees (ceariny ‘Brown (2: n (Becker Saline iat M
hyllum Bae. —Labete e (Wewlon). Saline, bet ( (Henry)!
eet tc Hepw.—Saline, sterile (//enry)/

Surveying the whole of this bryological florula it becomes im
mediately evident that the most part of the species are charactet-
istic for the flora of the middle and eastern states. As such af
chiefly to be noted: Sphagnum molle, Micromitrium ?, Epheme™

um spinulosum, E. papillosum, Astomum Sullivantii, Fissidens

obtusifolius, Pharomitrium subsessile, Leptotrichum vagina"

Desmatodon arenaceus, Grimmia Olneyi?, Orthotrichu™ :

1892. ] Enumeration of Kansas Mosses. 85

cata, Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans, C. seductrix, C. com-
pressum, Brachythecium laetum, B. acuminatum, Rhynchoste-
gium serrulatum, Amblystegium varium, A. adnatum, Hypnum
hispidulum, H. chrysophyllum.

The following species belong to the flora of the southern states
(Texas Louisiana, etc.) and reach here their extreme limit north-
ward: Archidium Hallii, Desmatodon plinthobius ?, Barbula
caespitosa, Physcomitrium turbinatum ?, Bartramia radicalis,
Atrichum xanthopelma.

Grimmia calyptrata and Coscinodon Wrightii seem more
especially peculiar to the flora of the Rocky Mountains. Tri-
chostomum crispulum and Pleuridium Bolanderi ? were hither-
to only recorded from California.

Monaco, and Stenay, France.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
Ovular structure of Casuarina suberosa.!

In this work of Treub’s we have a very good example of the
Sensational in plant morphology. The word is not at all to be
taken in a bad sense but fitly describes the altogether unsus-
pected results which have followed this careful investigator's
‘xamination of a group of plants of acknowledged difficulty.
After discussing the insertion of the ovules and their curious dis-
Placements which have caused much discussion (see on this
Baillon, Eichler. Miquel and Engler), Treub takes up the

hed lie at the summit of the nucellus and undergo a series of
angential segmentations, finally producing a thick cylinder of

occupi siganee
cupies a central position in the nucellus

: a lee
B Treub: Sur les Casuarinées et leur place dans le system natural. Ann. Jard.
Uitenz. X.145—231,

March,
- 86 The Botanical Gazette. [Mare

others may be seen to form tracheids which are thus
ous to the elater cells of Hepatic The latter ee

the one observed in Casuarina glauca and C. —_ 2 ee e ie

3. Twenty macrospores nee pe these elong
he greater axis of the nucellus.

. Ghecoy lr ends of the macrospores a
three small cells which are to be considered as hom a
with the canal-cells of the Eu-archegoniata and not Fe
gide. Generally only one of the macrospores has pier
endowed with a cellulose wall and this cell is
embryo-sac.

organs. . .
3 A large number of endosperm nuclei are formed a
the embryo is developed, thus indicating again the si ee
of these cytogenetic sequences to those of the Gymnosp
Archisperme). er
7 eanarie is therefore believed to occupy a dco
anomalous position among the Metasperme (Angios Fine
It is nearer to the Archisperme than any form yet ie highet
and may be given a place apart from the rest a eee e
seed-plants. Treub proposes the following classifica

geeag is re-
admit Casuarina to its proper place, as indicated by hi
searches:
Archisperme, iki tir a
Chalazagamee :: Casuarina.
Metaspermze P = Dicotyledonee.
orogamee :: | Monccotyledanal

. - ? : out 3°
Casuarina, the only genus of its family, contains about 9
species. The

Australasia. A very

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 87

cribed to them by Treub is a correct one. Their future exami-
nation is likely to be productive of much interest. —CONWAY
MACMILLAN.

A contribution to the knowledge of nuclear mechanics in
the sexual and other reproductive cells of plants.

The paper of Guignard here noted is remarkable not only
for the brilliant series of researches which it chronicles but
also for the able review of a mass of literature which is not

not easily stained by ordinary methods. These two spheres
ue Side by side in the resting nucleus but when the nucleus
€gins to divide they are seen to have a special position and
"nction to perform. They separate and pass to opposite
ends of the nucleus and form the astrocenters towards which
the chromosomes slowly move and accomplish the division of

*Guignard: Ni ‘ i. Nat. Botan., Ser. VII.
XIV. pp. ee ggg études sur la fécondation, Ann. Sci. Nat.

88 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

the colorable nuclear elements. While the division is im
what is commonly called the ‘‘spindle” stage the astrocenters
each divide and thus form at each end of the old nucleusa
pair of directive spheres. With the development of the
nuclear membranes in the two daughter-nuclei the spheres
take up their normal positions and the process may be re
peated as the divisions continue. It is this contribution to
our knowledge of the morphology of the astrocenter that
counted so much for Guignard in the assignment of the Prix
Bordin, just awarded him by the French Academy.

chromosomes themselves. This is brought about as follows
in L. martagon—the plant of particular study:

4. After the pollen tube has reached the egg-cell, which
lies in the embryo-sac immediately behind the two syne
gidae, the male nucleus is seen to pass over to the egg-cell and
take up a position beside it in such a way that the two direc:
tive spheres are in contact with each other. The two nuclel

: Sle directive sphere lies at each pole of the segmn
tation nucleus. These become the astrocenters for the segme®
tation nucleus. i : ly

membranes lying b

i etween the two copulating nuclei an
formation of the pla pasos

: en:
te in the segmentation nucleus the mal a

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 89

and female chromosomes were shifted about in such a way
that some of both kinds were diverted to each pole.

The two most important theoretical considerations noted,
are, first, that the nucleus can no longer be considered as tak-
ing the initiative in the work of cell-fusion but this must be
given back to the protoplasm from which the directive spheres
are formed. The nuclei are but passive parcels of hereditary
substance transmitted from one cell to another and always
under the dynamic control of the spheres. Second, the
male and female sexual cells transmit the same number of
chromosomes and thus indicate that they have an equivalent
part in the heredity and that the view that the male is merely
a stimulant or irritant under which the female nucleus takes
on the character of a segmentation nucleus is not supported by
the facts of morphology in the case in hand. :

The article is given a fitting close by ten of those plates
which are made nowhere but in Paris. In them one can fol-
low with the greatest ease the investigations of the author and
alone they constitute no mean addition to the literature of
mitosis. CONWAY MACMILLAN.

Burnt spots on leaves.!

long ago. Burnt spots have been attributed to several patho-
logical changes, which, although they showed great similarity
to those caused by a relatively high temperature, nevertheless
°riginated from quite different factors. :

ne of the oldest theories to account for these, and as it
Seems the only acceptable one, was that which ascribed them
to the common presence of air-bubbles in the glass used as
“over for green-houses. The air-bubbles were supposed to have
EDS earpiece

is a rr I
R
2g enor Bencr: Om brennfleckar paa veextblad. Botaniska Notiser. Lund
- 30 pp. 2 colored plates.

go The Botanical Gazette. [March,

the effect of lenses, by which the sunlight became concen-
trated and thereby caused a burning of the exposed parts of
the leaves. Another theory, quite generally adopted, was
that drops of water left on the leaves after they had been
watered, might have the same effect as lenses or by their
own heat be able to burn the leaves, especially in houses
without sufficient ventilation.

De Candolle suggested that the burning might be caused
by the drops of water, which at once softened the tissue of the
leaves, became heated in the sunlight and thereby prevented
evaporation. In Gardener's Chronicle for 1858 burnt spots o”
orchids were said to originate from too much moisture Mm
connection with too low temperature. ;

he explanation most commonly adopted, however, is that
which attributes the effect to drops of water having been
heated by the sunlight and it has been so recorded in the
more prominent phytopathological manuals. Sorauer for ie
stance in his Pflanzenkrankheiten explains the fact quite —
briefly by this statement. Neumann! came to the same col
clusion by some experiments he made with Cordyline. Of

‘Adansonia, Vol. II, 1862, p. 312.

?Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen, 1880, Pp. 174.

*Samenbruch bei der Weinbeere, Botan. Zeitung 1872, p. 113.

‘Ueber den Sonnenbrand der Rebenblztter, Die Weinlaube 1886, p: 499

1892. | Briefer Articles. 91

most frequently elliptical form with the longest diameter
often from east to west, and if they occur several together on

the spots in the middle being the largest. He has made a
series of experiments so as to test the different theories,
which have been enumerated above. It has been thereby
proved, that drops of water are unable to cause any kind of
burning by their own heat. Further, as shown by Sachs, the
vegetative cell of land-plants is able to stand a heat of 51° C.
All the experiments, made by the author in that direction,
gave negative results, so that Neumann’s theory cannot be
correct. Some experiments were made with water of a
temperature above 60° C., but even this did not affect the

As regards the supposition, that drops of water might have
the same effect as lenses, it is quite clear that drops which
have fallen on leaves merely represent half-lenses, a fact to
which already De Candolle has called attention. And it is
shown by experiments, that only when the drops of water
were out of contact with the leaves, do they become able to
Cause a kind of burning, for instance when hanging down
from the inside of a glass cover.

The author has come to the conclusion that in most cases
the burnt spots are due to the poor quality of the covering
glass, by the air. bubbles of which the sunlight becomes concen-
trated so as to produce a burning on the leaves.—THEO.
Hou.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Cleistogamy in the genus Polygonum.—On page 273, Vol. XVI,
Borantca GazeTTE, it is noted that “ Mr. Thomas Meehan has found
cleistogamous flowers in abundance on Polygonum acre and suspects
the same habit in other species.” On page 314 of the same volume of
the Gazerre, Mr. T. H. Kearney, Jr., records his observation of
cleistogamous flowers upon Polygonum acre at Knoxville, Tenn., ac-
companying his note with figures. Mr. Kearney farther states that he
has “ searched for cleistogamic flowers on other species of Polygonum
without success.”

e me led by the appearance of these notes to state that in my

‘dies of the genus Polygonum, I have found cleistogamous flowers

92 The Botanical Gazette. [ March,

on many species, thus verifying the thought of Mr. Meehan. From
an examination of my preliminary notes upon the genus, verified bya
reéxamination of the specimens, I report the finding of cleistogamous
flowers upon the following species: P. avifolium, in which the achenes
in my specimens were incompletely developed; P. Bolanderi, P. Cale
fornicum, P. Careyi, P. Hartwrightiit, P. Hydropiper, the condition
being extremely common in this species; P. hydropiperoides, mn which
P. maritimum, P. ramossissimum, in which case, however, I am 2
thoroughly convinced as to the cleistogamous character of the flowers
so referred; P. sagittatum, and P. Persicaria. 1 found that in almost
every case in which I had Jaze collections of the species mentioned

in every case examined the achenes were perfected; P. /apathifolium,
- ot

above, cleistogamous flowers existed. That more species are not ID

cluded in the list is, I am inclined to believe, due to the fact that the
specimens of the other forms in my possession were collected in the
earlier portion of their season. I believe that in all cases where col-
lections are made after Sept. rsth, cleistogamous flowers may be
reasonably expected.

The figures given by Mr. Kearney in the note referred to above
present an exceptional condition. In the many forms which I have

examined it only occurs once or twice. Ordinarily the cleistogamols

flowers are completely concealed by the sheath, but if well developed
their presence may be detected by the appearance of an apparent ae

tumescence of the sheath on one side of the stem and slightly above —

be well developed. I have as yet detected only a single flower at &
node, but am not prepared to say that this is the rule.

In this connection I would like to ask botanists throughout Me :

ospores chez le genre Saccharomyces. Comp. rend. trav.
Tg, 1, p. 30; also see Zopf, Die Pilze, p. 414.

1 Les ascos:
_ Carisbe:

1892. ] Briefer Articles. 93

sists essentially of securing particularly vigorous, actively growing
yeast plants, which are transferred directly to moist slabs of plaster of
Paris, on which they develop the spores very rapidly. The sudden
change from the condition with abundance of nutriment to one‘with
almost total absence of it, appears to call out the extreme reproduct-
ive safeguard of the species against annihilation.

Hansen advocates starting with pure cultures, from which some cells
of yeast are transferred to beerwort for a short time at common room
temperature, then a small quantity of the active cells is again removed
to fresh beerwort for 24 hours at a temperature of 26-27° C. A supply
of the cells thus obtained is sown upon sterilized blocks of plaster of
Paris, which are made sufficiently moist to slightly glisten, and are
afterward kept in a moist chamber at proper temperature.

The method followed in my laboratory was to add a little yeast,
taken from a fresh cake of Fleischmann’s compressed yeast, to a Pas-
teur solution. In a day or two, when the disengagement of gas
Showed that the yeast was in active growth, the liquid was poured
out of the flask, some of the flocculent material adhering to the glass

Spores are easily colored with methyl violet; and fine permanent

mounts may be made by the coverglass method as used for bacteria.
The work was carried out by Messrs. Wright and Van Pelt of the

present senior class.— J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, La Fayette, Ind.

EDITORIAL.

HERE Is a wide field for American ingenuity in devising new
adaptations of apparatus used in other departments, and in inventing
new forms of apparatus, with which to illustrate the main truths of
vegetable physiology. Much work of this kind must be done before
the science can be so generally taught in high schools and colleges as
ts position as a fundamental science demands. Special forms of ap-
Paratus will naturally be brought out to meet the requirements of in-
Yestigators working in original lines, which will enrich the available
Supply, but new methods of making old truths clear by means of

94 The Botanical Gazette. {March,

simple yet well constructed apparatus, are needed in all present ‘
laboratories. Not only do we need new kinds of apparatus, but itis _
also a matter of moment to know where both the old and new forms
can be purchased at a reasonable price and without too great delay.
At the present pedagogical stage of the science it is possible to buy
only a few pieces that the books describe, and those must largely be
imported at a cost that in some cases effectively excludes them from
many laboratories. The annoyance of determining proportions,
making drawings and carefully describing the required pieces in order
to have them made to order, even for glassware, is too laborious and
time-consuming to permit of doing much of it. At present many
teachers are driven to making their own apparatus as best they cal,
which as a rule is not an economic expenditure of the teacher's time
or of the institution’s funds. Until the facilities for purchase, which
now obtain for microscopical, physical, chemical and other kinds of
apparatus, also.embrace physiological pieces, laboratories will not
multiply, and the science be taught with the completeness that 1
importance demands,

Botanists, particularly those of the upper Mississippi valley, have
been watching with considerable interest the formation of the faculty of
the new Chicago University. Hopes have been raised, as we noted the
high scholarship and particularly the high degree of specialization of
the men that were being appointed, that the chair of botany woul ‘be
filled with some specialist of repute, and that thus the new institution
would set the pace for some of the older ones that have shown them
selves laggards.

Bur WE conress that it was with a feeling of sore disappointment
that we read in the Chicago papers of the appointment of a profess!
of “biology.” Apparently it is to be the old story of zodlogy ™*
querading in borrowed plumage as biology, for the gentleman who has

— . chi tee to be hoped that President Harper will see to it yee
he chair of biology is divided before zodlogy teaching comes to gia
for biology in th

€ institution from which we expect so much. |

1892. ] Current Literature. 95

is not done we shall not be surprised to have an early announcement
similar to that in the December number of the American Naturalist,
in which appears the naive item — we are sure our readers will appre-
ciate its fine humor — “ Prof. C. H. Gilbert is professor of Vertebrate
Biology in Leland Stanford University.”

IN THIS CONNECTION we are much pleased to note the establishment
of a new chair of histology and cryptogamic botany at Cornell Uni-
versity. This is a move in the right direction.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Kuntze’s “ Revisio Generum Plantarum.” ?

This is one of the most ambitious botanical works of recent years,
and has involved a prodigious amount of labor. However botanists
may differ as to its conclusions, they must always be grateful for the
vast amount of facts thus brought together. It is becoming more and
More apparent that the nomenclaturists are not to agree with each
other, at least until another congress has definitely established a datum
line. In the meantime the systematist who is not a nomenclaturist
feels inclined to reserve his opinion until the dust has settled some-
what and things can be seen more clear y. When all the ancient
records have been searched, and books like those before us have be-

turists, of whom Dr. Kuntze seems to be the bright consummate
flower, but to emphasize the fact that we are still in the period of

iggt os:

The volumes before us are such as will demand consultation by all

those who deal in phytography. The wealth of reference is marvel-

K ME - ;
Ccellul Tze, Orro.— Revisio Generum Plantarum vascularium omnium atque
eoumeratio multarum secundum leges lat i tionales cum

atione plantarum exoticarum in itinere mundi collectarum. 2 ‘es

Steche? glxvix, 1011. Leipzig, London, Milan, Paris, New York (Gust.

Broadway), 1891

96 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

lous, while dates of genera and important works will furnish a mineot
information to all systematists who do not have access to the exten-
sive literature to be found at London and Berlin. The author seems
to have caused most confusion by taking up the generic names of the
first edition of Linnzus, Systema, instead of the first edition of his
“Genera Plantarum.” Toillustrate, it may be imagined what confusion
will arise in changing Nasturtium to Cardamine, Arabis to Erysimum,
Lepidium to Nasturtium, and Sisymbrium to Hesperis. Upon the
flimsiest pretext for example, Tragacantha replaces Astragalus, and its
nearly 1500 species arerenamed. To mention all the suggested changes,
or even the startling ones, that have to do with North American
plants would be impossible in the space at our command, but in this
connection we are glad to call attention to the excellent service ren:
dered by our friend, Dr: Britton, in printing in the February Bullenn
the principal changes suggested for the generic names of North
American plants, a service rendered still more valuable by his owt
annotations.
The plant world.
Under this title Mr. Massee has published what appear to be lectures
originally prepared for use under the auspices of the London Socielf
for the extension of university teaching, to which society Mr. Masseé
is a lecturer. These lectures deal with plant architecture; the chem
istry and physics of plant life; proteciive arrangements; reproduction
in plants; relationship amongst plants; fossil plants; and the
graphical distribution of plants.
t. Massee is a botanist of no mean repute, and one expects va
of him than of an unknown tyro. The ground covered by this hi

As a whole the style is very bad. The sentences are long ee
volved. Occasionally they extend to enormous lengths. We ie
: Masser, Grorce :— The plant world, its past, present and pee a
duction to the study of botany. 12 mo., Pp. x. 212, figs. 56. London: a
taker & Co. (New York: Macillman & Co.) 1891. 35h. 6d.

1892. } Current Literature. 97

on pages 82 and 83 which is over a page long and contains 339 words,
equalling about three-fourths of a page of the GazEeTrE. Those cov-
ering half a page are frequent. These long sentences seem to be con-
structed on the same principle as the mnemonic word-chains; the thing
with which the writer began reminded him of something, that of some-
thing else, and so on until by the time the period is reached one finds
that he is talking of something rather remote from that with which he
began. Here is a sentence which sadly needs mending: “It must be
understood that potassium is not the only factor necessary for the
formation of starch; but if this substance is absent, even if all other
conditions are favorable, as in the case of iron and chlorophyll so also
with starch which contains no potassium, the latter being necessary
for promoting. the chemical changes resulting in the formation of
Starch.” p. 56.

We fear also that Mr. Massee’s generalizations will be found much
too sweeping. The voice is the voice of Massee, but the reasoning is
the reasoning of Grant Allen. It is taking, but it is not sound.

Making a charitable guess we should say that Mr. Massee had been
persuaded to allow his lectures to be printed without having or taking
sufficient time to revise them properly. If these popular books were
to be read only by specialists there would be little mischief in erro-
neous or faulty statements. But no book demands so much of an
author as one that is prepared for readers who are not able to separate
the wheat from the chaff. ‘This book needs a little winnowing, an
the grains of truth should be thoroughly brushed before they go
through the mill of the « general reader.”

Minor Notices.

; THE VERY INTERESTING address of Dr. George L. Goodale as retir-
ng President of the A. A. A. S. on the useful plants of the future, and
sone of the possibilities of economic botany, has been distributed in
Teprints from the Proceedings of the association.

.. = MALTREATMENT of our shade trees and the diseases which are
likely to follow the mechanical injuries which are inflicted upon them
by thoughtless drivers, ignorant trimmers and ruthless linemen, formed
the Subject of an address before the Massachusetts Horticultural So-
aes by Dr. W. G. Farlow, which has recently been reprinted from the

“oceedings of the society. The society was urged to make an effort
tO secure legislation which should make compulsory the placing of
8uards around trees and the entrusting of the care of trees in public
grounds only to persons specially trained for the purpose. The

AZETTE would bid such efforts God-speed.
Vol. XVII.—No. 3,

98 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

In CoNNECTION with the paper of the series on flowers and insects
published in this number from the pen of Mr. Charles Robertson,
it may be well to call the attention of all our readers who are m-
terested in these topics, to the paper of the same series printed in the
Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Science, vol. v, p. 569. The
orders therein treated are the Asclepiadaceze to Scrophulariacee.

In 4 RECENT bulletin, notable as being no. 1 of the division of vege:
table pathology, Dr. Erwin F. Smith adduces additional evidence of
the communicability of peach yellows and peach rosette. The latter
disease has been considered a form of the yellows, but Dr. Smith has
recently described it as a different disease. It is spreading in the
archean region of Georgia, and is more virulent than the yellows.
Extermination of diseased trees is the only measure that can be sug:
gested at present.

Mr. Joun Rosinson published in the Salem Gazette, during the
summer of 1891, a series of articles upon the trees of Salem and
vicinity. These papers have since been revised, and now appeat™
pamphlet form issued by the Essex Institute. They were written for
popular entertainment and instruction, but in Mr. Robinson’s hands
they have been made full of interest to botanists as well.

39 - Grorce Vasey’s “Grasses of the Southwest,” Part I, com
pleting the first volume, has been distributed, and fully sustains the
excellent character of Part I. Fifty species are illustrated by mo

Wheelock,

“ Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club.” Mr. Wheelock has studiét
the specimens found in the largest American herbaria and Dr. Brittom
has examined most of the types preserved in Europe. The species
number 38, and of these very full descriptions, synonymy, and ait
are given. A new species from Texas (2. Tweedyi Britton,) is described
and Some new varieties proposed. P. fastigiata Nutt. (1818) 8
Mariana Mill. (1768) ; and P. viridescens L. replaces P. sanguine?
of same date. The error of date under P. Rugelit had better be eis
rected. It should read Shuttleworth, Chapm. Botanical GA? *
lil. 4 (Jan. 1878). : :
PROFESSOR GREENE’s Flora Franciscana, Part I1, continues that
portant work through 24 additional orders. The succession of families

1892.] Notes and News. 99

is interesting to those only familiar with the ordinary sequence. The
intercalation of Apetale among Polypetale has long been a much de-
sired change, and it is a good thing to have it put in this concrete way
and applied to our North American plants. The changes in generic
and specific nomenclature are mostly such as Professor Greene has
already indicated in previous papers.

OPEN LETTERS.
The new herbarium pest.
In reterence to the article in the December number, 1891, by Prof. C.
V. Riley on the “New Herbarium Pest,” let me add my experience.

i]
oO

: .are now bottled for observations. This extraordinary
tenacity of life increases the formidability of this pest— Dr. H. E.
ASSE, Santa Monica, Calif.

NOTES AND NEWS.

: ATE OF Kawnsas is spending $3500 in spreading the ento-
ag Syycthen disease of chinch bas we the direction of Professor
- H. Snow.

PRorgssor W. C. WiLLiaMson, until recently at Owen’s College,
Manchester, has changed his residence to 43 Elms Road, Clapham
Common, London.

haha SERENO Watson died March gth, at his home in Cambridge,
N ass., after a prolonged illness resulting from an attack of “ la grippe.

0 tidings since the death of Dr. Gray will cause botanists profounder
Sorrow than this.

Dr. THomas TayLor, the United States microscopist, is said to be
all eng models of fungi for the Columbian Exposition, to include
the edible varieties of the United States.

v Tat Decemper NuMBER of the Microscopical Bulletin contains a
“ry fine photogravure of Bacillus tuberculosis made from a pho

mph taken with en’s 1-15 homogeneous immersion lens.
HE UNIVERSITY EXTENSION work of the State University of Iowa
embraces twelve lectures on “w d-making,” four of which are de-

Oo
Mebrig, Plants. The botanical lectures are sion by Professor T. H.

O-

100 The Botanical Gazette. {March,

Mrs. W. A. KELLERMAN has been writing very pleasantly —_ -
variations, which she has observed from time to time. se 0 a
articles have appeared in Science, in the issues for Jan. 29, Feb. 12,
others.

THE HERBARIUM of the University of Minnesota contains ree
42,000 plants, including r5,ooo spermaphytes. | It embraces a of ex:
siccati by Ellis, Thiimen, Sydow, Roumeguére, Krieger, Rehm,

_ some others, in the fungi.

TWENTY-THREE CALIFORNIAN WEED SEEDS are illustrated a a
scribed by Mr. Hubert P. Dyer in the annual report of the Cali mere
Experiment Station for 1890, recently issued. The article is par
graduating thesis.

A CERTIFIED list of exchanging botanists, classified according ©
their ability and usual practice in the preparation of herbarium nee
mens, is being compile Mr. J. A. Morton, secretary of the Cana
botanists’ correspondence association.

‘THE SOURCE OF INFECTION for wheat rust is discussed by Pr
HL. Bolley in Agricultural Science for last December. He ere coe
that the uredospores are the chief generators of the rust, and ae
wind may carry them very long distances, even hundreds of m1 % oa

A REvisION of the North American species of Xyris, py art
Ries, is published in the Bu//etin of the Torrey Botanical pe é .
Fourteen species are described (one new) and their range and sym
nymy given.

P E i
. + > 1S
nish fresh rooted specimens of Erythronium mesochoreum KNERR th

ov |
postage and packing) with their addresses. ‘The plant usually beg

thin scum on water containing Spirogyra in a state of dey pres
researches combined with earlier ones leave little doubt of ee
ence of a nucleus at least in the more highly organized microbe»
SINCE THE 7 eee of Kuntze’s Revisio Generum Plan eat

0 is elaborating the Labiate for Engler an

agi liche Pflanzenfamilien, has examined the changes proposed
«tl

n the generic names of this order. Out of the fifteen suge®
he considers five well founded.1

f iq splen
Pry finds in certain cells of the stem of Euphorbia 00s
dens ag, egations of proteid which are “ used as a reserve nitfOBt?’ ¢

‘Material, answering to starch among carbo-hydrates.” Other yar
oo and allied plants do not exhibit aggregations °
aterial.

* Bot. Centralb, xlix. 106,
* Annals of Botany v. 413.

toe
es

1892. | Notes and News. 101

THE OUTLINES of a university extension course of six lectures on
the physiology of plants, which is being given at Tomah and Apple-
ton, Wis., by Dr. Charles R. Barnes, have been distributed. The topics
of the lectures are as follows: ‘How plants forage; How plants eat;
How plants breathe; How plants grow; How plants move; How
plants multiply.”

Proressor J. E. Humpnrey has given in the American Naturalist
(Dec.), under the title “The comparative morphology of the fungi,”
a very useful outline view of the conclusions contained in the last four

arts of Brefeld’s “ Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der
<ologie;” views with which not merely every mycologist should be
familiar, but every student of botany.

A LEARNED, interesting and suggestive lecture by Mr. Charles F. Cox
of New York city, on the stion, “ What is a diatom ?” is given In

agement of the study of pure science, based upon the history of the
development of knowledge as influenced by the study of these organ-
isms.

IN THE ANNUAL REPORT of the President of Harvard College, for

into cultivation as fruit-bearing plants, viz., P.. pu ens, P. Peruviana
mau P. capsicifolia.— Prof Bailey thinks that if some way can be ound
€ pepino (Solanum muricatum), a very interesting plant of

an acquisition for the kitchen-garden and for market. — He recom-
mends the ae (Stachys Sieboldi), the new tuberiferous labiate, for

Experiments carried on by Mr. J. R. demonstrate the presence
“a diastase in the pollen of a numbe common cultivated plants
esh pollen ground p between glass plates and mixed with a hin

ber ROFESSOR L. H. Bartey in an admirable account ? of the dew-
ais Got shows that they arise from two species of Rubus, R. Canaden-
R. trivialis, of which the former also shows two well marked
fide Merete hae

» Annals of Botany v. 512.
Cornelt University Exper. Station, bulletin 34.

102 The Botanical Gazette. {March,

of no better model for ex eriment station botanists than the i
bulletins of the horticultural division of the experiment station 0
ornell University.

treated by Miss Freda Detmers and Mr. W. J. Green (Ohio, vol, Ni
0. a E. G. Lodeman (Cornell, No. 35) and Mr. L. F. Kinney
0. 14).

annual report of Harvard University: “The development of the

proof museum, to contain not only its collections, but its lector
and laboratories; has added greatly to its collections and its li we
and, at the same time, has obtained larger permanent funds for the

has been developed and enriched. For all this material progress re) |
University is chiefly indebted to Professor George L. Goodale, Dir
tor of the Botanic Garden.”

Two nuBeErs of the new Lorstlich-naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift
are somewha

: s i ai
since they are printed in German type instead of Roman, a step

the wood of the red beech ; Dr. A. Pauly, On a breeding research
Pissodes notatus; W. Eichhoff, Suggestions as the extermination ®
Sects injurious to forests and field-crops + hy sieve
Mr. Spencer LEM. Moore shows 1 that the callus with begee
plates of the vegetable marrow are closed at the end of the 8 f the

hey eit

moved from the sieve-plates by a peptonizing fluid, and in natut ;
Strongly suggests a action of a proteolytic t thes”

as not been isolated. Mr. Moore a iso finds tht" :

* Journal of the Linnean Society xxvii, 501.

1892. ] Notes and News. 103

calléd “stoppers” of the cells in the thallus of cian callitricha have
waco Segoe to the proteid ies except that they do not dissolve

e action of a Sears nt ferment. He aman: them of
peoteid nature, allied to a

i th.. They nev

more than one nucleus, and the lar. sie granules of caoutchouc, which
Soon make their appearance, finally coalesce into a single mass, which
a when the tissues are broken, the aran a silky thread.
t. Weiss soit these cells as a primitive form of latex cells, similar
to those from which the more yeeros e ones of the ot Euphor-
biaceze may hay ve been derived.— Gard. Chron., Feb. 6
ip CONTRIBUTION to the cence and function of tannin is made by

-0re in the seventh paper of his series: Studies in vegetable
3 The summary is hare pun
a ler’s test for ammonia is a valuable aid to the ee in He
€cting with certainty and rapidity the presence of tannin and tann

a Plants. Other fluids having caustic potash for a basis are alsd
800d reagents for tannin. 2. Two chief kinds of tannin are to be dis-

variety is turned yellow Th Z
: , . ellow substance just men
son readily diffuses thr ough. i the be wall; this effect is to be
wil d to the caustic potash, for alkaline solutions, even the weakest,

act in the same wa Here we have a provision, by the ai of

N act as a

va
the nutrition ef saprophytes,. wit ‘the metabolism of green plan

1
Journal of the Linnean Society xxvii. 527

104 The Botanical Gazette. [Marh,

m
view at present, that the embryo-sac is a macrospore and its contents@
7 or 8-celled prothallium, is not without objection; not a small one

vanced the view that the eight nuclei correspond to two 4-celled pro
thallia. Gustav Mann, however, in the eg oy. Bot. Soe. of Edin-
burgh (June, 1891), who has been ,investigating the whole subject %&

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. ; PLATE IV.

F. W. ANDERSON.

VOL. XVII. APRIL, 1892. NO. 4.

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis,
4. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

CONTENTS:
_ Asimple self-registering auxanometer. (With plate V.)—George E. Stone, 105
nggestions on the classification of the Metaphyta.—Comway MacMillan, 108

The stem and leaf of mosses.—Rodney H. True.
Tae remy of the stolons of Gramines — Theo. Holm. :
#2 udies upon germination.—Theo Holm.
Che identity of _~, M. Hoizinger.
Bar tna. Gak Eon a Acerates auriculata. were

The chrus tribuloides.—£. £. Gayle.

128

UME lbeateea Shae
SI AAR Me) Ss ee ea

i cnaneinenieenneeeianenel

[issuep Aran 16.)

- BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.
PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.
The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agents.

In Grea swe 11 shillings. Germany, 11 mar! ye
Agent, W. P. COLLIN Agents, R. ‘PRIRDIAEND ER & SOHN, 4
157 Great eae St., London, W. Carlstrasse 11, fees, NW.

Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed to Charles R. Barnes,
712 Langdon St., eral winetan money orders and drafts should be made
pea to the: Botan

Per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same Covers like Gazette, with

of composition shown in the pages of the pcre Scientific and prop

thin 0
a eg Num ee aa ae replaced ie only when claim is made ¥ :
: ener after receipt of the number follow

{Entered at the Post-office at er Tnd., as second-class post matic)
me the May number will appear:

Sereno Watson: a biographical sketch, by PResiDes!
_ JOHN M. Coutter, Indiane University, Bloomington — IE
Notes on Carex, XVI, by Pror. L. H. BAILEY, Comme

University, Ithaca, N. Y. f
On the arehegonium and apical growth of the stem

Tsuga Canadensis and Pinus sylvestris, by DAVID. M.

TIER, Indiana University, Bloomington.

An automatic device for rolling culture tubes of ant

_ @nt agar-agar, pb es GEORGE F. eee: pes
Polytechnic Bike,

fir :

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

APRIL 1802,

A simple self-registering auxanometer.
GEO, E. STONE.
(WITH PLATE y.)

The various forms of self-registering auxanometers used
in botanical laboratories are more or less complicated and
Costly instruments. Such instruments as are used by Sachs,
Wiesner, Baranetzky, Pfeffer, and others, vary consider-
ably in their construction and utility. One of the best aux-
anometers for general purposes that has been devised is that
of Baranetzky. A modified form of this apparatus is used by
Pfeffer, a figure and description of which is given in his Pflan-
zenphysiologie, !

The multiplying apparatus, which, however, is the most im-
Portant part of an auxanometer, consists of two grooved
Wheels of different radii that are fixed to a horizontal axis
Which revolves on delicate bearings. The large wheel has a

mm., and the small one of usually about 12.5
mm., thus giving an enlargement of eight times; over the small

eer passes a thread, one end of which is connected
With t F

ea
anometer
ny one
Such as is
follows: oO
Ti sae
—" though rigid straw, to the free end of the straw there is
ened, by means of sealing wax, a fine pin of spring brass
1
See also Goodale’s Physiological Botany, p. 383.
4.

Vol. XVII._No

106 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

wire that serves asa pen. The end of the wire or pen is ham-
mered out very thin, and cut with a pair of scissors to a deli-
cate point. A length of one or two cm. near the base is also
flattened to lessen the rigidity of the wire, that the point may
offer much less resistance when in contact with the cylinder.
It is necessary that the pen should be long and sufficiently
curved, so that the straw itself does not come in contact with
the cylinder.

To the other balance arm the plant is connected by meafs
of a thread fastened to the under side of the scale. Before at
taching the plant, however, enough weight is added to the
left hand scale to balance the weight of the straw, after which
a small weight (in our experiments .04 gm.) is added to the
right hand scale to produce the proper deflection, which should
be equal to at least one-half the length of the registering cyl
inder. The amount of deflection can be determined by 4
paper protractor fastened at the top of the balance. If now
we have a deflection equal to one-half the length of the resi
tering cylinder, and the balance arm be placed at a comes
ponding point above the horizontal position, the pen will have
an amplitude of motion equal to the whole length of the cy
inder. When the balance arm is in this latter position the
plant is attached, and it is evident now that the tension the
thread would not be .04 gm., but .o8 gm. It is esirable
that the straw and pen should be exceedingly light, ° nee

unimportant with such smallweights. The original apparatis’
of

quired a weight or tension of 20 gm.; that Wiest’

of 7 to 10 gm.; and the apparatus used by Pfeffer, eve? i

compensated as fine as possible, must have a tension of 1.59%

in general, however, this apparatus is used with a tens

to IO gm.

ae a a well known fact that even a tension of a few ge
ects the normal growth of a plant; notwithstanding :

1892. | A Simple Self-registering Auxanometer. 107

fact, the relative growth curve produced by a large tension is
correct, provided the first hourly registrations be neglected.

. The registering apparatus consists of a cheap nickel clock
costing seventy five cents. The minute hand is removed
from its spindle and a piece of thin metal carrying the cylin-
der is put on instead; one end of this piece of metal is
pointed and of sufficient length to answer as a substitute for
the minute hand; the other end supports the cylinder and is’
bent outwardly, for the purpose of having the latter stand out
some distance from the dial. At its point of attachment to

For its successful revolution it is important that all the parts
should be exceedingly light. The clock used by us was not
in the least affected by the weight of the cylinder, and was
Capable of running 30 hours without re-winding. If, however,

th
sli
In

axis of rotation; by careful compensation a weight of con-
be made to revolve successfully.

Pe disk of metal be constructed so as to slip over the hour
eons A cylinder of metal, wood, or even a glass-jar,

smoked glazed paper, or millimeter-ruled paper,

Placed upon the disk to record the growth. With

ni tuled Paper it is necessary, of course, to substitute
"NK pen for the metal one.

108 The Botanical Gazette. [Apri

Suggestions on the classification of Metaphyta.
CONWAY MACMILLAN.

The sciences of botany and zoédlogy are not yet sufficiently
advanced, it may be, tor the proposal of that system of clas-
sification which, at once comprehensive and_ natural, shall
bind together all our ontogenetic and phylogenetic discoveries
and generalizations into a harmonious and enduring structure
The season of patient toil in the acquisition of new facts im
the departments of comparative morphology and embryology
is not yet past; and to both the zodlogist and the botanist
there is still a vast terra-incognita presenting its untried paths
for the work of discovery and cartography. To indicate what
seems to be a possibly fruitful line of investigation—or rather
to suggest the continued investigation of an already indicated
and partially explored region, from a somewhat different point
of view than the ordinary one—is the object of this paper.

The bald statement that there exists a great group of living
creatures with which students of biology have long bee™
familiar, but of which there is as yet no classification, 0 5)*
tema, no Tournefort or Linnaeus, and no compendium se
monograph of any sort, borders closely on the sensational.
From a certain point of view this is, however, a fair statement
_ and one that can be defended. The groups to which reference
is made have been studied since the time of Camerarius
Properly understood since the days of Hofmeister. ie
presence as organisms is nevertheless owing to the persistent®
of ancient habits of thought, largely overlooked by the § f
dents of to-day. The accepted classification of the plan
kingdom into Protophyta and Metaphyta buries every vestigt
of the group, and it is only by modifying that classification

ganisms which can not be safel d either with
; : y grouped eitner w!
or with the animals. These are the Protista of Hackel ‘
t

= ae

Most valuable

1892. | On the Classification of Metaphyta. 109

the Protophyta and the Protozoa, or if one should apply names
to indicate the physiological character upon which the groups
are founded, the Agamophyta or sexless plants, and the Agam-
0zoa or sexless animals. With such transitional forms as
Ulothrix and some of the ciliated Infusoria the two higher
groups of organisms are introduced and we may distinguish
the sexual plants, Gamophyta, from the sexual animals, Gam-
ozoa. This latter branch is almost equivalent to the Meta-
zoa, but the Gamophyta as here limited constitute but a small
portion of the organisms which are included as Metaphyta.
It is precisely here that the great hiatus between our classifi-
cation of plants and animals is to be discerned. To appre-
ciate properly the true condition of things is perhaps more
easy if we divide the Metazoa and Metaphyta, respectively,
into two co-ordinate groups. This is a division of organisms,
not of species, and can be performed, I think, without violence
to right thinking. There may be distinguished, then, in the
plant phylum the Sporophyta and the Gamophyta, and in
the animal phylum the Sporozoa and Gamozoa. A sporophy-
tic or sporozoic organism might be defined briefly as one that
develops primarily from’ a segmentation-cell (fertilized egg,
parthenogetic egg or vegetatively apogamous cell) and nor-
mally forms in turn perfect reproductive cells or spores. In
the plant phylum this group includes a most diverse and nu-
merous series of organisms, from the four-zoospore-plant of
Edogonium to the moss-capsule, the ferns, club-mosses,
Pines, cycads, and all the herbs, shrubs and trees with which
We are familiar. In the animal phylum, however, the Sporo-
“0a would include only a very few and relatively insignificant

organisms, chiefly among the Ccelenterata, and doubtfully
extending a

the views o
cerning th
With th

20a, it be

Com : :
with the qanitually, the Sporophyta with the Sporozoa, but

ace) The Botanical Gazette. {April,

Bower,* but it does not seem to be out of place to insist here
that such structures and organisms are even less aptly com-
pared with the Gamozoa. :

It will be recognized as of high importance to discriminate
in the two divergent phyla of plants and animals the truly
double and parallel composition of each of the upper series.
And, since the structural development in the two phyla var-
ies reciprocally, it is not possible to compare them without
clearly perceiving the double nature of each. For in the
Metaphyta the sexual series has undergone progressive strut-
tural degeneration from the mosses to the highest of the Si-
phonogama, while in the Metazoa the sexual series manifests
increasing complexity from the lowest Ccelenterata to the
Primates. On the other hand, in the plant phylum, spofo-

mal phylum. __The essential diagnostic character ©
Metaphyta might be described, indeed, as sharply ch
specific dimorphism. While the higher animals may, for ¢
ct aa be separated into two groups of organisms -
ony In sex, the higher plants may, for each species,
vided into fi : Lee
. . - 2
bearing, the pistil-bearing, the male (pollen-tube) and Be
female embryo-sac contents). This conception of me
: ‘Bower: Antithetic and Homologous Mhettctionj Aan. of Bot. IV, ae ;
*MacMillan: Amer. Nat. XXV, 22—25, 1891.

Be se

Nee Se ee eee eee ee ee

1892.] On the Classification of Metaphyta. III

species is of course rendered difficult by the as yet uneradi-
cated error of considering pollen-tube and embryo-sac con-
tents in the light of organs belonging to the sporophytic
forms of the species. I have had occasion before, in these
Pages, * to call attention to the wellnigh hopeless confusion
of botanical terminology in this region -of the science. When,
Goebel speaks of the fertilized macrospore of Pilularia being
attached to the ground by its prothallial rhizoids*, or when
Miller entitles a work ‘‘The Fertilization of Flowers,” in

_ Which fertilization is not even mentioned, it serves to illus-

trate how deeply rooted is the fault of nomenclature which
perpetuates the ancient errors of Camerarius, Linnzus,
Sprengel and Erasmus Darwin.

It is clear that there must still be much study before bot-
anists can hope to define their species correctly, to say noth-
ing of grouping them in an enlightened manner. The eman-
cipated zodlogists of the day are accustomed, with an air not
unfamiliar, to deprecate the attention bestowed upon classifi-
cation and systematic work by the botanists. They do not,
Perhaps, discern that in a way the problems of the botanist

we are in a
lum in a final Wanner.
ved Sopeion of sporophytic structures in the plant see
in their 4 considerable that certain divisions should be note
ess im evelopment if they are to be set off against the far
a and less highly evolved group of the Sporozoa.
son Wi # wrong impression will be given in the compari-
j ith this in view it may be advisable to recognize in
«Got Gazette, xvr, 178, 189r.
243. I: Outlines’ of Classification and Special Morphology, Eng. tran.,

112 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

both the Sporophyta and the Gamophyta three fairly well-

parasitic upon the sexual plant, e. g., CEdogonium, Chara,
Riccia. Second, the higher forms are self-supporting and do
not nurse the gametophytes, e. g., the higher mosses, the
lower fernworts and club-mosses. Third, the highest forms
act as host-plants for dependent, symbiotic gametophytes and

METAPHYTA

METAZOA
—s"

GAMOZOA

SPOROZOA

—
PROTISTA
are so specialized, e. g., the seed-plants and the higher i
worts and club-mosses. These groups might be nam

respectively the Protosporophyta, Eusporophyta, and Meta
sporophyta, in order to facilitate reference without paraphra 4
ing. Similarly, the lowest Gamophyta do not furnish nutri
for sporophytic structures of their own species, € 8 '

1892. Fungi of Wild and Cultivated Fiants. $14

thrix, Fucus, Peronospora. The higher support dependent
sporophytes, e. g., C&dogonium, Marchantia, Sphagnum.
The highest are symbiotically parasitic upon sporophytic
structures of their own species, e. g., the Isoetinea, Sela-
ginellee and Siphonogama. These might be named respect-
ively the Protogamophyta, Eugamophyta, and Metagamo-
phyta. It is this last division that constitutes the principal
part of the unexplored region. The accompanying diagram
indicates the grouping of living things here suggested.

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.

Some fungi common to wild and cultivated plants.
BYRON D. HALSTED.

€nemies to crops and showing the range of these parasites
upon the surrounding wild plants.
Steen with the garden vegetables it is easy to find illus-
La cee every hand. Thus the lettuce mildew, Bremia
: ctuce Reg. is found up to date upon no less than forty-one
ac S of plants belonging to the same family as lettuce and
nae related to it. Many of these hosts for the mildew are
aia garden weeds and others inhabit the uncultivated

The celery tust, Cercospora Apii Fr. now so destructive

Ts, 1s Common to the carrot and parsnip also, and as

ties we n oF of these abound without stint in many locali-

dest ed not wonder that the garden plants are partially
ae by this pest.

that a 1s a mildew of the spinach, Peronospora effusa Gr.

a :
ane place for the mildew of their patrician cousin
Na salad plant

ean
onspicuous|
Upon severa

Tust, Uromyces appendiculatus (P.) is one among a
y destructive group of fungi that makes its home
I species of wild beans.

114 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

But of wider range than any species yet mentioned is the mil-
dew of the pea, Erysiphe Martit Lev. which renders it almost
impossible to grow late peas. This fungus preys upon plants
of at least six large and quite widely separated families and
therefore in any neighborhood may have ample means at
hand for keeping up its abundant stock of specimens.

The mildew of the cabbage and turnip, Peronospora parasili-
ca (P.) is not an unmixed evil however, for because of its wide
range it attacks the shepherd’s purse, various mustards, anda
number of other weeds. The hosts enumerated in a list re-
cently consulted were thirty-five, and most of these are com-
mon plants in all parts of our country. Another fungous
disease of the cabbageand turnip, namely, the club root, Plas-
modtophora Brassice W. while as yet not recorded outside
of these two hosts and the radish, very likely is at home with
many of the other plants of the same order, but root diseases
Pia out of sight are not easily found unless specially looked
or. ;

with upon wild vines of both our common species.
Spherotheca Mors-Uve (Sch.) producing the gooseberty
mildew and crippling an industry in this country, is fout
upon several species of our wild gooseberries. The write T
calls collecting fruit and young twigs entirely covered W
the thick brown felt in the cations of Colorado, where the®
were no cultivated bushes perhaps within five hundred mies
In like manner the anthracnose, Gleosporium Ribis (Libs
that causes the premature dropping of foliage, is commyy
several species of currant. im-
The blackberry rust, C@oma nitens (Sch.) is an especially .
portant illustration of the relationship of wild plants t© Oe
close of kin that are cultivated in the garden. This conspict

1892. ] Fungi of Wild and Cultivated Plants. I15

ous rust grows upon the low blackberry, dwarf raspberry,
thimbleberry, wild red raspberry, high blackberry, and sand
blackberry. In atrip through the Carolinas in May last, this
orange colored fungus was to be seen at nearly all times from
the car window and one could but pity the cultivated species
of Rubus, were there any grown in that afflicted region.

The diseases of the grape and in particular the mildew, Plas-
mopara viticola (B. & C.) are in general common to all wild
Species of the vine. The worst specimens I ever found were
those of a wild plant in Iowa, many miles from any cultiva-
ted vines and the mildew was so bad upon the canes as to:
dwarf them to a few inches in length while they were cover-
ed from one end to the other with the white down of the fun-
gus. Not onlythe V7iz/'s @stivalts, V. Labrusca, V. vinifera,
V. riparia and V. Cali ornica are infested, but likewise the
closely related Virginian creeper and more recently the Boston
Ivy are victims.

Among the plums and cherries we find four parasitic fungi
to interest us in this connection, for they abundantly illus-
trate the fact of the close relationship of wild with our culti-
vated plants. First the plum pockets, Exroascus Pruni (Fcl.)
are familiar to all as peculiar distortions of the fruit and
stems of the cultivated plum,’ dwarf cherry, bird cherry,
choke cherry, and some other species of the genus Prunus.

or shrubs,
ae but not least for the genus Prunus is the black knot,

ch plum, P. maritima Wang., a thorny shrub on
age Sea-shore; the wild yellow plum, P. Americana
the Sete shrub or small tree along streams. Of the cherries,
quently « Cherry, P. Virginiana L., a small tree, is most fre-
Y infested; but the wild black cherry, P. serotina Ehrh.,

116 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

a tree of the hedge rows, and the wild red cherry, P. Pennsyl-
vanica, are also attacked.

It is evident from the illustrations that have been given of
the diseases of the genus Prunus that there must be a close
relation existing between the wild plants and those grown for
fruit. What with the plum pockets, the curl, rust, and black-
knot, it is evident that more attention needs tobe paid to the
wild hosts of fungi of cultivated plants before the latter can
be free from their attacks of their present enemies.

There is a mildew, Podosphera tridactyla (Wallr.) so wide-
spread that it cannot be assigned to any one crop. Because
very destructive upon the apple and particularly seedlings in
the nursery it has been called the apple leaf mildew, but im
some localities cherries, both old and young, suffer severely
from it. It preys upon the quince, several species of the
hawthorn, the June berry and various spireas. It seems to

¢ a well established fact that plants that are closely related

of grapes. In like manner at the New Jersey experiment
Station it has been found that one of the worst enemies to the
Sweet potato is identical with a serious disease of egg plants.
There seems little in common between the sweet potato and
the ese plant and yet in the face of the fact of a common ef
emy it may suggest the importance of not following one ¢f0P

found that much damage to the cucurbits generally was =

to the bacterial disease. het
Space forbids even the briefest mention of many Ord

cases where plants wild affect the health of plants cultiva

PM Ne

1892. ] Fungi of Wild and Cultivated Plants. 117

by being the means of supply of fungus germs. One other
instance that illustrates a phase of our subject not before
touched upon may be given. The plant is a familiar one to
many and painfully so to not a few. This is the apple rust
(Restelia) that yellows the foliage of the orchard in July and
shortens the crop at picking time. This fungus plays a
double role and seems unable to get along with the apple
tree alone. In a second and very different form, Gymmno-
Sporangium, it infests the cedar trees, there forming knots or
galls that become conspicuous as gelatinous balls during the
Spring rains. These orange colored balls furnish the spores,
which falling upon the foliage and fruit of the apple tree, pro-
duce the fatal rust. Later in the season the spores from the
apple fungus go back, upon the wings of the wind, to the
cedar and a new crop of galls is obtained for next spring’s
campaign against the orchard. In this case it is not wild ap-
ple trees or those of the same family that harbor the enemy,
but a tree as widely separated botanically from the apple as
1s well possible. More than this, the fungus changes its
form in passing from one to the other so that it was not until
demonstrated by actual cultures that the relation, long sus-
Pected, could be fully believed. It is needless to say that
the very evident method of procedure is to destroy cedar trees
that are anywhere near the apple orchard. A single large
gall-bearing cedar tree just outside the orchard fence may do
“a mischief than any enemy that is lurking within the en-
osure.

‘ It has been shown by means of a long series of examples
Ti the evil influences of wild plants may act at long range.

pl.
b

Nature of a Pp j
n by the in
“seen but d

eats of plants is bad, rank growth of weeds is worse,

118 The Botanical Gazette. (April,

plants outside the garden fence that try the patience of the
husbandman. He has learned the methods of remedying
the others, but the floating spores defy his keenest eyesight
to discern and baffle his ingenuity to combat. The ways of
the fungi are however being slowly and laboriously revealed
by the microscope and conquered by the spraying pump.
The former assists the latter, which as yet somewhat blindly
fires effective ‘‘small shot” into the enemies ranks.

Proper seeding, fertilizing, and weeding will do much to
assist, in warding off the deleterious influences of fungous
enemies for healthy plants, while not proof against their at-
tacks, are less liable to be overcome by them. Let therefore
everything be done that is possible before the last resort
comes and then the fungicide will have the greatest effect and
yield the most returns. Ifso much of the smut, rust, mil-
dew, mold, rot, and blight of our cultivated plants is propa-
gated by the wild plants hard by, it may be wise for every
crop grower to pay attention to what is thriving outside his
garden wall. He cannot build it high enough to shut out
the spores, but he can do much to diminish the number of
these spores. Having done this, he can take up the spraying
pump with a brighter hope of future success. There was 4
carcass, so to speak, in the pasture and he went out and
buried it. Fungi are the basis of contagion and they infect
at long range by means of their myriads of invisible spot
To learn of their ways and find better methods of resisting
them make the burden of many astatiorf botanist’s labor t0 ay

Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N.F.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
The stem and leaf of the mosses.’ ;
After alluding briefly to the principal works on the subjes
of his research, the author takes up the study of the anatomy
the aerial stem of mosses, distinguishing four types-
I. With uniform parenchyma containing chlorophyll
«ed by: I. A zone of aquatic cells; Ist type, ee
2. An epidermal layer; 2d type, Thuidium.
ige et
TIT, EuGENE: — Recherches anatomiques et physiologiqnes i pe

la feuille des mousses, Re éné 1891.)
341, 373, 406, 462, 561. ee ene a Ne

pound:
a num.

248 adj

1892.) Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 119

Il. With parenchyma differentiated into a central cylinder
and parenchyma containing chlorophyll. 1. Central cylinder
uniform; 3dtype, Mnium. 2 Central cylinder differentiated
intoa medullary region and a surrounding pericyclic zone; 4th
type, Polytrichum.

In using the term ‘‘pericyclic zone,” the author remarks
that ‘‘as to its development, it is not comparable to the
pericycle of the phanerogams, and in general, a strict analogy
cannot be established between the tissues of the stem of the
mosses, a product of the asexual spore, and the stem of the
higher plants, a product of the egg.”

From this pericycle and central pith arise the leaf traces,
which diverge from the center according to a law constant
for each species. The trace reaches its maximum differen-
tiation at the periphery of the stem as it passes into the leaf
Costa.

In mosses with a central cylinder, branch traces are found
arising by differentiation of the medullary tissue and the
Pericyclic zone. Here, also, the traces follow a law of diver-
gence constant for each species.

_ For his study of the leaf the author uses Polytrichum
Juniperinum. He regards the chlorophyllose lamella as an

angle, adjacent to the epidermis, is a hypoderm bundle,
. e inside by the hypoderm sector. This struc-
being more extensive at the periphery than the bundle,
“cae to the epidermis laterally for some distance, and
Hides rapidly toward the center forming a rude ¥ which
with a an hypoderm bundle between its forks. In contact
Peric lic inner end of the stem of this Y is the crescentic
fee '€ sector, placed with its concavity outward and trans-
oiivey the stem of the Y. Bounding this sector, along its
along as. surface, is the central pith. Filling the spaces
cortical € sides of the (tri)angular section are the three isolated
pith. regions extending from the epidermis to the central

ture,

120 The Botanical Gazette. [April

In Dawsonia superba, a new Zealand relative of Polytrichum,
instead of a single hypoderm bundle, there are generally three
arranged radially, increasing in differentiation as they ap-
proach the exterior. The origin of the hypoderm bundles is
thus plain. Their first elements arise by differentiation of
cells of the pericyclic sector, 7. ¢., the bundles are of internal
origin. The remaining elements are added from the hypo-
derm by the differentiation of its cells.

The relation of the peculiar triangular radial symmetry of the
subterranean stem to the circular symmetry of the aerial stem
is worked out and the transition described. The sectors and
bundles of the angles extend laterally until adjacent ends
meet and at the same time the radial extension diminishes
thus gradually bringing the radial arrangement into the con
centric ;

The more important physiological results are here sum —

marized.

When an aerial moss (Polytrichum juniperinum was used)
is subjected to an aquatic life, the epidermal layer of the stem
and leaf is profoundly modified. The size of the cells is
larged, the cuticle disappears and the slightly thickened wal
retain a cellulose nature. The leaf loses its chlorophyllose
lamella, the limb is reduced and the form slightly modified:

f the mosses are grown in air or in water, and the cone
tions of light and the orientation of the stem are varied, the
stems are found to be very feebly negatively geotropic,

strongly positively heliotropic. Heliotropism is ue fet

ally to those at the summit. The cause of the ne
found in the contraction aud the turgescence of chee
membranes of the leaf.

In both the open and the closed condition mosse
darkness, evolving CO, and absorbing O; the ré

S respite in

tsi
lose

jation PY

1892]. Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 121

tween their volumes remaining constant between 17° C, and
20°C. As regards the respiratory function, then, the mosses
come into the general case of chlorophyll-containing plants.
In the closed condition, the activity of the chlorophyll function
(assimilation) diminishes nearly 50 per cent. The activity of

oth respiration and chlorophylline assimilation abates as the
moss becomes dry. The inference may be made that these
functions slacken during the summer with the mosses. It is
in spring and autumn, when they are continually moist, that
they elaborate nutritive materials most actively. This ex-
plains the appearance of the sporogonia during these seasons
in so large a number of species.— RODNEY H. TRUE.

Anatomy of the stolons of Graminez.*

Although the function of the stolons in the Graminee is
nearly the same, being at once reservoirs of nutritive matters
and organs in the service of the vegetative propagation, the
author has observed several differences in the interior struc-
ture. And he claims at the same time, that the two general

Lact, observed in stolons of different genera, which occur
eed different conditions. He shows from the numerous
sh €rgradations between the stolons under-ground and the

Sots above-ground, that the organization of the stolon de-
+5 nds upon a modification of the above-ground shoot. The

mcture of the shoot above-ground is well marked by the
ea of the mechanical tissue, which is either truly subepi-
asa : = more or less distinctly subcortical, the bark being
bilcs ar fot very strongly developed. But there is a large
from Modifications between this form and those derived

Such shoots as show a tendency to replace stolons.

LP. LST
desiondiak ci, : Naagra iakttagelser angaaende anatomien hos greesens un-
Stockholm, 18))"° Bihang Kgl. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Hadlgr. vol. xvi no. 3

@l Sv. Vetensk. Ax
: ad. Hdlgr. vol. xxi, no. 2, p. 30.
Vol. XVII.— No. 4. 5 2

122 : The Botanical Gazette. [April,

There is also given an account of the structure of the scale-
like leaves, which cover the stems under-ground. These con-
sist of a strongly mechanical tissue, which encloses the
mestome-bundles, which here often contain a mere leptome.
This, as it seems, peculiar fact is, however, easily explained,
since the function of such leaves is not assimilatory; they do
not need, therefore, the elements of the hadrome, but merely
the leptome, for the supply of already prepared organic mat-
ters. The function of the strongly developed stereome in
these leaves is not only to protect the leptome, but also to
form a kind of support to the entire stolon.

As regards the endodermis, the author states several varia-
tions in the stolons, which he has examined, and which he
refers to two groups: the so-called Q-endodermis, the cells
of which are thickened equally all around, while in the second
one, the C-endodermis, it is merely the inner and the radial
walls in which a thickening has taken place. A double endo-
dermis was observed in some species of Triticum, Calame

grostis and others. (The writer takes here the opportunity
; in

and which might give still more extended illustration of the

gradually succeeded by peltately three or five-lobed mee
until finally the typical form appears in the nine-lobed le :
«« domatia” a

their residence and feed upon a certain kind 0
These domatia are not present, however, at the ve

cating ants. This is done by short branches developing
the lower leaves, having merely two sessile stipules,
bent downwards and thereby prevent the animals fro
Ing the stem. It is only when about the twentieth lea :
ecklinge™

fisde

1Fr, Hildebrand: Eini imlingen und St
Botan. Zeitung, 1892, “So arta eg ate aap :

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Phystological Researches. 123

veloped that the stem has attained a sufficient thickness to
give shelter to the protecting ants and to produce the exud-
ation. The author has also observed a similar fact concern-
ing the protection of ants in Acacia cornigera.

Another interesting fact, to which the author calls atten-
tion, is the difference in germination of closely related
species. It is especially striking in the genus Amemone, and

as Hepatica triloba, while Pulsatilla vulgaris and P. pratensts
the other ones by having the plumule above
round with the first developed leaves of normal shape. The
author describes also the germination of some species of
Dentaria, which show similar differences.

That the Shape of the leaves may depend on certain ex-
ternal Causes is shown by Oxalis rubella and Asarum. In
Oxalis the first leaf after the cotydedons is quinate, while the fol-

lowing is fleshy and scale-like; but when the first leaf is cut off the
Succeedi

like. As

124 The Botanical Gazette. [April

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Theidentity of Asclepias stenophylla and Acerates anriculata.— The
Synoptical Flora pertinently suggests the close relationship of these
two supposed species. Under Acerates auriculata it is even stated
that “unless the characters [i. e. of the two genera] are noted, it is —
very likely to be confounded with Asclepias stenophylla.” Even 50;
for the two plants look to the naked ‘eye exactly alike.

There was, in Mr. M. A. Carleton’s collection of last season in In-
dian Territory, a plant, no. 248, which is a good Asclepias st phyll
having all the characters of Dr. Gray’s subgenus NoTHacerates. The
hoods, however, on comparison with those from herbarium specimens,
were found to be longer, more compressed and more deeply notched
on the back than usual, and the asclepiadaceous horn, reaching only
a little above the sinus of the hood, was not at once found. This and
the cautions in the Synoptical Flora led me to examine closely nto
the structure of anthers and hoods of all the specimens in the Na-
tional Herbarium standing under the two above names, with the fol-
lowing result.

First, Aclepias stenophylla Gray is represented by three correctly
named specimens in flower: one from Dorchester, Mo., collected by
J. W. Blankinship; the second from Miami Co., Kansas, collected
by Dr. J. H. Oyster; the third from Huachuca Mts., S. Arizona, col-
lected by J.G. Lemmon. Mr. Carleton’s no. 248 makes the fourth
specimen. Nos. 1 and 2 agree with Carleton’s plant in the compressed
hoods and notched anther wings, but both have longer horns than the
Indian Territory plant, while Lemmon’s plant has both the notches
in the anther wings and the sinus in the back of the hood very slight
and the horn shorter. : :

n Atl

Mext-

can Boundary Survey under Maj. Emory; (3) Wright’s no. 50
Wright’s no. 1687. Of these, Palmer’s plant has the anthers ¢¢
notched as in Asclepias stenophylla. The crest in the hood oo
ent as in the first species, and reaches nearly to the sinus, but Se
surmounted by any horn. In no. 2 there is still a trace of @ ai
the anther wing. The crest in the hood is present, reaching vet ae
than half its length. Nos. 3 and 4 have the crest likewise pree™ -
the anther wings are merely rounded. They are however fully asm
near the base as near the top, if not wider.

From these observations, and especially when we take int
eration the long acknowledged fact that these two supposed

te) consid
species of :

1892. ] Briefer Articles. 125

different genera are exactly alike in outward appearance, we cannot es-
cape the conclusion that, in fact as in appearance, we have only one
species. In every case of reputed Acerates auriculata crests have been
found. The wings of the anthers too have been found to be, if not
“decidedly auriculate,” at least “dilated,” certainly not “tapering at
base.” All of which characters bring these specimens under Asclepias,
§ NoruaceratEs, provided we allow the following modification of
this subgenus.

§ 3. NorHacrrates. Anther wings moreor less widening to the rounded
base, which may or may not be notched or auricled; hood sessile, its apex
emarginate or more deeply notched, with a narrow, wholly adnate, internal
crest which may terminate above the middle of the hood without a horn, or
may be more or less prolonged into a proper horn.

The projection of this horn above the base of the hood-sinus gives
the tridentate appearance mentioned in both the description of Acer-
ates angustifolia Decaisne, and that of A. auriculata Engelm. I quote,
the first from DC. Prodr. Vill, 522: “cucullis gynostegio sublongior-
ibus, apice tridentatis ”; the second from Bot. Mex. Béund. 160: “cu-
cullis gynostegio globoso sessili brevioribus apice leviter tridentatis.”
And as for the stated discrepancy of relative length of anther-mass
a hoods, and of the notch in the apex of the hoods, I have, in the
material examined, observed all degrees of variation.

The different names of this species, with dates, are as follows:
mt eae angustifolius Nutt.; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Ser. 2, V. 201,

37)

Acerates angustifolia Decaisne, DC. Prodr. vill, 522, (1844).

Acerates auriculata Engelm. Bot. Mex. Bound. 160, (1859).

Asclepias stenophylla Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xu, 72, (1876).

There is another species named Asclepias angustifolia Ell., Sk. 1,
ae ee So the specific name of Nuttall and Decaisne is not avail-
it ode oa ise being the next oldest specific name, this species,

Since «ee be named Asclepias auriculata (Engelm.).
fom, Nebra td the above note there has been found ina collection
Ne with, Ska a plant that represents the Acerates side of this species,

» With the hoods destitute of horns, but the rudimentary crests

IcER Siesta at least in their northern range.—Joun M. Howz-

oe ent of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Was A long interval has elapsed since the Bartram oak
termined S. known and still its status has not been satisfactorily de-
been found ome contend that itis ahybrid. Asthe oak in question has
at widely separated localities, although limited to a narrow

126 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

range extending from New York to North Carolina (and perhaps be-
yond this), one might suppose that this fact alone would be deemed
sufficient to exclude the theory of hybridity in this case.

Within the last thirty years I have had the opportunity of observing
it at different localities in Delaware and New Jersey and am now led
to the conclusion that it is a variety of Quercus imbricaria Michx, of
which we have here two forms, one with entire leaves, the other with

oak with Quercus imbricaria. ;

The evidence’ of this affinity may be seen when we compare (whats
here taken to be) the entire-leaved form with the type and the lobe-
leaved form of its variety. If further observation should confirm the
conclusions here reached, and I believe that it will, it will then be
proper to designate this oak by the name:

Quercus imbricaria Michx., var. heterophylla ( Michx.).

a entire-leaved form ’
6. ——— lobe-leaved form—Quercus heterophylla est

In 1882 I found an oak in Salem Co., New Jersey, with entire lear
Specimens from this tree were sent to Dr. Britton, who referred it
his Quercus Rudkini (Catalogue of New Jersey plants, p- 223). We
first discovered I noticed some features characteristic of the
oak to which I was inclined to refer it at the time. Later obse
have now convinced me that it is the entire-leaved form of
tioned above. -¢ that

After some hesitation these views are presented in the belief pe
further investigation will confirm the conclusion here reached a"
decide a long pending question, the status of the Bartram oak—*
Commons, Wilmington, Del.

tions
it me

own fact, a
ed, that .
wounds caused by the spines of the involucre of Cenchrus tribulo! in

this regard led me to believe that there were some ae theit 3
(4 :

1892. | Briefer Articles. 127

determination an investigation of their minute structure was under-
"4 nder a low magnification a ma-
ture spine presents the appearance repre-
sented in fig. 1.. Barbs of various sizes
and, for the most part, uniform in shape
are disposed irregularly over its surface,
being more numerous and larger near the
point, the tip of which is well supplied
with them. The interior tissue of the
spine (fig. 3) is made up wholly of very
thick-walled cells, the thickening in many
cases being of such an extent as to en-
tirely obliterate the cavity. From the
ase to near the point of the spine
throughout this tissue occur air cavities
of different lengths but of nearly uniform
: width (fig. 1, 2).
of Gch ‘ribuloides; some: When examined under a higher mag-
thespine, z,endof the spine more nification the true nature of the spine
pee ne Dar, makes its appearance (fig. 2). Each barb
's seen to have within it a cavity termin-
ating, ‘

Q é
OO. OO pat
: O59
Loy t-eYS)
ae )
©,
2
<=
i,
C}

ZR
Gok
poe

to}

he cav
» In the mature barb, with the

Mterar : ;

nor tissue. Neither does there ap-

i j .— Cross tion of spine:
S€quent] ae nay be ejected. Con- é peor Se tah it oF cavity.

for the ¥ they would escape slowly— ooze out — which would account

Prolonged irritation of the wound.—E.E. Gav, Lieut.U.S. A.

128 The Botanical Gazette. (April,

EDITORIAL.

BorTANIsTs ARE a peaceable folk, so peaceable, we are almost inclined
to add, as to be apathetic. They seem so averse to anything that has
even the semblance of discussion that they will not even express an
opinion lest it lead to controversy. If induction is worth anything we
can substantiate this by adducing a host of facts on which it is based.

OnE HAs only to look back over the file of the Gazerre to find thatin
the past five years there have been suggested numerous questions and
movements,some of them of great interest to botanists. These the G&x

NEARLY TWO YEARS AGO the subject of a world’s congress of botan-
ists was broached in these pages and we endeavored to find out what
our readers thought of the project, its desirability and its feasibility.
Several other editorials have appealed for the same information but
up to date not a line has come to us touching this matter. The world
congress auxiliary of the Columbian Exposition has now taken it up
and proposes to have a botanical congress whether or no. The ideas
of the management regarding this particular department are necessat
ily very general and crude, but it is still quite possible for botanists?
direct efforts into proper channels. Will they take enough interest?
it todo it? The committee having the preliminary work In ¢ a
will shortly issue an address containing a series of questions to =
they desire categorical answers. If American botanists have not me

eo § ; se +heir OD!

enthuc

thusias™

when asked, we can hardly anticipate that they would have en meat
to

enough to come to such a congress or aid in the entertainmen

ae
Bur Botanists have a further duty. If they do not approve be 7 ;
istance, |

to direct, it or to let it be known that this invitation if further ake
does not come from them, and that it is only a part 0 the 8 bee? =
commercial enterprise. The committee of botanists who eis”
asked to assist in the arrangements see very many difficulties eo ee
moved before a personal and cordial invitation can be ister

Nests

1892. } Current Literature. 129

proper backing can be secured, moral and financial, they think that a
botanical congress can be made highly successful in all respects. The
greatest difficulty which they have met so far has been — your indiffer-
ence.

ANOTHER MATTER of great interest to botanical science is the pro-
posed division of section F of the A. A. A. S. This proposal the Ga-

Feason to change our minds. Editorially and through the letter of
Dr. Halsted, we have endeavored to find out how others regarded the
Proposition, but we have been unable to extract a single opinion, pro
orcon. So far as expression of their sentiments is concerned, the
botanists might as well be dead !

CURRENT LITERATURE.
A manual of grasses.?

The study of the grasses of the United States has long been one of
the Special functions of the Botanical Division of the Department of
Agriculture, and a vast amount of material has been accumulated in
the National Herbarium. For many years Dr. George Vasey has been
making this great collection of grasses his special care, and his various
Papers from time to time have testified to his critical study. It has
been felt fora number of years that he should put the results of his labors

om the National Herbarium ” opens with the first part of a “ Mono-
ns the Grasses of the United States and British America.” The
nd part, completing the monograph, is promised in a few months.

of 2
“la ‘pas ican grasses, and the monograph will undoubtedly

Seon wader Study of this very important and very critical group.
ht, as well as the Botanist, is to be congratulated upon

ney and material in rendering service to the botani-
- » 4S well as to purely agricultural interests.
Vas =
eSeagel Dr. GE0.—Monograph of the Grasses of the United States and British
Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, Vol. III, No. 1,
Issued, Feb. 25, 1892. Government Printing Office, Washington.

PP. xiy, 89,

130 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareh,

Thin wood sections.
The usefulness of well prepared transparent sections of various kinds
of woods for numerous instructive and illustrative purposes, is conceded
by every one, and by no one more than by the person who has had the
privilege of using them. About ten years ago Mr. Henry Brooks, of
Boston issued a set of seventeen species of woods, each species repte-
sented by three sections, a radial, a tangential and a transverse one,
neatly mounted upon cards behind mica slips. Somewhat later a
larger set, representing about 200 species of woods, mounted much in
the same manner, was prepared by Charles W. Spurr, of Boston, undet
the direction of Dr. C. S. Sargent, using material from the “Jesup
collection” of the Central Park museum, New York. Onlya limited
number of this set was issued. om
There is now in course of publication a third set of wood sections.
These are prepared and mounted in a similar manner to those of the
preceding sets, except that mica facing is not used, and that a number
of minor details are added to increase their usefulness. A new feature
_ of much importance is a well arranged accompanying text. ;
The author is Mr. Romeyn B. Hough, son of the late Franklin B.
Hough, who was for some time U. S. Commissioner of Forestry, and
throughout a long life was a student of our native ligneous flora, being
the author of a treatise on the “Elements of Forestry,” and of mr
merous other works of a kindred nature. The son has inherited
father’s love of the forests, and he has entered into the preparation f
the present work with the rich accumulations of information at han
brought together by his father, and with a strong personal enthusiasm:
he work is to be issued in parts of twenty-five species each, se
part with a suitable text. The parts will appear as rapidly a 5
can be prepared, and the whole work is expected to eventually ¢
brace all the most important woods of the United States. Two i
are already issued. The price is five to ten dollars per part according
to the style of binding. +
The work has a scientific and economic interest, both of which n of
; d (

handy
altho
mens
‘ Hovcu, Romeyn B.— The American woods, exhibited by eager 8v0.
and with copious explanatory text. Lowville, N. Y., pub. by the a0 ions

Pt. T, 1888, PP. vii+79. figs. 42. 27 cards bearing three wood sect
Pt. II, 1891.
/

1892. ] Current Literature. 131

A large series of lantern slides of wood sections is also prepared by
the author, and sold separately. They make particularly beautiful and
instructive objects for class use. Untreated wood-section cards of all
Sizes up to 4% by 6 inches are also made. They have a fine ivory-like
appearance, and may be used for a great variety of useful and decora-
tive purposes.

The Oak.!

Looked at as an independent treatise, we have in this book a suc-
cinct account of the development, anatomy and economic relations of
the English oak, forming a compact little volume that will be useful
to every student of forest biology. Space limitations have sometimes
necessitated a lack of fulness in statement that tends to obscurity, but
in the main the work is good, clearly put, and accurate.

The Modern Science Series, of which this is the third volume, aims,
SO its editor, Sir John Lubbock, says, “to give on each subject the in-
formation which an intelligent layman might wish to possess.” We
can hardly imagine, however, that any layman, even an intelligent one,
Would be able to read this book understandingly unless he had had
thorough instruction In vegetable anatomy. For example: the ac-
Count of the course of the fibro-vascular bundles of the stem and their
felation to the leaf traces (pp. 43-51) is hard reading even for one who
has considerable previous knowledge of this subject both by reading
and dissection, This fault, which can be considered a fault only in
the light of the editor’s preface, runs all through the book. :

In these days when University Extension is coming to be such a
Popular thing we can foresee for this book a useful service. A course
of lectures on the hfe history of plants could be built around it, and

© book then be recommended for the supplementary reading which
ig of such courses require. The simplification and expansion by

€ lecturer would counterbalance the technicality and conciseness of
Mr. Ward,
able.
limite

are rather ion (e. g. those on Pp- 57, 58, 59, and 111) and some

cultivati to large for the page, especially those in the chapter on the

‘ation of the oak. The make up of the book is very attractive.
ir dee ee

t
— Marsuatt:—The Oak, a popular introduction to forest-botany.
75. ON sence Series (edited by Sir John Lubbock) vol. III. 12mo. pp. vii+
ew York: p. Appleton & Co. 1

132 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

; Minor Notices.

Mr. H. J. Wepper has published an Appendix to the Catalogue of
the Flora of Nebraska. The flora of this very interesting state is being
vigorously investigated, and as the somewhat arbitrary line between
the eastern and western manuals runs through it, such a list as this
appendix contains unusually affects their contents. The appendix
adds 432 species to the original catalogue, and the recorded Nebraska
flora now contains 48 protophytes, 115 zygophytes, 27 odphytes, 808
carpophytes, 60 “es eau 19 pteridophytes, and 1245 phanerogem
in all 2322 spec

THE 23d Contribution from the Herbarium of Columbia College
entitled “The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Gen-
era which have been sti to it,’ by N. L. Britton. In this paper
Dr. Britton reviews the various notions as to generic limtations, and
casts in the weight of his authority against consolidation, regarding
Anemone and Pulsatilla as worthy of being considered distinct gene™
Hepatica and Anemonella dre also kept distinct, the latter bearing the
older generic name Syndesmon Hoffmg. In addition to these genera
which are represented from North America, the other American =
era, Capethia and Barneoudia, are considered. Pulsatilla, thus reviv
fied, contains two species, the old Anemone patens, var. uttalll
appearing as P. hirsutissima (Pursh). Anemone, thus delimited, is cred-
ited with 28 species, 9 of which are confined to South America.
new species of the United States are 4. Zetonensis Porter,
and A. Lyaliii Britton, of the northwestern Pacific region.

NOTES AND NEWS.

A PRELIMINARY LIsT of the mosses of Lancaster County,
bape published by John K. Stall of Lancaster, and enum

Penn., has
erates 15°

RF. - DEwart has bec a chen ews pa in botany
at the Missouri Botanical Garden ve é Mr. "Ht who has £2
to Manhattan, Kans. His duties ‘aie Mar ao I.

E FEBRUARY NUMBER es AGRICULTURAL SCIEN
botanical articles: “Notes on the flora of Thunderhea
oa

two

re contains
ad Moun tai
tributions?

Ex
rte SIDENT Joun M. Cobiren | is oa to large pea Posi 2
tension classes in "Beamarille and New Albany, Indiana, ne gene

y. Each course ages twelve lectures upon ¢
morphology and physiology of plan

1892. | Notes and News. 133

IN ADDITION to continuations of articles already noted, the March
number of the ee silk ee contains the
int on of a paper on the “ Influence of living and soil cover-
ie on the gabe ature of the so " ee Professor Dr. green of

s LWAYs interesting to follow the ews of rare plants, and some
articles concerning the ae ania of Cal YPSO, were lately published
Inthe Gazerre. It seem er, that it s also quite at nome =
Europe, as Mr. pectin aces to find not less than 400
tlie 4 ey in a birch-forest near Tornio river in the Tornio- ‘Lae

ar t Ju T.H

A COMMITTEE of peSauinent botanists has undertaken to remove
Stephan Endlicher’s body from its unmarked grave in the Matzleins-
dorfe Cemetery near Vienna, to the new Central Cemetery, and to

Maca a suitable ‘screlonsaaraa to the memory of this ee age
and philologist. Contributions may be sent to the k.
olga Gesellschaft, Wien 1, Preneapsae x

Mr. ERSON’s valuable mycological collections ioc been
Pash to o Columbia College, New York. He was associated at his
death with Dr. rs. . Britton, and his toa being in
their care w mecowied to that institution. His e herbarium of

roe Opers has invest igat my the siecetine a the pericarp re
biatae.* The i Investigation shows that the structure of the Teas
In

wever, to the s stsinare osition of the enera in whic
they have Bee obser ved ; the sam sa Fon oup may show aly frees
eae rent
on ea H. type ma Sear: aa several ey yeorien iffe

Pa $3 Open question. We hope that if it is continued it will
baa eth be a “species mill” and become an English journal with some-
we aay and standing of Hedwigia and other cryptogamic

UTHERN TOMATO BLIGHT is at: by Dr. Byron D. Halsted
rule No. 19 of the Mississ ssippi A rae xper. Station. This is
ats to hav me the diituse has been critically studied, although it ap-
comme ave been known for some time, and to be of considerable
Teial i importance. Prof. Halsted decides that it is of bacterial
spotaniska Notiser,

1891
Bih: +P. 174.
"891, 29 “pal at ete Sw. Vetensk, Akad. Hdlgr., Vol. xvi, part 1, Stockholm,

134 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

nature, and identical with a blight of potatoes. He also inclines to
think that it is caused by the same microbe that produces the disease
in melons, an account of which was given in the preceding volume of
this journal, p. 303.

CROSSING VARIETIES OF CoRN has been conducted at the experiment
station of Kansas since 1888. The results obtained in 1891 are given
elle e

5
>
es
o
=
i=
°
is)
=
o
ar
Lae |
Se:
=]
oO
ad
SE
O°
fo)
i=]
=
ct

ca ans of cross-fertilization, be made to blend more or less

completely,” and that the “blended form, or ‘cross,’ so far as our ex-

ee indicate, does not generally (if kept free from contamination
y foreign pollen), revert perceptibly to the parental types.”

enough water added to cover them, and then boiled about fifteen
minutes, or until well swollen and white.. The water is now poure

>
add another culture medium for diagnostic purposes, as some bacteria

THE REQUEST of Baron Ferd. von Mueller in Melbourne, i

ra Leptopitys A. The paper is accom
panied by ten plates illustrating the plants in natural size, accom®
H

E PRESENT SYSTEMATIC arrangement of the phaxosporic alg®
= Satisfactory. A valuable Ealebetion in regard to the correct
alge ing of several species heretofore referred to Adenoiysis A

ren given by Prof. Kjellmann.! He revises the following species: ?
een var.?) Californica Rupr., 4. Lessont Harv., A. Durd ye
ive olm. in sc ied. and A. Durvillaei (Bory) et auct. The pe
Of his examination is that these really represent four dite of
oO i i
the family Laminarracer: C 4 ML 6 St émfelt rele
Sct 3 Coilodesme Strémf., by Str ally ayet
undescribed genut ef the n. gen. of Puncrartaces#; and finally

"KJELLMANN, FLR.: U aoe ‘ tis Hook,

F “\-: Undersékning af naagra till slagtet’ Adenocys'® 5 ed

= re Bary, henférda alger. (A ide of sone age which have been ref ask

Akad. Hdl ye) Hooker fil. and Harvey.) Bihang till Kgl. Sv. Ve™™
» erst. vol. XV, Part 11, Stockholm, 1890.

1892. ] Notes and News. 135

TWO NEW SPECIES of red sa eon are described and figured by
A. Lasché in Der Braumeister for Ma 278). These belong to

: y
other “a was found by accident in making plate cultures, and so
me fro’ eair. It is named JZ 7 ate and: shows some tendency
toward the Baa formation of prom

AT THE LAST MEETING of the Chinuis sR Club, of bere
Cal., one of the me

: pte a method known “only in two other Californian plants an

in intimate association one with the other without injury

aps with reciprocal advantage, a different view has

pple tree is sOPeS sed to be advantageous to the
er;

lf
d of the atmosphere during growth. For ha
tort it is found that the Daletietoe eeteliatye food by its green leaves
eeehuded appl We cannot give the details of M. Bon-
out th Heriments, at it 3 sufficient to eek that they completely bear
save ieee idea of perfect « symbiosis,” or tual adaptation, and that
on whi, mechanical obstruction, the mistletoe does no harm to the tree
ents Sowing. — Gard. Chr 23. How i is this conclusion
t by our common American. Hes toe

Pror SOR
i E Lac cal garden at
Quito (Eeua oD, 3 AGERHEIM, di — r of the ne botanic oF ee

a ;
esting since none of he species of Rhamnus, upon W ich
“sponding cidium lives, have been found yet in Ecuador.

136 The Botanical Gazette. {April,

The only en of this peculiar fact — to be that the germ-
inating oats were infected with teleutospores of P. coronata, - ~ that
both the ‘ecidiom ~~ a uredo-generation were eee sed. rding
to Plowright,” who sited; in secre. young plants of ws with
perce: of Puccinia graminis, oe cidium generation may be passed,
and Prof. Lagerheim supposes the same to be the fact with P. coro-
one Oui to. He has ain nd P. graminis near Quito, where it
ecrren on some varieties of Avena, although none of the na of
Berberis, nor even Mahonia Aquifo olium, which usually are bearers of
its ecidium generation, exist in Ecua dor. He is therefore inclined
explain sa —- ence of Puccinia graminis in the same way as that
of P. coro —T. H.

MM. Dax E AND BoRDAGE propose in the February number of
the Revue pretae de Boténigue a method of analyzing and recording
rs movements of plants photographically. Instead of the inter

e method used b i

rupted
ite abe IR — eed in getting a continuous record.
ence is the difference betw the occasional obacHean ons with A
au Saunrcrer ana cag one obiin ed by the registering een
box whose sl

ot
rowth oc-
capable of

t ~~ . certainly a very ingenious one, a ae

The me
scien meena ie details and necessary pers: we m

eh ER THAT ie exhibition of weeds at the World’s Colum cn

Exposition may be arge, and representative of all sections i

Wee: Dr. Aghia D. Halsted, of the N. J. Experiment Station,

Eck, N J Je aving this feature in charge) asks for specimen

the worst weed m all states and territories. It is su ae :
e

dlin i f
Toot system, the flower and fl clu ster, and the seed bare i
f ay be hecessary, therefore, to secure these: various essentials - 0
erent times during t ing season. If the weed is a Jam

a ending, upon a herbarium sheet of ordinary size,
ver a foot in length. Persons who will aid Dr. Halsted

nted b m
oe must all be done during the present season,
S sent in for mounting, labels etc., by Decembe

*The connection of whe:
at mildew with th rey ecidiumly
Woolhope Transactions, 1887. con pe

PLATE yv.

STONE on an AUXANOMETER.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Jourtial Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,

PSO TN Tew ee

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

£
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS. i
The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
dealers or agents.
Tn Great Britain, 11 shillings. many, 11 marks. :
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. pbeeicege oe & SOHN, ‘ 4
157 Great Portland St., London, w. | Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.

Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed to Charles R. Barnes,
712 Langdon St. samy Wisconsin; money orders and drafts should be made
payable to the Bowie AL GAZETTE.

Separate Copies. — Cuntiitiots are furnished on request 25 separate copies of
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, :
per ¥00, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazerre, with }

«title, $1.50 per 100, additional. Zhe number desired must be marked at the head
of the MSS. as none will be printed untess orde ered,
a _. Manus: scripts.—Contributors are requested to pees MSS. exactly in the form
in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the general sty
of composition shown in the pages of the Gazerte. Scientific and pro
names should be written with Particul
<8 cs? Allustrations: Articles requiring anlage should be sent to J. C. Arthity
SST oe Pardo Univers ersity, Lafayette, Ind Pies &
ing Numbers.—Will be replaced nile aod when claim is made iat
‘days ee receipt of the number ee
[Entered a Oe Post-offi ington, Ind., as second-class postal mate

aiid

In the Fune number a will appear:

_ On nomenclature, by the late SERENO WATSON. ; Z
_ ‘The North Amorican oe by F. STEPHAN, Lap

: cal Germany.

neces e fdentifeation of in in winter, by” Auctst F

son Forrste, Paris, France.

_Two new genera of oll nse we A. Pp Mowe’
Preston, Ohta,
Fle

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

MAY, 1892.

Sereno Watson.

JOHN M. COULTER.

(WITH PLATES VI AND vi1.!)

Sereno Watson was born December I, 1826, at East Wind-
sor Hill, Connecticut. He graduated from Yale College in

tudied medicine at the University of New York; was a prac-
ticing physician for two years at Quincy, Illinois; was secre-
tary of the Planters’ Insurance Company of Greensboro,
ame from 1856 to 1861; became a professional botanist

ho, at his death, was the most distinguished
nt of systematic botany. His work will
» but the real flavor of his quiet life is known

f us who were fortunate enough to be in-
timately associate

arium, under his care, still had the atmosphere
: fr so characteristic of its great founder. To
a ™ the memories of the friend to the cold recital of
a ork of the botanist is a necessary but uncongenial task.

&: 'The <
Ttis selecteq * (plate vi) is from a phot h by Pach, taken in January, 1887.
Mterior (plat by afriend as the best likeness of Dr. Watson. dhe herbarium
am indet tat @8 from a Photograph taken about 1880. :
to Dr. w. to “Garden and Forest” (March 16) for the facts with refer-
Vol. erg 80'S earlier life.
* XVIL—No. 5.

138 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

Sereno Watson appeared suddenly in the botanical world.

So far as we know, he had no puerile work to lament, the
common experience of most botanists, but when known asa
botanist at all he was in the foremost rank. This stepping at
once, full-equipped, among the leaders, without any prelimi-
nary service, is one of the distinguishing marks of his botani-
cal career.

His apparently accidental connection as botanist with the
U.S. Geological Survey under Clarence King was the occa-
sion of his sudden celebrity as a botanist. Botanical col-
lectors had visited the great west before and have multiplied
since, but Watson brought back from the Great Basin region
not only a magnificent collection of plants, but also such an
ability to study it, that his report, technically known as the
‘Botany of the 4oth parallel” (vol. V of the Clarence Kings
Reports), has become one of the classics of American botany:

This contact with the mosses led to his being asked, upon # f
death of Mr. Thomas P. James in 1882, to take editor,
ates of Lesquereux and James’ ‘‘Mosses of North Ane
then in press. This involved a vast amount of critical an
editorial labor, and must have seemed a sad waste of time °
@ man overwhelmingly busy in other directions. : he
: In 1878 there appeared the first part of his “<Bibliogt9P
ical Index”, including the Polypetalae of North Americ®
is @ great loss to American botany that Dr. Watson 7

139
\ i ereno Watson.
1892.] Ser

: d a revision
iter had in hand a 1 ree

f Dr. Gray, the wit rs The chie Pp
a on oe upon entirely new : peste nomenclature, but
0 aD large its range and revise i i of presentation,
.. ‘; Hees planned 2 different ae o or three small
‘i es tirnistoa complete br ge on to a sudden
Gai. as patterns. This work was oe of his copy-
close by the death of Dr. Gray and ” “il known, however,
tights to Harvard University. As s pete to Dr. Wat-
the manual was revised, the work being = osition upon the
Son and the writer. It was 7 an easibility lightly and
ch resp eas
iri . ee wise es egies of revision mseientsrete

ime MS

oe pet Case demanded. The result was a

i d
ray had intended,
Closely following the old lines than Dr. Gray :

but still ful

ost impor-

t. Watson’s name represents some of our m ber

tant s 1, chiefly in th

and icsccd from May mee — bea this series, his
the American Aca ,

: lowing orders:
ame is associated with the revision es ae Be gen-
Chenopodia e€ and Liliaceae; and wi
fra: |

Trifolium,
- Lupinus, Potentilla, GEnothera, Ceanothus,
Lathyrus

( hor Megar h Za Peucedanu bel I ychnis Er iogonum,
a c ° : £ : d : aborat ng the
izan he, and R . rm in ] 1 .
r 8 Mount of his ime was occupie
ich M

exi-
. res of new :
exican collections of Pringle, and gee ‘a esnuechion
*an genera and Species will always spea

With that flora,

140 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

After Dr. Gray’s death it was a fitting thing to so arrange
Dr. Watson’s time that he could have abundant opportunity
to continue the ‘‘Synoptical Flora,” and botanists were satis-
fied that this work would be continued more nearly in the
spirit of its great author than in the hands of any other
botanist. But now not a published page has been added, and
our greatest botanical work bids fair to remain even more in-
complete than its forerunner, the Flora of North America.
However, much work had been done among the polypetalous
orders, and it is to be hoped that that part at least can ap-
pear with something like completeness.

As a botanist, Dr. Watson was thorough and painstaking,
the charge of hasty conclusions never having been laid at his

were clear and original. Recognizing the temporar. ae
of our present fabric of classification, he has frequently “

only withheld a concrete public expression ©
cause he did not: deem his knowledge or any enue
edge of affinities sufficient. :
Systematic botany has lost another one of its fg
ponents, another one of that generation which is fast eee
away. at the new generation is to do for the scienct
hard to predict, but it is evident that as the old leaders eae
Pear we are to become more of a democracy. Sereno bide:

1892.) Archegonium and Apical Growth in Tsuga and Pinus. 141

place in the study of botany of this country can not be

filled, for the conditions which made him have disappeared;

but to many of us this loss will appear secondary, because we

especially cherish the memory of the kind and helpful friend.
Indiana University, Bloomington.

On the archegonium and apical growth of the stem in
Tsuga Canadensis and Pinus sylvestris.

D. M. MOTTIER.

(WITH PLATE VIII.)

time to come. Now and then modern research fills up a gap
or throws some light on the true, line of development.

he gymnosperms, holding as they do a position between
the pteri

ches the development of the embryo and the meris-
; i of stem and root that we are to look for the true affin-
'es of the neighboring groups.
Sarat ng representative types of the gymnosperms have been
an ek studied by Hofmeister and, later, by Strasburger
USE so ers. Since more accurate methods have come into
peice. « the work done by these botanists has been re-
or TY in cases concerning which there was doubt
Hac: ence of opinion.

ful aa had material in abundance, I recently made a care-

Udy of the development of the archegonium in Tsuga
sis and Pinus sylvestris and found that in a few de-
results do not quite agree with the account of Stras-
Meister’s ep is investigator states that he can not affirm Hof-
Canadensis ement that the neck of the archegonium of Tsuga
but that it Consists of two cells, one lying above the other,
find two remains one-celled, and only in rare cases did he
-_Ina large number of specimens examined I found

‘Die Befru
chtung bei den Coniferen, p. 6. Jena, 1869.

142 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the neck to be frequently of two cells (figs. 1 and 2). In
one instance I found the lower cell divided by a cross wall,
thus making three cells in all (fig. 3). This, however, is ex-
ceedingly rare for it was the only case observed out of the
. large number of ovules sectioned. In Pinus sylvestris the
cells of the neck formed two layers instead of one (fig. 4) as
stated by Strasburger.‘ Four cells lie in one plane (fig. 4a),
making eight cells in the entire neck. At the stage of de-
velopment represented in fig. 4 the ventral canal cell had not
yet been cut off. A very large nucleus lay just beneath the
neck while the remainder of the cavity of the archegonium
was filled with granular protoplasm staining deeply with alum
cochineal and containing many large vacuoles. In figs. 1 and
2 (Tsuga) the archegonium is mature, the ventral cama

growth in Pinus sylvestris corresponds very nearly with ou
burger’s account for Pinus Pumilio.2 A pretty well define

matoge!,
rge

2k fs P13.
Die Coniferen und die Gnetaceen, pp. 327, 328. (1872.)

1892] Archegonium and Apical Growth in Tsuga and Pinus. 143

larity, showing that the apex is relatively broad. Transverse
sections taken from the extreme tip show that it terminates
in two or three large cells (figs. 6, 7), and it seems to me that
Wwe can not say with certainty that there is only one initial
cell. Figs. 6 and 7 are consecutive transverse sections taken
from the apex. In fig. 7 we have a near approach to what
would lead one to regard the large cell, x, which has appar-
ently just cut off a segment, x’’, as the initial cell, both from
its size and regularity in the arrangement of the cells about
it. Yet this does not seem sufficient proof to warrant the con-
clusion. Fig. 5 is the only instance in which I found such
§reat regularity; in all others the apex terminated in two or
three large cells, which may be regarded as initial cells, but
all approached nearly that shown in fig. 3.

In the apex of the stem of the embryo taken from the seed
of Pinus sylvestris and Tsuga Canadensis, we find the nearest
4pproach toa single apical cell (figs. 8, 9 and 10). It is quite
Probable that in the young state growth takes place from a
Single apical cell. In instances like that of fig. 8 this seems
quite certain. In the embryo of Tsuga (fig. 10) this also seems
‘o be the case, but in fig. 9 we can not be so positive as to the
initial cell. A transverse section from the tip of the stem in
aad embryo shows two or three cells of uniform size

ig 11),

th : — of these facts it seems to me that we can not say
at t

alum cochineal or alum carmine, washed and dehydrated;
then brough
t

microtome. The sections were counter-stained
; h Bismarck brown.

‘ana University, Bloomington.
Meck of Peer hada OF Pate VIII.— F igs. 1, 2 and 3, longitudinal sections showing
Pinus sy ty gag of Tsuga Canadensis; vc, ventral canal cell. Fig. 4, same o

of the embryo stem taken from the seed of P. sylvestris.

soo of Tsuga Canadensis. Fig. 11, transverse section of the extreme
ear he embryo of P. sylvestris.

"75 diameters, except fig. 8, 150 diameters.

144 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

Germination of the teleutospores of Ravenelia cassixcola.

B. M. DUGGAR.

(WITH PLATES IX AND X.)

anatomical studies in 1886, Parker! concludes that the structure
of teleutospores is really that of a cluster of fused teleutos-
poric stalks. Cunningham? gives an interesting exposition
of the development of the successive forms in two East Indian
species, and also traces the development of teleutospores.
He shows that the cysts. are essentially modified basal cells of
the true spore cells, and their origin is illustrated. He makes
clearer the relation borne to other members of the group of
Uredinee. However, his attempts at artificial cultivation of
teleutospores proved failures, * and he is not positive as to the
success of experiments relative to the artificial infection.

In the biological laboratory of the Alabama Polytechnic In-
stitute, and under the direction of Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson,
artificial cultures have been made with some successful re
sults. Inasmuch as the designation teleutospore involves the
idea of the production of promycelia and sporidia, we can

5° to 90u. The compound colored pedicel is from 10 to Ie
wide, and the length generally about 80p, yet it may :
* Morphology of Ravenelia glanduleformis. Proc. Am. Acad. of Arts am
apt XXII,
otes on the life history of 2. sessilis B, and R. stictica B. & Br.
are by Medical Officers of the Army of India. + that #¢
ha Coke, Journ. Royal Mic. Soc., vol. im, p. 389, says: ‘‘The utmost ting
ve been able to accomplish has been to obtain single rer
he apices of a few of the pseudospores in R. aculeifer® trom
Alabama." in Botanicat Gazette, Nov., 1891, as ‘A new Ravenelia

Scientific

1892] Germination of the Te eleutospores of Ravenelia. 145

aslong. At the junction of the pedicel with the spore cells
we observe the characteristic cyst cells. These are hyaline
or slightly colored, usually spherical, and average about 12»
in diameter (for normal spores see figs. 14 and 15)

fter remaining in water for some time, maceration of the
Spores is to a certain extent effected, and by slight pressure
the individual cells are easily separable for examination. It
is then apparent that R. casst@cola, so far as the arrangement
of cells is concerned, belongs to the division as noted by Par-
ker of which R. Zndica is the type; consequently the cells are

of the vegetation. Water cultures, both slide and cell, then
manifested no germination after being observed for a number
of days, To continue the preservation of the material as in
# natural state, it was simply ‘‘heeled in’’ under a box in an
atte Place, and it was from this material that results were
nally obtained. Slide and cell cultures with both distilled

only j tu the first results were secured. This occurred
“a . the sugar solution, and nine days after the spores had
ma ag The results here given are from the same. It
sie . h, of interest to note that well-dried herbarium speci-
culture wi germinated after remaining three weeks in a cell
Th with water,

cells teat Celia issue about perpendicularly to the plane of

» Dending towards the upper surface in an abundance of

ing in
SS oer ‘Stal extremity, and they become finally from two
Promyéelinn the length of the head (figs. I and 2).

ang]
ital the former course fig. 3). In all cases, however,

146 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

collecting in the growing extremity. Apparent septa are
sometimes observed (fig. 4 a and fig. 6 a), but the deception
results from a coherence of granular contents in a cross sec-
tion of the tube; and by moving towards the point of growth,
this protoplasm soon mingles with the mass at the normal lo-
cation (fig. 7 @). Variations of the above may be found in
the empty spaces sometimes noticeable (fig. 13, a, etc.), and
these are most abundant after a considerable growth has taken
place. Small vacuoles are not infrequent.

manifest. A sporidium measures about 9 p in diameter, but
its form is not generally spherical. In most cases the ab-
scised reproductive body shows a prolongation at the end by
which it was attached (fig. 5 a@ and 4), the constriction which
eventually sets the body free encroaching somewhat on the
usual limits of the sterigma in the group of Uredinee. Vac-
uoles are frequently present, but these vary in number and
in size.

Sporidia are not always produced, and their absence
counterbalanced by a longer growth of the tubes. hi
greater growth probably results from the fact that the promy-
celia are completely immersed in water. Lagerheim’, speak-
ing of the germination in water of Puccinia heterogena Lager
heim, says, “They then germinate exactly like uredospores
a long non-septate germ tube, often bent backward and ne
ward, and with a strongly undulating contour, grows out 0
the germ pore. . . Probably the fungus can fepro”

m no
ble that
for the

long promycelial growths of the fungus we are consider
1. the

S “ ve
be again normally continued.’ With the per
character, a geniculation is often noticeable, the new 8°"

Journal of Mycology, vol. vu, no. 1.

1892] Germination of the Teleutospores of Ravenelia. 147

resulting in the protrusion of the wall in an oblique direction;
or the latter character may exist independently of the former.
A peculiar instance is shown in g. 9, a and 6, where a
sporidium seems to be almost fully developed laterally, then
its wall is protruded from near its base into a new tube which
again branches. It seems that a promycelium bears only one

tinctly seen by the usual examination with sulphuric acid.
A Ravenelia Cassizcola only has the germination of teleu-
di Pores thus far been observed, but these notes serve to in-

each cell produces a single promycelial
is illustration of C. senecionis we observe

€ which bears’ this sporidium tapers gradually to
sterigma ces “c- Now if we deem both promycelium and
its in such ea terms, it is difficult to differentiate their lim-
@ simple — Sorauer? only states that each cell develops
‘= Promycelium with a sporidium. De Bary defines

€n, 2te Aufl., II

eRe:

ti : Seem ae

"Pa h Uredineze and Ustilaginez, Pp. 45.
Morphology and Js

‘ , p. 244.
iology of the Fungi, etc., p. 281.

148 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the character of producing a single sporidium as peculiar to
Coleosporium, but he names the entire tube from which this
body is abscised a sterigma. Since the term sterigma is more
or less broad, we may regard Coleosporium as possessing a
truly non-septate promycelium, and still the above details will
perhaps make clear the essential modifications in R. cassiacola
and probably the general features in the germination of the
genus Ravenelia.
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

EXPLANATION OF PLates IX anp X.

Prate IX.—Fig. 1, germinating teleutospore, showing normal condition of
Promycelium. Fig. 2, same as above with a slight geniculation and rudimen
tary branching. Fig. 3, a promycelial branch almost at right angles to the
f nd 4, stages in the deve

tions g. 7, a and 4, same as fig. :
but Tepresenting appearances on following day. Fig. 8, teleutospore with single
promycelium and abscised sporidium germinating while still in the vicinity of its
point of production. :

Prate X.—Fig. 9, a and 4, peculiar development of a promycelium noted on
successive days. Figs. ro, rr and 12, representing cells se
and showing the location of the germ pores and the emerge hat
celia. Fig. 13, teleutospore germinating, but so surrounded by other spores t 2

ified. Figs. 14 and 15, normal teleutospores © di noses
number of cells. Figs. 16, a, 6 and c, individual cells, showing relative thickn

Notes on Carex. XVI.
L. H. BAILEY.

; ‘ato m
unusual amount of carex material has come —
e

America and from very many collectors; in fact, t
flora of the country has never had so many friends a5
* Some of the most important facts concerning
graphical distribution of species are recorded below. wa
arex obesa All., var. minor Boott, heretofore not ere
south of Saskatchewan, was collected last July upon high
at South Fowl Lake, Northern Minnesota, by F. F. wor

at pres
the ge

1892. | Notes on Carex. 149

en rediscovered within Gray’s Manual region until the pres-
= finding. It occurs in cueaae and in British Spee
| and its reference to New York and Pennsylvania is probably
2 anerror. The original specimens were found in a Hs 8:
herbarium mixed with C. pallescens from New York and Carl-
ton House, British America. ; N

C. Tuckermani, reported no farther east than western New
England, has been found at Kineo, Moosehead Lake, Maine,
by Dr. G G. Kennedy. :

os chordorhiza, not known east of Vermont heretofore, is
sent from Orono, Maine, by M. L. Fernald.

C. laxiflora var. aivaricata has been collected at Natura
Bridge, Virginia, by J. R. Churchill. / : : :

C. hystricina var. Dudleyi was found growing quite abund-
antl

This is the fourth station for the plant.

: trichocarpa var. Deweyt, is sent from Ames, Iowa, bes
Professor A.S. Hitchcock. It has been known in the Manua
Fegion only from Dakota.

_ C. distan Z

in Philadelphia, in 1877 and 1884, by I. C. Martindale. ee
indale also found at Atco, N. J., in 1876, the true C.

fava var. Cedey; Lilj. This is the only finding of this plant

in America, So farasI know. C. panicea is sent from Sellers-

Ville, Penn., D. Fretz. This species, while very thor-

ince the separati
fs oy C-Anglie, these species have been sought and they are
nd t

: i i is also sent
5. Maine, by John C. Parlin. It is a

pees the Keweenaw peninsula, Northern Michigan, by O. se

oC. Nove-Anglia is frequent at Mt. Desert, an

150 The Botanical Gazette: [May,

Edwin Faxon sends a fine suite of specimens from the White
Mountains: from Profile Lake and Bald Mt., Franconia Notch;
White Mt. Notch near Willey House; woodland cleared of
trees, between Fabyan’s and base of Mt. Washington; sum-
mit of Mt. Willard. It is strange that this well marked spe-
cies should have been so long overlooked.

Three species are added to the Manual region from Ne-
braska: C. Nebrashensts Dewey, from Anselmo, Custer Co.,
and Hot Creek Basin, Sioux Co., by H. J. Webber. This is
the first time the species has been found within the present
limits of Nebraska. C. Douglasii Boott, Anselmo, Custer
Co., Webber. C. marcida Boott, Anselmo and Broken Bow,
Custer Co., and Thedford, Thomas Co., Webber; Alliance,
Box Butte Co., G. D. Swezey.

., Washington (Suksdorf), and 1
lare Co., Cal. (Coville, 1506 Death Valley Expedition). i
Proves to be well defined, d

Among the novelties, the following appear to be supporte
by sufficient evidence:

C. herbariorum n. sp.—One of the FERRUGINE allied Mi
C. ablata and C. luzulefolia: tall and slender (2 ft. or en
smooth throughout; leaves broad (i or g in.), thick and 2
and apparently half evergreen, long; staminate spike sing’
an inch or two long, on a stalk of about its own length, rusty:
the scales nearly linear and pointed ; pistillate spikes 3 wher
@pproximated near the top of the culm, erect, an inch oF
long, evenly cylindrical, rather loosely flowered, rusty,
stalks once or twice their own length and springing P
loose sheaths about an inch long which are tipped we r

found in a miscellaneous batch of nondescript carices 1
Herb. Olney (Brown University), without date, locality

1892, ] Notes on Carex. 151

collector. Since the determination of the species, James L.
Bennett, of Brown University, writes that the plant was col-
lected by Wheeler’s Expedition West of the 1ooth Meridian.
In Wm. Boott’s report upon the carices of this expedition
there is nothing to suggest this species.

C. Pringlei n. sp.—One of the PALUDOSA, not closely al-
lied to any American species, but coming nearest, perhaps,
to C. riparia: tall, stiff and stout (four to six feet high),
pale throughout, the culm obtusely angled and smooth; leaves
stiff and long, rough on the edges and sometimes on the
keel; staminate spikes three or four, an inch or two long or
the terminal one twice longer, cylindrical, scarcely stalked,
the bases enveloped by a scarious bract, the scales of the
spikes linear and membranaceous with a somewhat expanded
tip which is more or less jagged and provided with a short
cusp; pistillate spikes three to six, all approximated or aggre-
§ated, heavy and densely flowered, two to four inches long,
Sessile and erect, their bases subtended by an expanded and
long-pointed bract; perigynium long-linear-elliptic or linear-
ovate (about four lines long), thin and flat, the small and
Stipitate three-angled achenium lying nearly in the center,
faintly few nerved, beakless, the orifice entire or slightly sul-
cate, the lower portion smooth, but the upper part sparsely
hairy, about the length of or slightly shorter than the strong-
Pointed or even awned rough scale.—A coarse bushy-spiked

Meadows
Potosi (Hacienda de Angustura), Mexico, by C. G. Pringle
(No. 3801),

like asp. is a tall and very stiff species with a pagers
British Ac, and dry appearance. It was collected at File Hills,

“Re “ Y 4, 1879, and at Moose Jaw, about thirty miles

avored for a number of years to refer this perplex-
tia to Some of its neighboring species, but the pana
Suite “4 unsatisfactory. Its characters are constant in a goo

*Pecimens, and it appears to merit specific distinction.

152 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

C. Montanensis n. sp.—Belongs to the RIGID and is
allied to C. Tolmiet, although it has much the habit of the
PENDULIN# (as C. Magellanica): a foot or a foot and a half
high, in tough clumps, the culms weak at the top and
mostly nodding, somewhat overtoping the flat and rather soft
narrow (14 to 3 lines wide) leaves; staminate spike single,
about a halfinch or less long, ovate or ovate elliptic, brown-
purple, on a short and weak stalk, the scales thin and mostly
blunt; pistillate spikes three to five, borne at the top of the
culm and drooping or nodding on slender stalks, from one-half
to three-fourths of an inch long, dark colored, the lowest bract
leafy and about equalling the culm; perigynium ovate, soft,
nerveless (entirely. lacking in the granulated character of C.
Magellanica and its allies), terminated by a short and very
slightly toothed beak about the length of but broader than
the black-purple blunt scale; stigmas two or three.—Montana,
Upper Marais Pass, W. M. Canby, Aug. 2, 1883 (no- 350)
and along subalpine streams, Park. County, Frank Tweedy,
Aug. 5, 1887. Also on mountain slopes, Kootanie Pass,
Rocky Mountains of British America, John Macoun, Aug: %
1883. Ihave at different times referred this plant to b
atrata var. ovata and C. Tolmiet. :

: n. sp. (C. atrata var. discolor Bailey).— This
beautiful plant appears to have no immediate connection with

atrata, and when I first referred it to a variety °
species I thought that ‘it is not improbable that it is SP

longer than the purple sharp pointed scale. — Moana”
Colorado, Utah, and Arizona.

1892]. Notes on Carex. — 153

C. varia Muhl. var. australis n. var.—Stoloniferous; spikes
all distinct or at least not aggregated, the lowest one often
entirely separated from the rest, all usually longer than in
the species itself; staminate spike straight and conspicuous.
Tupelo and Starkville, Mississippi, Tracy; Houston, Texas,
Nealley; and Hockley, Harris Co., Texas, Thurow.

and is glaucous, but the perigynia and scales are stricta-like,

although the spikes are large and thick, as in C. aguatilis.
Material wanted.—A carex which is said to produce good

pasturage is reported to grow in Louisiana, but I have not

bunch of the dry leaves and some loose perigynia from a
Correspondent in Grant Parish, central Louisiana, and I am
not able to place the specimens with any species. It appears
tobe undescribed. My correspondent writes me as follows:
“The plant grows here in the forest upon alluvial lands upon
Certain portions of the Red River bottoms. Near me are 500
or 600 acres covered with it upon which numbers of cattle
and horses winter, It grows as thick as any grass, and not
fir d there, making a perfectly green and

m Covering four to eight inches high.” Unfortunately, my
is not a botanist, and an expert witness is

ur
of revis
throw light u
Cornel] University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Vol. XVIT.— No. 5.

154 The Botanical Gazette. [May,
An automatic device for rolling culture tubes of nutrient
agar.

GEO. F. ATKINSON.
(WITH PLATE XI.)

Rolled culture tubes of nutrient agar agar are so convenient
for the separation of many micro-organisms, and are employed
by so many investigators for the study of the growth and con-
formation of colonies that any device for rolling them success-
fully is worthy of note. Especially is this the case when such
device is, under certain circumstances at least, an improve-

vising some means of rolling the tubes with pr ecision b
Ing use of the water supply commonly provided for in!
tory fittings. It is possible with a stream of cold wate 0
a faucet to so hold with the hands and revolve a tube bl
distribute and fix the nutrient agar in a thin and tolera :
even film. But many failures result and at best the tate
far inferior to one rolled on ice. ing the
Recently I have made an automatic device for peor
ubes under a continuous shower of cold water aS perfectly ble
regularly as it is possible to do on ice and with far wale
y re ‘

€ven though a constant supply of ice is within piel
1 book of M

Mead Bolton: chi Handboo
Sciences, vol, vr, Schizomycetes, etc. Reference Ha

1892. ] Automatic Device for Rolling Cnlture Tubes. 155

It consists of a tin jacket, with rectangular pérforations and
bristling with ‘‘paddles,” which grasps the tube and upon
which the stream of water is so directed that it furnishes not
only the motive power for whirling the tube but also the cold
bath to solidify the agar agar. This device, quiet and in mo-
tion, is shown in figures 2 and 3 in plate XI.

The jacket I made in about an hour's time. It is quickly
and easily slipped from one tube to another. The frame work
which rests across the edges of the sink and holds the sup-
Ports for the tube was the work of a few moments. The

7-7

F : s
; IGURE I.—Qutline of jacket for rolling culture tubes, Full size.
Jacket

tin og made from a single piece of tin as follows: The
Straight iy Cut the exact size of figure 1, three edges being
Placing : ile one edge was cut as shown in the figure. Now

Narrow ¢ 2“ sheet of tin upon a block of wood, with a quite
Tegular lin. *P chisel cuts were made corresponding to the ir-
Vise “gh » © etc. The sheet was then placed in a
tendiculariy ” and the four rectangular projections bent
ise] wn...) °° the sheet in the same direction that the
ANd S69 on uri, . Lhe sheet is then raised to the line 4 4,
until all the small rectangular pieces are bent out to

156 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

serve as paddlés; the spaces serve to admit the water upon
the tube.

The sheet is now bent around a cylinder of a somewhat less
diameter than the test tubes to be used. This gives the jacket
a tension which enables it to grasp the tube firmly. By
erecting the paddles in a direction corresponding to the cut
of the chisel, the inner surface of the jacket is left smooth and
does not scratch the glass in slipping it on or off.

For the support of the tube while under the shower bath I
used two ceiling hooks which I screwed into a narrow board
long enough to rest across the sink. They should be so lev-
elled that the end of the tube containing the cotton plug will
be very slightly elevated. The rapid motion will prevent the
agar from gravitating down the tube while water will not run
on to the plug

slide the frame backward so that the water strikes the aoe
dles when the tube immediately revolves as shown 10 neh
3, plate XI. The supports must not pinch the tube in Mie
least else the friction will interfere with the freedom of wld
revolutions. The jacket and frame when not in use shot

be kept dry to prevent rust. the
_ A little practice will determine the proper distance et
Jacket from the end of the tube. It is best to have it 4 of

ferent diameters can be rolled with the same jacket 51 to the
— permits some variation in its accommodation
ube. :

Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

1892.] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 157

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
Gases in massive organs}.

While this paper does not contribute very much that is new
it is interesting as a careful record of experiment and as a
verification of earlier researches. The author has availed
himself of the more recent method of gas-analysis and brings
out some interesting points, particularly regarding the press-
ure of internal atmospheres in plant-organs. In general his
method is to produce an artificial chamber by perforating the
fruit or tuber or root to be observed and in the /acuna arti-
ficielle thus produced to insert a tube, with the lower end sunk
mamercury-bath from the upper portion of which tube, as
needed, alittle gas can be taken for analysis. Inthis way itis pos-
sible to have under one’s eye the changes that may take place
and the differences, if any exist, between the internal and the
external air are clearly distinguished. Potato-tubers and sev-

iste otion to the nit The oxygen tends
to : e nitrogen. 3. yg'

to be qattibuted through pores (effusion), but the CO, tends
ity acts Siete > scaeble de membranes (dialysis). 4. Humid-

ad ee

158 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

ing off of CO,. 5. Dessication acts in the reverse manner
and, by diminishing the permeability, decreases the oxygen
and tends to the storing up of a greater proportion of CO,.
6. The nitrogen is passive and is carried as a by-product wit
the others. 7. e general conditions of gaseous interchange

upon the undoubted fact that there are three different kinds
of interchange going on simultaneously, each of which is cap-
able of modification by external or internal conditions. These
are diffusion, effusion and dialysis. —CONWAY MACMILLAN.

Effects of electricity on growth.’

In this paper Hegler has described the effects of electricity
on the growth of plants. In it he has shown that certain
Plants respond to electrical stimuli in a similar manner ay pe
do to light. In his experiments he used an apparatus like ae

park.
“or these experiments Hegler found the rapidly a
aerial hyphe of Phycomyces nitens particularly well adapt
as It is well known that they are exceedingly sens!
external influences. The plants were cultivated on §

bread : inder to preve
rac and covered with a black paper Te the hy-

tains they are negatively electrotropic. The angle o
however, he found somewhat smaller than that pro
Intense light. Herr Hegler also experimented with ©
rays, both from a plain and parabolic metal reflec
which he obtained similar results.

age

oe eee "schen

ER:— Ueber die physiologische Wirkung der Hertz’s¢
eipzig.

Sy Rosert Heo.
tricitetszellen auf Pflanzen. [,

Premre Pt FA ae ae ee ‘ ne nen weer al sia a 7

1892] Noteworthy Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 1 59

When a cylindrical wire gauze was placed over the plant
the hyphe made no bendings, although a bell glass made no
difference at all in their response to the electrical stimulation.
=(sEO, TONE.

The vegetation of the paramos of Venezuela.'

This paper contains a general sketch of the vegetation of
the paramos with reference to the distribution and appearance
of certain plants, and an account of the biology of these
xerophilous plants.

times small in size and with involute margins, or b

hese characters are not, however, strictly separated, for

ne may be observed upon the same plant. Several

other families besides the Composite show the same pecul-
arities,

The leaves of Espeletia have an immense cover of long
white h

tig an
orizo ach other as
Closely as the ¢ ntally at out and cover e

| Goma,
Ische Schilderaa

Die Vegetation der venezolanischen Paramos. Pflanzenbiolog-
Sen, Pars 2. Marburg 1891.

160 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the epidermis, all around the blade. ;

In some other plants the leaves are awl-shaped with the
aspect of conifers or lycopods; such forms were observed in
Hedyotis nitida HBK., which belongs to the Rubiace; in
Lysipomia of the Lobeliacee; and in Phy//actis of the Valerian-
acez; in species of A/chemilla and others.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

T hesitated at the time in following the dictum that “the oldest nN
able specific name” must stand. It seems to me, from this present
Perience, that to take up “the oldest available specific name +” the
genus” is safer and less liable to reconsideration.—J. _M. HobaiN
Washington D.C

ee ee eS a Se ee

1892. ] Briefer Articles. 161

The embryo-sae of the Metasperme.— Hartog in the Dec. 1891
number of the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science suggests that
the eight cells in the embryo-sac of the Metasperme are all to be con-
sidered as reproductive and follows the later view that the endosperm
nucleus isa zygote. In a foot-note he retracts this position, in conse-
quence of Guignard’s work on the embryo-sac of Lilium. The writer
4 short time ago sent to the GazETTE a statement of the same position
as that first maintained by Hartog; but upon seeing his paper the preli-
minary note was withdrawn. In view of my own observation I am not,
however, inclined to withdraw with Hartog from what seems to me the
clear fact that the embryo-sac is, wherever we meet it, a megaspore.
I do not think that the results of Guignard at all prevent us from hold-
ing to the view that the cells within the embryo-sac are, in Archi-
Sperm and Metaspermze alike, a female plant. Ata later time I hope
to discuss this point. In this brief note attention is directed to one
fact which has escaped the late investigations, I believe. It is this: in
the embryo-sacs of Warcissus poeticus, Portulaca oleracea, and Cucurbita

number than in the antipodal nucleus. In a number of other ways
that might be named the antipodal nucleus reacts as an egg while
nucleus reacts as a sperm. It is clear that this can be
upon the hypothesis of Weissmann that the micro-
‘histogenic, upon that of Hartog that it 1s an arrest-
Mme or, best of all, upon that of Minot, Balfour and Van Beneden,

"tis the male substance thrown off as a polar body and to make
Toom for th

Itis therefo
'S 2 zygote,
beside the

er it has be
Phase and act
see depen
A psetd °-Producing egg-cell. The views of Warming, Mann,’ Vesque,
"gard, or the later view of Hartog, that these cells are any OF

P62): The Botanical Gazette. [May,

all of them spores or the homologues of spores, seem to draw little
support from the fact recorded. It is well said though by Hartog
that the whole eight-cell group should be considered as egg-organs
and not in any part as prothallium. I made this point in the note
that was withdrawn, from a consideration of the staining phenomena
mentioned above, and it seems not unlikely that it will be supported.
It is very evident that the endosperm of the Metasperme is a
different structure from that of the Archispermz. It is probable that
the two types are to be referred to different generations, that of the
Archisperme to the gametophytic and that of the Metasperme to the
sporophytic.—Conway MacMILLan, University of Minnesota.

A bit of the flora of Central Arizona—During July and August of
last year I was collecting plants and studying the flora of Central Ar-

in nearly all parts of Southern Arizona, and is perfectly at home are
the driest mesa, where, in some years, it is without rain for severa!

a hard, rocky subsoil. No doubt the gum which covers the =
like a coat of varnish aids greatly in retarding the evaporation
moisture.

, a
As lide reached the mountains, our route brought us to the ne
Fria River, which in July was almost dry. The banks of this stre@"

1892. | Briefer Articles. ae

together with its tributaries, were in many places covered with large
clumps of Prunus demissa Wal. and Rhamnus Californica Esch., with
now and then a large cottonwood or black willow showing above them.
Platanus racemosa Nutt., Fraxinus pistacizfolia Torr., and Juglans
Californica Watson, were frequently seen nearly covered with the long
and heavy vines of Vitis Arizonica Engelm., which grows in great
abundance in nearly all the valleys of the territory. In many places
the river bed ‘was a complete tangle of Fallugia paradoxa Endlicher,
Baccharis glutinosa Pers. and Baccharis salicina T. & G., while in the
open places Petunia parviflora Juss., Chamesaracha coronopus Gray,
Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. var. aristida Watson, Euphorbia serpylli-
folia Pers., Euphorbia albomarginata T. & G., Croton Texensis, Miill.,
Polanisia trachysperma T. & G. and Gaura parviflora Dougl., sprang
up between the stones or out of the clear white sand. Extending back
to the mountains on each side of the river was a dense chapparal of
Several varieties of Quercus undulatus Torr., densely loaded with
acorns. In some localities these shrub oaks fruit so profusely that
Swine ranches are maintained upon the acorns alone. Mixed in with
these oaks were found Arctostaphylos tomentosa, Dougl., Arctostaphy-
los Nevadensis Gray, Arctostaphylos pungens HBK., Acacia Greggii
Gray, and Zizyphus lycioides Gray; while underneath them were grow-
ing Hedeoma Drummondii Benth., Verbena ciliata Benth., Mentzelia
Wrightii Gray, and several species of Eriogonum. An Opuntia was
eccasionally seen, while here and there a Yucca baccata Torr. ex-
‘ended its long filamentous leaves in all directions, or an Agave Parryi

ngelm. projected its scape high in the air. A few straggling spears
of 8Tass were found, mostly Bouteloua racemosa Lag. and Muhlenber-
oe Texana Thur. with a frequent bunch of Hilaria rigida Scrib. At

Sseason the annuals were mostly scorched and destroyed by the
Prolonged drouth,

Traveling several miles northwestward from Big Bug, I entered the
Canon to wh:

Ae ag or more miles up the cafion. :

ate lined “i = ie the banks of the stream on either weornirin $s

the wat, with the beautiful Aquilegia chrysantha Gray. Growing trom
‘r were large bunches of Juncus tenuis Willd. and Scirpus pun-

164 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

gens Vahl., out of which were peeping the bright yellow flowers of
Mimulus pilosus Watson. Here and there along the banks I gath-
ered Nicotiana attenuata Torr., Nicotiana trigonophylla Dunal., Mimu-
lus luteus L., Polygonum incarnatum Ell., Coreopsis cardaminaefolia
Torr.& Gray, Asclepiodora decumbens Gray, Erythreea venusta Gray,
Ambrosia psilostachya DC., Oxalis violacea L., Thalictrum Fendleri
Engelm., Solidago Missouriensis Nutt., Solidago Canadensis L., Kra-
meria parvifolia Benth., Aster ericeefolius Rothr., Viola Canadensis
L., var. scopulorum, CEnothera albicaulis Nutt., Polygala hemiptero-
carpa Gray, Petalostemon multiflorus Nutt., Boerhaavia spicata Choisy,
Solanum nigrum L., Erigeron divergens Torr. & Gray, Helianthus
petiolaris Nutt., Riddellia Cooperi Gray, Nama hispidum Gray, and
Maurandia Wizlizeni Engelm.

Further up the cafion the stream is shut in by almost perpendicular
walls of rock. In many places where the water slowly seeps through
small fissures in these rocky walls, Mimulus cardinalis Dougl., one of
the most beautiful of wild flowers, was growing in abundance. Here also
were found Mirabilis multiflora Desf., and Heuchera parvifolia Nutt.
In many places large areas of Pteris aquilina L. spread their broad
fronds in the shade of the protecting rocks.

On my return to the’ station, my plant-can contained more than
seventy-five species in fit condition for herbarium specimens.—]. W.
Toumey, 7; uscon, Arizona.

EDITORIAL.

i : ituted
increased, and numerous became the revolts against self-constitute
hority.

authori

OWN country has passed through the period of a botanical a
rey, and there is a good deal of written and unwritten history ne
“erning rank injustice done to both worthy but unknown botanists pe
known but underrated botanists. A new generation, however hi é
come to the front; one in which the spirit of democracy is prevalen

1892. ] Open Letters. 165

one that proposes to fight not only its own battles but also those of
all ancient neglected worthies. :

THE THING TO OBSERVE is that we are slipping rapidly away from the
time when a few persons or a few places represented the concentration
of botanical authority, and are upon the-threshold of a new order of
things in which the voice of authority is to come from “the people.”
There may not be greater rivalry in feeling, but there will be far more
" Successful rivalry; and the botanical landscape will represent a uniform
forest rather than a cluster of sequoias towering in the midst of their /
lowly neighbors. Everything wrought out will have to run the gaunt-
let of the many instead of the few.

THis conpiTION of things has been brought about by the wonderful
Spread of scientific training and the consequent development of inde-
pendent thinking. Ina general sense this is a far more desirable state
of affairs, for it develops hundreds of efficient workers where there
Was only one before. It also has certain disadvantages common to all
democracy. While it brings individual freedom it permits follies
which a strong central power would have repressed. The new order
of things, therefore, must be expected to be more of a“‘lo here” and
State of affairs, full of “fads” and erratic movements, and
abounding more in worthless than worthy literature, but there is in It
more of hope and promise for the rapid development of botanical sci-
€r the former régime, for an aristocracy is always in-
ultra-conservative. It is only rebels who are apt to be
extremists, and when there is nothing left to rebel against they usually
Settle down into staid and comfortable citizens.

OPEN LETTERS.
i The pollination of Orchis spectabilis.
in the spring of 18 : te nat ilis, I was sur-
91 while examining Orchis spectabilis, I was st
breed to see the pollen masses, which i had withdrawn on the pee

Pa ;
on the matter ?—Jane H, NEWELL, Cambridge, Mass.

166 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

NOTES AND NEWS.

W. W. ee returned to Chicago from his collecting trip in

i anenice sae
A PH of the Myxoga stres covering 367-octavo pages and
illustrated ad — colored plates has recently been published by

MARINE ater LABORATORY at Wood’s Holl opens its
ath season June he a uieert instruction will he in charge 0
r. W. A. Se tchell of Yale Univer
. ELFVING, of the University of igegae 16 and Dr. M. Mé-
bius, of the University of Heidelberg, have each been romoie “from
docent to a professorship in their respective institutio
D . ARTHUR sails for coe June 4, for a two months’ trip,
principally i in Germany. e goes largely c pechtaeee the possi
and promote the interests of the Botanical Congres
THE HERBARIUM of the University of knee is ‘gown so aes
dly that the item published in the March number out of date
That collection now contains upward of 60,000 phate “of which 25,-
000 are spermaphytes
MESCHINELLI AND S. SQUINABOL propose to publish, if
sufficient encouragement pretmi | is offered, a work which is ready for
press, on the Tertiary flora of Italy. 114 genera of cryptoaaee and 333
of gee aa are known n from this formation in Ita
R. WAL . Evans is now in Arizona, 1n the tek oy of i
pecment of. Aaricnteare. lncte Ws desert plants for the Co! 8
ian Exposition. It is the purpose of the De epartment to papier
as completely - ee the deaceiie vegetation of our
western arid re
APPRE pacer: ae ch of Sereno Watson app in the E> so a
ne qualified to write concernin Dr. vite, as their int

Dr. Toe, TER has just described (Budd. Torr. Bot. =
April) two new Eapatoriams, one from Tennessee, the other -
Jersey; four ~ varieties of as many species of Soli dago; ate
cies of Soli whose aie S. Roanensis, suggests its habitat a

new Teaches from Flor a

THE DISAPPEARANCE of — dium — prs flora, threatened poh
botanist who curiously enough can sign himself “O. K.,” is emP i mh
by Anna M. = ne in Bulletin of Torrey asics! Club (Apel,
presents the synonymy of the gems Meibomia, as it occu
United States mate British Ameri ft 2)
_ THE PRINCIPAL ARTICLE in she list number of (ora (1892, short
's on the photometric movements of plants by F. Oltmanns.
articles are by J. Sachs, Boel notes, A. Doyel on the e ool
logy and development of the starch Bra ins of Pellionia, and
-on the Salve of marine alge i oe seme

1892. ] Notes and News. 167

Fiora Franciscana, Part III, presents the following orders and
sequence: Papav Nympl 5 rosereae, Laurineae

tberideae, Ranunculaceae, Sarmentosae (Vitaceae), Araliaceae, Um-
belliferae, Corneae, Elaeagneae, Daphnoideae (Thymelaeaceae), San-
talaceae, Lorantheae, Caprifoliaceae, Rubiaceae, Valerianeae.

THE UsUAL summer courses in botany at Harvard University are
announced. Mr. W. F. Ganongand Mr. G. J. Pierce will conduct two
courses each in morphology and physiology and in histology, while

Tt. A. B. Seymour offers (for advanced students only) two courses,
one in general cryptogamic botany and one in economic mycology.

expedition during the coming season from the southwestern corner of
Virginia to the Mississippi river along the southern border of Ken-
u

desiring to arrange for the purchase of sets of specimens.can address
Mr. Reed at Lancaster, Pa.

NS. Wricur has accepted the position of botanist in the
pharmaceutical establishment of Eli Lilly & Sons, Indianapolis, Ind.,
ers r to Walt ns, who resigned to take a position in the

tanical division of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Mr. Wright
enters upon his duties in June at the completion of his undergraduate
Studies in Purdue University.

bs unfortunate delay is necessitated by the failure of the printing
aving the contract to resume work since their establishment was

IN THE sUMMER

ear Planned with special reference to high school teachers are

the growing attractiveness of the Royal Gardens at

par may be obtained from the report of the number of visitors in
194 vist a record which now covers 50 years. fig

»*14 Visitors ; in 1851, 327,900; in 1861, 480,070; 1n 1871,

tile <8 3 1881, 836,676; in eis eden On a single holiday,

he ee 1890), the attendance was 106,808.

ler have oon, sNDBERG, Messrs. D. T. MacDougal and A. A. Hel-
of the I Sone to Idaho under the auspices of the Botanical Division

Forward to the Bitter Root mountains, and down into the
ton, Idaho of the Columbia river. Their headquarters are at Lewis-

Tre :
0. F. Cook ayTION TO WESTERN AFRICA under the direction of Mr.
“omplished of Syracuse University, has been unfortunate and has ac-
much less than anticipated on account of tropical fever.

168 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

coming August. The other members of the expedition Will probably
return sooner.

THE CONSTITUTION and list of members of the Ohio Academy of
Sciences have been issued as a twelve-page pamphlet. The Academy
was organized Dec. 31, 1891, with fifty-four charter members. The
Nebraska Academy of Sciences was organized Jan. 1, 1891, with forty
charter members. It has published the constitution and list of mem-
bers in an eight-page pamphlet, and more recently.a twenty-four page
pamphlet containing abstracts of papers read at the second annual
meeting Dec. 31, 1891, largely botanical.

horticultural exhibition. Excursions and other festivities are offere:
y the municipality of Genoa and also by the Botanical Society. It is
hoped to make the gathering truly cosmopolitan.
THE JouRNAL oF Myco.ocy, issued by the Division of Vegetable
Pathology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1s constantly in

Chief of the Division thoughtfully offers to supply extra Sion '

index to those who wish to arrange the numbers in a car

UNUSUAL NUMBER of Experiment Station bulletins py eee
botanical matter have been issued in the last month. The

by W. C. Sturgis (Conn., No. 111), L. H. Pammel (Iowa,
Beach (N. Y., No. 40), S. T. Mayna
(Ind., No. 39) and C. F. Millspaugh (W. Va., No. 21). Geo.

. Thaxter
are well illustrated.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE VI.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE VII.

INTERIOR of GRAY HERBARIUM

PLATE Vill.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

e
eens
CH
@9.

Ett ee

MOTTIER on TSJGA and PINUS.

3 4

| a _ BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE IX.

DUGGAR on RAVENELIA.

) BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE X.

: |

DUGGAR on RAVENELIA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. PLATE XI.

a ny —-t fy, = “ \ a _ =
1: = ey : = Wl) ory oS
| oo ai r i) — Aa ol
I idwyi\ pi Melita Middbiiuahi' P we ' |)
Lry

Piaurne 2.—-Calture tube at rent.

Culture tube in motion,

JUNE, 1892:

THE

as 7 ees

ICAL GAZE

Bee EDITORS: te

M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.

FHARLES SR; BARNES, pees te Neer Mera
Se ATE

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agents

In Great Britain, 11 shillings, Soa 11 marks.
Agent, A P. CO: Agents, R. ‘RDU NDER & SOHN,
§7 Great Portland St., London, W. ‘aristrasse 11, Berlin, N, W.

Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed to Charles R. Barnes,
712 Langdon St., eae ee ct money orders and drafts should be made
payable to the Botan: AZETTE.

PS acgtes Copies. = Gatos are furnished on request 25 separate copies of

when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied

at the following Hee For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.

A less number at the same rate. Covers like GAZETTE,

title, $1. 50 per 100, additional. The number desired must be marked at the head
of the MSS, as none will be printed ines ordere

Manus Contributors are requested to piepere MSS. exactly in the form

“in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the general style
of composition shown in the pages of the Gazette. Scientific and proper
names should be written with particular

ilustrations.— Articles requiring scone toad should be sent to J. C. Arthur,
Purdue ciated Lafayette, Ind. is

Missing Num —Will be Nicaea rie only when claim ig made withio

ce aoe after receipt wwe the number follo
[Entered at the ke at Siciatanka, Ind., ne papnuadeaes postal matter)
srpucemey er

In the Fuly number will appear:

On the — Lindbladia, oy Dr. GEO. A. REX, Phi
delphia, P. st
«The nies hay and hate’ of the tendrils of P |

flora eerulea, by D. T. MacDOouGAL, of Pardue University e
< Lafayette, Ind. iS at

An apparatus for determining the periodicity i ‘:

_ pressure, » by M. B. THomASs, Tails ca Botany,
cs College eS a Ind. ae
On the apical growth of the stem pes devel mest

. the sporangium of Botrychium Virginianum, oe
: ecleee e oe Indiana. in Gale gece

POTANICAL GAZETTE

FUNE, 1892.

On nomenclature.
SERENO WATSON.

__ [itwas the request of the late Dr. Sereno Watson that the following com-
_ Munication, dictated by him in his last illness, should appear at an early date
‘in the Botanica Gazetre,— Eps. ]
For some time I have had a desire to give expression to
my views upon botanical nomenclature. nder the circum-
Aces, 1 must speak briefly and somewhat dogmatically.
Th my opinion botany is the science of plants and not the
Science of names. Nomenclature is only one of those tools
which is necessary to botany, and this being the case, points
of nomenclature should be subordinated to science.
A principle of botanical convenience has been established
by those who prefer one name to another on account of ex-
sslency Or convenience. This principle should have a great
deal of influence. It has been so recognized by the greatest
nists, and from their authority receives great weight. I
i er the word expediency as a better term than convenience
designate the principle, that the demands of science over-
“NY merely technical claims of priority, etc.

d and applied, since it governs only to the extent
uld be the law, but it is not to be made an er
law. Thus when a transfer has been made, that

170 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

anists, for the reason that once established and pretty gener-
ally recognized, it would avoid the great mass of synonymy,
which is being heaped like an incubus upon the science. I
must express surprise that Dr. Britton has not considered it
his duty to publish the last written words of Dr. Gray which
were addressed to him upon this subject and which expressed
his positive opinions upon this point.

There is nothing whatever of an ethical character inherent
in a name through any priority of publication or position
which should render it morally obligatory upon anyone to ac-
cept one name rather than another; otherwise it would be
applicable or true as well in the case of ordinal names, mor-
phological names, teratological, and every other form of
name, to which now no one feels himself bound to apply the
law of priority. The application of this law as at present
practiced by many botanists, which would make it the one
great law of botanical nomenclature, before which every other
must yield regardless even of common sense, is a mere form
of fetichism exemplified in science. Many instances of the
application of this law are not science but are rather supet-
stition.

February 22, 1892.

The North American Lejeunezx.
F. STEPHANI.

are four species, which Taylor published as having comé
from Cincinnati, while they had been collected on the eset?
of the Amazon, near the city of Pard, which Taylor beens
to be a place in the vicinity of Cincinnati. These four spe
ies are Lej. cyclostipa, polyphylla, testudinea and longi
all of which having been described before, now bear =
names. His Lejeunea calyculata too is merely
form of Lej. clypeata Schweinitz. There remain on
lowing species, to which I have added four newly doti
plants: Lej. trifaria Nees, Lej. Wrightit G., LY: ae
Steph., Ze. Underwoodii Steph. The North Amer!
Lejeunee have to be arranged as follows:

1892, ] The North American. Lejeuneae. 17I

a. Holostipze.
1. Neuro-Lejeunea catenulata Nees: a most beautiful little
plant and well described, page 323, in Synopsis Hepaticarum.
2. Archi-Lejeunea clypeata Schweinitz.
Syn.: Ley. calyculata Taylor. ,
3. Archi-Lejeunea xanthocarpa L. & L.: quite different
from Lej. catenulata to which it has not the least resemblance.
4. Mastigo-Lejeunea auriculata Hook. & Wils.
yn.: Phragmicoma versicolor L. & L.
5. Lejeunea Mohrii Austin, which I have not seen.

b. Schizostipee.

6. Euosmo-Lejeunea trifaria Nees: newly detected in Flor-
ida, in large tufts on bark of trees.

7. Eu-Lejeunea Austini Lindb.

8. Eu-Lejeunea Caroliniana Aust.

9. Eu-Lejeunea serpyllifolia Libert.

10. Eu-Lejeunea Underwooati Steph. n. sp.

M1. Micro-Lejeunea Cardoti Steph. n. sp. : :

12. Micro-Lejeunea lucens Taylor: not at all identical with
Lej. cucullata Nees, which looks more like Lej. minutissima.

13. Micro-Lejeunea ulicina Taylor: Lindberg found this ina
tuft of Ley. Serpyllifolia from Charleston; see his Hepatice
in Hibernia lectz, page 482. Taylor gave this name toa

berg has fa
I Wis to
is the try
ulicing

Lindberg in doing so, wronged the old oe
in hi tiplied the names without any necessity. Spruc
M his admi

di Mirable work on the Hepatice Amazonice et An-
nz, page 292, uses the name Lej. calcarea Libert.
15. Colo-

2 Lejeunea Fooriana Aust. I have not seen.
' Colo-Lejeunea minutissima (Smith. )
Syn.: Lejeunea inconspicua De Notaris.

172 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

17. Colo-Lejeunea parvula Aust. I have not seen. See
Lindberg I. c. page 481.

. Colo-Lejeunea Wrightii Gottsche: this plant, growing
on bark of living trees, has been sent me from Louisiana,
leg. Langlois. It was. known before from Cuba, and together
with Ley. trifaria, L. auriculataand L. xanthocarpa, is largely
distributed throughout tropical America. The last species is
found also throughout Africa, where it has been found on the
slopes of the Kilimandscharo, in the island of Fernando Po»
opposite Cameroon and also at the Cape of Good Hope. Truly
an extensive distribution !

There remain two species, which I have never seen and
the suborder of which is not to be recognized from the de-
scriptions; these are

19. Lejeunea lacte-fusca Austin.

20. Lejeunea Ravenelit Austin.

I conclude by giving the descriptions of the before named
new species viz.:

Micro-Lejeunea Cardoti n. sp.— Dioica, exigua, dense
caespitosa, viridis. Candis multiramosus, ramis recte paten-
tibus, filiform ibus. Folia normaliter late ovata, oblique pa
tentia, dorso longe soluta, ventre grandilobulata, /odulus in-
flatus apice excisus, hamatim longe dentatus. Folii cellulae

I . Incrassatis angulosa nulla. Ocella 3 ad basin
folii 0.017xX0.025 mm. Plurima folia lobulos reductos, Pl
caeformes, ostendunt. Amphigastria ovata, usque ad :
fere bifida, laciniis lanceolatis. Flores feminei pseudolateraless

um, ovatum, ad } bifidum, lobis obtusis.
pytiforme, 7xflato-quinquangulare, rostro subnullo. dis

Proxima Lejeuneae ulicinae, quae differt foliis fere bse ot
dorso longius accretis, foliorum lobulo multo majore, dim! hie
folii tegente, cellulis distincte incrassatis. Leseunea —
Taylor differt foliis fere erectis, ellipticis. Leseumea /ucems ©
multo major est et toto coelo diversa.

HAs.: Louisiana (Langlois). Mexico (Pringle).

Eu-Lejeunea Underwoodii n. sp.—Dioica, flav
depresso caespitosa, minor. Cau/is vage ramosus, © ntice
Folia subplana, late ovata, oblique a caule patentia, ie alt.
caulem tegentia haud superantia, apice angulato-repane”
Cellulae folioram margine 0.012 mm., medianae or

icans, dense
flaccidus:

- 1892.) Flowers and Insects. 173

e basi angusta falcato-oblonga, lobulo lanceolato profunde so-

ica est. Lejeunea Austini cellulis multo minoribus gaudet. A
temarkable feature in this plant is the large incrassations at
the angles of the cells, which form very distinct triangles with
acuminate points,

Kaiser Wilhelm str. 9., Leipzig, Germany.

Flowers and insects. VIII.

CHARLES ROBERTSON.
. ISOPYRUM BITERNATUM Torr. & Gray.— The plants grow
Pe damp, rich woods, in small patches, notably about bases of
s+ , The stem rises a few inches and bears a few-flowered
a 'n which only one or two flowers are open at the same
€.

t
evidently for n
Ner stamens
anthers dischar

€n the c
Sommonly in

and have receptive stigmas before any of the
Se, so that the flower is female in the first stage.
yme contains two open flowers, one of aaa
Case of in the male, the other in the female stage. - n
from rect visits, the latter is more apt to receive pollen

eines stem, but may receive it from the older flower

174 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

on the same stem. If the stigmas are not pollinated before
the outer anthers begin to dehisce, they might receive pollen

main unfertilized, they may receive pollen falling from the
anthers which now overtop them. But insects are by far the
most important agents in effecting self-pollination, which,
however, I think is the exception.

The flowers remain open all day and open on two or three
successive days. For the attention of insects the plant is in
strong competition with a number of plants, most of which
have the advantage, especially Claytonia Virginica, which is
much more abundant and more attractive. f

The flower is adapted to short-tongued bees and flies, which
come for both honey and pollen. It seems especially attract-
ive to bees of the genus Halictus; the list shows all of the
early-flying species I have found in my neighborhood, except
Hf. ligatus and confusus, and more species than I have ever
found on any other flower.

T have found the flowers in bloom from March 24 to May
12. On twelve days, between March 26 and April 25, I ob-
served the following visitors: ¥ keg

ee : ; & 5 &e py
pe cueeters Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. % Syahalo-

nia honesta Cr. 4, s., one; (4) Ceratina tejonensis Cr. 6, 55

9, S. ug
_ cressonll
Rob.
% s. & c. p., ab.; (28) H. stultus Cr. 9, s., ¢. Pr f P bes
H. zephyrus Sm. 2, s., ab.; (30) H. imitatus Sm. % 5»
(31) Colletes inaequalis Say 4, s. Wd., Ss»

iptera— Bombylidae: (32) Bombylius fratellus ) Chil-
ab. ; Empidae : (33) Empis sp., s., one; Syrphidae: Ot

1892. ] Flowers and Insects. 175

osia capillata Lw.; (35) Melanostoma obscurum Say; (36)
Syrphus ribesii L.; (37) S. americanus Wd.; (38) Mesograpta

philus similis Mcq.; (43) Xylota fraudulosa Lw.—all s. & f.
p.; Lachinidae: (44) Gonia frontosa Say, s.; Muscidae: (45)
Lucilia cornicina F., s.

Coleoptera — Coccinellidae: (46) Megilla maculata DeG.,
f. p., one; Chrysomelidae : (47) Diabrotica vittata F., f. p.,
one; (Edemeridae: (48) Asclera ruficollis Say, f. p.; Anthi-
cidae: (49) Corphyra terminalis Day; tcp:

Hemiptera—Capsidae: (50) Lygus pratensis L., s., one.

SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS L.— This is a common plant of
wide distribution. In my neighborhood, however, it is rather
Tare; at any rate, I know of but a few stations for it.

Each plant bears a single scape rising about one decimeter
and Supporting an 8 to 12-petaled, white flower, which ex-
Pands about 4 or 5 cm. The plants are sometimes collected
in little clusters, so that the flowers are made quite conspicu-
ous and must attract insects from a distance. In the morning
the petals are expanded horizontally, but in the afternoon
they become more erect, preparatory to closing.

The flowers are female in the first stage. On the first day
at pening, the large, two-lobed stigma is receptive, while
the anthers are still closed. By the time the anthers are be-
ae to discharge, the stigma has turned brown, its papil-
a€ appearing shriveled.

and Bo
the base of th

176 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

troides, Isopyrum biternatum, Claytonia Virginica, Erigenia
bulbosa and Erythronium albidum, all of which have the ad-
vantage

doubt, however, that the plant originally depended for fertili-
zation mainly upon the aid of bees of the genera Halictus and
Andrena and flies of the family Syrphidae.
I have found the flowers in bloom from April 2 to 13. On
April 13 I noted the following visitors:
Hymenoptera—Apzdae: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, c. p., ab.
Sees is aa (2) Halictus zephyrus Sm. 9, c. p.; (3) H. stultus
i 9

Diptera— Syrphidae: (4) Syrphus sp., f. p.

: Coleoptera —Cedemeridae: (§) Asclera ruficollis Say, f. Ps
Teq.

I also saw several individuals of Andrena bicolor F. 4 flying
about the flowers in search of the female, which is probably a
visitor.

At Madison, Wisconsin, May 9, Professor Trelease found
the flower visited for pollen by Axdrena bicolor F. % and
Halictus confusus Sm.

The stems rise about a foot from the ground, are diffusely
branched and bear large, drooping racemes of handsome,
cream-colored flowers.

The calyx tube measures about 5 or 6 mm. and serves t0
hold the petals so that they can not easily be separated geet
truders. The banner runs forward for about 14 mm. whet}
tises nearly straight upwards. Its blade measures 20 we
more in breadth, and is not so strongly reflexed at the s!
asin B. leucantha. The wings extend forward and concea
the keel. At the base above, the blade is inflected upo? -
gibbosity upon the base of the keel, with the result ere
= a bee lands upon the flower, it depresses both wings @

eel.
_, The stamens are distinct. Since there is is no special ae
ing at the base to admit the bee’s tongue, as in the dia

1892. ] Flowers and Insects. 177

phous Papilionaceae, the bee inserts its proboscis between the
upper filaments. The filaments are somewhat unequal in
length. The anthers dehisce in succession, so that to remove
all of the pollen, bees must visit each flower several times.
The stigma is situated among the anthers, and I find nothing
to prevent self-pollination. The flower has more accessible
nectar than in B. leucantha, but on account of its early
blooming, it has less need of adaptation to exclude shorter
tongues, since it is mostly exposed to Bombus females and
species of Synhalonia.

Osmia latitarsis was the only bee visiting it for both honey
and pollen, and there may be an important relation between
the flower and the bee, which are both equally rare. I have
: yet taken the female of this Osmia only on the present

ower

The following list of visitors was observed on May 16 and 19:
‘Apidae: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. 9, s.; (2) B. american-
frum F. 9, s.; (3) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. 2, s.; (4) Osmia
latitarsis (r.8.s& c. p.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE L.—( ‘Adv. from Eu.” )—I have
“aby much interested in observing how frequently this well-
town bumble-bee flower is visited by Lepidoptera. It is a
een thing for bee-flowers to be visited to some extent by
utter-flies, but this seems to me to be an unusual case. In Ger-
Pid Miller found it visited by 8 Lepidoptera in a list of 39
ee while in Illinois I have found it visited by 13 species
Bel 20, Our flowers are exposed toa richer butterfly-
butterfli we may expect to find a larger proportion of
butt ay upon them, and the differences between bee and
4 .¥-flowers may not be so well indicated in the lists of

tint, While butterflies may sometimes effect cross-fertiliza-
jurio the red clover, they are of doubtful value, if not in-
us. Bumble-bees depress the keel so that their heads
can insert thus ee Well dusted with pollen. But athe
even if th their thin tongues without depressing the keel, and,
apt to 5 £Y get a little pollen on their thin proboscides, it is
Petals, Tet gay off by the closely approximated tips of the
I ive a Close the mouth of the flower.

days, y Cund it in bloom from April 26 to Nov. 4. On 15
» May 10 to Sept. 11, I noted as visitors:

178 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

Hymenoptera—A gidae: (1) Bombus ridingsii Cr. 4, once;
(2) B. separatus Cr. ¢ 2%, ab.; (3) B. pennsylvanicus DeG.
? ¥, ab.; (4) B. americanorum F. ¢ 9 % very ab.; (5) B.
vagans Sm. %, s., one; (6) Anthophora abrupta Say é 2.

Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (7) Danais archippus F.; (8)
Argynnis cybele F.; (9) Pyrameis atalanta L.; (10) P. huntera
F.; (11) P. cardui L.; (12) Lycaena comyntas Godt.; (13)
Papilio cresphontes Cram. ; 14) Pieris rapae L.; (15) Calli-
dryas eubule L.; (16) Pamphila peckius Kby.; (17) P. cernes
B.-L.; (18) Eudamus tityrus F.; Sphingidae: (19) Hemaris
axillaris G.-R.

Birds — Trochilidae: (20) Trochilus colubris L., thrice.

The following table gives the visitors which have been ob-
served sucking the flowers in the normal way:

i , ee

é H ¢ a2 8

iB oe oe
REGION. te EES es Oe ree
a2 8 32 8 6 6 p28

Bo coat 2

ga 2n-4 3 O62
1. In Low Germany — Miiller,1... 12 1 : I z eet) a
2. In the Pyrenees — MacLeod,?.. 6 1 os id
Pe NeMnors ie eo Ce oe Ae BP ia a ee .

HEUCHERA HISPIDA Ph.—Each plant of this common
species bears several scapes, which rise 6 to 9 dm., ale
long panicles of greenish flowers. lower

e calyx is oblique, being quite gibbous on the low
side. It measures about 6 mm. in length, the lobes —
directed forward and a little inward and the petals filling on
intervals, so that the effect is much the same as if the ae
were united to their tips. The tube is very broad, poe a
about 4 mm. wide, so that it readily admits the hea
thorax of a bee. :

The stamens lengthen and discharge pollen in s
beginning with the upper one. Accordingly, yas
the pollen, the flower must be visited several times. a

The flowers are proterogynous * with long-lived pecan
and are remarkable for being visited exclusively by 4 SP
ilization of

uccession,
lect all of

* Fertilization of Flowers. ? Pyreneénbloemen. * Miiller, Fert
Flowers, 243.

1892. | Flowers and Insects. ; 179

It blooms from May 11 to June 29.

LYTHRUM ALATUM Ph.—The plants are common in wet
places. The stems grow 4 or 5 dm. high, are much branched
and bear many loose racemes of purple flowers. The ‘six
petals are each marked with a reddish line leading to the
base. They expand so that the flowers measure 15 mm.
across,

The dimorphism of the flowers was first recorded by Hal-
sted in the Bulletin of the Iowa Agricultural College, 1888.
In the short-styled form the stigma reaches the throat of the
calyx tube, and the stamens are exserted from 3 to 4mm. In
the long-styled form the stigma is exserted about 3 mm., and
the anthers only reach the throat. In this form the stamens
are variable, sometimes giving an appearance of trimorphism;
but the unequal length seems only to prevent crowding of
the anthers in the narrow tube.

The plants often grow in large patches, which renders them
quite conspicuous, and very attractive to insects. The calyx-

-; (18) E. fascipennis gon i
i i : idia
quadrata eae latifrons Lw.; (20) Trop
Carlinville, 71)

180 . The Botanical Gazette. [June,

The identification of trees in winter.

AUG. F. FOERSTE.
(WITH PLATES XII AND xIII.)
Any method of identifying ligneous plants other than the
ordinary one by means of their flowers and leaves, must

and the subtended, more or less scaly, winter buds which
enclose a portion or all of the growth of the coming season in
rudimentary form.

“

Sa matter of fact the length of these twigs varies con-

of the petiole-scars and the scaly buds vary quite commonly
on approaching the tips or the base of even the same twig.

by the

ture of

a
order i idi e same time
of the importance, thus providing at th » classified

1892.] The Identification of Trees in Winter. 181

I. The determination of the phyllotaxy of the leaves of
the species examined, as shown by the petiole-scars remain-
ing from last year’s leaves, is the first step towards identifica-
tion. It so happens that a classification of shrubs and trees
into those with alternate, spiral, and opposite or whorled
leaves gives rise to three fairly equal sets. The determina-
tion of the phyllotaxy of a plant at once excludes quite a
large list of shrubs and trees with another kind of arrange-
ment of leaves from the list of possibilities. The rarer
phyllotaxies such as 3 (Spirea opulifolia Linn., fig. 13); 2

plant still more easy. In certain species the phyllotaxy is
occasionally or even quite regularly (Castanea) more or less
variable in different twigs of the same tree, but these cases
are sufficiently rare not to give any serious difficulty.

Il. The form of the more fully developed petiole-scars and
the mode of disposition of the fibrovascular bundles where
intersected at the petiole-scar is the second important
means of classifying ligneous plants. The following are some
of the most important types: :

1. In those petiole-scars where the outline is markedly
Tounded, the fibrovascular bundles are often arranged ina
Sort of cj

aren quinguefolia Michx., fig. 6; C. elastrus scandens Linn.,
g. 8; aromatica Ait., fig. 16; and Catglpa speciosa

; etimes these bundles take the form rather of a

“ircular area than of a circle.

P 2. In those petiole-scars which have a broadly circular
°rm below but a s

dles are of

atropur pu

’ S
Warder), Som

‘orm several distinct sets in the same scar.
us j

h
these bund]

182 The Botanical Gazette. (June,

(Ailanthus glandulosus Desf.) or only with three in each
scar (species of Fuglans, Pterecarya, Carya, figs. 20-30.

5. Inother scars of heart-shaped form, and in the great ma-
jority of those which are lunate, the fibrovascular bundles form
small circular areas. These show a sufficient constancy in their
number within the same scar if only the more fully developed
scars be examined and if quite a number of twigs be drawn
into consideration, so that a division into scars with only three
sets (Ulmus fulva, Michx., fig. 3; Celtis occidentalis Linn.,
fig. 4; Viburnum molle, fig. 10; Nyssa~multifiora Wang., fig.
11; Spiraea opulifolia Linn., fig. pk Hamamelis Virginica
Linn. ), and into scars having five rounded Sets of fibrovascu-
lar bundles is possible (As#mina triloba Dunal., fig. 1; Rhus
Toxicodendron Linn., fig.7; species of Aisqulus). ‘Some-

smaller scars, or on the weaker twigs. In other species the
number usually five is occasionally raised to seven (Sambucus
Canadensis Linn., fig. 37). The two outer sets are often
more or less approximated while the median fifth set is left
more isolated (Gymnocladus Canadensis Lam., fig. 31; AG”
saccharinum Wang.). How far this character remains con
stant and therefore of value for present purposes has not
been determined.

In species with opposite leaves it is also frequently of =
tance to notice if the edges of the petiole scars are sufficiently
extended laterally almost or quite to meet (Cornus florida
Linn., fig. 35; Cornus paniculata LHer., fig. 36.; Ngee
ne ais a Moench, fig, 18; Acer saccharinum Wan ng.) o
they remain considerably separated from each other (species
of ee Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq., fig. 19; 2 seca
of Aesculu ts

ll A third means for further classifying ligneous pla”
is gs character of their winter buds. b

These may be so situated, either concealed in the riot
atanee of the petiole scar itself, or covered by the set
end of the scar, that the development of these buds ies
spring requires the splitting of the scar, or at
marked forcing back of the anterior end of the same
permum Canadense aoe fig. 12; Robinia Pseudacacta
Rhus aromatica Ait., fig. 16. igs

2. At times the bade are sunk into the bark of the Wie"

Linn. ’

1892.] The Identification of Trees in Winter. 183

but are not covered by the petiole-scars, the flattened tops
_of the buds scarcely rising above the level of the scar or of
the bark of the twig (Gymnocladus Canadensis Lam., fig. 31;
Ptelea trifoliata Linn.)> The flattened buds of Atlanthus
glandulosus Desf. would probably form a closely related ‘class.
The remaining more prominently developed scaly buds can
be most conveniently classified into: -

3. Those which show only one or two scales exteriorly, with

perhaps a glimpse of athird or fourth scale but no more (Smi-
lax hispida Muhl., fig. 9; Liriodendron Tulipifera Linn.,
8.14; Rhus glabra Linn., fig. 15; Diospyros Virginiana
Linn. ; Cornus florida Linn., fig. 35; Cornus paniculata
LHer., fig. 36; Asimina triloba Dunal, fig. 1; Z7la Am-
ertcana Linn.; Lindera Benzoin Meissner, fig. 33); and

1. € with typically four or more scales exposed ex-
teriorly. This class can be further subdivided into, a,

scales, with the exception often of the first two, are seen to
Sera Li tly metamorphosed stipules (Liriodendron Tuli pi-
cus a fig. 14 ; Fagus ferruginea Ait. ; species of Quer-
sibilities ee” Carpinius, Corylus, and Tilia) the list of pos-
nti: 1S still further reduced. Thé’ marked crowding
ies of ay buds towards the tips of the branches, as in spe-
istic of “reus, is often evident enough to be quite character-
Mor Certain species, but does not serve well as a basis for

m2 general classification.

184 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

Atlanthus glandulosus; Ulmus fulva Michx., fig. 3). While
in many species all, or almost all, of the tips of the branches
are thus affected, in others (species of sculus) only one
half the tips of the branches are thus terminated, while the
remainder show the usual terminal scaly buds
In other species the tip of the branches shrivels up at a
very early date, before summer, but is not cast off, the shriv-
eled tip remaining through the winter (Déospyros Virgini-
ana Linn.; species of lilac). o
3. Again in other cases the tiny tips are not killed in early
spring, but quite a considerable portion of the more devel-
oped branch is killed back by the frosts of autumn.
. Lastly, in the great majority of species, terminal scaly

Me
i

Hamamelis Virginica Linn.) In certain species the stipules
are represented by thorns, as in Robinia Pseudacacta er
and Xanthoxylum Americanum Mill. When these stip¥

thorns are aborted, as occurs at times in the latter speci®

bark. Most ligneous plants never have stipules.
VI. The presence of thorns in general ofte
sixth means of distinguishing plants. Thorns re :
stipules have already been mentioned. They often alee we
resent small axillary branches, usually supplemented by 0
mal leaf buds at their base. The relative position 4 f
means °
distinguishing species. Thus, in Gleditschia 1 jacanthes

n provides a
presenting

bud, and is often decidedly removed from the s

1892, ] The Identification of Trees in Winter. 185

leaf scar; the thorn is frequently branched, and its branches
subtended by distinct bracts. - In Crataegus Crus-galli Linn.

the thorn has two lateral buds, of which one exceeds the
other considerably in size. The smaller bud usually perishes,
the larger one develops, pushes the thorn aside, and in the
older parts of the tree the thorn then assumes an apparently
lateral position. In Maclura aurantiaca Nuttall there is usually
a leaf bud on one side, and a long narrow scale with empty axil

The fact that in certain species the thorns representing
branches appear only under abnormal conditions, or first in
the older Plants, reduces the value of thorns as constant
features in distinguishing plants. Many ligneous plants also
ave thorns which represent only outgrowths of the bark.
These are usually irregular in their disposition, but the triple
spines of Rives Cynosbati Linn., placed just beneath the
Petiole-scar is a good instance of the constancy of character
tai disposition sometimes shown by mere outgrowths of the
ark,

rae Scars, being frequently decurrent from the latter
Sriren epulifolia Linn., fig. 13; Cercits Canadensis Linn.
+ % “onymus atropurpureus Jacq., fig. 19). The more or

iss rounded angles of other plants are also worthy at times of
observation, as j

angled stems
. 40 addition
ished by the a
forming a sort
Others which a
Species,
oho Color of the bark of twigs usually varies in shades of
character; Stay. When therefore a tree or shru presents
aero; "tically twigs with bark of a green color (Negundo
u Moench, fig. 18; Sassafras officinale Nees; Euony-
rele tPureus Jacq., fig. 1) or of various shades of red
Olor b

186 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

distinguishing species. The little circular ruptures in the
bark of Sayebucus Canadensis Linn., fig. 37; and the milky
juice exuding from the broken bark of Morus rubra Linn.,
g. 5, in warmer weather are also good characteristics.

Again, the pith at times affords good features, Thus in
Diospyros Virginiana Linn., the place of the pith is usually
hollow; in Gymnocladus Canadensis Linn., fig. 31, the pith
is reddish brown; in species of Fuglans, fig. 20, and Plero-
carya Caucasica Kenell, fig. 23, there is a tendency for the
pith to separate into transverse plates.

The more special examination of the form of the petiole
scars with their intersected fibrovascular bundles, the relative

genus. Naturally there will be the least difficulty in recoS”
izi ; « been best

studied during spring and summer by ordinary botanical me-

~ very well known. eS re

In addition to these more omnipresent characteristics pe :
are others which are very good if present. Such are wes ‘e
stance the form and character of the flowering buds for ee
year, whether present in the shape of naked ca

s flor

aera
inn., fi ; Cornus paniculata L'Her., fig. 36% wih

the larg©

f
the scaly winter buds is often indicated only ee as com

size of those scaly buds which contain flower ud

It
pared with those which contain only rudimentary leaves.

1892]. The Identification of Trees in Winter. 187

is evidently often possible to dissect the buds and to make a

blossom next year. In other words the ordinary means of
botanical determination can to a certain extent be employed.

S a matter of practice, however, this was rarely found
hecessary since the external features were found sufficient for
purposes of identification.

The remains of the inflorescence of the last season is another
good means of recognizing ligneous plants when this is present,
as in the case of the fruited pedicels of Diospyros Virginiana
Linn., the inflorescence of Prelea trifoliata Linn., Rhus glabra

sround. The pods of Hamamelis Virginica Linn., naturally
main on the tree all winter since they do not ripen until
next year.

_ The bark of the trees usually finds difficulty in accommodat-
uig Itself to the increased circumference of the tree in its old

Ene for distinguishing species. Thus in the beech the bark
oe comparatively smooth; in the sycamore it splits off in
stri pleces; in species of hickory it separates in long shaggy
Ps which remain more or less attached to the tree; in species
wrap hori bark separates into more or less thin sheets which
times zontally around the trunk of the tree and fall off at
s- In the great Majority of trees the bark cracks more or

w he genera and at times even the species of trees. Old

use this means of identifying the older trees often

table success, although often mistaken in deter-

P€cies in ae the younger intermediate trees of the same
And | ich the cracks are less developed.

it be a tlY the general habits of a ligneous plant, whether

188 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

Of course it must not be expected that winter twigs with
their scars and buds will furnish better means of distinguish-
ing closely related species than the ordinary botanical ones:
On the contrary they are apt not to be so good. It is very
astonishing, however, how successful a means of recognizing
species these annual twigs can provide. Thus where species
although placed in the same genus show very marked botani-
cal differences in their inflorescence, flowers, and leaves, the
characters provided by the winter buds are usually also very
well marked. For this purpose the figures here given of the
several species of the Rhus are very significant—Rhus glabra
Linn., fig. 15, with its remains of last year’s inflorescence;
Rhus aromatica Ait., fig. 16, with its spikes for next year's
blossoming; and Rhus Toxicodendron Linn., fig. 7: The
figures given of Cornus florida Linn., fig. 35, and Cornus

On the other hand when the species are more closely pee
the

characters presented by the annual twigs
species of walnut and hickory show this fact very well as can
o—30, which fe

of the

oe f Dayton, pans
m the vicinity 0 by the facility

parison.

: eee d for
There are in many states botanical institutions founde

1892,] The Identification of Trees in Winter. 189

the purpose of giving practical assistance to people of that
state on questions relating to botany, especially questions of
practical utility. It certainly seems as though a ready means
of distinguishing the ligneous plants of their states would not
be the most unwelcome contribution which these institutions

tures have been found serviceable in the identification of ligne-

sn posed buds are numbered in the order of their appearance and de-
erals.. In Liviodendron, fig. 14, $ indicates the point
£ proper with the sheath formed by the purer n the

ext
Fates te the leaf itself is represented onl ascar. In Augus, fig. 17,
The two % leaf found after the exterior scales been

m of :
amount of action. €se figures have been cho: f L
for su ou erial at hand, ¢#ese have been found to be the most typical also
ears

mee Wines te Asimina triloba Dunal. ¢. Flower bud. 2. Cercis Canadensis
Seating b 's fulva Michx. 4, bud subtended by two leaf scars, the latter ga
‘ ‘ 1 .

> s rune, ef in the phyllotaxy; 4. tis occidentalis
ron L. Notice ho., 6. lopsis quinquefolia Mic -oden-
Winter, g Ow readily this species is dist guished the last in the

m
- Cel inguis from 1
astrus scandens L. 9. Smilax hispida Muhl. 4, the bud in the
Re

Just
of vears by aS aren as is here suggested has been in preparation for a number
which are ace our ablest botanists. We have recently inspected the drawings
*few years at ieee and the work will be ready for publication within

190 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

leaf axil seen from above. ¢, a section of the bud to show the i phyllotaxy.
Io. Viburnum molle Mx. 11. Nyssa multiflora Wang. . Menispermum
Canadense L. 13. Spirza opulifolia L. 14. Liriodendron Tulipifera L. 4, one
of the inner stipular sheaths of the winter bud ee a heh leaf attached.
gla ecko, u i i i it. ba
bud with several scales removed. 18. Negundo pees Mee:
Euonymus oo Jac
i Plate XIII.— 20, Juglans regia L. Scales of terminal = less went than in
other species. 21. Juglans nigra L. Buds close to the ax 22. Juglans cin-
rea L. Cc

oe ;
Gymnocladus ratcecy Bate Lam m. 32. Fraxi as goo fie ) rom the Troca-
a i A si

, o buds ; n 1 ;
axil, not seen. It is not a case of superposed buds, nor of one bud in the axil
er, cai

ese f
vascular bundles of the panes er vine are bent puter rom the above menti ticed
point of junction, in order to = the smaller bud; this has not been 1° ular
in the case of the other superposed buds examined, where the fibro-vas¢
bundles are all directed forward.

Two new genera of Hyphomycetes.
A. P. MORGAN.

I
The following genera of the Mucedinee or white molds

have had so long and they appear so distinct '
he firs

resents a section Dictyospore, which is not represe?
the Mucedineze of Saccardo’s volunic,

1892.] Two New Genera of Hyphomycetes. IgI

Cylindrocladium gen.
nov.—Sterile hyphz creeping,
branched; fertile hyphe erect,
forked: or trichotomously
branched, the sporophores in
pairs or ‘threes at the extremi-
ties of the branchlets and cy-
mosely arranged; spores soli-
tary, cylindric, 1-septate, hya-
line.

C. scoparium n. sp.—Ef-
used, thin, flocculose, white;
sterile hyphe creeping, slender,
indistinct; fertile hyphe thick,
erect, hyaline, septate, cymose-
ly branched above, the sporo-
phores-short, disposed in pairs
or threes at the extremities of
the branchlets, each producing
a single spore at the apex;
spores cylindric, tapering
slightly downward, 1I-septate,
0 Morgan. hyaline, obtuse at each end,
: eka = length, 4H thick at the Ape A and 3H at the base.

ledit. The

Wt Cilindsoctaas

threa G. 2.—Synthetospora electa Morga’
ag creeping iba to or beneath he: eases the fertile
ave a simple septate stem 5—7y in thickness and are

192 . The Botanical Gazette. [June,

dissolved above into a level-topped cyme of branches; their

height, exclusive of \the spores which easily fall off, is 125—
150. :

Synthetospora gen. nov.— z procumbent,
branched, intricate, sending out short lateral fertile branch-
lets, which produce the spores at th ex; spores lobed,

circumference; the spores are 20—30 in extent, being usually
measure IO—12 uw in diameter and project half way or a little

Growing on the hymenial surface of some Peziza, pte-
sumably P. semitosta B. & C. The habit and habitat are
that of a Mycogone, but the double spore of the latter 's
greatly amplified. The hyphz are quite slender, about 548
thickness. The hyaline basal cell by which the spore 1s oe
tached to the thread is sometimes drawn out to nearly conical;
the symmetry of the spores is occasionally interfered with by
the interposition of a fifth lateral cell.

Preston, O.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

The chemical composition of the nectar of the Poinsettia.—The a
taries of Poinsettia pulcherrima are strongly developed and secrete
abundantly that the nectar drips away from the organs. se nih
Specimens growing in the college green-house, a considerable re ne
of the nectar was secured in very pure condition, by means : ae
pointed camels-hair pencil. It was a clear, colorless sirup, Very *
and becoming sticky on drying.

The total amount collected was 3.383 grams whic
Some weeks over sulphuric acid, was reduced in W

h, after standing
eight to 2.3353

1692] Briefer Articles. 193

grams, or 69.02 per cent. of the original amount. This may be regard-
ed as representing the solids of the nectar. It was transparent and
non-crystalline. On being dissolved in water it showed a strongly
reducing action toward Fehling’s solution, indicating the presence of
glucose sugars. In the polariscope a specific rotation of +13.7° was
noted, which after inversion became —10.8° showing the presence of
cane sugar. From the polariscope data were calculated 11.23 per cent.
cane sugar and 57.7 per cent. glucose.

he small amount of material prevented a more extended exami-
nation. The composition is expressed very closely by these percentages:
Water, 30.98; cane sugar, 11.23; glucose, 57:79.

Tn this connection a late paper by P. C. Plugge (Archiv der Pharma-
' CE 220, 554) is of interest. Searching for the cause for Xenophon’s
teference to poisonous honey, he examined the nectar of Rhododendron
Pontica and found that it had a poisonous effect upon small animals.
It was not ascertained if bees were harmed by it or not. The poison-
ous principle was isolated and called andrometoxin; it was also found
in the nectar of several other. Ericacez, the honey from which would

Se tedly be poisonous.—W. E. Stone, Purdue University, La
id ette, Lhd.

Slaucescens was described and figured in Nov. Gen. et Spec. vol. 111.
5 *99, t. 223, from plants collected between Acapulco and La Venta
*pMfoxonera. Dr. Gray, in Syn. Flora vol. 11. 92, refers the A.
United s e Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 162, to this species. The
and tates species, however, is clearly distinct from A, glaucescens
ve should be referred to A. elata Benth. Dr. Gray, however, in the
“arias Suppl. P. 401, considered the two the same species, but in

= a Sht of this new material I am convinced we have two good
though closely related. A. elata has oblong or oval leaves,
at the apex very like A. obtusifolia. A. glaucescens has
Ser and narrower leaves, oblong to linear-oblong and acute.
ex) fe pare much larger in A. elata and the hoods are spreading;

Posing the Synastegium; in .A. glaucescens the hoods are longer 1n-
han the gynostegium and erect and connivent; there

194 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

broad and rounded, the inner a short, triangular, We nearly in-

cluded horn.” In A. glaucescens the horn is a broad, triangular, in-
curved, entire beak.—J. N. Rost, Department of ere Wash-
ington

Some depauperate grasses—A number of small specimens of
grasses were observed this spring in the propagating houses of the
Horticultural Department. In many cases the seed from which the
plant sprung was still attached to the root and showed no signs of
decay. Three specimens were selected and drawn; Sefaria viridis

ese

flowered, but having germinated in the sand they were forced for self-
gegen into the production of seed much sooner than usual—
A. S. Hitcucock, Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans.

DEPAUPERATE GRASSES: 1, Setaria viridis, natural size; 2. mace ‘spikelet
to root of same, X 10; z Pasioak sanguinale, natural size; 4, 5.

from inflorescence of same, X 10; 6. Eragrostis major, — size.

1892. ] Current Literature. 195

CURRENT LITERATURE.
A text-book of bacteriology.

AN EXCELLENT addition to the list of hand books covering the sub-
ject of bacteriology, available to the English speaking student, has re-
cently been published by an American firm. It is a translation of the
third edition of the admirable work by Fraenkel,! which has already
been favorably received by European teachers. The author was for a
long time associated with Dr. Robert Koch, being in charge of the
general laboratory of the Hygienic Institute in Berlin. The transla-
tion has been well performed by Dr. J. H. Linsley, and the publishers
have put the work into an attractive and seviceable form.

The larger part of the work is devoted to laboratory methods and
to the discussion of specific forms of bacteria. After a brief chapter
Tegarding the biology of bacteria, the methods of manipulation,
Separation and cultivation of bacteria are treated in a particularly
clear and serviceable way through nearly one hundred pages. A
chapter of considerable length is devoted to the relation of bacteria
‘0 animal diseases, including the questions of susceptibility and im-
munity. The remainder of the book, except a few pages upon the in-
vestigation of air, soil and water, and upon yeast and molds, is de-
Voted to specific kinds of bacteria, largely pathogenic.

€ work is clearly written, with few or no digressions, and with the
needs of the student, particularly the medical student, kept constantly
in View, Everything that would divert the attention of the learner is
suitted, and so there is no discussion of disputed points, and no cita-
ton of literature, Another omission, for which a good excuse is not
— is the total absence of illustrations. This sometimes neces-
ve rather long and uncertain descriptions of apparatus, of which
uch clearer idea could be obtained from a cut.
tn ate is pecially designed to meet the needs of the medical
ie »and it is not surprising, therefore, to find that the author
not take up the general treatment of the bacteria from the
ae a ae purely scientific point of view. ‘Yet it would scarcely
fulness xf out of place to have given some hints regarding the use-
acteria in the processes of nature and certainly one could
di mably hope to find some reference to their role in producing
of plants. But within the limitations set by the author, the

on:
.. 'S Most admirably written, and will prove a serviceable book for

laboratory and class room.
1F
J. et CarL.—Text-book of bacteriology; third edition. Trans.
insley. pp. 376, roy. 8vo. New York, Wm. Wood & Co.: 1891.

196 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

The pyrenomycetous fungi.
ONE OF THE most valuable systematic works upon fungi, yet publish-
ed in this country, has just appeared. It isa thick octavo volume,
with descriptions of the species (about 2,500) of North American Pyren-
omycetes, including the Perisporiacese and Hysteriacez, illustrated
with forty-one carefully drawn plates. Messrs. Ellis and Everhart,
who are also the publishers, have performed the task ot gathering,
studying and arranging the species of this large order in a manner
that must meet the general approval of botanists. The work is more
than a compilation, although even that would have been’ a decided
service in the present scattered state of our literature, for the authors
have revised the descriptions where needed, added uniform spore and
ascus measurements, and looked after the synonymy. The Perispori-
acez were elaborated for the volume by Prof. T. J. Burrill. The plates
were drawn by the late F. W. Anderson, and are very satisfactory.
he methods adopted in the citation of authority for names is of
particular interest at the present time. “The name of the author first
publishing any species has been retained, placed in pad

case the species has been removed from genus in whic pes
first placed. The name after the parenthesis has been omitte :
too cumbersome and unnecessary.” e, however, may

only to quote Paul’s beatitude, “Happy is he that judgeth not himself
in that which he approveth.” ing the

Probably no one could have undertaken the task of arranging a
American species of _ this order who was so well equipped fort a
work, both by familiarity with the plants and abundance of eee
as the present authors, and it is extremely gratifying that a aa
produced such a satisfactory volume. It will give a decided a Si
to the observation of these fungi, which will doubtless early lea
copious additions to the present work. : eady

The volume would have been made more convenient es the
reference, if a synoptical table of genera, divisional headlines je
pages, and an index of hosts had been provided. There is, how The
an excellent species index prepared by W. C. Stevenson, JF.
volume is substantially and neatly bound.

tes:
1 M.—The North American Pyret ea
8 vo. pp. 793. pl. 41. Vineland:

ts J. d HART, B.
a Contribution to mycologic botany
Everhart, 1892,—$8.00,

1892. ] Current Literature. 197

Two books on elementary botany.*

Miss NEWELL’s earlier volume treating of the vegetative parts of
plants was favorably commented on in this journal at the time of its
appearance several years ago. The present part treating of the flower
and fruit is quite up to the mark of its predecessor; and as the sub-
ject it deals with is much more difficult to handle, that is to be taken
as high commendation.

The book commences with a study of the bulbous plants that are

at . are most likely to encounter are evidently intimately known to

uthor. We do not know a book which is better adapted for its
_ than this one, and can most heartily recommend it to those
Peers addresses: “teachers, and mothers studying with their
and 2p The illustrations are from the pen of Miss H. P. Symmes,
executi ough there 1s something of technique to the desired in their

T ution, they exhibit much artistic feeling and essential accuracy.

which thie s “ BOOK ‘is of wholly different sort, not only in the way in
essayed ubject is treated, but also in its quality. Miss Aitken has

Ye £0 produce an “elementary text book of botany for the use of
Itis divided into three parts, the first being designated
f the external morphology and classification of flowering
Mothers sivas = H.—Outlines of lessons in botany for the use of teachers, or
“L393. Ginn RY en eee Part II: Flower and fruit. 12mo. pp-
mann, ag ag iy pelementary text-book of botany for the use of schools.

- 249. figs. 131. Longmans, Green & Co. London: 1891.

198 The Botanicul Gazette. [June,

or cryptogams; the third, “General. description of flowering plants.”
Under the first part is given a very brief organography, which is not
at all accurate, followed by descriptions of single members of the
more important orders, from which pupils are supposed to derive a
“typical example” for the purpose of “grouping exceptional forms
around the central type, to which in memory one should always re-
turn.” We very much doubt,the wisdom of such a plan, and its exe-
cution leaves much to be desired.

In the two succeeding parts the author is endeavoring to follow the
pattern of Huxley and Martin’s Biology. As it seems to us, however,
she has neglected the most essential feature of their plan, viz.: the
preparation of specific directions for the “practical work” of the stu-
dent. The headings of this sort in this book do not cover any direc-
tions that will be of use to the student. The “practical work” follows
a description of the plant. Under Funaria for instance, one reads,
“Examine specimens of Funaria, and verify the facts mentioned
above.” Here are others: “Cut sections of the stem and observe the
different kinds of cells.” “In older specimens examine the Sporo-
gonia.” It is quite certain also that many of the directions, particu-
larly in physiological parts, have not been put to the test; else their
impracticability. would have been discovered. The figures, except
those from other works, are poorly drawn for photo-engraving am
consequently very blotchy. Altogether, so far as American schools
are concerned, Miss Aitken has contributed nothing of educational

alue.

Minor Notices.

ret shelf, while its owner does not scruple, when questioned, ly of it
that he has ‘had botany.’ And he does not think very highly
either.”

1892.] . Open Letters. 199

In THE PROCEEDINGS of the Biological Society of Washington for
May 18, 1892, Mr. F. V. Coville describes, in advance of the full re-
port of the collections of the Death’s Valley expedition, several new
species from that interesting region.

THE REPORT of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Trinidad for 1890
has been distributed. The r report shows the work of the gardens
in economic and scientific lines. Much attention is being given to the
encouragement of the growing of fruits and fiber plants in ds island.
The illustrations are Messrs. Sprague’s well-known “ink-photos” which
almost equal the American “half-tone.” The form of the report
would be much improved by a change from folio to octavo. The Sup-
erintendent, Mr. J. H. Hart, working no doubt under many difficulties,

is evidently active in promoting the interests of the garden.

OPEN LETTERS.

botanical congress and rae oes
Ata eattand of the oe Club o + Weehingten, “held April 23,
1892,a committee was appointed t ceteris and report upon the
questions of Botaica) congress rand xomencle At a special meet-
ing called May 7, this committee presented ihe faliowing report which
he club:

ii committee, appointed to gon the regan of a botani-
jin ari and botanical nomenclat 1 meeting on the
nd of May and prepared the toes Loci ons:

i eda That, while pidoked the final eigioeren of disputed questions by

of an internation al congress, we do regard the present as an oO)

clatu fe ut we recommend the reference an the ete of leat eee

tst to a representative body of American botanist

ion, by such body, of the “follo owing beings s,
ERG LAY priority; an initial date for genera; an initial date

pubes tion: grils mina once a synonym always a age ag __ constitutes

a epriies; Gepitalication

Sas Recognize the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S. as a representative

tly of Arca “pa nists and commend to that body for discussion and dis

menc ns.

ubject of n lature as set forth in these resolutio:
— submitted,
F. Suir, F. Warp, Gro, Vasey Wh agree bi T. Ga LLOwAY, ERW
Te ras Geo. B, Supwo ORTH, oa V. Cov Committee.’
voted that cated to
the at a copy of these sales ns be commun
a SpANICAL Gazerre, Torrey Botanical Cub, Garden and Forest
—L. H. Dewey, bay. Washington, D. C.

1 Beri
chte der deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft} x. 27.

200 The Botanical. Gazette. - [June,

NOTES AND NEWS.

M. Castuir RoumecurrE, editor of the Revue Mycologique died
recently at his home in Toulouse.

ee DIRECTOR of the botanical gardens of Palermo, A. Todaro,
died on the r8th of April last. His successor is Dr. Hermann Ross.

Dr. Epu REGEL, director of the Imperial Botanical Garden at
St. Petersburg died on the 27th of April, at the age of 77. He
been director of the St. Petersburg garden for nearly 4o years.

THE CLAIMS of Ulota Ameriacna to autonomy are discussed by Dr.
G. Venturi in a recent number of the Revue Bryologique, where he
also considers several forms of American Orthotricha collected by
R6ll and others in the northwest. ?

THE SUMMER CLASSES 1n botany at Martha’s Vineyard, under the in-
struction of Mr. Edward S. Burgess, will be held this year as usual,
meeting from July 11 to August 12. Courses in structural and syste-
matic botany and in histological botany will be offered. :

A. ZAHLBRUCKNER has examined the changes proposed in certain
genera of lichens by Kunze in his already notorious Revisio Generum
Plantarum. Two of the names proposed are accepted; two are to be

Mr. M. C. Cooke announces a handbook of Australian fungi of ae
octavo pages and thirty-six partly colored plates. It is publis

the trustees of the Missouri Botanical Garden at the Mereantilé en
in St. Louis on May 19. About eighty-five guests, of whom

on, Wis., Revs. Stimson and Sn der, of St. Louis, and D. ©...
Merriam, of Washington. Chacrblier Chaplin, of Washington ve
d rnold

; lar

Arboretum during May and June for the purpose of New Bogan

h
: roar: e
be especially observed during the meeting the class will adjourn tf
plantations and the nurseries of the Arboretum for an inform

d to each meeting. An autumn course of fifteen meetings Wi :

from September 7th to October 26th. This course will give: tumn
heir au

prepare or

ds oo #
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1392. PLATE Xil.

se S tee

Ce
©)

Wa—My!

te pares he eee

e me .
fae” 16¢ tb tba
Jenicele

— Mi — 8a y, n

FOERSTE on TREES in WINTER.

= o ~ a
: sre AZETTE, 1892. PLATE Xill.
ad

a .
=D

1) ei i ides eh id Oe Re Ne BL A
ae

CP 34a -Mh3 34k
- *

ee
FOERSTE on TREES in WINTER.

VOL. XVII. JULY, 1892. NO, 7

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

CONTENTS:
On the genus Lindbladia, — George A. Rex, ae
The tendrils of Passiflora carule. ea. (With plate XIV. sot: r. Mac Dongil, 205

An apparatus as gees the periodicity of root-pressure. (With

Plate XV. BOT,
On the apical growth on se ste ad the development c of ‘the sporangium

of Botrychium Virginianum. (With plate XVI.)—C. Z. Holtzman, . 214
avons Soest and distributional researches, S05 ee

in systematic h logy — der wood. é

it beminephs flora of ome Th oie
Mefet Articles. : eS yt:
me fossils. Ervin I Bartow. eS ea ats
Current Literature, a tare rare ge Dees cal Seg Ee i
On Later : , 229

— Ss Ce
Sa ee

Lissvuep JuLy 20.)

Peat i INDIANA.
LISHED BY THE EDITORS

Tracy, Gibbs & Co,, Printers, Madison, Wisconsin.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.

SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agent:

In Great Britain, 11 shillings.
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. | SareOL EN OME raging z
157 Great Portland St., London, w. Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.

Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed to Charles R. Bares,
712 Langdon St., Madison, Wisconsin; money orders and drafts should be made
payable to the Boranicat Gazerre.

Separate Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies of
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be su
at the following rates: For each ! pages or less, per 100, ' $1.50; for each plats
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazert#, will
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. > he number desired must be marked at the ~
of the MSS, as none will be printed unless ordere

Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to evapare MSS. exactly in aes
in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the general sty
of composition shown in the pages of the GazeTrs. Scientific and prop*
names should be written with particular arthur,

ilustrations.— Articles ros ae ae should be sent to J. c.

Purdue University, Lafayette, In ithin 10
Missing | rs.—Will be "ela = only when claim is made wi
days after receipt of the number fol
{Entered at the Post-office at soning, Ind., as second-class postal matter]
vat eas Soe Se ee

dn the A soni number wll aajeie:
Notes om the flora of Chicago and vicinity; by E 4 |
HILL, Englewood, Chicago, v
On Amaraatus crassipes; by JoHN M. HoLZINGER, =
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.— hes
On the relation of certain fall- to sprin ing e
plants. I1.; by Aucusr F. FOERSTE, Cambridge, Mes on ye
On the development of the embryo-sa¢ in Loess
-phyllum ; > Davip M. MortiER, baeries he casts
Ae

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

JULY, 1508,

On the genus Lindbladia.
GEO. A. REX.

: i i tes, is represented
The genus Lindbladia of the Myxomycetes, ;
a fine species only. This species, Lindbladia effusa

prt bed by Rostafinski as follows: i
os L Se Sa pee hae naked, composed —
usirregularly polygonal, peter Ries ovr Heit
€r; surface to the extremities of the sporang

—

i. Mon. 223, ; : ked,
_EINDBLADIA EFFUSA (Ehr.) Rostfki,—AEthalium na
Seated on a common

when
ith

Mining, : Pm
An analysis of all American specimens will show a eke
atied series of forms, all of which may be Niieat
I the one species. Although these are ne
appearance, they possess the same
details,

Vol. XVII.— No, %

202 The Botanical Gazette. July,

In addition to the true zthalioid forms described by Rosta-
finski and others, a form with simple sometimes substipitate
sporangia is found in all sections of the northern United States,
which, for many reasons, is worthy of varietal distinction. It
may be described as follows:

Var. Simplex var. nov.—Sporangiasimple, gregarious, either
free and separate or crowded and touching each other but
with the walls not grown together; standing in effused clusters
ona common hypothallus; elongated ellipsoidal in shape or
distorted by crowding; usually either sessile with a narrow
base, or substipitate attached to the hypothallus by a black
plasmodic point of attachment, or occasionally stipitate with
well marked short brown-black rugose stipes; entire sporangia
averaging one mm. in height. Sporangium walls simple,
sometimes lustrous, often having a few longitudinal folds in
their lower half, pale umber colored, roughened externally by
being thickly studded with rounded dark-brown plasmodi¢
granules; spores in mass pale umber colored, from 5.5—7.5#
in diameter, with thin epispores very delicately warted but
apparently smooth under lenses of medium power.—Perichena
ceéspitosa Pk.; no. 2,700 N. Am. Fungi, E. & E. *

Common in the northern and western states. Stipitate form

with the lateral walls grown together, the upper sur

: hese
roughened with the dark brown plasmodic gran rms of
simple zthalia grade into other and more complex herical

ethalia, which grow in effused or sometimes hemisP

1892, ] On the genus Lindbladia. 203

patches often three quarters of an inch thick, and in the first
case many square inches in diameter. They are formed
of entangled or interwoven masses of elongated or branched
sporangia with the walls grown together.

Some of these zthalia have the upper surface irregular and

are composed of thick plasmodic membranes containing irreg-
ular particles of plasmodic refuse.

p sgh hypothallus has an irregular laminated structure, com-
ose

Re form a sponge-like expansion of one-quarter to one-half
: inch in thickness, upon which the branched and interwoven
Porangia are erected.

s ah Plasmodic colored granules which are found in the
oe walls of all specimens of Lindbladia, are exceed-
in

3: ate worthy of careful study. The exterior walls of both
e si

i Sranules which are deeply colored with a violet-
Hees pigment. They are irregularly spheroidal in shape,
eng about 1.15 win diamete hey are composed of

: » Which encloses a rounded nuclear mass Pao
: € In structur i density and refrac-
tive quality, e, but of a different y

204 : The Botanical Gazette.

They project outwardly from the sporangium wall and are
attached to its outer surface so slightly as to be readily broken —
off, leaving a ring-like base, thus giving the membrane of the
wall the appearance of being covered with minute elevated an-

well as naked. :

The various reagents which may be used in the preparation
of the sporangium wall for microscopic examination, as for
instance, alcohol and acidulated water, or the glycerine me
dia used for permanent slide-mounts, will also develop the
same annular markings, by softening and disintegrating the
thin investing pellicle of the granules, thus freeing the
denser nuclei which are comparatively unaffected by the
reagents. This fact suggests the possibility of error in Com

clusions drawn from examinations made from mounted material
onl

The natural relations of closely allied genera to each other
will always prove an interesting and profitable subject for
study, and the relations of Lindbladia and Tubulina, both
genera belonging to the same order, LICEACE4, will serve ®
a striking illustration of this point. ;

The genus 7udulina shows an analogous an
allel course of development to Lindbladia, in as
also beginning with simple, separate, aggregate ‘a
on a common hypothallus, and extending through va!
similar ethalioid forms; always however having the s
in a single rank, and finally even developing in some et
a partial cortex. At one point of the parallel developmen”
the two series, the analogy is so great that
forms, if considered by themselves, would be proper!
as species of the same genus, the generic chara
similar.

Yet Lindbladia, especially through its simple
nearly resembles in some important structural ¢ + thanit
order HETERODERMEZ through its genus Cribraria, :
does the analogous genus Tubulina of its own oF rae exist’

These special points of correspondence are first, na ae
ence of plasmodic colored granules throughout te

d nearly pat-
eries of forms

1892.] The Tendrils of Passiflora caerulea. 205

genus Cribraria (in common with the rest of the Hetero-
dermez), similar in construction to those of Lindbladia except
that they are permanent and not evanescent under the condi-
tions above detailed ; second, the similarity of the sporangia
of atleast one species, Crébraria argillacea, with its practically
permanent wali, to those of the stipitate and substipitate
forms of Lindbladia effusa var. simplex.

It is, therefore, a legitimate inference, that Lindbladia and
Tubulina, although they closely approach each other, having
been similarly developed along parallel ordinal and partially
parallel generic lines, probably arose from independent and
perhaps widely separated points of origin.

Philadelphia, Penn.

The tendrils of Passiflora caerulea.
D. T. MAC DOUGAL.
(WITH PLATE XIV.)
I. Morphology and anatomy.

The work recorded in this first paper was undertaken for the
Purpose of determining the factors in the movements of the
tendrils of the Passiflorzs, more particularly the movements by
which atendril responds to a stimulus, resumes its original
Position, Or on continuance of the irritation coils permanently,
and its Subsequent changes while coiled and serving as a sup-
Port for the weight of the adjacent part of the plant body.
maccePting as entirely tenable the view that the other move-

aus of the tendril are the results of conditions of growth
ying states of turgescence, they will be are pi

: i

the continyi
dissimj]
of conductin
logical ch
Which thj

206 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

The first investigations on the nature of tendrils of which
we have any record are those of Palm™ and Moh? published
within a few weeks ot each other in 1827.

The descriptions in these works are necessarily very meager;
the one dealing with the subject from a physiological stand-
point while the other reasons from the structural characters
alone.

In 1858 Prof. Asa Gray published his paper on the move-
ments of the tendrils of the cucurbitaceous plants 3 which led
Darwin to undertake a series of observations which he finally
extended to more than one hundred species, the results of which
were published in the Journal of the Linnean Society 1865. *

Hugo de Vries in his ‘‘Zur Mechanik der Bewegung von
Schlingplanzen”’s deals chiefly with the difference of growth of
the upper and lower sides of tendrils and the mechanism of
movement of twining plants. All of these workers were con-
cerned chiefly with the outward phenomena of movement
rather than morphological changes and structural condition.
Contemporaneous with these observers and later, much notable
work has been done on the organogeny, structure and phys
iology of tendrils.® :

To determine the conditions prevailing in the tendril during
its period of sensitiveness it was thought necessary to study

*Patm: Ueber das Winden der Ranken. *%Monv: Ueber das Winden der
Ranken und Schlingpflanzen.

®Proc. Amer. Acad. of Science and Arts.
‘Climbing plants. ;
®Arbeiten des botanischen Institut in Wiirzburg, 1873, Band I. Heft 3. de
®BRavaIs BROTHERS: Annales Sc. Nat. 2 Sér., 1837.—ST. Hawn ae

an
Roy. Soc. Canada, vol 4 ; F

taktreize; Untersuchun bot. Inst. zu Tiibi

SELL: Recherches sur la Vrille des Passiflores: Bulletin de la s
France, 189, 1890.—Masrers: Trans. Linnean Soc., 1878, p. 317

1892.] The Tendrils of Passiflora caerulea. 207

its development through all stages of growth from the time of
its appearance as an axillary papilla till it passed out of the
sensitive stage. During the latter periods of growth sections
could easily be made withjthe aid of pith and a common hand
clamp and the collodion embedding method,’ while in the
younger stages a modification of the paraffin methods given
y Moll, Campbell and Andrews in the BOTANICAL GAZETTE®
was found to be more satisfactory.

The greatest difficulty, however, was experienced in fixing
and hardening the material. The whole organ is ina state
of extreme tension and the contact of any reagent on the sen-

_Sitive concave surface will, unless it has sufficient strength and
Penetrative power to kill and fix the protoplasmic body in-
stantly, cause the tendril to roll up in a helix, and the form of
the wall and contents of the motile cells would be much dis-
torted. A wide range of reagents was tried with but partial
Success inany case. Alcohol in strengths varying from 1 per
cent. to 96 per cent. was found to be useless, as also corrosive
sublimate. Potassium nitrate was found to give the best re-
sults in a 4 per cent. solution, but caused the organ to form
an open helix. Chromic acid distorted the protoplastic struc-
ture besides rendering the sections difficult to stain. Schulze’s
chrom-acetic-osmic solution was useful only in tendrils less
than 2 mm. in length. A mixture of one part distilled water
and one part saturated solution of bichromate of potassium
retained the structures fairly well in many cases, as did also
Weaker solutions of the same. :
- y far the best results were obtained by the use of acetic
a of the following composition: 1 part glacial acetic acid;

Parts absolute (or 96 per cent. ) alcohol; 3 parts chloroform.?

Ry na horizontal position. The action of the fluid will
Se it at first to curve slightly, and then to regain its former
Poettion. After two or three oscillations of this sort it will
keep nearly its original form. After remaining 1n

this fluj : ; :
S fluid for a time varying from 20 to 30 minutes, it was Te-
7 P pesnes

1890, * Am. Soc. of Microscopists, 1890. THomas: Botanical Gazette, Nov.

® Tan
; Uary and June, 1888; July, 1890.
Lex: Microtomists per wet ld ‘10:

208 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

moved, cut into convenient lengths and placed in 96 per cent.
alcohol which was changed several times to remove the acid.
Sections were made with a Cambridge rocking microtome,
fastened to the slide in series and after the removal of the par-
affin stained in a h toxylin-eosin mixture of the follow-

fined longitudinal bands. It often disappears entirely from
the lower surface, being hidden by the deeper tinge of the
ll

their appearance just below it, followed by companion and se
cells. The point of most rapid growth passes backward w!

When the tendril has reached this stage three ee
regions may be distinguished: the base or a ae
Part, 3-4 cm. in length; the middle region or couing Pe ally
comprising the greater part of the organ, which is genet
slightly curved ; and the sharply curved or hooked tip, 4

1892.] The Tendrils of Passiflora caerulea. 209

mm. in length. These three regions show some well marked
differences in structure and outline. The whole organ shows
a bilateral organization which is least apparent in the base
and most pronounced in the portion having the greatest power
of movement, a recognized correlation given by Dr. Otto
Miler.”

The basal portion is broadly oval in outline with just a trace
of flattening on the lower side; the middle portion is oval
with its lateral much greater than the transverse diameter,
while the lower surface is distinctly flattened. The tip is
nearly circular in outline, and bears at its extreme end the
cup-shaped formation above mentioned. Along the convex
upper and lateral sides of the tendril are several obscure
angles which are mostly absent from the lower concave
surface,

The internal structure of these parts shows corresponding
differences. The arrangement in the middle portion is as fol-
ows: The epidermis consists of a layer of rectangular cells
with the longest diameter parallel to the long axis of the ten-
dril (figs. 1, 2, 3, @). Occasional stomata are found distrib-
uted equally over both surfaces.”
Beneath the epidermis is a layer of collenchyma with thick-
€nings so disposed that that the tangential are much heavier
than the radial walls (figs. | Rae eae 6). Scattered through
this tissue are the color bodies mentioned above. At the ob-
tuse angles of the tendril this layer is three cells in thickness,
at other places it decreases to one. :

internal to this is a layer of loosely arranged thin walled
ee of varying size, containing in the outer rows 0
oman abundance of chlorophyll and protoplasm (figs. 1, 2,
ae 1 Be ner rows of cells bordering on the bast ~
Shick, caded with starch, constituting the starch layer
Through the entire layer are occasional crystals of calcium
The cells of this layer on the convex side are unl-
“responding difference in thickness of the layer. The in-

eee ond i igt sie kein Krummungsver-
Mungen» "et Bie bilateral gebaut st awite othelligt sie an den GRE:

it Prerren 7: ee 2
¥ Ti balgy of eae o Gh Spundte be botanische Practicum,

210 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

tercellular spaces are large and plentiful by reason of the pe-
culiar manner of junction of conical ended cells. In many
cases, however, the entire ends of adjacent cells are pressed

arrangement are well fitted to undergo-great variations in size,
while the large intercellular spaces, affording plentiful space
for the reception of expelled cell sap, make possible rapid
changes in the-tension of this tissue. The parenchyma is

protoplasm t-
_ The basal portion differs from this in its regular sds! ie
Ene, symmetrical arrangement of the xylem, heavier st ous
ing of the collenchyma, and early formation of a weer
distinct cambium zone. Lignification has extended slig

** PENHALLOW: Proc. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. 4, sec. 4, 1886, p. 54

1892.] The Tendrils of Passiflora caerulea. 206

to the pith, and parenchyma in the xylem, which has three
or four spiral vessels besides an annular vessel in each bundle.
The central pith is generally found torn apart forming the
lysigenetic intercellular spaces of De Bary.*

The structure of the tip, however, is widely different from
that of either of the regions just described. Near the ex-
_tremity of the concave side may be seen the oval aperture of
the cup formation lying transversely to the length of the ten-
dril, appearing white because of the absence of chlorophyll in
the tissues beneath. The cavity is .3~.4 mm. across in a i-
rection parallel to the long axis of the tendril and about .8

ity (fig. 6, @, a’). The collenchyma is composed of one row
of shortened, strongly thickened cells terminating at the rim
of the cup (fig. 6, 5, 6’).

thin s they near the cup and are separated only by a
is Sas of pith. The termination of the tracheary tissue
cells «aes a mass of epithema,* composed of long, slender
c a. oblique ends, appearing as a continuation the tra-
Shoot ch touching directly the epidermal layer of the cup

All the intervention of the collenchyma layer. _ :
Di Jed tissues of the tendril are abundantly supplied with
have foo cey-the parenchyma of the pith and cortex, which
With th merous simple pits, oval in form, arranged transversely,
Dicsnch: torus present. The inner side and radial walls of the
Nicat yma of both the concave and convex surfaces commu-
eee the adjacent cells by similar structures; those of
Op BURT pe ERIS OF

14 Com: zi
18 Dp — Anatomy of Phanerogams and Ferns, Eng. Ed.,

d., p. 200.
376. Comp, Anat. of Phanerogams and Ferns, Eng. Ed., pages 375-

_212 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

the collenchyma being most numerous on the tangential walls,

e markings of fibrovascular elements are of the common
form in this type of plants. The arrangement of the proto-
plasmic body of the organ with reference to density and com-
position, bears a direct relation to the sensitiveness of any
part of the organ. The protoplasm is most dense and richly
granular in the epidermis and chlorophyllous cells of the con-
cave'surface near the tip. The density decreases as it passes
back into the middle region where it is quite uniform through-
out. The contents of the epidermal cells and collenchyma of
this side take the stain most deeply as does the epidermis of
the convex side, which, as well as the underlying tissue, is
very similar over the entire surface. :

t may be assumed in conclusion, that the concentration
of the protoplasm in the epidermal layer has a direct connec: -
tion with irritability, that the movements of the organs are
due to changes in the chlorophyll layer and that the disposi-
tion of the xylem elements is favorable to rapid flexion and
extension, and that the abundant supply of reserve food ma-
terial is a provision for the rapid growth and fixation of the
tendril upon coiling.

Purdue University, La Fayette, Ind.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XIV.—Fig. 1. Half cross section of middle portion of
—Fi e of same.—Fig. 3. Long!

tu nal section of concave side of same. a, a’ epidermis; 2, 4’, col poss ee
¢’, chlorophyll parenchyma bast; ¢, xylem; /, pith.— Biber
of tip dril sh g cavity, a.—Fi avity of same see

-—fig. 6. Longitudinal section through tip of mature tendril.
in fig. 1; ¢, F io 7 Di
toplasm in tip and part of middle region of tendril.

An apparatus for determining the periodicity of root
press

M. B. THOMAS.

{WITH PLATE XV.)
received
nd the results of

1892. J An Apparatus for Root Pressure. 213

or a glass tube attached to the stem at its base by means of
a rubber tube making with it a water-tight connection. The
observations were recorded by marking upon the tube each
hour to indicate the rise of water in the tube or by measuring
it with a scale in the glass or on a strip of paper or wood be-
hind it. The apparatus required frequent attention and was
in no sense self-registering. The other methods used were
modifications of these but in all cases frequent attention was
required.

The following self-registering apparatus is suggested: The
base of the apparatus is about 1 by 3 feet and is supported by
legs about 3 inches high. About 10 inches from one end and
in the center of the base is erected a standard about 2 feet
high and 4 inches in width. On the short end of the base and
near the post is fastened a set of strong clock-work (the Seth
Thomas ‘marine works” answer the purpose very well). The
clock-work is covered with a box, and the end of a cylinder 6
inches in diameter and 1 foot 10 inches high is fastened to the
hour pinion by means of a pin passing through a hole in the
end of the pinion and fitting in a slot in the end of the cylin-
der. The top of the cylinder is held in place by a pin pass-
ing through a support from the main pillar, and a hole in the
end of the cylinder.

Ans pee the large upright pillar is fastened a U-tube, about 4 an
ich diameter, one end being nearly as high as the pillar and
the other but half the height. The tube is filled with mercury
to within about an inch of the top of the short arm. The
eae of the plant is cut off near the base and placed in posi-
‘on. An inverted U-tube is tastened to the stem in the
usual way by means of arubber tube tied with wire while the
— end of the U-tube is connected to the larger one in the
ame way. The small U-tube is filled with water through an
pening in the top.

he cylinder is made of bright tin and is blackened by re
he it slowly in the flame of a lamp or gas jet.
the Stor consists of a light steel wire with a aie
ais somewhat smaller than the diameter of the tube. This

n the mercury. It is then at the top of the tube bent
the it angles twice and allowed to extend to the bottom ?
sec. a where it is again bent at right angles and the se
Pin driy, pe fest against the smoked surface of the cylinder.
Side be en in the pillar prevents the wire from turning to one
Cause of the friction of its end with the cylinder.

vol

214 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

As the root absorbs water the pressure upon the column of

ous spiral course on the cylinder. As the cylinder revolves
once each hour the hourly variation can be studied by observ:
ing the distance between the lines.

The supply of water given to the plant is kept constant by
means of a flask of water supported by a stand and having an
exit tube touching the surface of the water in the dish in
which is placed the jar containing the plant.

The apparatus can be made in sizes appropriate for the
study of periodicity of root pressure in almost any plant.

An eight day clock should be used and the apparatus need
scarcely be touched until the plant is exhausted. The differ-
ence between the maximum and minimum variation will grow
less as the column of mercury becomes higher but the time of
variations will be the same for each day.

€ apparatus described may be constructed at a very

On the apical growth of the stem and the development of
€ sporangium of Botrychium Virginianum.
Cc. L. HOLTZMAN.

(WITH PLATE XVI.) t
__ The origin and affinities of the Filicine is one of the nee
‘mportant problems of systematic botany. Among avers
tions directed to solving this problem not least have of
those concerning the origin of the Filices and the ree
the eusporangiate and leptosporangiate groups. It a | se-
advocated by some that the Ophioglossee form a natura

1892] Ou the Stem and Sporangium of Botrychium. 215

ries, running from Ophioglossum to Botrychium Virginianum;
the latter being closely related to Osmunda and through it, as
the connecting link, with the Filices, forming the complete
phylogeny of the Filicinee. With this in view it was thought
that if the development and mode of growth of the meristems
of Botrychium Virginianum were known, it would possibly
show more closely its relations to Osmunda and help to clearer
views concerning the position of the eusporangiate ferns.

Dr. Douglas H. Campbell in a comparative study of the
roots of Osmunda and Botrychium' shows that the roots grow
froma clearly defined apical cell in the form of a three-sided
pyramid. From the general fact that a fern grows from the
same shaped cell in all parts, roots, stem and leaf, it would be
expected that a cell of similar form would appear in the stem
of this same plant (fig. 1). It is slightly longer than that of the
Toot, but has unmistakably the form of a three-sided pyramid.
In the stem figured the nucleus also appears ina state of di-
vision. Unless growing very slowly the segments retain their
distinctness for a considerable time, often the outline of as

any as three or four being easily traceable (fig. 2); while the
Segments follow the general rules of segmentation and divide
y a transverse wall slightly below the center of the cell. The
Wer part may then divide into several cells by transverse
and longitudinal walls; and the upper part first by a longitud-
inal wall into two, then each of these into two or more, thus
after a time confusing the limits of each segment

Turning now to the sporangium, we find that in the Filices
gel Sporangium always arises from a single epidermal
a which usually, according to Bower’, projects more or less

ongly beyond the surrounding tissue before segmentation
ee a transverse wall cuts off a lower cell from which
aaa evelops, and from the upper one the sporangium pro-

Tn ead of the sporangium, arises.

otrychium this distinction cannot be made. The spor-
Bs — is first noticed as a cell of large size (fig. 3) on the
belie cape In section, but not protruding beyond the other
atively | € nucleus in the specimen figured, from its compar-
arge size and appearance, seemed ready to divide.

angiu

N
zerre, ova . soe apical growth of Osmunda and Botrychium, BotanicaL Ga-
2 E .

netic sti The comparative examination of the meristems of ferns as a phylo-
Y; Annals of Botany, III. 362.

216 The Botanical Gazette. (July,

Three oblique walls are formed one after another, thus giving
rise to a three sided apical cell. The sporangium now projects
slightly (fig. 4), and in the figure probably two segments have
been cut off and will be devoted to forming the stalk of the
sporangium. While it is true that the sporangium arises from
a group of cells, and probably. some cells other than those
heavily shaded (in fig. 4 those cut off from the original cell)
take part in the formation of the sporangium, yet it seems
equally probable that the entire sporangium can be referred
to the single large cell (fig. 3). If this be true, a closer con-

ion (fig. 5). Three cells, from their general shape, are evi-

*L.ic., p. 362)

1892]. On the Stem and Sporangium of Botrychium. 217

in the so-called spindle stage of division, with probably forty to
fifty cells in the sporangium. Another stage (fig. 8) showed

Se RTLANATION oF Plate XVI.—Fig. 1. Young stem of Botrychium Virginianum
apical I cell dividing; four segments shown. X 225.—Fig. 2. Pinnule;

longit

growth; outlines of three segments shaded. X 225.—Fig. 3. Portion of
udinal section of pinnule showing origin of sporangium (large cell) X 450.
i i i segments ha been

eal.

cut > iy Seen ha after apical cell is formed, tw Ss gy of
bald —Fi i rowth, two

the six arches porangium in an advanced state

f, ta z . 6. BS
nicer layer. X 170,—Figs. 7 and 8. Archesporium cells dividing,

g
wo layers of cells surrounding them. X 325

‘Bower: Is th . " Rees
type in the € eusporangiate or the leptosporangiate the more primitiv
ty the ferns? Annals of Botany, vol. V. no. XVII.
ol. XVIT.—No, 7

218 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

Noteworthy systematic and distributional researches.
Recent work in systematic hepaticology.

For a long series of years the systematic study of Hepatice
seemed to be held in abeyance to the \settlement of various
morphological problems, and the earlier activity of Nees von
Esenbeck, Gottsche, Lindenberg, De Notaris and Sande-
Lacoste on the systematic side came to a close midway in the
fifties and was revived only by a few descriptive papers by
Mitten in the sixties. Starting with the period of Hofmeister
and Gronland in the fifties the study of the morphology and
development of the group culminated after the preliminary
investigations of Kny, Kienitz-Gerloff and Leitgeb in the
masterpiece of the latter in 1881.‘ Commencing in the
seventies and coming down to the present, some of the best
descriptive work among the Hepatica has been accomplished
largely by representatives of four European countries : Spruce,
Pearson and Mitten of England, Lindberg (now deceased) of
Finland, Massalongo and De Notaris of Italy and Stephani in
Germany. The last decade especially has been prolific in new
forms and the recorded number? of Hepatics in Synopsis
Hepaticarum (1844) has been nearly doubled.

pruce, whose masterpiece on the Hepatice of the Amazon
and Andes, is well known, has described recently? thirty-four
American species mostly from South America, three only
being from Mexico. Jackand Stephani have described 18 new
Species from Peru and the United States of Columbia.
Stephani has described two Hepatic from North America
which were collected by Dr. Julius Réll, besides the Lejeuneas
described in the June GAZETTE. d

Siatic Hepatice have been described by Lindberg oe
Arnell,* who enumerate all the known species of Asiatic ge
(96) three of which are new; and by Mitten’ who enumerate

- : z : z, 1874-81.

- sean ch pie ie Sr ar eee Botanik ne
curiously estimates the known species at 1300. The number will prove
not far from 3000. :

® Hepatice Nové Americans tropice et alie, Bull. de la S
France, xxxvr, Pp. Cxxxix—ccvi.

* Hepatic Wallisianze. Hedwigia, xxx1, 11-27 (1892). - on) and

* Bot. Centralb. xiv, 203—4 (1891): Marchantia Oregonensis (Ores!
Porella Roellii (Washington).

§ Musci Asie Borealis, Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxi, Labs

n the species of Musci and Hepatice recorded from Japan-
- Botany, ut, part 3, (1891).

oc. Bot. 4

(1389).
Lino.

1892] Noteworthy Systematic and Distributional Researches. 219

all the known species of Japan (74) of which thirteen are new;
he also describes two Chinese Frullanias.
From Africa numerous contributions have been made to our

Madagascar ; a number of new species are mentioned but not
described. Pearson® describes three new Frullanias from
ar.

From Australia a considerable number of species have been
described in recent years by Stephani, and Carrington and
Pearson, but the greatest number of novelties has been de-

The species of the Sandwich Islands have been brought to-
gether by one of our own countrymen, Mr. A. W. Evans of
New Haven™; 117 species are included in this list, of which
vit are new. Several of Austin’s MS. species are also de-
scribed. In addition to the species of this list 22 species were
described from these islands by Mitten in Flora Vitiensis and
Anthoceros Hawaiensis by Reichardt in 1877, thus bringing
the list up to 140 species which number will be doubtless

“specially those in the larger genera, are figured.

«ies the above systematic papers we have an “Arrange-
high] € Genera of Hepaticae”, by Mr. Evans,” which is
rei Y creditable and will prove very useful. His estimates

zani, © number of species are cautious and usually low. Baz-

@ for instance, is credited with 100-125 species while
8 H ‘ tial
€patice African, ivi 1891). Earlier
pay . canee. Hedwigia, xxx, 201—217, 265—272 ( 9
bicher ee title have bean pustiched by Stephani in Engler’s Bot. Jabr-
® Revue Br, edwigia (1888), and Botanica. GazETTE (1890 ;
* Frulla Pologique, xvi, §5—6o (1891). 8
2 (1891). nie Madagascarenses. Christiania Vid.-Sel. Forhandl. 1890, no.

fe =
X Provisional List of the Hepatice of the Sandwich Islands. Trans.
Trans Atal [pp. 19] (1892), =

"nn. Acad. vit [pp. 20] 1892.

220 The Botanical Gazette. (July,

genera, Conoscyphus, Mastigopelma and Plectocolea. Cronisia
Berkeley, which indberg changed to Carringtonia because

series. So also are some of Trevisan’s innovations,* but pos-
sibly the less said of these the better. The widely scattered
literature has rendered this work.by Mr. Evans specially diffi-
cult. * A number of generic names will have to be replaced
on grounds of priority whenever we have a sufficiently stable
system on which to make the shift. One hundred and seven-
teen genera are included, of which 87 belong to the Junger-
maniacee. And yet the text-books persist in regarding
Marchantia as a representative liverwort !—LuciEN M. UN-
ERWOOD.

The psammophilous flora of Denmark.

*8 Cronisia was based on Corsinia which it resembled. delle epatiche-

*4 Vittore TREVISAN: Schema di una nuova classificatione
Mem. R. Ist. Lomb. di Scienze e Lettere, ser. 1m, rv, (1877). . don this we
tS There is needed a classified bibliography of the Hepaticae an f the first
have been wor ing for several years and hope to reach publication ©
7 (author catalogue) in a few months. Videnskap-
®Euc. Warminc : De psammophile Formationer i Danmark.
Meddel. Naturh. For, Kjébenhayn 1891.

1892.] Noteworthy Systematic and Distributional Researches. 221

species of Atriplex, Senecio viscosus, Salicornia and the
variety salina of Matricaria inodora. The perennials are

and Petasites spuria. Only a few perennial herbs without
creeping rhizomes are recorded from this locality, such as
Crambe, Eryngium and Mertensia, all of the species
“maritima.”

What the author has called the ‘‘Psamma-formation,” the
second zone, includes the vegetation of the dunes which are
most typically developed along the coast, where they give
the landscape its very singular appearance. They are barren
hills exposed to raging storms, and with a vegetation always
very poor and monotonous. The plants must be able to re-
sist a living burial in the moving sands. But as a matter of
fact the formation of these dunes is actually due to their
growth. Psamma, Elymus and Triticum make the founda-

» Or, in some cases, by Hippophaé, and the
: of Psamma gradually dies out.
It is stated that a single tuft of Psamma has caused the
ae dune about twenty meters high. _ This plant
Be erefore, better fitted for resisting sand burial than any
oh Tt not only does not hurt it to be covered entirely by
h sand; its growth seems really stimulated, the ascending
‘oots stretching themselves so as to reach the surface and
€ sunlight,
the mus arenarius is also a valuable plant for making stable
sand, although it is not nearly so important as Psamma,
does not seem to thrive well before the sand has been

of Tri pe retion, namely, Festuca arenaria and some species
um. Th
thamnoides, thriy

Nd due €speci . i
eee i t-shoots.
© roots f, y to its rapid propagation by roo

M., develo

The thir

222 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

with several other plants, which first occupy the soil, prepared

y the ‘‘Psamma-vegetation,” and which, to some extent,
contribute to the stability of the sand; for instance, Sedum
acre, Taraxacum, Sonchus, Leontodon, Carex arenaria, Thy-
mus, etc. Some of them propagate by root-shoots, while
others have widely creeping rhizomes, e. g., Carex arenaria, or
runners above ground. Weingaertneria differs from these by
its cespitose growth which is due to a profuse development
of shoots from the axils of the lowest leaves. The young flowers
are well protected by the large leaf-sheaths, as is also the
case with Psamma. ;

a thick cuticle is characteristic. Species of succulent
are comparatively few in number.— THEO. HOLM.

1892. | Briefer Articles. 223

BRIEFER-ARTICEERS,

Living fossils.—The great flat slab on which we stood seemed built
there to command a view of stoneworts.

In the clear lime water of Fall River, S. D., floated great streamers of
Chara, fresh and green, yet fading insensibly, first into a dingy, then
into a dead looking, and even into a stony mass, as the eye followed it
upstream. It was astreamer of living, growing stoneworts that blended
into the slabs of “petrified moss” strewn broadcast in the channel around
us, and on one of which we stood.

But the eye could trace this so-called living fossil or petrifaction
back still further to the banks overhead, where other stoneworts once
floated in waters whose channel was higher than and broader than now.
Yet higher still, in an earlier channel, the eye could see great slabs of
it, upturned in a railroad cutting.

_ At our feet, where interposing boulders had reduced the transport-
ing power of the current, a sand bar of broken stems, leaves, and
whorls was lying, simply waiting for the “lapidifying juices” to cement
into limestone—a sort of puzzling Chara breccia.

Right here in reach then were all the terms of a botanico-geological
stonewort series, a sort of climax, beginning with the perishable, grow-
oo vapee and capped by the same built into everlasting rocks and
ands,

; It only remained for the collector to make his choice, which was
one,

fell to pieces, being encrusted just enough to appear stiff and stone-like,
yet not enough to last. However, slabs of the “petrified moss” of any
desired linear dimensions could be had, and handled with impunity.

ese ever forming stonewort slabs consisted of a few inches of rigid

lithified creek bed, as a stable sort of backing to the stony mat of weeds
Upon them.

224 The Botanical Gazette. {July,

EDITORIAL.

THE COMING MEETING of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science is to be one of the most important of recent years so
far as botanists are conterned. For that reason,.if not for the pleasure
of meeting other botanists and reading and hearing interesting papers,
there ought to be a large attendance of botanists. The meeting is to
be held in the city of Rochester, N. Y., from Aug. 17th to 24th. Re-
duced rates, one and one-third fare, will be granted on the usual cer-
tificate plan on all the railroads of the Central Traffic Association. The
University of Rochester opens its buildings to the sections, and the
usual receptions and excursions are announced.

Of foremost interest to botanists will be the proposed division of
section F into two, and the formation of section G, of botany, leaving F
for zoology. This question is to be discussed and settled at this meet-
ing. Incase the section is divided, the status of the Botanical Club
is to be considered. ;

It is probable also that the proposed botanical congress in connection
with the World’s Fair will come before the section for discussion. The
Committee which was asked by the World’s Fair Auxiliary to take
Steps to organize such a congress recently prepared a circular letter to
the botanists of the country which they vainly tried to have issued as
it was prepared, It was only after long delay that it was issued at all,
and on its appearance the members of the Committee were nearly 48

be. Although the Committee may hope for some information through
this inflated circular, they will expect to ascertain more of the temper ot
the botanists toward this scheme at the coming A. A. A. S. meeting:
ie

ONE oF ouR good friends writes: “I wish that the less ponderous
and profound botanists were not so ‘offish’ in sending contributions t0
the Gazerre. I like to have the work of the editors more appreciated
and not sunk out of sight by over-weighty articles. . + - nk
Bulletin makes me swear . . . . ;and the GAZETTE, alas, pu 2
me to sleep!” We almost envy the Bulletin this distinction; anyth ae
but being Prosy! Yet itis with a clear conscience that the ci
print this accusation against the “less ponderous and profound 1
Ists;” it does not lie against the editors.
_ We have so often urged the “small fry” (as another friend calls
1 which we all claim to rank) to send notes and items regard
work, that we are blameless. Not only has the invitation been
but the most ample provision has been made for these shorter

this class
ing their
pressed,
articles.

1892. | Current Literature. 225

When the departments of the GazeTrTe were differentiated, “Briefer
Articles” was established to receive communications of less than two
pages. Later “Open Letters” was provided for those who chose to put
items of interest, discussion or criticism into this form. And for the
briefest, “Notes and News” is always waiting. ;

The Gazetre does not print all MSS. which are sent to it. But we
can truthfully say that no communication was ever rejected because it
Was too short or would interest only amateurs. On the contrary we
welcome the noies by amateurs for amateurs, and lament the decrease
of “briefer articles.”

CURRENT LITERATURE.

The Myxomycetes of eastern Iowa.

The leading paper of the latest number of the Bwdletin of the lab-
oratories of natural history of the State University of Iowa * is a de-
Scriptive catalogue of the myxomycetes of eastern Iowa, by Prof. T.

- McBride. Sixty-six species are described, and most of them are
beautifully figured on the ten plates drawn by Miss Mary McBride to
accompany the monograph. Incomplete as it may be for its own lo-
ity and for others further removed, there are many botanists who
ve desired to know something of the group who will welcome this
Work, and will thank its author for the care and labor he has expended
mits preparation. We trust that it is only preliminary to a fuller and
More elaborate account of the species of the upper Mississippi valley.
We Suggest as an improvement for the next edition, that the author
catty his “keys” further, to include the species of the larger genera,
Such as Trichia and Physarum. It is a help to the beginner, out of all
Proportion to the labor it costs the author, to have some clue to the
Species, after he has been led by keys to the genus.

The Missouri Botanical Garden.

The thi

te td annual report of this institution was issued about the
of Ju The report of the director, Dr. William Trelease, 1s

ly, 1
ol. M, no. 2, Pp. 99—162, pl. 10.—June 1892.

226 ' The Botanical Gazette. (July,

the beds; replacing all the sets of steps about the parterre; rebuilding
from the foundation the west wing of the greenhouse and repairing it
throughout; replacing unsightly and dilapidated wooden fences with
open wire or iron ones; beginning to put the fruticetum into order by
removing some of the old and useless trees, subsoiling about 5 acres,
‘spading about one acre of it from two to two and a half feet deep, and
planting a small orchard and a considerable number of shrubs. In
addition to the introduction of many plants brought from the West
Indies by Mr. Hitchcock, a very successful attempt has been made to
introduce hardy native species into the grounds. About 1500 species
were planted under the direction of Mr. F. H. Horsford; a bog and
artificial pond and many small beds having been prepared in the ar-
boretum. The trees are being labeled with white-bronze plates bear-
ing the name in raised letters, while white celluloid labels have been
found best for the herbs. The Engelmann and Bernhardi herbaria have
been mounted and arranged. They contain about 155,000 specimens.
Dr. Trelease has also donated his private collection, chiefly of fungi,
containing about 11,000 specimens, and his library of 500 books and
3ooo pamphlets. Mr. Shaw’s city residence has also been taken down
and rebuilt in the garden, in accordance with the directions in his will.
It is now occupied by the herbarium and library, for which it at pres
ent forms commodious quarters. In rebuilding, it was made fire-
proof. The library now contains about 6,000 volumes, and receives #
large number of exchanges.

This is truly a record of remarkable activity, and augurs well for the
future. All that is done, is being done with reference to perpetuity
and permanent value, a policy that cannot be too warmly commiesiie

Though so much foundation work is being done, immediate pee
in scientific lines are not lacking. The report contains a thorougiy

the species
a description by

1892. ] Current Literature. 227

The principles of agriculture.*
Under this title Mr. Winslow seeks to set forth the elementary prin-
ciples of chemistry, physics, geology and biology so far as they affect
domesticated plants and animals. We have nothing to say of the parts
of the book other than the botanical, further than this, that they seem
to be of about the same quality. In the physical chapter, for instance,
We notice a tranverse section of a woody stem used to illustrate the
“porosity of matter”! The chapter on plants wholly ignores the exis-

at the “eye”; “seeds ave supposed to contain a supply of nourishment
sufficient to support the young plant until the ascending stem can
= the open air”; “a shoot called the radicle extends downward”;
the radicle is the origin of the roots of plants”; these are some sen-
tences from the aragraphs on seeds. Mr. Winslow gravely argues

_ The rise of the “sap” is due to “capillary attraction.” The “mate-

— it may be in religious experience, it has been abundantly
wonstrated that in science, out of the mouths of babes and sucklings
Taise has no been ordained.

M Minor Notices.
fora of en’: HouM has prepared the “Third list of additions to tt
cal § ashington, D. C.”, which has been published by the Biologi-
ociety of Washington.? About 80 species and varieties have been
oe

'W.
—.” I. O.— The principles of agriculture for common schools.
2 ox PP. 152. Chicago: The American Book Co. !
* Sol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 1, pp. 105—132.

228 The Botanical Gazette. (July,

added since the last supplement by Knowlton in 1886. Numerous
new localities are also given.

In 1868 Dr. G. L. Goodale published a list of the phanerogams of
Maine, which has generally been known as the “Portland Catalogue.”
A second edition of that list has now been prepared by Mr. M. L.
Fernald, * of Cambridge, Mass. The list incorporates the discoveries
since 1868 and by marks gives some indication of the distribution of
plants in the state. Mr. Fernald proposes a complete annotated cat-
alogue later, and asks assistance particularly in the collection of cryp-
togams.

IN A RECENT paper in the Proceedings of the California Academy of
Sciences * Dr. Douglas H. Campbell gives a detailed account of the
Structure and development of the prothallium and embryo of Mar-
silia vestita.

A SECOND EDITION of Webber’s “Appendix to the catalogue of the
flora of Nebraska” has been issued by Dr. Charles E. Bessey of the
University of Nebraska.? In addition to the correction of a few minor
errors and the rearrangement of the index there is a supplementary
list of recently reported species by Dr. Bessey.

WO PAPERS on the Hepatice have recently been distributed by
their author, Mr. A. W. Evans.t His “ Arrangement of the genera of
€patice” is an attempt to bring together the genera of these plants
which are best entitled to recognition into natural groups, with a cita-
tion of the place of original publication and the chief synonymy. It :
will doubtless be of use to students of this group. The other paper B
“A provisional list of the Hepaticse of the Hawaiian Islands” and Is
based upon collections made by D. D. Baldwin in 1875-6 as determin
ed by Austin. Ten new species are described and figured, of which
five are credited to “Austin MS.” :

THE FOREST TREES of Indiana are enumerated by Prof. Stanley
Coulter ina pamphlet reprinted from the Transactions of the Indiana
Horticultural Society for 1891. One hundred and eight yin
found in the state. Concerning these Mr. Coulter has gathered mu‘
valuable information from his own observation, from MSS. mses
Placed at his disposal, and from previous publications on the plants
the state, particularly as regards their distribution and economic im
portance.

* Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 1892.
* Second series, vol. 11, pp. 183—205, plate iii. April 19, 1892. iy of NE
® Contributions from the Botanical Department of the University

braska, new series, m1. June 14, 1892.
From Proc. Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. vir.

1892. ] Notes and News. 229

OPEN LETTERS.
Pink and yellow pond-lilies.

Pink pond-lilies are very commonly sold in Providence at the card
C. Davis. ‘Correspondents can always purchase them

th kindscome from Cape Cod. We used to have, according to
George Thurber, a locality for the pink ones near Providence; it has
long since vanished.

t. J. F. Collins has found Zotws corniculatus here.—W. W. BAILEY,
Providence, RT.

NOTES AND NEWS.

Two forms of registering a f zi iration are de-
5 pparatus for studying transpirati
seribed by Messrs. Taylor and Frost.
Tur May number of the Student opens with a sprightly sketch of
Julius von Sachs by Mr. Hubert M. Skinner.
Bios: © PaPERs of botanical interest in the June number of the
pr llich- naturwissenchaftliche Zeitschrift are “the quality and structure
: fir wood,” by Dr. R. Hartig and “the influence of elevation on the
€mperature of the soil,” by Dr. E. Ebermayer.
n LUCID SUMMARY of our present knowledge of the nature and origin
Ps ecundation both in the plant and animal world is to be found in
oo February and April numbers of the American Naturalist. \t is the
xt (and illustrations) of a lecture delivered by Mr. H.J. Webber of

the Shaw School of Botany before the Alumni Association of St. Louis
ical College. ;:

hey AmM, under the direction of Prof. Detmer, has conducted
— of experiments on the intramolecular respiration of plants, by

also with the ; —
sPgdics —See Ber. d. deutsch.

bot. Geseils., meh x ‘heft peice up to nine days
PRIZE of a thousand marks is offered by the Experiment Station
of me Java for the. best investigation ba the causes and eae ot

the swounced later. Manuscripts have to be written in German, and
commit precautions for withholding the name of the writer from the
= e of award are to be observed.

HE Wisconsin A. : held its field
Meet; capDEmy of Sciences, Arts and Letters he
mine’ for 1892 at Ripon, Wis., on June 2—4. The plans of the ek
tegarding out-door work were completely blocked by the steady

230 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

rains. A preliminary paper on the sa of Dane county, Wis.
presented by Messrs. R. H. True and L. S. Cheney of the Univeeip
of Wisconsin, and Prof. C. R. Barnes — the public address in
the Ripon eae aA on “Asa G

Dr. J. C. ArtH
Science,a paper restbctore the oe = fhe Promotion of A: ncaa
al Science at its Washington meeting, on the physiological basis forthe
comparison of potato prudction. He concludes that to make fair
“7 ate the seed material must be of the same weight, roughness
n er of pieces; and that if the tuber is divided, only the same
regions of the same weight tubers are magne
ANNON, Asst. Surg. U. S. A., as member of the Central Di-
vision of the In Wercbalinental Raiteey Comsbissint has collected spec-
imens of the natural history of the various regions of Guatemala em-
ys 0

ri; onne

or chief he rbaria. These plants will accordingly form part of the ex-

nsive pale entitled, Ex Plantis Cuapmalanee guas edidit John

Dinmi! Sm

AST commencement of the University of Wisconsin two of

ie ead presented were of botanical interest. r, A. M. TenByck
read an honor thesis on the “Regermination of seed

d Pcs £8 € odney H.

True Labo a thesis “On certain me ies of the so- “called br

carpous Dic ’ This will be publis ished as mes _ a revision of

Dicrana in senart ion by Messrs. Barnes and ide
he

E PROGRAM Of the international botani cal congress 0 to Be sp a

whatever language most familiar with.

ered advisable to fix any special subjects nayee ‘discussie n, b sat" in
nounced that A et . botanical nomenclature will be ‘rea
accordance with O. ze’s recent book! After the congress

committee will rint a brie account of the meetings and will pu
also the Ohl en

PauL SCHOTTLANDER ae found that the same differential tts
the sexual cells of plants is possible as Auerbach has demon: Gym
the sexual elements of anamals. Sections of ce prothallium

ue M, Gaston Bonnier val of
ts on the rev

n the Gowad number Bi the Revue gen. de Botan
a some similar but much less comprehensive oiak imen'
seedlings shes eataiilete ¢ Sraicesstes.

Notes and News. 231

double st ned by Ros Seca: which will be described in the next

art of Co n’s Beitrage zur Biologie der Pfl n. Un his treat-
ment the ees of the spermatozoa are colored intense blue, while
the plasma and nucleus of the egg ane are red. e see possibilities

of in determining the nologies of the embryo sac
structures by this process. iyo tee s paper is only preliminary to
fuller Seethes and public

THE FIRST REPORT Sika. director, bie, F. H. Snow, of the
co)

romote and co experiments for ae destruction of chinch-bugs
y contagion or infection,” has recently been issued, and Se
octavo volume of 230 pages, with plates an ere are three

ct . mo The? fin
weather and the bacterial disease in dry weather. In 1891 three-
fourth of the once to art ificially carry infection were successful.
Reports were received from s408 farmers

shad d with those which require full exposure to npn
Fo, been Sehgal by Adolf Mayer (Landw. Vers , XL, 203)
or one class he used house plants, “as Tradescantia zebrina and
a sarmentosa, and for other class field plants, such as rye
é e leaves of th se plants took uch less oxygen in the same
ete than those of the field plants as compared either with their living
abana ty weight thi concludes that plants which

Rien. M Raarz eas and figures, in the oe der ee
Gesellscha aft x. 183, the tyloses w which he has s discovered

ial divis; Ag only in the wood near a woun the energetic
boring oun, of the cambium to cover a wound wa to the neig

Stanford ope KINS SEASIDE LaBoraTory, a department of the Lela =

Will hold it niversity, has been located at Pacific Grove, California, an

€ pre ts first session of ads weeks, commencing June 27th, during
Sent summer. Pacific Grove is a sea-side resort on ge oe
sea

232 The Botanical Gazette. [July,

the liberality of Mr. Timothy Hopkins provision is made forthe equip-
ment of the building, and for the future continuation and extension of
the enterprise. e library and apparatus of the University labora-
tories will be used.

An elementary course in marine botany will be given by an assistant
selected by Dr. Campbell, as the engagements of the latter will pre-
vent his being present during this season

ormai
are new, occurring on the stems of Sagittaria variabilis in Massachus-

Two
of Dr. T. J. Burrill, and Cornuella Zemnae, in honor of Prof. M. Cornu,
are also described, the former from Illinois and Wisconsin and the
latter from Massachusetts. In the same num er, Dr. D. H. Camp-
ell discusses the prothallium and embryo of Osmunda and suggests

Ss *
gaseous environment, temperature, morphology and life history, and

special behavior.
University of Mrnnesora has begun the publication ofa Quar-
f. Conway Mac-

Millan, and the direction of a board of editors appointed from a
various faculties of the University. The following items of botami
Interest are taken from the first number: : th
. Vy Ork upon the botanical survey of the state is being pushed wi
vigor. Three collectors last season brought in more than 20,0

to gather largely for exchange, with a view to strengthening pss a
barium in plants of the southern hemisphere. The collectors wills!

transpiration. “(See this journal xvi, p. —. ‘His ex ene
him to the conclusion that ether refards transpiration by retar in oe
iti e’s results were faulty 1 :
i ion with trans

: : : etable
piration. The increased loss of water vapor from anesthetized ie yea

PLATE XIV.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

MacDOUGAL on TENDRILS.

ey
~~
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

PLATE XV.

Besa

| Ze

| eS
isc SSS poe ect ee RE Tn a enema NT
THOMAS on ROOT-PRESSURE.

7 eal

PLATE XVI.

Oye q
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

HOLTZMAN on BOTRYCHIUM.

"you. XVII. AuGUST, 1892. No. 8,

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

.
EDITORS:
. JOHN M. COULTER, University of indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J.C, ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

CONTENTS:
On the relation of certain fall to spring blossoming plants, I. eas zs

x Ws 33
ae ‘Notes on the fork ct Chicigo oid cay = ack a, Hill, . 246
q Plea of expediency.—V. Z, B 252
On Amarantus scrapes (with plate XVII Jobe M. Holsinger. sherk
-Ontbe eetpmens 3 he strawberry leaf.—Mfrs. Sirona! z OnE
development of the mn h z -
ict) PeE doer errr re Arisema triphyltu' ee ee
Ge Cc s es wiles eae aa i 260. age
Farben, aa ioe ole a Roe GER tee
“Notes and News = Rare pei PW Seem gs RP ent tape te 966

lissuep AuGusT 15.)

BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.
EDITORS.

_ “Fracy, Gibbs & Co,, Printers, Madison, Wisconsin.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agents

In oe 11 shillings, Germany, t
Agent, W. . COLLIN: Agents, R. FRIEDLAND so ct
157 Great ecient St., London, w. ‘atistrasse 11, 2, Berl, X

Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed ‘to John M. on
University of Indiana, Bloomington, — money orders and drafts should
made ae to the Boraxscat Gaze’

at the following rates: For each 4 pages ot less, per 100, deo for — d
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers AZETTE, cs

_ title, $150 per 100, additional. The number desired must be mariod cat the head

f the MSS. as none will be Siuited unless ordered. < ae
Manuscripts.— Contributors are requested to prepare MSS. exactly oe a
in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the gen!

of composition shown in the pages of the Gazerre. Scientific and:
- Bames ert be written with particular

Hlustrations.— Articles he ads Dhisteations should be sent ion c ks. os
Purdue chek Lafayette,

wo 4
es Missing Num lumbers.—Will - ae reese only when soar is made a
days after receipt of the number followi oe

TR mitered at the Post-office at as Ind., as owt psnater

Bde ln the soem number well appear:

| :
" Flowoes and insects, De pie CHaRLEs Roser PsN, Ca

Se linvite, Tis.

Eee Se a 5
A full report 0 of the botanical i part of the proce Pahor.

ESOTANICAL GAZETTEH

AUGUST, 1892.

On the relation of certain fall to spring blossoming
plants. I.
AUG. F. FOERSTE.
vy Remarks.—I regard the present paper as a continuation of that

[PreFato!
_ plished = n this journal, vol. XVII It is of wider application _ the
s of European plants alone would seem to indicate. Its purpose is to

centuries, and the f
pee quite well "ap ler ed by this time. The plants of these countries, there-
e desired ata, ‘data which a not fin a ey Moreover,
wd ey to see many of the plants in ques I havea great
but ing on this subject in siidon to pero: ofered in the paper,
it would have Uitncesageity extended it to in nerd oes t
: di : 3

which dered finis It is my intention, beaver to study the s tice cases

T expect to fin the southern United States hen it oii i
of this material A will find it very convenient “d have already placed on
“a ne eet Pade of facts which are by these studies of

ti f “body ‘ot
ike the present 0 ill draw m i a to studies of this
wher: >and will Wiead to Bae ronplatiatian of the fall Loni habits of other plants,
; © real reason has formerly not been suspected. Perhaps one
‘portant results will be the di sctinihadont sehen the seared Sports
od ee according to their former habits, a proces: s whic aoe t ,
1 Cte, ue when it comes to a scientific study of Phenology. stant climat-
. -
lon a aware that modern botanical study is largely peariet cag at — e
ie oo that there are still results worth o en sien
f botanical research, which, although not oe “the highest ;
= a ve ls heultvating, and constitute a part of aeons in its largest
roma lett ter the Edi rs.]
" acomparative study of the flowering seasons of the
< es France, and those of Italy, Corsica, and Sardinia be
the first feature likely to force attention is the eng
Pa yt the the more southern regions «of those plants whic
o. 8.

234 The Botanical Gazette. * Pugust,

ordinarily flowering in the spring, also more or less habitually
blossom a second time in the fall. This fall flowering of

species among those noted from Italy and the islands, and
will serve to give a good idea of the wide range of plants
among which this habit has been observed:
Fumaria parviflora, Morisia hypogza, Cardamine. hirsuta, Sinapis amplexi-
caulis, Iberis garrexiana, Reseda Phyteuma, Viola odorata, V._ tricolor, Poly-
gala vulgaris, P. flavescens, Silene paradoxa sométimes, Malachium a m
sometimes, Malva rotundifolia, M. borealis, Erodium maritimum, E. cicutarium,

Ajuga -_mu
Columnae sometimes, Lamnium album, icromeria approximata, Globul
Alypum 7 mer plates, G, vulgaris sometimes, G. incanescens sdmelimé,
Daphne collina sometimes, Daphne Cneorum 77 certain Alpine regions, Passe-
rina hirsuta, and several species of Urtica.
A corresponding list from France would be considerably

smaller. If species growing only in southern France, such as
luded, it

more northern ones. In Italy, therefore, many plants manage
to flower a second time in the fall, owing to diffe h ;

These may be that the seed produced by spring io
time to germinate and develop into a plant of sufficient 37°

: t arching
to produce flowers already in the same fall; or, etl: case of

n, and
having

€rn countries there is not enough time between Spang pee
to permit many spring plants to develop this habit blir
ing again in the fall. ; beet
Considering how long this habit of fall flowering ee the
noted in the case of certain species blooming normally =
Spring, it is surprising that no studies should have been

1892.] Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 235

to ascertain to what extent these fall flowers succeed inripen-
ingseed capable of germination in the following spring. Nor
is the writer able to furnish this desirable information. It is to
be presumed, however, until more definite data are at hand,
that in a considerable number of cases these fall flowers do not
produce seed capable of germination. :

Il. The fact that spring plants begin to blossom at a much
earlier season in southern countries than in northern ones is
ofcourse known. But to those who are accustomed to con-

March in the More southern localitie

The following species blossom from fall to the middle of
“inter, but their relation to ordinary spring flowering species
‘sunmistakable: Ranunculus bullatus, October to December;

November to March; and Arisarum vulgare, November to
s.

wentioned as flowering in the fall and again in spring: Kon-
Iga halinifolia, October, November, and again in April and
a Linum maritimum, November, December, and again in
ae The close relationship of this habit to that of spring
ee flowering a second time in the fall will be at once

Three other speci : he same list
Pecies, apparently belonging to the sa ’
had Perhaps better be described as fall flowering plants blos-

a
equently than in Italy. From the middle of winter to
Helleborus niger, January to April; Petasites fra-

236 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

grans, December to March; two species of Erica commence
flowering in January. From fall to spring: Arbutus Unedo,
October to February; Passerina hirsuta, October to April.
North of France flowering rarely begins sufficiently early to
merit consideration in this connection.

The various short lists just mentioned indicate very wella
sort of tendency which certain spring flowering plants have of

- flowering more and more early, so that in the case of certain
species the flowering season begins early in the winter, and
with others, already inthe fall. The fall flowering species of
this series differ widely from the cases of accidental, or more
or less regular and repeated reappearance of flowers in the
fall which was noted in the case of many plants at the begin-
ning of this paper.

I. Fall flowering with the second series is nota case of
the reappearance of flowers for the second time during the
Same year. 2. A// of the species of this series ripen their
fruit, although quite frequently not before the following
spring. 3. all-flowering with them may be regarded as@
matter of more or less gradual development, as the tendency
to blossom early, carried almost to excess, and not, as in the
case of the plants first discussed, a sort of sport of nature,
which has assumed a more or less fixed habit with certaim
species.

in the fall in Italy, Sardinia and Corsica; the species printe

Higes ae
Taraxacum gymnanthum, Erica multiflora, Cyclamen Europeum, pein
num, C. Poli, aphne Gnidium, Triglochin laxiflorum, Posidonia Cau Leuco-
cies of Crocus, Narcissus serotinus, Sverndergia lutea, St. colchiciflors, ¢.
jum autumnale, Scilla intermedia, Colchicum autumnale, C. ae i
alpinum, Arum pictum, Biarum tenuifolium, and Botryanthus parv! ring! ig

In addition to the above species in Italics, the following spectes hye in
Spain, are also found in southern France, with the same habit of Tbocodias
the fall: Viola arborescens, Androsace pyrenaica, Merendera Bu
and Crocus nudiflorus E i

1892.] Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 237

Of the various fall flowering species just cited only four
have a geographical distribution extending further north than
southern France. Cyclamen Europzum and C. Neapolitanum
reach central France. Hedera Helix, and Colchicum au-
tumnale extend considerably north of the northern boundary
of France. The centre of geographical distribution for al-
most all these species lies therefore south of France, and ina
measure the habit of fall flowering, as exemplified by these -

methods
have gained this habit: 1. They may simply be cases of

oe Succeeded in blossoming already in February, others
and .. and the species in question even in November
the “tober. Which of these three tendencies or methods _
Sause of the fall flowering of the species last mentioned!

@ certain extent this question can be answered. — In the

enco n of the various lists quite a number of species were
untered which had developed the habit of fall flowering,
their Si a retardation of the period of development ©
tai hese species were usually detected by the

all their relatives were summer flowering species;
Plants ates Close spring flowering relatives, nor did oe
Cate thet ret, habits or in any part of their structure, One!
at they had ever passed by the stage of a spring plant.

238 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

The names of these species have been purposely omitted in
this paper, and yet it is possible that certain of the species
mentioned under the third series (III) may have had such an
origin. This may, for instance, be true of Viola arborescens,
Ceratonia Siliqua, Glinus lotoides, Erica multiflora, An-
drosace pyrenaica, Daphne Gnidium, and Triglochin laxi-
florum : ti

tember and October. This is remarkably retarded develop-
‘ment for the flowers, considering that the subtending leaves
are already formed in spring. On the other hand, these in-
florescences may be branched, or even be developed together
with a few leaves on short lateral branches; and no signs ofa
former existence as a spring flowering tree are shown by any
remnants of organs protecting these inflorescences from the
cold. Species of Erica often commence flowering very early
in southern countries. Perhaps E. multiflora is only an at-

1892.] Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 239 -

chin laxiflorum occasionally also flowers in spring. Tr.
Barrelieri flowers in May. r. maritimum blossoms in June
and July. There are no data at hand to discuss the usual fall
flowering of the species first mentioned.

The remaining species of list III are considered as fall flow-
ering plants which formerly blossomed in the spring. This
remainder may be conveniently divided into two divisions,
based upon their presumed former habits, species in which the
flowers were probably never developed a long time before
blossoming, and which, therefore, furnished no protecting or-
gans for the flower buds against winter weather; and species
which formerly developed their flower buds during the fall
and kept them protected against the cold of winter in
scaly and often subterranean buds before the final devel-
opment and blossoming in spring. To the first division be-
long Ranunculus bullatus, Taraxacum gymnanthum and species

of Cyclamen.

mong European species of Cyclamen the following blos-
ee he spring: C. repandum, March to May; C. latifoli-
fll ey to April; C. Coum, January to March. The
S wing flower in the fall: Cyclamen Europeum, August to

the sum

flower so decidedly in the fall or in the spring, and the related
commonly spring flowers, that the origin of the
ing ones Species of Cyclamen from former spring ower-
ea. Y Probable. f
Owering species, in which the plants show means 0

240 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

protection of the flowers against the winter cold, are the fol-
lowing: Hedera Helix, Posidonia Caulini, Crocus spp., Narcis-
sus serotinus, Sternbergia lutea, St. colchiciflora, Leucojum
autumnale, Scilla intérmedia, species of Colchicum, Merendera
Bulbocodium, Arim pictum, Biarum tenuifolium and Botry-
anthus parviflorus. Of these species only Hedera Helix has
aerial scaly buds. This species and Hamamelis Virginiana
were discussed in a former paper. It was there also suggested
that the scaly bud which in Hedera for some time encloses the
flowering umbel is probably the remnant of a larger scaly bud
which protected this umbel all winter, at a time when this
plant flowered still in the spring. In Posidonia Caulini, the
flower buds are protected by a sort of coarse bulb formed by the
bases of the leaves. It flowers in October and fruits in February
and March. B. Ardoino in his Flora des Alpes Maritimes,
mentions a variety, P. major, as flowering in May and fruit-
ing in August. The habit of P. Caulini to fruit in the spring
is very suggestive of a former Spring flowering history for this
plant, especially when the habits of the variety major be con-
sidered. The coarse bulbs of this plant are probably most of
the time covered by water.

The flower buds ofthe remainder of these species were form-
erly protected during winter in scaly subterranean bulbs, oF
in the scaly buds crowning subterranean fleshy corms. In the
following remarks it has been thought best to draw into the
discussion related species of Europe and vicinity. ;

vocus. In a review of the genus by G. Maw, 43 species af
described as flowering in the spring, often very early, an <
species as blossoming in the fall; 10 of the latter have i.
leaves dormant during the flowering season. Whether ie
flowers appear in the spring or the fall, with or er de
leaves, it is a general rule that the leaves attain their ful fall
velopment first as the fruit begins to ripen. Now as the ing
“Uowering species develop their fruit first in the following SPF 4
It follows that the leaves of a// the fall flowering speci®
Not reach their full development until the following sP™ 8
the period of fruiting. nly

Narcissus. Ina review of the genus by J. G. Baker ON.
three fall flowering species are mentioned: N. serotinus, -
elegans, N. viridiflorus. Only in the first mentioned
are the leaves not contemporaneous with the flowers
usually not appearing until the scape dies down.

1892. | Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 241

other species, here not mentioned, flower in spring, the latest
until May. The relation of the fall to the spring flowering
species is evident.

Sternbergia. Of the European species St. lutea and St.
sicula blossom in the fall, together with the leaves, or the
flowers have at first a slight start ahead of the leaves; St. col-
chiciflora blossoms in autumn, but the leaves appear first in
spring with the fruit, thus pointing to a former spring flower-
ing habit, as suggested in a former paper for the similar habits
of Colchicum autumnale. St. Etnensis still flowers in May, as
though to remind the investigator of the former spring flower-
ing habit of this genus.

Leucojum. Among European species L. roseum flowers in
the fall with the leaves, but the leaves have scarcely made
their appearance, or have only half the length of the flowering
stem when the flowers begin to unfold. L. autumnale begins
to flower in the fall also when the leaves are still concealed or
just commencing to peep forth from the ground. Among the
spring flowering species L. trichophyllum has flowers in blos-
som often when the leaves are still concealed, but the leaves
may at times catch up in development during the flowering
Period. In L. vernum a slight difference of development Is
occasionally noted. The other spring flowering species, L.
Hernandezii, L. zstivum, L. hiemale, have the leaves fully de-
veloped during the flowering season. The retarded develop-
Ment of the leaves of autumn species in general finds its ana-
logy in many spring flowering species. It is not normal for
late summer flowering genera or species.

uropean species of Amaryllidacee present other good
Cases of fall flowering plants, although none of the species

faves aré not yet fully developed. S f the species of
: y developed. Some o ;
forbularia may sometime in the future take up the habit of
: flowering. C. Bulbocodium begins to flower often in Jan-
and C. cafitabrica, even in December, but at present

a . ;
~ flowering has begun, a fact which is also true

242 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

autumnalis, another fall flowering species, August to October.
This habit points to an origin from spring flowering species;
a case which otherwise would be doubtful since summer flow-
ering species of Scilla are not rare.

f the twenty-three well defined European species of Col-

reason is that the meadows were covered with water during
the fall. Among the fall species C. Bertolonii, C. pusillum,
and the ill-characterized species, C. Steveni, develop the

remaining twenty species develop the leaves first during the
following spring. Now the habit of blossoming before the leaves
develop is so common among spring flowering species, and se

Same length at the time of flowering, October to November, but
the latter continue growth after the flowering season. 2
Bulbocodium and M. filifolia have the leaves still hidden in

flowers before the leaves are well developed.

pe ;
Schott, in his revision of the genera of the Argiae a

1892.] Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Plants. 243

leaves appear during the same autumn, only later than the
owers. Biarum tenuifolium flowers in Italy, inOctober. In
the specimens examined, the leaves were not visible at all
when flowering commenced. Schott places in the same genus
the following species: B. Spruneri, Greece; B. Anguillare,
Dalmatia ; B. abbreviatum, Greece; B. Zelebori, Greece,
Asia Minor ; B. Russelianum, Syria. ~From his character-
ization of the genus these species should have the same habits
as the species first mentioned. The genus /scharum Blume,
as defined by Schott, also flowers in autumn before the leaves
appear. Ischarum Haenseleri occurs in Spain, I. dispar in

- Th
considered as including only those fall flowering species which

qemeriy flowered in the spring. Their relation to spring

do not flower also in the fall flower in spring; and there are
oo summer flowering species at all. (In those cases

* ads Summer flowering species exist, this proof is wanting. )

aaa t

: ‘ “a fall are protected in scaly bulbs or in the subterrancan
wc borne by corms until immediately before the flowering

244 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

Canadensis the flower buds remain small all summer and do
not develop until late in the fall. In Hedera Helix the scaly

velopment at first. This points, by analogy, to the long re-
tarded development of buds during winter, to a former spring’
flowering habit.

3. Quite a number of species develop their blossoms more
or less before the leaves. The leaves may develop later in
the fall and during the winter, or may not appear until the fol-
lowing spring. This habit finds its analogy among spring
flowering species and suggests the former spring flowering
habit of these fall blossoming species.

considerable number of the species in question mature
the fruit first in the spring of the following year, although the
fruiting capsule or pod may develop considerably during the
winter months. In many species the fruiting ovary remains
in the ground during winter for protection against the cold, as
heretofore described for Colchicum. In Hamamelis Canadensis
the pod takes on a horny texture which protects it against the
cold, and the fruit of Hedera Helix is also quite hard during
winter months. = ;

By the use of one or more of these data the former spring
flowering habit of fall flowering plants may be determined. It
remains to learn if the fall flowering habit resulted from the
occasional reappearance in fall of the flowers of certain species
flowering in spring under ordinary circumstances, or if they
are Cases of earlier and earlier development of spring plants.
The following facts are of importance in a consideration of this
question:

1. When related spring flowering species are
numerous, as for example in Crocus, Narcissus, Colen
Merendera and the like, one or more of the spring species W!
always be found to commence flowering remarkably early,
forming a sort of a link with the fall flowering species. sed

2. It is not common for the related spring flowering speci _

1892]. Relation of Fall to Spring Blossoming Piants. 245

3. Ifthe two facts just noted are more favorable to the de-
velopment of fall flowering species from spring species by

direction. The spring flowers which accidentally blossom a
second time in the fall commonly do not ripen their seeds.

ow by what kind of selection are these plants ever going to
acquire gradually the habit of resisting the cold, and ma-
turing their seeds even after a quite severe winter? If on the
other hand, the ancestors of fall flowering species began as
ordinary spring flowers, and then gradually flowered earlier
and earlier, it may be understood how all these species found
Some means of resisting the winter cold, and all of them
gradually acquired the habit of ripening their seeds in spite
of the cold, either in the spring as usual, or in the fall. It is
because the habit of flowering in the fall is viewed as the re-
sult of a gradual development with these species, that a simul-
taneous development of the power of the fruit to resist cold is
also readily understood.

Moreover, the development of the habit of fall flowering in
the manner just cited requires that the habit of flowering in
the fall should be formed in the warmer, more southern

considered, and included in the list III, which does not have its
Scographical range extending into the districts of southern

Sardinia, and also why the centre of the area of geographical

distribution for these species lies usually in the more southern

ve above investigated derived their habit of flowering in the
fall in Spai

be also val
under simi

246 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

Notes on the flora of Chicago and vicinity.
E. J. HILL.

From time to time the writer has furnished the BOTANICAL
GAZETTE with lists of plants from the neighborhood of Chi-
cago, and especially from the adjoining pine-barren region of
northwestern Indiana, accompanied by such notes upon them
and their distribution as seemed desirable. The present notes
are in continuation of this work. Some of the plants to be
noticed have already been mentioned in Higley and Raddin’s
“Flora of Cook county, Illinois, and a part of Lake county,
Indiana,” which appeared in the spring of 1891. Some have
been detected since that time.

NATURALIZED PLANTS.—Of naturalized plants, fies

re I have met

edicago sativa L.—The only place pia d., where it

a
with alfalfa is in a meadow near East Chicago,

e . . : -
* This species is abundant near Madison, Wis., thoroughly it
Spreading rapidly.—Eps,

1892. ] The Flora of Chicago and Vicinity. 247.

grows spontaneously inthe grass. The farm where it occurs
is an old one for the locality, being cleared in early days in
the pine woods, and is still encircled with timber. It is not
reported elsewhere in the vicinity of Chicago.

4. Helianthus annuus L..—This is not the cultivated plant
escaped from gardens, but one introduced from the plains.
It is well established in the western part of the city, near
Brighton Park and along the C., B. & Q. R. R. The loca-
tions reveal how it has been brought here, as it is seen most
abundantly where the refuse from stock trains has been
thrown out of the cars along the embankments, or piled in
the fields. It has spread from such places into the neighbor-
ing fields, and is sharing the ground with H. grosse-serratus,
the most common indigenous helianthus in such situations.
The heads of flowers are quite variable in size, the disks an
inch or two in diameter, and are mostly larger than any of
our wild sunflowers, and with a different aspect.

olanum rostratum Dunal.—I came across this first in

Gaz., xin, 323. The same year it was found at South Chi-
_ ago, as mentioned by Higley and Raddin. In 1890 I found
tat Dune Park, Porter co., Ind., along the L. S. & M. 2

and the statement added, ‘“pretty common west.” It is not
Ey ined in Babcock’s ‘‘ Flora of Chicago and Vicinity, pub-
seein the Lens, the last part of which was issued in De-

wood in 1875. It is not given in Patterson's ‘‘ Plants of Illi-
(1876), nor in the ‘‘Catalogue of Plants of Indiana (Bor.

“2, 1881), nor in Wheeler and Smith’s Michigan catalogue

248 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

(1881). As the last edition of Gray’s Manual states that it
has spread eastward to western New York, it has evidently
gone this distance since about 1873. It is often a very vig-

in great abundance. Though the foliage resembles that of
A. albus, the general appearance of the plant is very different
from that of the globular and bushy tumble weed.

7. Cycloloma platyphyllum Moquin.—It is stated in Gray's
Manual (6th edition), that this western plant extends to west-
ern Illinois and southern Indiana. It also occurs here and
was first reported in Babcock’s list (supplementary part, De-
cember, 1873), as ‘‘rare” by the I. C. R. R. In 1875 I found
it growing by the C., R. I. & P. R. R., near the normal

- Schoolin Englewood. Last year I saw it by the L. S. & M.

S. R. R., between Miller’s and Dune Park, Inds “It also oc-
curs at the city of Evanston, north of Chicago. From its be-

ventive at Clarke, and has all the appearance of Mt Fi ra” at
Lake, and is so regarded by the authors of the ‘Flo
Evanston,

1892. ] The Flora of Chicago and Vicinity. 249

NATIVE PLANTS.—There are a few plants of a different
character, native to the region, which are worthy of mention.

1. Desmodium Illinoense Gray.—Found last year at Auburn
Park within the limits of the city. It has been known hith-
erto as aplant of western Illinois and westward. From the
locality where it grew it was evidently indigenous, and may
occur elsewhere in this vicinity, as it is easily overlooked from
its close resemblance to one or two other species of this trou-
blesome genus. !

2. Rosa setigera Michx.—In the summer of 1890 I came
across a few bushes, or clumps of bushes, of this rose at Willow
Springs, in the southwestern part of Cook county, Ill. They
were on the wooded hills which rise abruptly on the east side
of the Desplaines river. They grew on the borders of rather

Py Desplaines, a couple of miles below. In a narrow strip
& Woods between the river and Flag Creek, which enters it

at this point, they occur plentifully, clambering over shrubs
cre small trees. These stations seemed to have elud-
evi

c.. the Illinois river, or close by, the Desplaines being

ti ary, and Morgan Park being situated on the dividing

in . “ge it and Lake Michigan. The prairie rose 1s rare

gan 2 ‘gan, though one of its common names is the Michi-
se, but is considered indigenous there.

* Report —
Flora (1892) as found at Ann Arbor, Mich., in Beal and Wheeler's Michigan

Vol. XVII.—No. 8,

_ 250 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

3. Rosa Engelmanni Watson.—Specimens of this were ob-
tained last year at Pine, Ind., with oblong-obovate fruit.
Those seen before in this vicinity have nearly always had ob-
long fruit, as mentioned in a former communication to the
BOTANICAL GAZETTE (XV, 310.) The canes were from four
to eight feet high, and closely resembled in foliage and fruit
taller examples of this rose seen at Vermilion Lake, Minn., in
1889. As compared with R. d/anda, it is usually a taller and
more robust shrub, with abundant leafage, the stems, partic-
ularly the lower part, often densely covered with fine
prickles. It prefers damper and generally more shaded situ-
ations, approaching in this respect R. Carolina. It partakes
of another character of R. Carolina, which is not so common
In the case of R. blanda, that of frequently being massed in
iarge clumps, and occupying the ground quite exclusively.
detected this rose last year at Rogers Park, near the lake
shore in the northern part of Chicago.

4. Cacalia suaveolens L..—Found in a single locality by the
Calumet river, near Porter, Ind. It has not before been Te
ported from this part of the state, nor from the vicinity of
Chicago, though said by Dr. Phinney to be common in
eastern-central part of Indiana. Only one locality he io
signed to it in Michigan, on the authority of Winchell’s cat
alogue. :

City,

this
head of Lake Michigan. Near the mouth of West City

e
Tun somewhat parallel with the shore, it may extend up on
Stream still farther towards the west. In the Catalogue

reached, whence it extends westward around ene
into Minnesota. It has been reported from Beloit, W oa oot
6. Quercus Muhlenbergii Engelm.—This oak comes in

1892. ] The Flora of Chicago and Vicinity. 251

lake flora sparingly, being found by Wolf Lake just east of
the Indiana line. The soil is sandy and of little strength, so
that all the trees are small. They are scattered over an
area of a few acres, and are quite isolated in their position.
Southwest of the city this oak occurs again on the Desplaines
below the mouth of Flag Creek. — In the rich soil of the
bottom land it makes a large tree. These are the only locali-
ties near Chicago where it is at present known to grow.
About fifty miles south it is not uncommon by the Kankakee
tiver. Q. imbricaria comes a little further north along the
Desplaines and Flag Creek, thence extending south to Joliet
and beyond.

7. Eleocharis quadrangulata R. Br.—Abundant in the
Shallow water of Wolf Lake, but within the city limits. In
the Manual its range is not extended west of Michigan. It
has been found in Illinois and Missouri in the vicinity of St.
Louis. In Wolf Lake it very fully occupies the ground
where it grows, preserving the character Elliott gives it in
his “Sketch,” (I, 79.) ‘‘In rice fields it becomes a very in-
Jurious intruder, as its thick creeping roots occupy the ground,
and permit nothing to grow where they extend.”

8. Eleocharis olivacea Torr.—While looking the past season
for E. capitata R. Br., since the only station where it had hither-
tobeen seen, at Whitings, Ind., seemed likely to be destroyed
by the works of the Standard Oil Company, I found it again
about a mile from the original locality. The new station is
on the borders of Lake George. With it 2. ol/vacea was also
found. Both are quite plentiful in patches in the wet, marly
sands in which these shallow lakes abound, since the fresh
Water mollusks are so prevalent that their comminuted shells
erm a whitish marl. Such a soil affects the flora to some ex-

a It is in this fine mud, a mixture of sand and calcareous
sited that these two species of Eleocharis grow. Both are
se

Y cespitose, forming small tufts. The stems of £. capé-
are erect or ascending, from half an inch to seven of
inches high, and form fibrous, annual roots, while those
- olivacea are diffuse or subdecumbent, from two to four

252 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

in Michigan. In Indiana it is reported from Gibson county,
in the southwestern part of the state, and the station at
Whitings places it in the extreme northwestern part.

9. E. intermedia Schultes.—This species also was obtained
with the two just mentioned. It has been noticed’ but once
before in our vicinity, at Hyde Park. The stems are con-
siderably shorter than those usually described, being but
two to four inches-long. They are spreading or declining,
densely cespitose, many small bunches making a large, com-
pound tuft. Ido not find it reported for Indiana, though it
is found in Michigan, northern Illinois, Iowa, and northward.
E. acicularis, everywhere common, grew with the three spec-
ies named above, and the four could sometimes be collected
within the area of a square yard.

Englewood, Chicago.

The plea of expediency.
N. L. BRITTON.

Inasmuch as Dr. Sereno Watson has in hfs last published
words (BOTANICAL GAZETTE, June, 1892) defined his position
and that of Dr. Gray, on the question of nomenclature, as oné
of expediency, it is desirable that this position be briefly ex-
amined. a
n

that what thas appeared to them ‘‘expedient’’ is the shes
which has been followed quite independently of what

may have so regarded, and it is this spirit which has led
he questio#

anists.’’ Coming from the source that this pungen
does, from one who has been more closely identifi

1892.] _ The Plea of Expediency. 253

work of the ‘‘botanical aristocracy’’ than any one else,! it
must be accorded the greatest weight as an indication of the
thoughts that have been rather freely expressed in private,
and which have done systematic botany no good. A proper
consideration of the wishes and opinions of others would have
served science immeasurably better and redounded to the cre-
dit of those who were so well equipped to facilitate the devel-

themselves, there were about two courses open to them. e
one was to accept the recommendations of the Paris Congress
of 1867, and other representative deliberative bodies which
had considered the nomenclature question, and decided that

Shoice. The opinion of the leading spirit in the Paris Con-

1 sity
h. not an ex post facto law. It would indeed be ridiculous to
ave it so,
Fal Britton is of course at liberty to make his own use of this editor!
of their . over beg leave to dissent both from his imputation of it
t im

eral m_— and from his special application of it in the case

al, The
to any one
under con-

254 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

For some reason which I am wholly at a loss to understand,
Dr. Watson found it expedient to intimate that I have with-
held from publication a letter on this matter written by Dr.
Gray. The facts in this case are just these. Immediately
before his fatal illness, Dr. Gray wrote me a long personal
letter objecting to the course which I had taken in maintain-
ing one of Walter’s specific names, dating from 1788, which
was cited in Dr. Watson’s Bibliographical Index, asa synonym

. of one published by Torrey and Gray in 1840. The citation is
made by Dr. Watson without any question being thrown upon
the equivalency, and I supposed it to be true, but in this let-
ter Dr. Gray threw doubt on it, and informed me of an earlier
specific name by Linnzus, which I took up on the next oc-
casion I had to refer to. the species. Some time after Dr.
Gray’s death I was requested to send this letter back to Cam-
bridge as the physicians attendant on Dr. Gray desired to
have a study made of the hand-writing. This I immediately

‘did. Later I was requested to allow the letter to remain at

eeaes, Moquin, in DC. Prodr. Xl, 2, (1849), P- 271; in Proc.
generic name, but restored the first specific name. Dr. Gray,!

1892. | Briefer Articles. 255

Am. Acad. v (1862), p. 169, remarks that “the genus Sc/eropus was evi-
dently founded upon an abnormal character, a thickening of the
peduncle and pedicels, which occurs in various Amarantacez. Schra-
der’s [it should be Moquin’s] S. crassipes is an Euxolus, etc.”

Bentham and Hooker, in Gen. Plant. (1883), p. 29, accept Dr. Gray’s
opinion, and include this plant under Amarantus, together with
Euxolus, Mengea, Amblogyne and other of Moquin’s Prodromus
genera. Finally, Hemsley, in Biol. Cent.-Am. 111 (1882-1886), p. 14,
includes this species with all its synonyms under Amarantus poly-
gonoides.

A mere glance at the two plants is sufficient to excite doubt as to
the correctness of this course. Closer inspection leads to positive
certainty that Schlechtendal’s plant, while remarkable for the thicken-
ing of its peduncles, is not an abnormal condition, and is specifically
distinct from the plant with which Hemsley has united it.

In the first place, the histological investigation of these incrassate
peduncles shows normal tissue. Certainly the thickening is not due
to insect or fungus work. And the idea that we have here a case
Similar to the fasciation in the coxcomb, for instance, is refuted by
the uniform dichotomy in the short clusters of inflorescence, sessile in
the axils of which are the pistillate flowers. In this particular, as in-
deed in the entire description of this plant, Schlechtendal is scrupu-
lously correct. He expressly mentions this thickening as constant In
a large series of specimens before him. These were all from the
island of St. Thomas, in the West Indies.. The specimens in the Na-
‘onal Herbarium comprise Wright’s Cuban plant number 2033, Curtiss’
Florida plant number 2378, Blodgett’s Florida plant, Letterman s
Texan plant iz part, Dr. Mohr’s Alabama plant, and Simpson’s Florida
Plant number 482, collected this spring. It thus appears that this
Peduncular thickening is as constant,both in time and in geographical
On, as it is remarkable.

But, apart from these striking peduncles, the plant has flower and
fruit characters that entitle it to specific rank. The spatulate sepals
Of its pistillate flowers have one green mid-vein; the ovary has /wo
6 &s; the ripened utricle is indehiscent. In Amarantus aren”:
n the other hand, the sepals, also spatulate, have, in addition to the
See two lateral veins; the ovary has three styles; the ee
eed Ob aoa The seeds also of A. crassipes are one-thir
an those of 4. polygonoides. :
supechtendal found aS anita flowers in his plants. The later
Ors state that they occur solitary in the axils of the upper leaves.
€ Writer has uniformly found them solitary at the base of the flower

256 : The Botanical Gazette. (August,

clusters toward the upper part of the stem. The sepals are four, oc-
casionally five, narrowly triangular-lanceolate, with a green mid-vein;
the stamens are three, as described, but sometimes only two, rising
from a small round disk in the bottom of the calyx; the two-celled
oblong anthers are little shorter than the filaments,

As to bracts: the author of this species states correctly that the
branches of the inflorescence are each subtende y an ovate-triangu-
lar, acute, small, appressed bract marked by a green mid-vein. This

bracteate. Endlicher, Moquin, and their followers, describe the flow-
ers as /ri-bracteate, an error which seems. to have arisen by looking
only at the terminal flowers of each cluster. For only in that case
are there three bracts, one subtending the branch on which the flower
rests, and two, opposite each other, subtending the rudimentary con-
tinuation of the dichotomy. See fig. e, plate xvut.

Another error, also initiated by Endlicher, is the statement that the
style is “very short,” and the stigmas “two, filiform.” The artist nas
drawn these parts correctly in the accompanying plate. And the
author of this species is here also right when he says, “Styles two,
diverging, curved outward, stigmatic all down the inner side.” These
stigmatic surfaces are under the lens densely long-papillose. Fig: §
shows the direction of styles at the time of blooming; figs. f and sbi
the time of maturity. The author evidently described them in the
young state. ‘

By its spatulate sepals this plant is related to the section Amblogym
by its warty, indehiscent utricle, to Zusxolus; by its uni-bracteate

ae oe m
flowers, to Mengea. But by its other characters it is distinct fro

all, and deserves to stand in a section by itself, § SCLEROPUS, spain
Jirst name, Amarantus crassipes Schlecht.— Joun M. HoOLzinGER,
partment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. tis
EXPLaNaTION OF PLATE XVII.—Fig. 1. Upper part of a plant oe we
crasstpes, nine-tenths natural size, showing mucronate apex of sth ga

2, 0, c,d. Flower clusters showing the mode of inflorescence. bes * e
2 younger flower cluster with pedicels not yet fully incrassate. Fig. h mature
inal flower, with ‘three bracts.’’ ig A pistillate flower, wit pee
utricle, with part of subtending bract on the ce ite ted
flower is also shown. Fig A younger pistillate flower, the pistil pe 6
from the calyx Figs. 4, 2’. A sepal s plant, and of fie’ te
Fespectively. Figs. #, i Seeds of these two species. eae flower

flower with a staminate flower at its base. Fig. / Part of a s'
showing the small disk at the bottom of the calyx.

1892. ] Briefer Articles. 257

Interesting variations of the strawberry leaf—The strawberry, both
wild and cultivated, is perhaps considered less inclined to variation of
foliage than many of our common plants. I have often sought in vain
among them for an abnormal leaf. There are so many strawberry
leaves in which the lower portion of the two lateral leaflets is con-
spicuously enlarged, that one is led to expect the advent of additional
leaflets. In other words it sometimes appears as if nature were plan-
ning to inaugurate a five-leaved form. There is often apparently
overgrowth sufficient to form. anextra leaflet. Indeed the lateral leaf-
lets become so lopsided, on account of this excessive growth, that
symmetry demands that the lower portion be cut off and made into a
separate leaflet. Plants all about us are moulding their leaves in ac-
cordance with changing conditions. They have found by long experi-
ence ih the struggle for life, that, oftentimes, many small leaves serve
their purpose better than a less number of larger ones. And so we
find many entire leaves indenting their margins; lobed ones becoming
more deeply lobed; still others, by what we may term an evolutionary
process of division, give rise to new or additional leaflets. From the
lateral leaflets of the strawberry, for instance, other leaflets might be
expected to be evolved or developed. ae

traversed by the blackberry, the Virginia creeper, etc. :
The finding of these “abnormal” leaves, brought to mind some 1n-
otategd leaves of Fragaria Virgimiana, var. Illinoensis, which were col-
Scted near Lexin ton, Ky., some ten years ago. Figs. 1, 2 and 3,
(half Natural size) represent gradations of these suggestive leaves.
e considered them

258 The Botanical Gazette. (August,

dentate margin has been added ; larger, stronger veins have been form-
ed and it is really become a strawberry leaf. Did not this single leaf-
p let, in the sometime of

G; the past, give off the
j two lateral leaflets, mak-
ing it trifoliate? Does
not fig. 3, give us an
affirmative answer to
Our question? The
transition forms (figs. 5,
6, 7,) have followed the
same law in the devel-
opment of these added
leaves, which was sug-
gested in the deyvelop-
ment of the trifoliate
from the ancestral type.
Descriptions of leaves
ordinarily cover but the
golden mean. Fig. 418
the only one which 1s
recognized as having 4

' legitimate place among

RS RSS the leaves of the straw-
®\ Aut del SIH \ = berry. The others are
ss IS either “poor relations
: a which should remain 10
VARIATIONS OF THE LEAF OF THE STRAWBERRY. the background, or are

too prosperous to remain in the humble household.

But the leaves tell their own story so simply and so well that oné
needs but to give ear unto it in order to understand the progressive
steps from the primitive leaf up to the possibilities of the future repre
sented by fig. 8—Mrs. W. A. KELLERMAN, Columbus, Ohio. ~

On the development of the embryo-sae of Arisema tip
(WITH PLATE XVIII.)—The origin of the angiosperms and the a
telationship between monocotyledons and dicotyledons are among t

esent A e

Primitive group from which the dicotyledons have been derived, e .:

dicotyledons may be looked upon as the primitive group, 2m)
em.

1892.] Briefer Articles. 259

for in every representative of both groups, as far as is known to the
writer, there is to be found the typical seven-celled embryo-sac, and it
is hardly possible that such a structure could have arisen independently
in both groups. If in any representative of either of these two groups
of plants an embryo-sac should be found varying considerably, or even
a little from the type, something toward a solution of the problem
would at least be suggested. . It is perhaps, among the lower forms
that we are to seek such variations, if there are any. With this in view
work was begun upon the development of the embryo-sac in Ariseema
triphyllum. Although no variation from the common type in the
structure of the mature embryo-sac was found, yet a few details in the
process of development from the initial cell seem worth mentioning

The initial cell (mother cell) of the embryo-sac arises as a single
hypodermal cell in the apex of the nucellus (figs. 1, 1a). This cell is
well defined as soon as the first traces of the inner integument of
the ovule is perceptible, or even sooner. All the cells now increase
in size, and those of the epidermis divide by periclinal walls (fig. 2).
The initial cell next divides by longitudinal walls into three or four
cells two of which may be seen in longitudinal section (fig. 3). A trans-
verse section at this stage of development shows four cells («) which in
all probability were derived from the initial cell. As tar as is known
to the writer, the longitudinal division of the initial cell of the em-
bryo-sac has been observed and recorded only by Strasburger." This
author calls attention to a very unusual state of things in Rosa livida,
where about four cells of similar size may be seen in longitudinal
section.? He also states that he has seen two cells in longitudinal
Section, but he does not say in what plant or plants it was observed. One
of these cells now enlarges considerably (fig. 5), and divides by a cross
wall into two cells (fig. 6), the lower one being usually larger than the up-
Per. The lower now absorbs the upper (fig. 7), and develops in the
usual manner into the embryo-sac (fig. 11). (The intervening steps in the
Process are omitted here since they correspond to those of the type.) In

; in all other cases it was always of a more delicate structure, but not

‘ppreciably swollen. One instance was observed where there was no
Jarge nucleus

in in
€ach end and each nucleus accompanied by a V uole as $ det

8. 66. is, however, must be of very rare occurrence, for in
t in the de-

Ks ;
oe Angiospermen und die Gymnospermen, p. 14- 1879.
“©. p. 14, taf. iv, fig. 50.

260 : The Botanical Gazette. [August

velopment, either the nucleus was found in some stage of division, or
a distinct wall was present.
During the development following the stage shown in fig. 7, the tis-

sue of the nucellus surrounding the developing sac laterally is rapidly

bryo-sacs in ovules near the wall of the Ovary are more elongated
(fig. 8) than those of centrally placed ovules (fig. 9). This is due, of
Course, to pressure against the wall of the ovary mainly.

The position of the antipodal cells varies here as in almostall plants.
In some cases all three appeared to lie side by side, others as shown
in fig. ro,

It gives me great pleasure to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Doug-
las H. Campbell, of the Leland Stanford University, for numerous
Suggestions given me in this work.—Davip M. Mortirr, /ndiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington.

€ embryo-sac, mother cell in Process of division, xX 236. Fig. 6, similar ts

1 ’ :
8, andg, embryo-sacs with nucellus and portion of integument cells, X 136. : 1%
10, antipodal cells of embryo-sac, X 236. Fig. 11, embryo-sac of 8, X 236.

: or the
know that, in some institutions, they have been changed mi
better. For the lack of digested and tabulated information,

1892. ] Editorial. 261

compiler selects forty-five of those in which the courses are pre-
scribed, makes his tables and draws his deductions largely from them!
These forty-five include such as Amity, Georgetown, Iowa, Illinois,
Lenox, Moore’s Hill, Parsons, Scio, and Simpson colleges, and Lom-
bard and Union universities, to rank among which Amherst, Dart-
mouth, Lafayette and Princeton must feel proud!

Dirricut as such tabulation might be, it was in comparisons that
the value of the report might be expected to lie. What courses are

courses, ought to be clearly set forth. Had this information been put
in easily available form, we might hope that those prominent institu-
tions which are so wofully remiss in offering instruction in botany
and zoology would be brought to a realizing sense of their shortcomings,
and be thereby forced to a reformation. But in the chapters which
discuss the school and college courses, we have only generalities. We
need something more specific than a statement that “a large PLOPOr:

tion of our colleges are really doing little more than school work in
Science.

: he simplest experiment in either animal or vegetable
phy ae if we have to look through 100 pages to find out which
are

_We recognize the difficulties in the way of presenting a bird’s eye
‘ale of complicated facts; but it is far from impossible. We could
eA aed the quotations from various gentlemen about the value of
SiR training, etc., as well as the history of early biological in-
the . far better than we can spare the proper digesting of

to pac PBEL is, we think, inclined to ascribe too much influence
ohn:

8 Hopkins University when, speaking of it as a trainer of

262 The Botanical Gazette. (August,

teachers, he says: “Botany has, perhaps, been more influenced than
zoology, as is evidenced by the fact that laboratory work is much more
general than formerly, and, further, that courses in cryptogamic and
physiological botany are now given in colleges where attention was
formerly limited to flowering plants.” Just how an institution, in
which biology is a nom de guerre for zoology, has been so efficient i
improving the instruction in botany, is not apparent, and the few in-
stitutions in which botany, not to specify cryptogamic and _physiolog-
ical botany, is taught, have zot been supplied from Johns Hopkins.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
A monograph of the Fontinalaces.'

We are glad to note the publication of this work, in which M. Jules
Cardot endeavors to clear up the perplexing forms of our water mosses.
The contribution is all the more welcome because the group is Ons
which has its home in our own country, for of the forty-three species of
the family, no less than thirty occur in North America, of which twenty-
one are endemic.

M. Cardot recognizes six genera, arranged in two tribes. The For
tinalee include Hydropogon, Cr ptangium, Fontinalis and Wardia;
the Dichelymez include Brachelyma and Dichelyma. The genus
Fontinalis of course contains the bulk of the species. The other
three of the first tribe are monotypic, Hydropogon and Cryptangium
coming from tropical America, while Wardia belongs at the Cape
of Good Hope. Brachelyma is revived to receive our Dichelyma sub-
ulatum, while Dichelyma consists of four species. :

A notable feature of the monograph isthe mode of indicating the
rank of the species, They are designated as of four orders. Those °
the first order have the greatest assemblage of characters by whi
they can be discriminated, those of the second order have a smaller as

n.
for example, is a specics of the third order, being much m th
marked than F. antipyretica of the first order. This does away Wl
Subspecies and is much more satisfactory. Varieties are recognized
subordinate forms under species of any rank. : :

_ The full citation of synonymy, exsiccati, and geographical dip form
tion, and the extended descriptions and remarks all combine to 10
es Mémoires de

tribu-

8vo, PP. 152. Separates 6 fr. 50.

1892. ] Current Literature. 263

a most excellent piece of work, which is made thoroughly available
by agood index. A few separates only have been printed which can
be procured of the author at Stenay, France. (See also this journal,
ante, p. 31.)

Botanieal micro-technique.

The constant advance which is now making in the investigation of
plant structures demands frequent revisions of the books dealing with
the methods of such investigations, and gives opportunity for the mak-
ing of new ones. Strasburger very successfully combined a laboratory
manual with an exposition of technique, a plan which has its disad-
vantages. Dr. Zimmermann, privat-docent in the University of Tiib-
ingen, has produced a book dealing wholly with technique’, in
which he bas brought together the most approved and modern
methods of preparing, imbedding, cutting, staining and mounting

histological material.

The first section gives an account of the general methods of re-
search; the second describes the organic and inorganic compounds oc-
curring in plants and the reactions by which they can be detected;
while the third gives an account of the special methods applicable to
the investigation of cell walls in their various modifications and to the
protoplasmic cell contents and inclusions. There is some overlap-
Ping in these sections naturally, but probably as little as could be ex-
pected between any divisions of the subject. A very short appendix
mentions some special methods applicable to the examination of bac-
teria. The study of these organisms has become so much of a spec-
lalty and has such an amount of technique that the author wisely leaves
this field to others.

€ work before us is more complete than those of Poulsen and of
Behrens, its two predecessors. If it is inadequate anywhere itis in the
Paragraphs on the methods of imbedding and section cutting. The
arrangement and full index render it exceedingly easy of reference,
which in so far enhances its practical value.

Spite of the fact that it would too soon be out of date, it would be
= to have it translated into English. It could certainly be made ~
oe to the cumbersome and costly American edition of Behrens
ag and it is much more exhaustive than Trelease’s Poulsen, which

almost the only book in English now available.

oo” A.—Die botanische Mikrotechnik; ein Handbuch der gored
figs. 6 en Praparations-, Reaktions- und Tinktionsmethoden. 8vo. pp: * 27°-
3. Tiibingen: H. Laupp’schen Buchhandlung. 1892. M. 6.

264 The Botanical Gazette. [August

Minor Notices.

BULLETIN 38 of the Cornell Experiment Station? is devoted to an
account of the cultivated native plums and cherries, by Prof. L. H.
Bailey. The thorough treatment of the subject and the admirable il-
lustrations keep this bulletin fully up to the rank of its predecessors.
Ninety-five varieties are referred to their botanical sources, while forty-
four remain still uncertain to the author, being known only from lit-
erature or the descriptions of correspondents. From this paper it ap-
pears that we have the following native species in cultivation: Prunus
Americana Marsh., with 45 varieties; P. hortudana Bailey and its vat.
Mineri, with 27; P. angustifolia Marsh. (P. Chicasa Mx.), with 18; and
P. maritima Wang. with 1. The value of P. subcordata, the wild plum
of the Pacific coast is yet to be determined. The cherries are treated
ina similar manner, but more briefly, since few of the natives have
been extensively cultivated. There is an attempt to unravel the tan-
gle regarding Prunus pumila of Linnzeus and its eastern and western
forms, which Prof. Bailey thinks distinct.

TEACHERS in both country and city schools (and in many colleges
too) will find the “Elementary Botanical Exercises” recently issued by

pages:

“Botany is not a 600k; much more is it not a Little book.” “Botany
is the study of plants, not the study of books. It is making the per
sonal acquaintance of the structure, reproduction, habits, uses and me
lationships of plants; not a study about plants. When the inquisitive
boy digs up his mother’s flower seeds in order to see how they grow
that is botany in the scientific sense; but when he memorizes a chap-
ter on ‘germination’ in a text-book, that is not botany at all.” :

PRor. Moses Craic, the botanist of the Oregon Experiment ey
tion, has prepared a bulletin on “Some Oregon weeds and how to
waoy them.” There are brief descriptions of about thirty weeds a
companied by wretched illustrations, with directions for <<
each that any body of sense would know. Beyond compliance vee!
the absurd law which requires stations to issue a certain number
bulletins each year, we fail to see the value of such publication. __

? pp. 73. 8vo. June 1892.

* Published be H, Miller, Lincoln, Neb., 1892, 12mo. pp. 50. 35 0em'

1892. | Current Literature. — 265

In THE report of the Michigan Horticultural Society for 1891, Mr.
A. A. Crozier gathers a host of opinions relating to the mutual influence
of the stock and graft. The literature quoted bears on the various

often conflicting and some of it doubtless untrustworthy, Mr. Crozier
has done well in collecting what has been written on the matter, as
the first step towards his experimental study, which we trust will shed
more light on this interesting topic.

Dr. Rotanp THaxTER publishes in the Proceedings of the Ameri-
can Academy of Arts and Sciences a paper which “includes the addi-
tions which have been made during the season of 1891 to the previous-
ly recorded species of North American Laboulbeniacee, a small num-
ber only of new forms being reserved for later description for lack of
sufficient material. Three new genera are represented,—Ceratomyces
by two species, Corethromyces and Acanthomyces each by a single

pean form, contributes ten species, nine of them new; while, lastly,
the genus Laboulbenia adds sixteen species, thirteen of which are un-
described. In all thirty species, by which the sum total of seit
forms is increased to forty-nine; + <7’ Fhe contribution of aquatic
forms is of especial interest, the genus Ceratomyces forming adisti —
departure from previously described generic types.” The weed ees
arefull, but without figures.

Ass Piiceiit Gk the A g Swiltueal ae p : t Station of Ten-
nessee, Prof. F, Lamson-Scribner has issued the first part of a manual
of the grasses of Tennessee.! “This first part is designed for the
farmers and agricultural students of the state; affording the former a

andy reference book for general information as to the general char-
acter and quality of our grasses, and giving the latter a concise 2°
Count of the characters of the grass family, together with a key for we
_ termining the tribes and genera into which the species are classified.

a ‘Th part two it is proposed to fully describe, and, so far as por
B ~ illustrate all of the grasses of thestate. Part one 1s introductory
0 this.”

Stan SON- Screen, F.—The grasses of Tennessee. Bulletin of Agric. Exp.
tion of the Univ. of Tenn., vol. v., no. 2. 8vo. pp: 30-113. Apr., 1992.
Vol. XVII.—No. 8,

266 The Botanical Gazette. [August,

that region in the summer of 1891. He has brought together the
results of his studies and examination of literature in a quarto pam-
phlet, under the title “Lebermoosstudien im nordlichen Norwegen,”
giving an account of the vertical and superficial distribution of 115
species. It may be obtained of the author at J6nk6ping.

Pror. J. G. Lemmon, of Oakland, California, has published a “hand-
book of West-American cone-bearers.” It contains brief popular
descriptions, and also attempts to establish approved English names.
In the great confusion of names in local use the attempt deserves suc-
cess, and no one is better fitted to speak of Pacific forests than Pro-
fessor Lemmon.

Proressor L. H. BaiLey has published an excellent paper on
cross-breeding and hybridizing.t The philosophy of the crossing of
plants is considered with reference to their improvement under cul-
tivation, and a brief bibliography of the subject is given. The paper
was originally given as a lecture before the Massachusetts State Board
of Agriculture. '

Dr. C. Hart Merriam has published a: list of the plants of the
Pribilof or Seal Islands? (Bering Sea), based upon specimens col
lected from July 28 to August 10, 1891. The collection contains
about tooo specimens, representing over 130 species. This 1s far the
largest collection that has been made, or reported from these islands.
There is not a tree or bush on the islands, the highest woody play)
being the dwarf Salix reticulata. Some critical notes are furnished by
Mr. J. N. Rose, and various groups have been referred to well-known
specialists.

NOTES AND NEWS.

; F m

Mr. THEO. Hoi has resigned his position in the National Museu

and accepted a place in the Division of Vegetable Pathology. ‘ical

MER Course for the study of shrubs and trees at pa nit
Arboretum proved highly successful. About thirty persons we

ance.

: jrector
PROFESSOR Dr. ALEXANDER BATALIN has been appointed 3 the
of the Imperial Botanic Gardens at St. Petersburg in success
late Dr. E. Regel.
"The Rural Library, vol. 1, no. 6, April, 1892.
* Proc. Biol. Soc. of Washington, vin, 133-150, July, 1892.

1892.] Notes and News. 267

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION of the pollen of Pinus sylvestris has
been investigated by K. Kresling (Archzv. Pharm.), and is found to be
wonderfully complex. Some thirty or forty complex compounds are
listed, and their interpretation is at present out of questi

_THE APPROPRIATION for special botanical work in the Botanical Di-
vision of the Department of Agriculture has been reduced from $40,-
100 t ’ is is unfortunate in view of the fact that the divi-
sion had begun a systematic exploration of our least known regions,
and the results of the next few years promised to be very great.

Two important contributions to our knowledge of buds have re-
ntly appeared; one, by Dr. J. Griiss, in Pringsheim’s Jahrbicher fiir
wissenschaftliche Botanik Xxi11. pp. 637-703; the other by W.. Russell
e Annales des Sciences Naturelles (botanique) VII. xv. pp. 95202:
hiefly the anatomy, development, functions and

NOMENC
dlator botanicus with the addition of bibliographical references, was un-
dertaken in 1864 by M. le général Paris, at the suggestion of his friend,
Dr. W. P. Schi For various reasons the work was delayed.
how proposes to take up this work again, and appeals to bryologists to

Drs. ASCHERSON, Engler, Schumann and Urban, of Berlin, seeing the
necessity of some modification of the laws of botanical nomencla-
ture formulated in 1867, in order to prevent the confusion likely to
Kuntze’s Revisio generum, have proposed the following
Nope Bad sie 5 ll as the

_ tI. Nomina nuda and seminuda are to be rejected. Pictures alone,
ce lagnoses, do not claim any priority of a genus: :

ties Similar names are to be caered, if they differ by Sang

€ in the last syllable; if they only differ in the mode of spelling

€ oe ee must fall lly known gen

- The names of the following larger or universally Know? 5.”

theyn’ £0, be conserved, though, never the strictest rules of priority,

used must be rejected; in many of them the change rei sons maa aa

is by no means sufficiently proved.”

268 The Botanical Gazette. -_

Regarding the last, they remark:
“The impulse that ‘led to the ackn nowledgement of ies right of A
ority was only the vivid desire to create a stable nomenclature, I
see that i

ee that by the abs nd unli ioe? observa of the on
we probably gain the contrary of what we intended, we,

elves made the rules of priority as a law e right Me amend the
latter.” They, therefore, propose to retain seventy-eight genera, em-
bracing nearly 500 s, In — of the fact that there are
sibly equivalent peg names. circular letter containing
proposals is being sen Satie engaged in descriptive ve with

a request that they iedieate their eee to those propositions, or
Suggest any modifications they oe

Mr. Spencer LEM. M
noticed in this journal, anze, p. 102, corrects some of the state
m is Cc

* Journal of the Linnean Society, xxrx, p. 231.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892. ce PLATE XVil.

HOLZINGER on AMARANTUS CRASSIPES.

PLATE XVIII.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

ARISAMA.

és iy
\_ see wee
vite A

MOTTIER on

SEPTEMBER, 1892. No. 9. ee

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, ind. ;

aoe R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
..C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, ind.

ee CONTENTS:
Flowers and insects. IX.— Charles Robertson, . BOP,
Botanical papers read before Section F. A. A. A. s. Rochester meeting, BI 31
Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S. bogies eee < ae
-Apers presented to the Botanical Club, A. A, A. a .
Briefer Articles, _ q
" Rolygonuim persicarioides HBK.—/J. M. Wekingeh

tosses of Ni orth America ee

nt Literature, we eet Ie Be

_ Dr. ee Coote vr mologcat faxtrnction: Conan MacMillan mere

LISSUED SEPTEMBER 15.1.

BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.

Tracy, Gibbs & Co,, Printers, Madison, Wisconsia:

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
dealers or agents

In pore Britain, 11 shillings. Germany, 11 marks.
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. PRED LANDER & SOHN,
157 ere Portland St., London, W. arlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.

"Subscriptions and correspondence should be addressed to John M. Coulter,
University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.; money orders and drafts should be i
made ao to the BoranicaL Gazer

Se Copies.— Contributors are raenhat on request 25 separate copies of
their iis (free) when 2 pp. long or more. “Additional copies will be supplied

per 100, $1.60. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GaZETTE, re
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. The number ae must be marked at the h
of the pie as none sone be eS en unless ordered.

of composition shown in the pages of the GazETTE. Scientific and: proRe:
names should be written with particular care, Atha é
Illustrations. — Articles requiring illustrations should Pees to J. ¢. ie
Purdue sh POR Lafayette, In :
, O
Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced ae only when Ca is ae withia ;
days after aan et the ee follo
[Eu

qe matt 4s
tered at the Post-office taceeartse tna i it er.

In the October number will appear: inca
A preliminary comparison of the hepatic flora of peal oo
and sub-boreal regions, by Dr. Lucien M. UNDERVO0
DePauw University.
Bacteriological baveitigations of marine waters and the
sea.floor, by Dr. H. L. Russet, University of Chicage.
A peculiar ease of plant bicaease ee oe Bows ir
_ BERTHOUD, Golden, Colorado. oe
Notes on certain species of Rejoin by Ror ’
: KNERR, » Midland ae Atchison, Sakae

BOTANICAL GAZETTE
SEPTEMBER, 18092.

Flowers and insects. IX.
CHARLES ROBERTSON.

YDRANGEA ARBORESCENS L.*—The stems rise from one to
Several feet high and bear flat-topped pound cymes measur-
‘img seven to ten centimeters across. Each cyme is commonly
Surrounded by a few large sterile flowers which render it much
More conspicuous. These sterile flowers are remarkably per-
Sistent, retaining their form throughout the winter, though
they lose their color.
_ The entire fertile flower with its pedicel is white. The
Petals are small and soon fall. The stamens, which are com-
Monly ten, with their large anthers, are the most conspicu-
‘ous part of the flower. When dehiscent they far overtop the
‘Stigmas. Nectar is secreted on the base of the styles, though
" Pollen is the chief attraction.

h:
Ymenoptera—A pide : (1) Bombus separatus Cr. ¥, ¢. P-s
(2) B. americanorum F. 2, c. p,; (3) Ceratina dupla Ss y
and c. p.; (4) Heriades carinatum Cr. 9, c. p.; Andrenide:
Augochlora_ labrosa Say 9, s. and c. p.; (6) Halictus
‘Pectoralis Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (7) H. similis Sm. 9 s. and c.
a (8) H. truncatus Rob. (MS.) 9, s. and c. p.; (9) H. fascia-
1) “As 2c. p.; (10) H. confusus Sm. Q, s. and c. p., ab.;
- Stultus Cr. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (12) Prosopis affinis
a om & and f. p., ab.; Crabronide: (13) Crabro interruptus
ty Ss. z

ern So rere
a i ife hi ts, No. II, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil. — to the life reas of plan

Vol. XVII.— No, 9,

270 . The Botanical Gazette. ate [September,

Diptera—Empide: (14) Empis clausa Rob. (MS.)s., ab;
Conopide : (15) Oncomyia loraria Lw., s., freq.; (16) Stylogas- 2
ter biannulata Say, s.; Syrphide: (17) Paragus tibialis FI. s.
and f. p.; (18) Syrphus americanus Wd., s. and f. p.; (19) ;
Allograpta obliqua Say, s. and f. p.; (20) Mesograpta gemin- —

s. and f. p.; Zachinide: (24) Jurinia apicifera WIk., 85
Muscide : (25) Graphomyia sp., s.; (26) Musca domestica L,, 3
s.; (27) Lucilia cornicina F., s. . ol
Coleoptera—Cerambycide : (28) Euderces picipes F., s. and
f. p.; (29) Typocerus velutinus Oliv., s. and f. p.; Mordellida:
(30) Mordella marginata Melsh., s., ab.; (31) Mordellistena
sp., s., ab.; (32) M. ornata Melsh. ;
Lepidoptera—Hesperide@: (33) Eudamus tityrus F., 5}
Pyromorphidae: (34) Harrisina americana Harr., s. (determin
ed by Prof. G. H. French).
PHILADELPHUS GRANDIFLORUS Willd. 2—This plant ye
in my neighborhood only in cultivation. I have found i
visited very abundantly by Heriades philadelphi Rob. 8

purplish bases, are the most conspicuous par
m. or m
calyx-tube, and are closely approximated. fad
petals about 2 mm. long are pressed against the nla
closing as far as they go the intervals between them.
The flowers are proterandrous. When receptive,
ma surpasses the anthers a little. The anthers 5
retain pollen after the stigma becomes receptive, pout he =
pollination is hardly possible, unless it is brought ‘betwee? j
insect aid. Everything points to cross-pollination :
separate flowers.

#On P. coronarius see Miiller: Fertilization of Flowers, 248.

1892.] : ; Flowers and Insects. 271

The nectar is secreted by an epigynous disk and is held in
place by the abundant hairs on the base of the style and on
the wall of the calyx-tube. To reach it bees must insert
their proboscides between the filaments beyond the tips of
the petals. For this purpose a proboscis at least 4 mm.
long seems to be needed.

The flowers are especially adapted to bumblebee females,
the only sex of Bombus flying while the flowers are in bloom.
These bees ane the only ones which, while sucking, invari-
ably touch the anthers and stigmas. They cling to the petals
and sepals, and the anthers and stigmas strike them about
the base of the ventral surface of the abdomen. Of these the
following were noted visiting the flowers for nectar:

(1) Bombus separatus Cr. 9; (2) B. vagans Sm. ¢; (3) B.
Virginicus Oliv. 9, ab.; (4) B. americanorum F. 9, very ab.

Besides bumblebees there occur as frequent visitors a
number of species of bees which insert their proboscides be-
tween the filaments and are able to reach the nectar, but are
So small that they never, or rarely, touch the anthers and
stigmas, and so are to be regarded as mere intruders. Suchare:

Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, s. and c. p., ab.; (2)
Osmia albiventris Cr. 4, s.; O. lignaria Say 4, s.; (4)
Nomada luteola Lep. 49, s.; Andrenide: (5) a sade ea

I :
eels Cr. 9; (18) Colletes inaequalis Say 49, s.
Diptera—Empide : (19) Empis sp., s. :
The visitors were observed on nine days between April
18th and 20th,

thn ei of the stigma remains clear, and so can receive pol-
Tought by insects. Bombus americanorum F. ¥, Was

em for pollen. The flowers were seen in bloom
from July I9th to Aug. roth.

272 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

LUDWIGIA POLYCARPA S, & P.—The flowers are wholly
devoid of entomophilous characters. The petals are wanting,
and there is no nectar. The four stamens bend inwards,
bringing the anthers in contact with the stigma. Spontane-
ous self-pollination is therefore a regular occurrence.

CENOTHERA BIENNIS L.*—The following list was observed
on Aug. 26th and 2oth:

Apide: (1) Bombus americanorum F. ¢ %, s. and. Ps
freq. ; (2) Melissodes bimaculata Lep. 9, c. p.; (3) M. obliqua

ay Gc) <p:
Trochilide: (4) Trochilus colubris L., s., two.
I have found the flowers in bloom from July 22nd to Oct.
15th.
Miller found it visited by one Macroglossa, three Bombus,
one Apis, one Colletes, one Panurgus, three Eristalis.

effect self-pollination. When two or more flowers are &
panded at the same time cross-pollination betwee
the same plant may occur. In the usual case 1 :
stem exposes only one open flower at a time cross-pollinat
between distinct plants is the rule.
The tube measures 14-20 mm., so
drained by the largest bees, but shorter-tongued
sometimes able to reach a little of the nectar which
the tube. for
Besides the long-tongued insects which visit the flower ;
nectar i i Andrenidae ¢
Accordingly

jon

that it can only be
bees #
rises 12

between May 28th and June igth, the following list w@
served:

ERE Hee tate ome eee
*See Miller: Fertilization of F lowers, 246.

1892. Flowers and Insects. 273

Hymenoptera—A pide: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 9, s.
andc. p., ab.; (2) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (3)
Ceratina dupla Say 9, c. p.; (4) Megachile brevis Say 29, s.;
(5) M. montivaga Cr. 49, s. and c. p., ab.; (6) Alcidamea pro-
ducta Cr. 9, c. p.; Andrenide: (7) Agapostemon nigricornis
F.9,¢. p., ab.; (8) Augochlora pura Say 9, c. p., freq.; (9)
Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9, c. p.; (10) H. parallelus Say 8, ¢. p.;
(11) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, c. p.; (12) H. ligatus Say 9, ¢. p.;
(13) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, c. p.; (14) H. albipennis Rob. 9, c.
P-; (15) H. confusus Sm. 9, c. p.

Diptera—Syrphide: (16) Syrphus americanus Wd., f. p.;
(17) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say, f. p.; (18) Eristalis dimid-
fatus Wd., f. p.; (19) E. latifrons Lw., f. p.; (20) Tropidia
mamillata Lw., f. p.; Tachinide: (21) Cistogaster pallasii

wns., f. p.

Lepidoptera—Rhopalocera: (22) Pieris protodice Ba:
(23) Pamphila peckius Kby.; (24) P. cernes B.-L.—all s.

Coleoptera—Chrysomelide - (25) Diabrotica 12-punctata
Oliv., £. p-; Curculionide: (26) Centrinus scutellum album
Say, f. pi, ab:

_ GAURA BIENNIS L.*—This common species was observed
in bloom from August 4th to October 24th. The stems grow
one or two metres high, bear numerous flowers, and are often
collected in large patches.
€ flowers are white. The four petals are all turned to
the upper side of the flower, and the stamens, which are di-
rected horizontally, afford a landing place to the visiting in-
Sects. The stigma is in advance of the anthers and touches
the bee before them. The calyx tube is about 10 mm. long.
he flowers are adapted to long-tongued bees, but on account
of the-exposure of the anthers are also visited for pollen by
other insects. The list was observed on 5 days, between

"g- 23d and Sept. roth.

yMenoptera—A pide: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, ©. p.i (2)
mbus americanorum F. &, s. and c. p., ab.; (3) B. virgini-
Dee Oliv. &, ¢, p-; (4) Melissodes bimaculata Lep. 9, S. and c.
P. pa ndrenida : (5) Halictus confusus Sm. 9, ee

'ptera—Syrphide: (6) Syrphus americanus foweln ie
b CIRCAA LUTETIANA L.—The flower is described and figured
°¥ Miiller in the Fertilization of Flowers, 265. Miller saw

4 Corsa eee mea Meme Se ne te
ised Sprengel; 223, Pl. XIII, 12, 14, 15. See G, Lindheimer, Goodale &
Bue: Wild flowers, Pl. XXIIL

274 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

the flowers visited by: Syrphid@: (1) Baccha elongata F.; (2)
Ascia podagrica F.; (3) Melanostoma mellina L.; Muscide:
(4) Musca domestica L.; (5) Anthomyia sp.

July 2nd, 4th and 1othI saw the flowers visited by:

Hymenoptera—Andrenide (1) Augochlora pura Say 9%
and c. p., freq.; (2) Halictus 4-maculatys Rob. 4 9, s. and ¢
p., ab.; (3) H. confusus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (4) H. pectinatus
Rob. 9, c. p.; Chalcidide: (5) Spilochalcis debilis Say, s.

Diptera—Bombylide : (6) sp. ; (7) Hemipenthes sinuosa W4.,
f. p.; Syrphide: (8) Allograpta obliqua Say; (9) Mesograpta
marginata Say; (10) M. geminata Say—all sucking.

MOLLUGO VERTICILLATA L. °__«‘An immigrant from farther
south.”—The plants are much branched, the branches lying
flat on the ground and bearing small, white flowers, whichare
numerous but not enough to form conspicuous clusters.

The flowers are erect, expand horizontally and measure
about 4 mm. across. The three anthers rise to the level of
the three stigmas and alternate with them.

In case of insect visits, cross-pollination between flowers of
the same or of distinct plants may readily occur. Incase i
sects fail, spontaneous self-pollination may take place by the
anthers coming in contact with the stigmas.

Although the flowers are very inconspicuous, they are ate
ive to numerous small insects, mainly Halictus, on accoun
their easily accessible nectar.

I have found the plant in bloom from July rst to Oc
On three days, July 16th, and Aug. 1ith and 21st,
lowing list of visitors was observed:

t. 12th.
the fol-

meters high, and are commonly collected in clumps, d
bloonring time are fairly white with the large pee
cymes. The flowers expand 4 or 5 mm. They 4F

5QOn this plant see Meehan; Torrey Bulletin, XIV, 218.

1892. ] Flowers and Insects. 275

amous. The stamens are so strongly divergent that spon-
taneous self-pollination is impossible. Nectar is wanting, the
object of insect visits being the pollen. The plant is common
and was observed in bloom from June 15th to July 25th. June
17th, 23d and 24th, the following visitors were noted:

Hymenoptera—A pide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 3, freq., (2)
Ceratina dupla Say 9; Andrenid@: (3) Halictus zephyrus Sm.
9, ab.; (4) H. confusus Sm. 9, ab.; (5) H. stultus Cr. 9, ab.—
all collecting pollen.

Diptera—Bombylide : (6) sp. ;(7) Hemipenthes sinuosa Wd.;
Syrphide: (8) Chrysogaster nitida Wd., ab.; (9) Syrphus ri-
besii L.,freq.; (10) Allograpta obliqua Say, freq.; (11) Meso-
gtapta marginata Say; (12) Eristalis dimidiatus Wd. ; Musci-
de: (13) Lucilia cornicina F.; Anthomyid@: (14, 15) Chorto-
phila spp.—all feeding on pollen. ‘

Coleoptera—Dermestide : (16) Attagenus piceus Oliv. ; Mal-
achide: (17)Anthocomus erichsoni Lec. ; Cerambycide: (18)
Euderces picipes F.; Mordellide: (19) Pentaria trifasciata
Melsh.—all feeding on pollen.

HOUSTONIA PURPUREA L., VAR. CALYCOSA Gr.—This com-
mon plant grows in tufts or clusters which are rendered quite
Conspicuous by the abundant white flowers, the stems rising
abo

the stigma. The anthers of the short-styled form are in the
hele of the mouth of the tube, the stigma of the long-styled
orm being*more strongly exserted. :

The anthers of the long-styled form apply their pollen to
the proboscides of the visitors. The anthers of the short-
ge form dust their pollen indefinitely upon all parts of the
sigs Accordingly the long-styled form has a larger
atina, Calli-
“fe and Halictus, but are also visited by flies, beetles and

utterflies, Butterflies, however, are only adapted to pollin-

ate the short-styled form, since they can suck this form with-

276 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

out touching the anthers. A monopoly of the flowers by them
would probably result in a functional dicecism, characterized
by long-styled staminate and short-styled pistillate flowers.

The plant blooms from May 19th to June 30th. The list
was observed on 6 days, between May 25th and June 12th.

Hymenoptera—A pide: (1) Apis mellifica L. %, s.; (2) Syn-
halonia honesta Cr. 4, s.; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 49, s. ande.
p-, ab.; (4) Heriades carinatum Cr. ¢s.; (5) Calliopsis andren-
iformis Sm. 49, s. andc. p., ab.; Andrenide: (6) Augochlo-
Ta pura Say 9,s. and c. p.; (7) Halictus ligatus Say, 9, s.; (8)
H. pilosus Sm. 9, s. and c. p-; (9) H. confusus Sm. , s. and
¢. p.; (10) H. albipennis Rob. 9, s. and c. p.

Diptera—Syrphide: (11) Paragus bicolor F., s.; (12)
tibialis FIL, s.; (13) Mesograpta marginata Say, s.; (14)
Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say, s. and f. p., ab.; (15) Syritta
pipiens L., s.

Lepidoptera—Rhopalocera 2 (16) so Pistis protodice B.-L.)
(17) Chryophanus thoe B.-L.; (18) Ancyloxypha numitor ES
ab. ; (19) Pholisora catullus F, —all sucking. =

Coleoptera—Scarabcide: (20) Trichius piger F., s., ab.
Curculionide : (21) Centrinus scutellum-album Say, s.; (22)
Stethobaris sp., s.

Carlinville, Ill.

Botanical papers read before Section F, A. A. A. 8,
Rochester meeting.

group relationship that evidently exists between the rte:
R. repens and such American species as R. hispidus El

(a somewhat doubtful southern species), and the mens
lumbian R. Macounii Britton. Illustrated by Sa North

N. L. BRIrTon: ‘Motes on a monograph vs ss hat it
American species of Lespedeza.”—The author believes ¢ eat:
would facilitate the study of these species to recognize a
€r number of species than heretofore, instead of cons!

rage

some of them forms. Illustrated by numerous Speci’,
W. W. ROWLEE: ‘‘ The root-system of Mikania pir which
Mikania develops a great number of roots under ur these i§

, never reach the soil. The greatest development °

1892. ] Botanical Papers atthe A. A. A. S. 277

during and after anthesis, inautumn, when the root-branching
isimmense. These roots come to the surface and either float
or rise above it. If the water rises above them they grow
longer. When transplanted to dry conditions the same root-
system is developed. The rootlets, however, are not so long,
but stop just above the surface of the ground, forming multi-
tudes of little ‘‘knees” about an inch or less in height. A
peculiar anatomical structure is found in the presence (in sec-
tion) of four peculiarly modified cells, two of which belong to
the endodermis and two to the row of cells just outside. These
cells always lie in contact with the phloem cells and are so
arranged as to enclose a rectangular intercellular space of con-
siderable size and’ definite shape. They have large nuclei
which are always upon the side of the cell next to the inter-
cellular space. These spaces extend to very near the grow-
ing point of the root, thus forming long tubes. This, taken
in connection with the peculiar development of the roots and
their place of growth, is strong evidence in favor of their per-
forming the function of aeration.

.M. UNDERWoop: ‘‘Preliminary comparison of the he-
patic flora of boreal and sub-boreal regions.” —To be published
in full in the GAZETTE.

.F. SMITH: ‘On the value of wood-ashes in the treat-
ment of peach-yellows.”—This well-known treatment had been
fully tested, and was found inefficient in all doses. The con-
clusion was that peach-yellows cannot be cured or prevented

Y wood-ashes. i

. F. SMiru: “On the value of super phosphates and muri-

ate of potash in the treatment of peach-yellows.”—This mixt

the disease than otherwise. It was remarked that well-fed
Plants may become diseased quite as readily as weak plants.
G. MACLosKIE: ‘‘Notes on maize.” : is
a: J. BEAL: ‘Spikes of wheat bearing abnormal spikelets.
~Spikes of Missouri wheat, Champion Amber, Ear Re
Clawson, and several others, bear spikelets eitherr udimentary
aio near those normally appearing. ese are much
‘ke reduced forms of miracle or Egyptian wheat, in
Spikes are branched. Illustrated by specimens.
- J: BEAL: “‘4 study of the relative lengths of the sheaths
and internodes of grasses for the purpose of, determining to

which the

278 The Botanicul Gazette. [September,

what extent this is a reliable specific character.” Some agros-
tologists use this character and some do not. From 10 to 30
plants in each of 47 species were examined, and the inter-
nodes and sheaths measured and tabulated. The character
proved good in 35 species. In very variable species it is of
less importance, and in no case would it be safe to rely upon
one or two stemsalone. The sheaths and internodes of very

- W. ROWLEE: ‘‘Adaptation of seeds to facilitate germin-
ation.” —The most critical time in the life history of the plant
is when the embryo is dormant in the seed. Hence it is to be

H. RUSSELL: ‘Bacteriological investigations of eg
waters and the sea floor.” —To be published in full in the
ZETTE.

F. V. CovILLe: ‘Sketch of the flora of Death Asie:
California.” —The paper was introduced by a general sta of
ment of the topography of Death Valley. The absence :
trees was spoken of and the characteristics of other vegetation
Lists of species were arranged by groups, with an accoun on-
the special adaptation of species to desert conditions. In aie
clusion the geographical relationship of the flora was
cussed.

water to seed
he GAZETTE:
Weis-
m-

_ J. C. ARTHUR: ‘How the application of hot
tncreases the yield.” —To be published in full int zs

ILES: ‘Heredity of acquired characters. —
mann’s theory of the continuity of a stable,
plasm that is independent of the body-plasm, and nee
a cannot,

1892. ] Botanical Papers at the A. A. A. S. 279

therefore, be accepted as proof that acquired characters are
not hereditable. The transformations of matter and energy

the organism on which they depend for their origin and de-
velopment. The transmission of a morphological character
Must consist in a transmitted functional activity of the organ-
ism that determines the development of the morphological
peculiarity under favorable conditions for its exercise. Inad-
dition to these physiological considerations, evidence of the
heredity of acquired characters was presented in the results
of direct experiment, and observations in the breeding an

Is. oe
- H. BAILEY: “On the supposed correlation of quality in
Sruits—_a study in evolution.” —It is commonly supposed that
her charac-
eG - size, color, and vigor of plant, decrease. The
cca. a Philosophical one, for its answer eae
Vari er cultivated plants are subject to the same law
ariation as their wild congeners, whether all characters
Vary independently, or whether cultivation introduces some

”

280 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

tive seedlessness, tenderness of tree, and lessened vigor, are

due to cultivation and amelioration. It is evident from the
whole discussion that quality and other characters of cultivated
fruits appear independently of each other, that there is no cor-
relation between these characters. There is general increase
in all characters as amelioration progresses, at least in al
characters which are particularly sought by horticulturists;
and this fact must ever remain the chief inspiration to man in
the amelioration of plants.
HGR:

mally free from bacteria; but that, unlike the ani
many micro-organisms are able not only to exist bi ae
tissues of plants, but possibly possess some powers of ™
plication. : ‘gph
W. A. KELLERMAN: ‘Mote on yellow pitch Pr ake
well marked form of pitch pine was recently found in i
field county, Ohio, which may be characterized as P. Mig
var. /utea Kellerman. It differs in the thinner scarce ene
Towed reddish-yellow bark, and in the deeper yer ean
durable and more distinctly marked heartwood. gee is
with the species, yet appears quite distinct. Tee
easily recognized by sight, and is not a mere lum
haere: distinction.

: ic su
treated with hot water and solutions of ahiege Arthur
Serminate more quickly than untreated seed. ontinue t©
has also shown that such treated seeds would ¢

1892]. Botanical Papers at the A. A. A. S. 281

germinate more quickly after a considerable period of time
had elapsed. Experiments touching this were instituted,
with the following results: (1) That germination of treated
seed is more rapid than of untreated seed immediately after
treatment; (2) that this action continuously declines with
time and the germination is ultimately less rapid and inferior.

M. B. War “The fertilization of pear flowers.”—A
brief general account was given of a large series of experi-
ments on the fertilization of pear flowers. Abundant insect

N crossing one tree of a certain variety with
another of the same name.

ant RILEY: ‘‘ The fertilization of the fig and caprifica-

dered the question of the importation of B/asto-
aie: es for the fig-growers of California, and pointed
W it could be successfully done. He touched on the

characterizing some fourteen of
» Mexico and St. Vincent.

‘‘d comparative study of the roots of
€ paper contained the results of the ex-
of about thirty species native to the
» including a comparative study of the

of the changes taking place through
Authorities on meristem structure have
eas f this order to a single type; while the
able number 3 Principal types, each including a consider-

es. It is usually assumed that second-

O a greater or less extent in mature
edons; but the author finds in many Ranuncu-"
the basis ae structure persists in the older roots.
Stowth, the Gan changes taking place through secondary
or made three classes for the roots studied.

282 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

O. F. Cook: ‘Do termites cultivate fungi ?—In the
nests of Liberian species of Termes are found honeycombed
masses of a punk-like substance, irregularly rounded in gen-
eral shape. Over all the surfaces and passages of this mate-
rial there grows the mycelium of a mucor-like fungus, having
white sporangia about 5 mm. in diameter. The young
termites apparently feed upon these fungi. A similar condi-
tion of things obtains with another species of Termes living
underground.

AME STOLLER: ‘‘ The conditions which determine
the distribution of bacteria in the water of rivers.”—In the
author’s absence the paper was read by title.

WILLIAM P. WILSON: “Adaptations of plants to environ-
ment.”—A comparison of lowland vegetation near the sea
with that of desert and mountain areas. A large number of
lantern slides were shown, illustrating the ways in which plants
of these regions protect themselves against excessive evapo
ation, particularly by change in position of foliage. In such
leaves the author found no change in the position of t
chlorophyll bodies. The stomata in the exposed leaves were
closed, while those in shaded leaves were open. ‘

‘ EACH: ‘‘Notes on self-pollination of the grape. —
The author showed that the proper time for examining

distributed among eight species and their hybrids and phe”
E DWORTH: ‘‘The comparative in posi : C

and color of flowers in attracting insects.” —Attention
“pe f, a high grade

of higher
for the color

that the honey bees work persistently upon aie” the

1892. ] Botanical Papers at the A. A. A. S. 283

same sweet when unscented; and second, that color does not
attract insects at all when tested equally with an odor, the
supply of sweet to be obtained in connection with the color
and odor tests being equal in both cases.

Cuas. W. HarcitrT: ‘Notes on Daucus Carota.”—In the.
author's absence the paper was read by title and will be pub-
lished in full in the GAZETTE.

FREDERICK V. CoviLLE: ‘‘Geographical relationship of the
flora of the high Sierra Nevada, California.” —A list of the rep-
resentative species of the high Sierra Nevada was given, and
alsoa comparison of these plants with those found in the
Rocky Mountains and the Cascades. This comparison indi-.
cated (1) a large endemic flora of the Sierra Navada, (2) a
group of species common to all these ranges; (3) a group
of species common only to the Sierras and Cascades; (4)
a group common only to the Sierras and Rockies.

_W.M.B HAMP: ‘Variation in native ferns.”
Davin G. FAIRCHILD: ‘‘Live-for-ever eradicated by a Sung-

Me onertcnn grasses.”—In the author's absence this
Paper was read by title.

. E. FERNow and GEo. B. SUDWORTH: ‘Revised nomen-
lature of the arborescent flora of the United States.— 106
Paper points out the practical bearing and importance of the
question of nomenclature, and suggests certain aearaceae
tended to secure fixity :

* ¥+ RILEY: ‘On Carphoxera ptelearia, the new herbarium
Pest."—In the author’s absence the paper was ee.

FREDERICK V. CoviLLE: ‘‘Characteristics and adapta-
tions of desert vegetation.” —The author spoke meu acral

and the seasons. A list of species of the Mohave desert, ar-
of general and

284 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

FILIBERT ROTH: ‘‘Shrinkage'of wood as observed under
the microscope :”—In the author's absence the paper was read
by title.

L. H. PAMMEL: ‘‘Pesiza sclerotiorum;” and ‘‘Tempera-
lure and some of its relations to plant fife.” —In the author's
absence these two papers were read by title.

Byron D. HALSTED: ‘‘Pleospora of Tropa@olum majus.”
A fungus of the Alternaria type was found upon the foliage
of a garden nasturtium, associated with the perithecia of a
Pleospora, Cultures upon slant agar tubes were made 0
Alternaria spores and a pure growth of the black mould ob-
tained, followed by the ascigerous form zz and not upon the
surface of the agar. The perithecia were of many and
strange shapes, not at all resembling those of the leaves ex-
cept in the cellular structure of the wall and the size and
shape of the spores. This was an unusual instance of the
direct modifying effect of the surrounding media upon the
size and form of the perithecia. The species is apparently
new and may be called Pleospora Tropeoli. }

Byron D. HaALsTED: ‘‘Secondary spores of anthracnosts.
—A study of the germinating spores of species of anthracnose
shows that the formation of ‘special cells” or ‘secondary
spores” is probably confined to two genera, viz: Gloeospor
ium and Colletotrichum. They seem to be constantly ae
ent in these two genera. Those conditions which are 1°

Byron D. Hatstep: ‘A bacterium of P. hascolus.’—" #
Paper announces the discovery of a new bacterial gree”
beans, the species ig characterized, and the name Bacte
Phaseolum proposed. : feces

THOMAS MEEHAN: « The significance of cleistogamy:
In the author’s absence the paper was read by title.

1892. ] Proceedings of the Botanical Club. 285
Proceedings of the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. 8.

The first meeting of the Club for the year convened prompt-
ly, Thursday, Aug. 18, at 9 A. M. in a room well adapted to
the purpose in the main building of Rochester University.
An unusually large number of botanists were in attendance.
In the absence of both the president, Prof. V. M. Spalding,
and the vice-president, Dr. Stanley Coulter, Dr. H. H.
Rusby was chosen to preside. The secretary, Mr. Di G:
Fairchild, presented his report as treasurer, which was ac-
cepted. A contribution from those present, amounting to
$4.20, was made to cover the small deficit remaining on the
books and to provide for future expenses.

Messrs. Hollick, Barnes and Coville were appointed a com-
mittee on nomination of officers for the next meeting.

_ A paper read by Mr. F. V. Coville, mentioned again in the
list of papers below, led to the appointment of a committee
of three, F. V. Coville, W. J. Beal und B. E. Fernow, to
Consider the botanical use of the terms range, locality, station
and habitat. After the reading of papers by Mr. Thos.
Morong and Prof. L. M. Underwood, the Club adjourned.
TuuRspay, August 18, I P. M.:
Papers were read by Mr. F. B. Maxwell and Mr. W. F.
Swingle, both of which led. to prolonged discussions, after
which the Club adjourned.
FRIDAY, August 19th, 9 A. M.:
The morning session opened with a paper by Mr. Morong
"pon asclepiadaceous insect traps.
pon motion of Prof. Beala vote of thanks was tendered
= Dr. E. B. Southwick, botanist of the N. Y. Central Park,
ais his exhibit of 60 or more species of fruits and nuts, in-
eee their branches and leaves, freshly gathered from the
Tk,

The Club has always taken a special interest in the Botani-
cal Division of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and in
accordance with the custom of the Club, the president called
"pon Dr. Geo. Vasey, the Chief of the Division, to inform

Vol. XVII.—No. 9.

286 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

the members in regard to the work now being prosecuted. He
said that on account of diminished appropriations the work
of the present season is somewhat restricted. The chief field
work is in Idaho, by Messrs. Sandberg, Small and MacDougal.

ver 53,000 specimens have already been received. The dis-
tribution of specimens to agricultural colleges continues. The
economic and scientific publications of the Division will continue
as heretofore. The third part of the flora of Texas, being
prepared by Pres. J. M. Coulter, will be published in a few
months. - The stations for testing the economic value of na-
tive grasses in the arid regions, the first one established four
years ago, have been partly abandoned for want of funds. The
Principal station is at Garden City, Colo., and embraces 160
acres, of which 25 acres are devoted to Bromus inermis, the
most successful grass so far tried in the region. Other grasses
are also grown in considerable quantities.

Dr.-Britton, chairman of the committee, announced that
the committee on nomenclature had a unanimous report to
submit, which would soon be ready in printed form.
made the order of business for 1 P

The subject of a World’s Congress of botanists next beg
was brought up by Dr. Arthur, who gave a brief account 0
the movement to have a congress under the auspi ”
forming a part of the general scheme, of the World’s eas
Auxiliary, an adjunct organization to the World’s Columb!
Exposition. A request for an opinion from the committee af
pointed by the Auxiliary regarding the feasibility of at
out the plans already outlined, was answered by Dr. Arthur, W
said that the committee were not sanguine of success. : of
Barnes moved ‘‘that it is the sense of the Botanical ae ¥
the A. A. A. S. that it is inexpedient to attempt to h
International Congress in connection with the World
bian Exposition in Chicago in the summer of 1893,
was unanimously adopted. 1 : s

The desirability of Sohne in some way the next
gathering of botanists. was now brought forward by news a
thur, and a committee of three members of the Club, ME
tion of Biology é

rh may be noted in this connection that the Sec

Subsequently passed the following: . outgol
Resolved, That this Section appoint as its committee Bio! F at

Officers of Section F, and the incoming officers of eo Ia’s_ Congres

to confer and co-operate at their discretion with Wor

Auxiliary.

1892. ] Proceedings of the Botanical Club. 287

J.C. Arthur, B. L. Robinson and T. H. McBride, was ap-
pointed to report to the Club at a later session in regard to
the matter.

The morning session closed with a paper by Mr. O. F.
Cook.

RIDAY, August 19, I P. M.:

The committee on nomenclature presented its report in
printed form, which was Pines article by article, with only
a few verbal ‘changes, as follows

Resolved, That the Paris code of ae be adopted except where it conflicts
with 4 following recommendations:

The Law of Priority.—Priority of detain is to be regarded as the
fandamental a pncipe of hati tanical rsencla tu

Il. Beginning of Botanical Nomenclature The botanical nomenclature of
both genera rae specie: sg to begin with the publication of the first edition of
Linnzeus’ Species Mentarat, in 1753.

Ul. Stability af Stecific c Vames es the transfer of a species to a genus other
than the one under which it was firs t published the original specific name is 2
be retained, unless it is identical with the generic name or with a specific nam
Previously used in that genus.

Homonyms. ~The publication of a generic name or a binomial invalid-
rt = ng of the same name for any subsequently published genus or species
ive
. _ Publica tion of Genera.—Publication of a genus consists only (1) in the
distribution of a printed dencripit ion of the genus named; (2) in the genre we
of the name of the genus and the citation of one or more previously pu
Species as examples or types of the genus, with or without a diagnosis.
Mean etation of Species.—Publication of a species consists only (t) in
uti

é.

f tion of a printed description of the species named; 2) in n the Aiblishing
aos nomial, with refere 0 a previously published species as a ty ia
on acco} ‘ + Generic Names.—Simi ic nam ot to i

unt of slight differences, except in the spelling of the same wort
Pied Apios and he seats are to be retained, be of vo dee eet and £fi idendron,
pvcarpus and Astrocar st the later is to ees re
Pcnation 7. deh tho: 7 es.—In the case of a sana which has been trans-

paren om one genus to Son original author Arse always be cited in
thesis, followed by the author of the new binom: at
Fin - Brrrrons Joun M. Counter, Henry H. Russy, Wie tiam A. KELLERMAN,
ERICK V. Covitte, Lucien M. UNDERWOOD, LesTER F. Warp, ussite
The main discussion upon this report was under article VI fez
sahil tothe acceptance of named exsiccati not er if
€scription as valid apalnoy of a species, which was dis-

ed titton moved that a permanent committee be app
ali t Serve asa board of arbitration, and to prepare and prin
'st of the flowering plants within the area of the sixth edition

288°. The Botanical Gazette. September,

of Gray’s Manual in accordance with the recent report on
nomenclature. It was subsequently agreed to extend the
range to include Canada, Nebraska and Kansas. On motion
of Dr. Arthur, the nomenclature committee was made the
permanent committee for this purpose. A further motion was
carried ‘‘that this committee be empowered to receive all
suggestions and criticisms of this list, and to report upon
them at the next year’s meeting.”
Monpbay, August 22d, 9 A. M.:

In absence of the acting president, Dr. H. L. Russell was
called to the chair. The committee on nomination of officers
for next year reported the names of Dr. W. P. Wilson of the
University of Pennsylvania for president, Prof.W. A. Keller-
man of the University of Ohio, for vice-president, and Prot
T. H. McBride, of the University of lowa for secretary. They
were elected unamiously.

Papers were then read by Mrs. E. G. Britton, Dr. B.D.
Halsted, Mr. F. V. Coville, Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. J. ©
Arthur, and Dr. L. M. Underwood.

The following motion presented by Dr. Britton was app

‘That Dr. Lucien M. Underwoood be delegated to rep
this association of American botanists at the Interna
Botanical Congress to be held at Genoa, Italy, Sept 4™
1802.7 : b

A committee of three was then appointed to obtain funds 1
subscription to defray the expenses of the delegate. ae
M. Coulter, W. P. Wilson and E. F. Smith were named §
committee. .

roved:
resent
tional

Monpay, August 22d, 1:00 ree
The club was called to order with vice-president pus
in the chair. The committee on plans for the next y

meeting presented a report recommending:

for the meeting of 1893. i pecial topic
(2) That thie secures shall include among other matters certain’ ie
selected by the committee. ed by some P
(3) That each topic shall be introduced by a paper presented OY ay
to whom the topic has, with his consent, been assigned. arrange

' Tet ; ther att
(4) That upon completion of the preliminary Leip ane Bea ina meeting be

va to both American and foreign botanists. L- Baten aie al be nies yl
a le

1892. ] Proceedings of the Botanical Club. 289

The matter of a new society of botanists, to more fully
unify and subserve the botanical interests of the country, was
next introduced by Prof. L. H. Bailey. After some discus-
sion, showing a general belief that such a society was desira-
ble, but with some doubts as to the advisability of establish-
ing it at the present time, a committee of nine was appointed
“to consider the formation of an American Botanical Society,
after obtaining the views of the botanists of America on the
proposition, and report thereon at the meeting of the Club
next year.”

_ Papers were read by Mrs. E. G. Britton, Mr. A. A. Croz-
ier, Dr. W. P. Wilson and Dr. N. L. Britton.
TuESDAY, AUGUST 23d, 1:30 P. M.:

Acting President Wilson announced the following commit-
tees: On program for Madison meeting, Chas. E. Bessey,
Frederick V. Coville and Chas. R. Barnes; on botanical ex-
cursions at the close of the Madison meeting, N. L. Britton,

ment of an American Botanical Society, L. H. Bailey, W.
Farlow, Emily L. Gregory, Byron D. Halsted, James
Fletcher, Douglass H. Campbell, Charles R. Barnes, F. Lam-
son-Scribner and Lester F. Ward. On motion of Dr. Brit-
ton the name of W. P. Wilson was added to the last com-
mittee.

The committee on the use of certain topographical terms
brought to the attention of the Club by Mr. Coville on the
first day of the session, reported through its chairman, Mr.

. E. Fernow, that a unanimous decision had not yet been
feached. On motion the committee was continued to report
at the next year’s meeting.

Papers were read by Mrs. Wolcott and Mr. Chas. Mohr.
The Club adjourned to meet at Madison, Wisconsin, in 1893.

COMMENTS.

290 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

consumed in transacting business, although conserved to the
utmost by the watchfulness of the chair, and the assistance of

into the program that detracted somewhat from the general
interest which usually centers upon the hearing of papers and
their discussion. Hereafter matters of this class will doubt
less largely come before the newly formed Section of Botany.

O :
J. C. Arthur, Purdue Univ., Ind.; C. R. Barnes, Univ.
of Wis.; F. V. Coville, U. S. Div. of Botany; W. &
Dudley, Leland Stanford Univ., Cal.; D. G. Fairchild, :
S. Div. of Veg. Path.; B. E. Fernow, U. S. Div. of Poe
B. D. Halsted, N. J. Exper. Station; Arthur Hollick, N. ;
W. A. Kellerman, Univ. of Ohio; T. H. McBride, he
Iowa; Charles Mohr, Ala.; Thomas Morong, Columbia ee
N. Y.; B. L. Robinson, Harvard Univ., Mass. ; H. H. pee?
Coll of Pharmacy, N. Y.; H. L. Russell, Univ. of Chicago, s
F. L. Scribner, Univ. of Tenn.; E. F. Smith, U. S. ie
Veg. Path.; G. B. Sudworth, U. S. Div. of Forestry; bash
Swingle, U. S. Div. of Veg. Path.; M.’B. Thomas, ie M.

of Botany; M. B. Waite, U. S. Div. of Veg. Path
book Smithsonian Inst., D. C.; and W. P. Wilson,
enn.

1892.] Papers before the Botanical Club. 291

Papers presented to the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. 8.

For the first time in the history of the Club the daily pro-
gram was printed as part of the daily program of the A. A.
A. S., which proved a great convenience. The advantage of
knowing what papers were upon the list, however, was largely
neutralized by the miscellaneous introduction of business,
which took much of the time, and made it impossible for either
readers or auditors to judge when a paper would be called.
The volume of the business transacted accounts for the com-
paratively small number of papers read, and the many left
unread.

The following papers were read:
AUGUST 18TH, MORNING SESSION.

tion. _Drs. Rusby and Britton added some information, particu-
larly in regard to the dangers of the trip and its happy ter-
oo

-M. UNDERWoop: A variety of Polypodium vulgare,
“0 America.—This much ee tid found on Mohawk
“t., Conn., and was believed to be worthy the rank of a va-
Mety. Specimens were shown. The author took the oppor-
tunity to exhibit specimens of Onoclea sensibilis, in which the
Sterile fronds had been destroyed, and the later-appearing
fertile fronds had unrolled, taking on a shape intermediate be-
Ween the usual sterile and fertile fronds, and becomin

new

292 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

similatively active. This form, the so-called var. obtusilo-
bata, he believed always to arise from injury to the vegeta-
tive fronds of the plant, and tobe in no wise due to hybridity.
AUGUST I8TH, AFTERNOON SESSION.
F. B. MAXWELL: Symbiotic growths tn the roots of Ran-
unculacee.

. T. SWINGLE: Some rare and znteresting fungi from
Florida.—Specimens were shown and a description of the
development, so far as known, was given of new parasites of
more than usualinterest. An ascomycetous species, in some
respects resembling Claviceps, attacked and totally destroyed
the inflorescence of Cenchrus tribuloides.

AUGUST IQTH, MORNING SESSION.
THOMAS MoRONG: Observations upon certain species of

Cetes are rare, and parasitic fungi of all kinds a
absent. Even the cultivated plants are without rusts,
mildews or leaf-spots.
AUGUST 19TH, AFTERNOON SESSION.
No papers were read. :
AUGUST 22D, MORNING SESSION.
’ ses of
Mrs. E.G. BRITTON: Onthe proposed handbo ae a XG wor
Eastern America. ——Drawings prepared to pe escribed:
were exhibited and the general plan of the wor

smuts,

1892. ] Papers before the Botanical Ciub. 293

B. D. HaLtsteD: Weeds and weed roots.—Photographs

' of the plants described in his ‘‘Century of American Weeds,”

and also of the root systems of classified groups of these
n

hown.
V. CovILLE: The re-discovery of Funcus Coopert.

N. L. Britton: Zhe North American Amelanchiers.—
There appear two well marked species along the eastern
coast: A. Canadensis, an upland form with birch-like leaves,
and A. spicata, a swamp form of smaller growth and more
spicate inflorescence. These do not appear to intergrade,
but their western range and variations are not yet well
nown. Beside these two, the other species of the genus
were briefly described and illustrated with herbarium speci-
mens. The genus is believed to contain seven American species.
Material for study, especially from the interior, is solicited.

C. ARTHUR:

§lass cage is set in a convenient zinc trough for holding -
Water, and the roots protected from light by zinc sides. It
is designed for the study of geotropism, the relation of roots
to soils, etc, :

-L. Brirron: The botanical garden movement in New
York.—The present very favorable condition of the project
fora New York garden was outlined, and the opinion given

AUGUST 22D, AFTERNOON SESSION.
— E.G. BRITTON: Ox the genus Campylopus in North
spoke aad a general account of the genus, he author
arated ¢ a new species, C. Millspaughi, which has been ee
tion — C. flexuosus, with abundant material for distri u-
and s Wo other new species were mentioned, and drawings
Pecimens exhibited.

294 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

the disease, and its gradual spread from centers of infection,
in such manner that the theory of its contagious nature was
well borne out.

W. P. WILSON: Some observations on Epigea repens.—
This species, as well known, is polymorphic. It appears to
have once been trimorphic, but now possesses all intermedi-

ame
male flowers are without stigmas. The staminate and pistil-

distance. The female form is the more vigorous and pre-
dominant, but seed production is rare. Prof. Halsted called
attention to the fact that there was only one size of pollen.
N. L. BRITTON: Notes on some Spectes of C rate gus.—The
forms of this genus are many of them difficult to distinguish,
and more material and study is needed.

from Delaware, with large and abundant glands upon the
inflorescence, need especial attention.
AUGUST 23D, AFTERNOON SESSION.

M L. WoLcotTT: Observations on the ripening @
the seeds of Cuphea.—Attention was called to a eae
variety with large flowers, which pushed the placenta laterally
through the walls of the ruptured ovary and calyx tube, bring
ing the immature seeds into the air to ripen. 1 ie
Mentioned that the adaptation also occurred in Cuphea
Viscosissima.

CHAS. MOHR: Notes on the mountain flora of northern a
bama.—This paper will soon appear in Garden and Forest.

The following papers still remained upon the program "2
read at the final adjournment: :

A. S. Hitcucock: Notes on some Kansas weeds.

W. W. BAILEY: Notes on the flora of Block I. Si dants.

L. H. PAMMEL: Notes on the distribution of a few pla

L. H. PaMMEL: Phaenological notes for 1892.

THEO. Ho: Notes on terminology. : -, North

Mrs. E. G. BRITTON: On the genus Ditrichum in ia
America with one Western species and corrections Me

1892. | Briefer Articles. 295

Tuomas Moronc: Notes upon a revision of the North
American Naidacee.

M. B. ITE: Notes on some pear and apple diseases.

E.S. GorF: Modifications of the tomato plant resulting
From seed selection.

Mrs. E. G. BRITTON: Some of the rare mosses of White .
Top and vicinity recently collected on a trip to southwestern
Virginia.

J. C. ARTHUR: Galvanotropism.

A. A. Crozier: A botanical terminology.

Mrs. E. G. BRITTON: A proposed collection of mosses of
New Vork state for the Columbian Exposition.

W. P. Witson: Climbing habit of Tillandsia usneotdes.

O. F. Cook: Some general questions in the classification of
Myxomycetes.

.M. CouLtter: North American Cactt.

L. H. BatLey: Cultivated species of Brassica.

: P. H. RoLFE: Notes on the distribution of plants in Flor-

L. H. PAMMEL: Notes on some fungi common during the
Season of 1892 at Ames, Towa.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Palmer’s no. 137, collected in 1885 in S. W. Chihuahua, Mex.: Palm-
€r’s no. 211, collected in 1887 near Angeles Bay, ;
and the Mexican Boundary Survey plant no. 1183,
valley of the Rio Grande, below Donna Ana, N. Mex.
- Wurzlow sent this species from Industry, Austin Co., Texas, which
€xtends its range into the United States.
od plants mentioned agree essen
+ Gen. Pl. 11, 179, with some. exceptions.

hot glabrous below, but adove; while dedow they are
Merous minute hairs.” I may add: midrib below and ma

tially with the description in
First, the leaves are
“beset with nu-
rgin beset

296 The Botanical Gazette. [September, —

with coarser appressed hairs in all our specimens. It must be that

the first description is wrong on this point. Then, the leaves are in

no case “7—8 lines wide,” but % in. to % in.; the Angeles Bay plant
having some leaves as wide as % in. Furthermore, the description
has “Calyx 4-parted - . Stamens 6 according to Bonpland.
Bes) Achene lenticular.” I have frequently found the calyx 5
parted, stamens as many as 8, and the achenes in the Angeles Bay
and the Orizaba plant—the latter from one of the stations cited in
Biol. Centr. Am. 1, c.—as well as in the Texas plant, are triangular:
all, however, of the same size, and all “umbonate,” as in the first de-
scription.

This species is distinguished from P. persicaria L. by its narrower,
longer leaves, more slender spikes and smaller achenes.—J. M. Hout
INGER, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. ~

New Mosses of North America.—The following brief diagnoses as
published in advance of fuller descriptions in order to secure prionity.
We hope to prepare shortly the fifth number of our series under the
above title, in Tue BoraNnica. GAZETTE.

Dichodontium olympicum n. sp.—A D. pellucida jam multo T0-
bustiore primo visu differt: foliis valde papillosis, toto fere ambitt
minute denticulatis, capsulaque basi strumosa. Planta humilis, vx
I cent. alta—Olympic Mts., Wash. (L. #. Henderson.) -- Wile)

Grimmia Hendersoni n. sp.—G. decipienti Lindb. (G. Schultea Wils.
proxima sed ab ea pedicello longiore, capsula subcylindrica magis eto
gata, operculo longius rostrato et foliorum rete basilari multo ee
facillima distinguenda.—Hood River, Oregon, on dry rocks. ee
Lenderson). : ie 3

Enealypta lacera n. sp—Ab E£nc. vulgari proxima differt calyp ~
basi lacerata, peristomio e membrana alba fugacissima lacerata Pit
posito et pedicello longiore.—Milwaukie, Oregon, Willamette ®®
(258, Henderson). sacle i

Leskea obtusa n. sp.—Formis robustioribus Z. polycarpe Sim as
sed ab illis primo aspectu foliis obtusis marginibus planis Rages i
AZ. obscura habitu valde robustiore, foliis majoribus et magis ©

: iffert.—Bethle
costa breviore et capsula majore et longiore quoque differt. ae
hem, Pa,, mixed with Anomodon obtusifoli (Rau.) Chinchuba, "ow

Mandeville, on trees (Langlois) —F. RENAULD AND J. CaRD pee
aco, and Stenay, France.

1892. ] Editorial. 207
EDITORIAL.

THE RECENT upheavals in nomenclature, culminating in the work of
Otto Kuntze, are too well known to need recapitulation. It had be-
come evident to most botanists that some agreement must be reached
or confusion would become worse confounded. This feeling found
public expression in Europe in the circular recently issued from Ber-
lint containing certain propositions which were submitted to
working botanists for their signature. It is presumed that the results
thus obtained were to be presented to the International Congress at
Genoa. In this country a circular with the same purpose was sent out
from New-York and Washington, and was the means of discovering
among botanists a wide-spread desire for an agreement upon matters
ofnomenclature. It was felt that work in systematic botany was losing
force amidst the uncertainties of nomenclature, and that almost any

letters containing expressions of opinion from many who were absent.
The subject was not sprung in a formal meeting, but about twenty-five
botanists, representing every shade of opinion, met informally and
thoroughly and frankly discussed every point. Every one was ready
to make concessions for the sake of agreement, and the principles
finally adopted represent a resultant of various concessions. It was
felt that this amicable feeling must be strengthened by an immediate

HE OPINION of the CazeTre the paper adopted represents ®
thoroughly wise compromise, alike honorable to all concerne
Preparation, as witnessing a far greater desire to

pinion should be lost sight of for the general good. as
THIS ACTION of American botanists will be presented at Genoa,
*See this journal for August, p. 267.

298 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

representing their proposition in the direction of an international
agreement. As it is not widely different from the Berlin propositions
Some agreement may be reached, but we should not be too sanguine
concerning this. If the Genoa Congress adopts a set of principles so
little at variance with our own that complete agreement is possible,
the standing committee is authorized to submit the matter to a vote
(by mail) of the American botanists.

It was a wise thing to appoint a standing committee to prepare a
tentative list of the flowering plants of the so-called “ Manual range”
under the rules adopted and present it at the next meeting of the Club
or of the new Botanical Section of the American Association. This
will give the most conspicuous example of the working of these rules
that could be selected from our flora, and botanists can have before
them a concrete illustration, and can then determine whether the prin-
ciples adopted work reasonably well or not. In the opinion of the
GazeTTE the changes that will follow in Manual names will be much
fewer than many suppose. :

IN THIS CONNECTION it may be well to call attention to a single pt0-
vision of the adopted rules; which is, to make 17 53 (Linn. . Plant,
ed. 7) as the common point of departure for both genera and species.
This will do away with a number of generic names that have been te
cently revived, and is better in this regard than the Berlin proposition,
which takes the fourth edition of Linnzus’ Genera Plantarum (175)
as the point of departure for genera. If the 1753 date is adopted <
Genoa, the list of genera which are proposed by the Berlin circulars
exceptions will be shortened, and in fact so few that concern Ameri
can botanists will be left that they should not be considered when 1
volving a dangerous recedent. ;

THE cthieitie ieee bids fair to mark an epoch for American

botanists. Not only was an agreement concerning nomen

e
: ae a f pal ers
responsible for a section, and they can begin the pe ae hey

soot : t
for the next meeting in the full assurance of having not onl.
a hearing, but also for discussion.

1892.] Current Literature. 299

Tue action of the Botanical Club, of course fully representing the
new section G,in reference to the International Botanical Congress in
connection with the Columbian Exposition, was thoroughly prudent.
By correspondence and by personal investigation it had become suf-
ficiently evident that a very meager representation of European bot-
anists could be expected, and that nothing was to be gained by
coéperation with the World’s Congress Auxiliary. It seemed some-
what absurd to call a meeting of American botanists an “Interna-
tional Congress.” However, the attractions of the year are to be taken
advantage of, and foreign botanists urged to attend themeeting of
the Botanical Club, which has a committee appointed to do all it can
towards making their stay pleasant and profitable.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

The lower cryptogams.

Professor Ludwig of Greiz is known as one of the most energetic
tan students of the mutual relations between plants and animals,
and of the fungi, especially those connected with some of the obscure
bei ig of trees. Fora series of years he has reviewed myco-
hel for Just’s Jahresbericht, which has caused him to be-
fold 5; : cre with the work being done by specialists in that
sci at his text-book is unusually rich in references to recent
- € book is essentially a review of the thallophytes, with
bated to economic questions, nearly 600 pages bei ng de-
Shiee-ct — and only about one-tenth as much to the algze, in-
ei, chens. A full index makes reference to the cryptogams
Pay hia 5 ha as host plants, etc., quite easy, although the hosts
bie nly under their common names. The book appears to

y and well written.—W. T.

‘ Minor notices.
ROFESso: ? B 3
contains 4 R GREENr’s Pittonia (vol. I, pt. 11; May-Aug., 1892)

*Lupwic
Beticksichtign ett —Lehrbuch der niederen Kryptogamen, mit besonderer
ip awe _Gerjenigen Arten, die fiir den Menschen von Bedeutung

Stuttgart take — eine hervorragende Rolle spielen.—8vo, pp.

300 The Botanical Gazette. [September,
(Wat. Rund.). The reviewer of reviews, while acknowledging in a
general way that he may have been even more radical than Kuntze,
cannot subscribe to all his views, although this probably refers to cer-
tain minor points. He points out very clearly that this much criti-
cised author has the merit of consistency in his application of the
“Paris Code,” a fact which would seem to indicate that the time has E
come to guard the workings of the code. Professor Greene regards
Kuntze’s work as the most important contribution to the literature of a
nomenclature that has ever been made and one for which all botanists
should be grateful, an opinion which Tue Gazerre has already ex-
' pressed. :
IN THE SAME publication Bentham’s genus Linanthus is restored to
include some twenty-five species which have been usually placed
under Giiia. Many new species from the wonderful Pacific coast
flora are also described. :
PRoressor A. C, Apcar is the author of a small book dealing with
the trees of the Northern United States’. There can be no doubt
‘that the trees are too much neglected by pupils in botany, and that
many a person becomes familiar with the herbaceous flora of his
neighborhood without being able to recognize the trees. This book
is prepared for the easy, determination of our trees, cultivated as we
as indigenous. As it does not profess to be written for the profes-
sional botanist 1t should be judged merely from its adaptation to its
audience. An easy analytical key to genera is provided, and aise
tions are plentifully sprinkled through the text. There is no ae
why this book should not be very useful in enabling students to a
come acquainted with trees, a thing much to be desired. a
Dr. W. J. BeaL AND Mr. C. F. WHE Ler have published pee
logue of Michigan plants*, which is based upon the Wheeler pret
catalogue of 1880. The pamphlet contains some 70 pages of ta fora
prefatory material, discussing from numerous points. of view the ie
of the state, and including many group lists. The catalogu : es a
1746 numbers, including the pteridophytes. The publication
valuable addition to our increasing list of useful local catalogues. me
*APGar, AusTIN C.—Trees of the Northern United States, their a
scription and determination, for the use of schools and private students.
American Book Company: New York, Cincinnati, C ot Pr
Bea, W. J. and WueeEter, C. F.—Michigan Flora. - Prepared y
Ann, Rep. of the Sec’y of the State Board of Agric. 8vo. pp. 180.

Open Letters. 301

OPEN LETTERS.

Dr. J. P. Campbell’s ‘‘Biological Instruction.”

I was interested to read in the last number of THE GazeTTE an ap-
reciative review of the recent work of Dr. J. P. Campbell of the
Jniversity 0 i

i0 der
treatment of biological instruction in the United States that I cannot
etrain iving a few sente i i ce the let-

any explanation to offer’ nor do I recognize the right of any one to

mpbell’s attention to the fact that in the taking up uch
a work as he had attempted he had exposed himself to criticism, and
that he wou as his experience in publishing grew wl he
might often merit and receive criticism and correct ssures
me in his letter that a ci r was sent from Washington to t ro-
fessor of biology at each institution and from the replies to these circu-
ats is wor: mp am inf by Professor
(at that time professor of biology at the University of Minnesota) that
he received no such circula: ; but one was receiv e BoUr

: .
of animal biology, Dr. H. F. Nacht
cn Dr. Campbell’s circulars were sent out. Further, in th
teachers there was no mention of Professor Hall’s name while t
sedi - rofessor Nachtrieb’s, showing how carefully this table was
8

Observing the extraordinary and altogether unnecessary impression
e upon Dr. Camp-

I took occasion i i high apprecia-
: in my letter to him to express my Ng t
son of the zodlogical work done at that institution and my very low
a

ce upon A
“os Campbell replies with characteristic vigor nthusi sien
ka 1 cannot help thinking if you had stayed longer at moet me
“a and caught more of the spirit of the ld aigenag wi
As Ba instruction in biol no any means Pik Li
eased to i i i resent form,
leas term it, but that it has taken its p Fae they are

heir ideas of the

302 The Botanical Gazette. [September,

relative importance of subjects, and these I admit are a little in ad
f the times. Int

vance of t five years that I worked there I frequently
heard the value of botany insisted upon for training children an
also hear tin emphasize the necessity o ying anim:
and vegetable forms together as in the general biolo zB

ve the pleasing suggestion that botanical work is of
value for training children! It would be di cult to more
perfect exhibition of the spirit with whic pbell came to his

mit a man to graduate from a five years course in biology with the

notion that the science of our food-supply, to put it upon a purely

economic basis to say nothing of any other, is a fit thing to amuse
: Iti :

children with 1s, too, an interesting thing to note in these days of

specialization, that it is the zodlogist who wishes to talk of “biology
hi al y a synonym of t phrase, “natural his

tory”); while the botanists, recognising the twin sciences, are Wi

to give each a place and name tis possible that the botanists ate

somewhat in advance of the es, as Dr. lw a.

the training of children.—Conway MacMittan, University of Minne
sola, Minneapolis,

NOTES AND NEWS.

: ‘ng the study

Mr. W. W. Carkins has some interesting words regarding the
of lichens in America, in Science for August 26. oe

Prorrssor Gro. F. Arkrnson has been appointed Assistant Pro
sor of Cryptogamic Botany at Cornell University. versit
. i ,

Mr. Henry E. SEATON, Instructor in Botany in ine nt

has been appointed Assistant Curator at the Harvard Her

é S ; Depart
Dr. GeorcE Vasry is the accredited representative fe

ment of Agriculture and Smithsonian Institution to the
Congress of Botanists at Genoa.

A PRESENTATION of the question of priority in
ture from the ethical point of view is given by Pro
In Sctence for Aug. 26 (xx, 16).

st nomencla-
yor, M. Underwood

1892.] Notes and News. 303

THE OFFICERS of the new section of botany, G, of the A. A. A. S.
for the ensuing year are Dr. Charles E. Bessey of the University of
Nebraska, vice-president, and Mr. F. V. Coville, of the U. S. Division
of Botany, secretary.

Dr. J. C. ARTHuR returned from his European trip early in August,
and reports that some botanists, including a few of the most re-
nowned, will probably visit this country next year, but the number is
not likely to be large.

PRoFEssorR Wm. R. DupL.ey, of Cornell University, has been ap-

cursion to the Club, however, which could not be accepted for lack S
time, Upon Saturday each botanist chose the excursion he preferred,
there being no pre-arrangement.

Dr. B. L. Rozrnson has been appointed Curator of the roe aa
Herbarium, and arrangements have been made by which he can have

intention which
who were fearful that it might be abandoned altogether.

less than a

: n cou i :
laboratories for physiological work. The supply of alcoholic and dried
material for illustrative purpose has also been much increased, and a

Hes of charts of large size has-been specially prepared.
_ THE CONSPICUOUS ITEMs in the proceedings of the Rochester meet-
ing of the Botanical Club are: (1) fie nomenclature agreement; (2) the
m ?

P ; (5) the appointment of a standing committee to pre-

Pate a list of plants of the Manual range” under the adopted rules.

No swat PART i d of botanists
of the credit for the large attendance A

age Fecent gathering in Rochester, and for the unusually ne He Sid

304. The Botanical Gazette.

OLLOWING PAPERS were read before the Botanical Sub-s
of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.
August 5th, at the meeting in Edinburgh: “A proposed World’

i y Dr. J. C. Arthur of

ette, “ : ; “Observations on secondary tissues in m0!
€ 2 babs Scott and Mr. Brebner; “On the simplest
ieteies 2 es . K. Goebel of Munich, ‘Gerina n
physiological action at a distance,” by Pro f. Léo Err era of
u the morphology of the spore-bearing
in the vas erype gams,” by Professor Bowe
porous fern-seedling,” by y 2 prs “A a un loys

Cyclops’ e ees, ” by Prof. M. rtog; “Arran
Lemna minor,” by Mis S Nina 1 Layard. Other *potatieal papers m yi
read on the ealenice T uesday.

atory, (4) a we laboratory, se ett eadin
r ,(6)a i room.

€ herbarium contains over r 60,000 specimens. A bota
and economic coleence has been beg

IN view of the fact that the nomenclature agreemen twas he
of a movement inaugurated by the Berlin Saag pu ed Wash

IL. That the publication of a generic name or,a binom
name fe tber en esis of the same name for any subsequent

pec
That in rae hee a er of a species to a genus other ae ee

rank to

Tha ta varietal name a treated as equal ae fer per

name, in its relations as a hom —— and in the trans
varieties from one genus to acothee

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER; University of Indiana, Bloomington. Ind.
CHARLES R: BARNES, University-of Wisconsin, Madison; Wiss ae
J. C) ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. ee Peake GorP ey e

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science.
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agents.

In ager cage 11 shillings. In Germany, t
Agent, W. eh INS, Agents, R. FRIRDLATNDER & SOHN,
seem Portland St., London, W. ‘arlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.6

ae and correspondence should be addressed to John M. Coulter,
University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.: money orders and drafts should be
made payable to the Botanica, Gazette.

Separate Copies— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate te copies of
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied

at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazerTe, wit?
title, aS 50 per 100, additional. Zhe number desired must be marked at the head

Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to prepare MSS. exactly in the ee
in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the general sty
of composition shown in the pages of the Gazette. Scientific and prop

icular care. pelt
ilustrations,— Articles requiring illustrations should be sent to J. C.
Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
. y pe
Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced se only when claim is or withia
days after receipt of the nomber. followi

e; etal matter.)

PTET ter FTES

In the November number will appear: al

Development of flower and embryo-sa a
Solidago, by G. W. Martin, Teacher of Biology nda
apolis High School.

A study of some anatomieal characters of North Aneth
can Graminew, by THEO. HoLM, Department of Agr?
Washington, D. :

me new North American plants, by JoHN M. Co
and E. M. FISHER, University of Indiana.

AAD

LTER

we
A probable new category of carnivorous pla ants, woe 4

eld Singer ceca, Professor of Botany, University

by
systematic position of Entosthodon Bolander, f o

ie 5
Jous M. HoLzincEr, sie aati of pcos as
ny DC.

MOTANICAL GAZETTE
OCTOBER, 1892.

A preliminary comparison of the hepatic flora of boreal
and sub-boreal regions.

. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD.

The distribution of the hepatics of boreal and sub-boreal
fegions is becoming sufficiently understood to form some sort
of a basis for comparative study, and while we yet have much
_to learn even of the best studied region of northern Europe,
and still more from the higher latitudes of Americ. and Asia,
We can even now profitably gather some statistics and make

‘ine of northern Siberia’, for of the interior of Siberia, Turk-

m F, A. A. A. S., Rochester meeting, August, 1892. :
Our knowledge of the north Asiatic flora is summarized in the ee phoma

). Mitten: An enumeration of all the species of Musci and Pepa

306 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

estan, the most of the Mongolian empire, and Thibet to the
north slopes of the Himalayas, our knowledge of the hepatic
flora is almost an absolute blank. ;

For our knowledge of the hepatic flora of boreal America
we are indebted largely to the collections of two men, John
Macoun, who has collected hepatics since 1866 from Nova
Scotia to Little Slave Lake and the confines of Alaska, and
Rev. Arthur E. Waghorne, who has collected in recent years
in Newfoundland and Labrador. From these two collectors
alone we have examined over a thousand packets of hepatics
during the past three years. In addition we have the results
of the labors of Mr. Pearson! on Macoun’s earlier collections,
and the still earlier collections of Drummond, which were
worked up by Taylor whose collection at Cambridge furnishes
considerable material bearing on the northern species. The
Greenland flora has been summarized by the Danish botan-
ists’, and several collectors (Krause brothers, J. M. acoun,
Miss Cooley, and others) have taken scattering species i
Alaska. The bryology of that region, however, demands
much more thorough exploration than has hitherto been
given it. :

The difficulties arising in the systematic study of these
northern collections are fourfold:— ;

The similarity of the American to the European flora,
rendering necessary a thorough familiarity with all the Buro-
pean species, varieties and forms. : b

. The undue refinement of specific distinctions made :
recent European hepaticologists especially in the genet
Scapania, Cephalozia, Marsupella, Nardia and Jungermant

3. The confusion introduced by periodic upheavals 0
nomenclature, notably by Lindberg among the Scandinavia}
species, which very largely interlace with those of pas

4. Absence of many types and inaccessibility of most =
are in existence; combined with this are the conflicting ae
ions of European authorities regarding the autonomy rs : any
tity of many species, and the misleading character 0 m
European exsiccatae. a ae

In spite of these difficulties, we are gradually apna
out of chaos, and hope in time to have the American
satisfactorily co-ordinated with the European.

Lect ie

1List of Canadian Hepaticze, TBoQ; ee i 7-42
( sane Hepatic in Meddelelser om Gronland, Tredie Hefte, pp. 4°
1887).

1892] Comparison of the Hepatic Floras. 307

As most of this paper is necessarily statistical, we present
only some of the leading features of a detailed study of the
three floras: —

1. Ofthe 214 boreal and sub-boreal species, eighty per
cent. are European, seventy-six percent. are American, and
forty-six per cent. are Asiatic. While the larger part of the
species of Europe and America have been brought to light, it
is quite likely that the smaller number known from the more
extensive Asiatic continent is due to the limited exploration

of that region.
The distribution by orders can be seen as follows:—

¢ £¢ Ss oe } 4 g
BS “5 <a ae % Hy} zw
85 Bs 8 84 a 8 g
EE EY Et ay < <
s #4 Eg FE te > >
8 oe Se 30 8s 9g v ed
o Sart a 5 ees = i
a eat on) Os o
ond ond on g ne xO PA
z Bes e ple | a a
4; 6.3 ie 405 I I =
hanti hes enn foal Cie I =
Anthocerotacee, - . viele =. Pe sa - ~
ermaniacee, 56 .. 112 . FO: ck RSS 24 32 10
Totals . . . 67 129 85 69 26 34 es
Further percentages will appear in the following:—
Per cent. of
Number. all boreal
. species.
gitcumpolar EEL Ge al nie eaters le a ag are 3 RTO I
sey Common to Europeand America . =... - . ++ 49
2A common to Europe andAsia . . .... - - 385 39
mE it €s common to Asiaand America . . . +. - + + 99 32
“ of rope las OAM Caper Lye st We RAN La ED 26 12
is s Ot Aierita ys 50= yes ere yee bee eae 15
Of Asia. 33, =: 10 4

sleet Of the 163 American species, 129 or seventy-eight per
whil are of the European flora; sixty-nine are also Asiatic,
Ne thirty-two or twenty per cent. are endemic.
diets : f the ninety-eight Asiatic species, eighty-five (or
cent y SIX per cent.) are European, while only ten (ten per
-) are endemic.
peo the 173 European species only twenty-six, or fifteen

Per cent. are endemic, and this number is likely to be reduced

Eu rey sp
eos, and Asia. The percentage of these circumpolar spe-
vatles among the orders; while only 30 per cent. of the

308 : The Botanical Gazette. ~ [October,

northern Europe and Americ

As might be expected certain northern hemisphere
genera predominate. The genera Jungermania, Scapania,
Marsupella and Cephalozia form 41 per cent. of the Hepaticae
of all Europe, while the same genera of the northern portions
form 46 per cent. of the species. For America the corres-
ponding per cents are twenty-five and thirty-seven. Forty-
seven per cent. of the flora of northern Asia ‘is made up of
the three genera, Jungermania, Cephalozia and Scapania, the
genus Marsupella being strangely absent from that. flora.
Some comparisons of the larger genera will show more clearly
the tendency of certain genera to increase relatively north-
ward:— :

EUROPE. AMERIE
pave seers AR. ——, ee ee
Per cent of Per cent of Per cent of Bache =!
Genera. all species. boreal spec. all species.
BUICCIg SS i a GQ Qe OO ee
ura, ES cian 2 ine ae ;
ephalozia, 7 3 4.3
RoMblaAnine Oe S85 Bae) By pedo ee Sr peo Oa - 55
Jungermania, . . 19 OS TL SEBS ae Stem ae
Lejeunea, . Fah ie Sess is on 7.6 24
Marsupella, De: fee 1.6 :
ardia, 32 2.3. 2.6 ay
Radula, Rae 0.6 . 3-6 3
weapania NN Gig ee 6.3 3
While the above table shows

$2 oy ot eae os SS eee
the relative increase of such
northern genera as Aneura, Cephalozia, Jungermania, sae?
pella and Scapania, it also shows the relative bye ei
such warm temperate and tropical genera as Riccia, Fru nat
Lejeunea and Radula. It also shows the excessive ne: z
ment of Frullania and Lejeunea in America, and that of CeP.
alozia, Marsupella and Jungermania in Europe. lca
7. The ninety-eight north Asiatic species are distribN’

F nly are
8. Of the boreal species of Europe two gen
not represented in either America or Asia.

seas -- Riella, Tessellin®
the European genera of lower latitudes Corsinia, Rie payllam have
Acrobolbus, Adelanthus, Calypogea, Gymnoscyphus and Peta

ica. '

not been found in Ameri

1892. Comparison of the Hepatic Floras. 309

Pleurozia and Scalia. - All the genera of boreal Ameria are
European

9. The following genera common to Europe and America
have not yet appeared in the N. Asiatic flora: - Aitonia,
Anthoceros, Fossombronia, Herberta, Hygrobiella, Jubula,
Liochlaena, Marsupella, Pallavicinia and Pleuroclada.

10. The following comparisons of some of the larger genera
are further illustrative:

EUROPE. AMERICA. ASIA. COMMON TO

oS CO OOO OO n— ee

ath eae A mc eee ake: oe

eee

Haare Rees ee SED Layer Zl teen et

Ge ah OR aint oe ae eerie 2 ne ge nas

Be Brg oe Se ies aie

S 8 S988 ey ere oe

NB aah > ieee = Veen Yeetre spomeaes «cs, <Nee ea D oleae: ae

eal Feta ee has fue Maes aire Rane ee AT,

iccia 26 y 152202: 6795.55. AO TS ee

Fimbriaria Yee ae ey ee ee Si Delo oy

Anth 52 eo AZO oe EE ott Ss

Aneura Te 2 6k ete ee eS ee

Cephalozia 27 ASE AR ISAS A Ore ee 8 6

Tullani: 93 4 OE S20 8 oe eer a ee

Jungermania 93°38. al 43. gt 4729-4 99 OD

Lejeunea TAPES ei OS. 6B EB aes Veep ees
Marsupella 20s 1S 25 AG) A ae ee

Nardia * 12 4 7 8 5 4 I say 4 I si

Plagiochila Pe 3 fe) 7 4 re) 2 — I 3 I 2

Porella . ‘ oa be 6 Ore ee ae Stee

Radula . Wo: S46 Fete ee ee

Scapania 26 tr 161g Oe 6

_ Ul. The iwice species are circumpolar, inhabiting Amer-
ica, Asia and Eur rope.

Riccia bifurca. Anthelia ——
“hommagors Arnellia Fennic
nese Bazzania trilobata
Blasia “ silla.
Asterella b hernisphaerica. lepharostoma le —
Snocephalus Seng Cephalozia bi as - ae ~~
Fimbriaria fragrans
3 ilosa. ae
Grimaldia silos eee
tfrons.)
Marchantia polymorpha Chiloscyphu eer si
Preissia hemisphaerica Diplophyllum taxifolium
Aneura latif Frullania di
Geocalyx graveolen:
pinguis. Gymnomitrium ccraliotiiek:

1
only ate Pe hei ican genera of lower latitudes Cryptomitrium and nee
her laria, Targionia am
Xo ogether with Sphaerocarpus, Dumortiera, Lunu
Stothylas from lower latitudes

310

Harpanthus Flotovianus.
Jungermania alpestris.
attenua’

a
Kun
Iyeopodioides.

porpayrolenca,

Pee
quinguedentata.

The Botanical Gazette.

Kantia agers
Lepidozia reptan:
Lophocolss heterophylla

Mylia mala:
Odontoschisma denudatum.
Pellia epiphylla.

lagio sche asplenoides.
Porella platyphylla.
Ptilid vilebe

errimum
Radula complanat
capania curta
irrigu
subalpina
uliginosa,
umbrosa.
undulata.

12. The following additional species are common to Europe

and America, but have not

Asia

Riccia Sacer

Tt
Clevea yee lin
Grimaldia a rupestri,
Anthoceros lae

nameunnes.
Aneura malta
sin

Anthelia Heer

Bazzania deflex

Cephalozia Shevtolin:
dentata.
ope pe

am a.
Chando ae eesti
Diplophyllum = men as

Fos:
Frallanie, fail lia

yet been reported from boreal

Gymnomitrium concinnatum.

Saal geeigis scutatus.
Herber unca.
Hygrobiella laxifolia.
Jubula Hutchinsiae.
Jungermania eee

rdifolia.
Helletiata:
Hornschuchiana.
Michauxii.
ea
Kantia argut
Lejeunea caleares
pyllifolia.
Lepidosie «

ste cea.
Liochlaena lanceolata.
Lophocolea bidentata.
Marsupella me vissi
argin

ph
hacelat:
Europe and
1 Twenty additional species from lower latitudes are common o, There
heave ieinein ng t e percentage of European species exactly to8
Maining spec
i Seta. Jungermania laxa.
lamellosa. Lejeunea minutissima .
: ell mon bang
Sphaeroe: -etiwee terrestris. Lophocotes ero:
Fimbriaria elegans. Nardia ay alina.
Lunularia vu garis. Odontoschisma Fiala
Targionia hypop hylla. Pallavicinia Te. =
Anthoceros caespiticitis. Pellia calycin

Fossombronia cristata.

Porella thuja? oe

Comparison of the Hepatic Floras. gir

Metzgeria conjugata. Plagiochila agg
nulos:
pu ubescens. Pleuroclada phe
Mylia Taylori. islandica.
Nardia soa ahead Porella rivularis.
— laevigata.
ond ;
Pallavicin a Hibern ca. Scapania compacta.
Pellia Sativinctolis.. nemorosa.
Trichocolea tomentella. —62.

13. The following are common to Europe and Asia, but
have not yet appeared in American collections:

Riccia minima. Jungmmnys * Kaurini.
Grimaldia pilosa. imprichtii.
a — isa ngidens.
Sauteria alpina. Wenzelii. '
Cephalozia bifida. Nardia Breidleri.

onnivens. Pellia Neesiana.

eins ntha. Prasanthus Suecicus.
Jungermania Badenenss. Scapania pa aes

rocolpa. —17.

14. The two ta are found in nae and America,
but not in Europe:
Cephalozia Macouni. Plagiochila porelloides.
15. The — boreal and sub-boreal species are found
only in Euro

Ric + Met Jungermania a
Cleven Sue Marsupella alpina
Aneu: a foscovirens, Boeckii.
incurv condensata.
Cephalozia biloba. filiformis.
Francisci. Funckii.
integerrima. intricata
assalongi. ——
pac ae
niger Pallavicinia Blyth
Hygrobiella myriocarpa Pleu a pu ee
nsis. Seca’ tia 2 Hooke
Jungermania Hlardioides: Scapania Spitzbergensis.

—26.

16, ae oe are the endemic American species:

Frullania Oakesiana.

ens.
owe eythrosperma gel beso
Cephalozia extensa Jungermania poe es.
minima. oor
: Sullivanti. ss oenlandica
hiloscyphus ascendens. vatiia
Diplophyllum argenteum.
Frullania As ana. Walia
cootiensis. Lejeun
Halli. Teta Teibergi.
Nisquallensis. cseadene:

312 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

Nardia crenuliformis. Radula Krausei.
Odontoschisma Macounii. Scapania albescens.
Porella navicularis. olanderi.
Ptilidium Californicum. glaucocephala.
Radula arctica. Oakesii. —32

17. Last of all are the ten species peculiar to Asia:

Calycularia laxa. Jungermania quadriloba.
Diplophyllum plicatum. Sahlbergii.
Frullania Davurica. Lophocolea reflexula.
Jungermania fertilis. Mylia verrucosa.

ata. Porella grandiloba.

WAL.

De Pauw University, Greencastle, Indiana.

Bacterial investigation of the sea and its floor.’

Hs dy RUSSELL,

as somewhat provisional and will require extended conite
tion before they can be accepted as general biologica ak
I trust they may possess some interest even. in thistenta
connection. : were
The results, which I can only briefly summarize here, da
obtained at the Zoological Station at Naples, during

* Read before Section F, A. A. A. S., Rochester meeting, August, et

1892. ] Bacterial Investigation of the Sea. 313

spring and summer of 1891, and at the Marine Bi-
ological Laboratory at Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts, during
the past season.

These widely separated places, so different in many of their
conditions, gave exceptional advantages for a comparative
study along these lines.

Before detailing the results, I will state, in the brief-
est possible manner, the methods used in the work.

cork is closed by a glass tube which projects about three-

then rinsed in sterile water and finally dried on sterile filter

of the small tube is sealed as the air is expelled. Ln
‘cuum tube may then be protected from gradual leakage by

Coati : :
ating the cork with a mixture of beeswax and rosin.

314 The Botanical Gazette. — [October,

To secure the samples of water from any desired depth,
these vacuum tubes are attached to a holder by means of an
ordinary clamp, the small drawn out glass tube being so ar-
ranged that the point of it lies near the connecting line that
is fastened to the holder. When the holder with the vacuum

quite sufficient, except where pure ‘‘live” sand is presen
hold the mud column in the tube. of a
The mass of mud is removed from the tube by water me
piston rod, and from the center of this mass a known a ee
of the material is extracted by means of sterilized pn “This
For this purpose a small sized cork borer is well Pasi Jume
nown volume of mud is then diluted with a sce
of sterile water and plated as in the other case. ;

1892.) Bacterial Investigation of the Sea. 315

possible chance for contamination is from diffusion which
might take place from the sides and lower end of the iron
tube. The material is ‘within this for so short a time how-
ever, that in so solid and dense a mass as the mud core, this
element of error has, I believe, little or no effect.

Attention may now be directed to some of the problems
which arise in connection with the investigation of marine
bacterial life. Space will only permit a reference to one or
two phases of the work, and I can only briefly recapitulate
some of the results which have already been obtained.

First, in regard to the presence of bacterial forms in the
sea. o determine the bacterial content of the sea, it is nec-
essary for one to secure material outside of the contamination
limit from the land. This is of course a varying distance,
depending upon the configuration of the shore and other con-
itions. Fresh water or sewage germs discharged into the
sea soon perish on account of the change in their nutritive
medium. Of course any quantitative determination of the
bacterial contents of the sea must exclude all samples taken
within this limit. To my knowledge, the surface water of the
sea has not been analyzed bacteriologically at any great dis-
tance from land, but samples taken from the coastal line out-
side of land contamination show that micro-organi invari
ably present in the water. The number per unit of volume
varies naturally within certain limits, yet there is on the
Whole quite a constant average number per unit of measure
in these surface waters.

taken at different depths from the surface down to a depth of
“a feet Showed that bacteria were present in all weet
th Zonary distribution was to be observed in any case an
© Intermediate depths as well as the water immediately
“ag me Sea floor were found to contain germs in about the
© Proportion as at the surface.

316 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

The usual content of the sea water ranges from 10 to 150
germs per cc., while in exceptional instances the number per
unit of volume exceeded this; but the fact that the individu-
als present were in these cases usually of a single species indi-
cated that the large number was due to a bit of zovgloea
rather than active vegetative forms. A comparison of salt
with fresh water shows that on the whole bacterial life is less
abundant in the sea than in fresh water. The higher tem-
perature of the latter and its proximity to land masses, which
are nearly always extremely rich in bacterial organisms, are
sufficient to account for this increase.

A bacteriological examination of the sea bottom shows
that it, too, is filled with bacteria.

Observation demonstrates that the sea-floor is infinitely
richer in germ life than the waters above it. A quantitative ex-
amination of the ocean bottom shows a wide variation in its
bacterial contents. Just what factors bring about this differ-
ence in numbers, I am unable, as yet, definitely to state, but it
seems more than probable, that the variable physical charac-
ter of the sea flora, the depth at which material is taken, and
the influence of temperature are conditions which largely de-
termine the presence of micro-organisms. As might be ex-
pected, it will require an extended series of data gathered un-
der similar as well as diverse conditions before the pee
of distribution can be satisfactorily explained. I shall only
attempt to submit certain facts which have been brought out
by the work, leaving a definite explanation until more thor-
ough investigation.

At Naples, the investigation of the sea botto

m was eee
from the shore line to a depth of 3,500 feet. At the depth 0

dence with .
point.

1892. | Bacterial Investigation of the Sea. 317

falls rapidly to 55° F. at a depth of 600 feet, and from this
point downward there is no change.

This season’s work which has been carried on at Wood's
Holl in much more northern and cooler waters shows that the
bacterial content of the sea bottom is very much less abund-
ant at this point than in the Mediterranean. In the vicinity
of Wood’s Holl Iwas unable to reach any great depth on
account of the width of the shallow continental plateau which
lies off southern New England and the middle Atlantic states.
The’ number of bacteria per unit of volume was found to be,
under similar conditions very much less than at Naples. The
germ contents of the slime from Buzzard’s Bay averaged from
10,000 to 30,000 germs per cc. This is scarce more than a
tithe of what was present in the Mediterranean mud at equal
depths.

When we find the mud so much richer in bacteria than the

two habitats are analogous or not. If we find the deposit
made up entirely of species similar to those found in the water

318 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

cent. of the whole number present, and is an indigenous slime
bacillus. Besides this species there are two or three
other species that are exclusively mud inhabitants although

soil and carries them about in the air. ;

The presence of these zzdigenous mud forms necessarily
implies that they exist in a vegetative condition, but this can
also be experimentally determined. Samples of the mud
were taken and treated in the ordinary way in which cultures
were prepared. The diluted material was then heated at a
temperature sufficiently high to kill all the vegetative forms
(80°C) but not enough to destroy the vitality of the spores.
Cultures were then immediately made from the heated material
and the actual condition of the individuals as they existed in
the sample used, could thus be ascertained. hese two sets
could then be directly compared and the difference in the number
of colonies gave the approximate number of vegetative ber
actually present in the water or mud. This proportion Is
often a widely variable one but the analysis of a score o
more samples show that the mud bacteria as well as the water

: : . iti VEN =
forms are in a large degree in a vegetative condition, ¢

under such adverse conditions for their development as those

that are found at the bottom of the deep s€3. or
Mention has only been made so far, of the distribution .

marine bacteria in general, but the vertical range

ath : ies in
depth limits of growth, which each species possesses, varies
different cases. ange if

1892.] Bacterial Investigation of ‘the Sea. 319

Of the three most common mud forms found at Naples, the
maximum depth limit of growth was not attained at the depth
of 3500 ft. One of the three species (Cladothrix intricata)
had nearly disappeared from the cultures, so that it was reas-
onable to suppose that the bathymetrical range had been almost
reached. The other two species were at this depth sufficiently
Numerous to indicate that the maximum point of develop-
ment had not been attained. This fact is of especial interest
when we consider it in the light of the pressure experiments
which have been carried out on bacteria.

Our knowledge of the action of high pressure upon’bacterial
metabolism is as yet imperfect, but there are several forms
which seem to bear an increase of pressure of upwards of 100
atmospheres without material change.

A comparative study of the Mediterranean forms and those
found on the New England coast gives an opportunity for a
direct comparison from a specific as well as from a numerical
standpoint.

The work during the present season has been mainly con-
fined to Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound off the Massa-
chusetts coast, but through the kindness of Prof. Wm. Libbey,
Jr, of the U. S. Fish Commission, samples of the mud
Were obtained about 100 miles from the shore at the depth
I 100 fathoms. They were taken by the schooner Gram-

ee aa with bacterial life, to at least this distance from
ore. .

saan to be the same as those taken from near the ease
a nage Holl. This proves a geographical dis
la € common mud species for at least 100 miles from
comparison of these forms with those at Naples
— marked dissimilarity. The number of a
Sige os the water and mud is not especially large in ee a
“aie ne of the most interesting species found in aoe oe
thrix ean endosporous, pseudo-branching form, Cla :
— which was there quite frequent, but a ra
at “ota Atlantic coast. This indicates that this species,
» IS quite cosmopolitan in its distribution. Aside

320 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

from this form, the other species were quite unlike, although
they possess some similar characteristics. The bacteria that
are so universally present in sea water and mud seem to be
quite peculiar to this habitat. Of course many land and fresh
water forms are carried into the sea by drainage, but sooner or
later, most of them succumb to the changed conditions of
their existence.

With this zztroduced or adventive flora, we are not espec-
ially concerned, but aside from this, there are these certain
well defined species, that seem to be indigenous to this partic-
ular habitat. By long residence in salt water, some of them
have become so. modified, that they grow much more luxur-
iently upon media made from sea water than upon that which
contains only the normal amount of salt. In one of the spe-

‘ he aus-
Much of this class of work can be best done under th 5
mmission

r
pices of the government, either by the Fish Co i rovided
the Coast Survey, as these departments are alrea te dredg-
with the necessary outfit of vessels fitted with suita

pag aol

1892. ] A Peculiar Case of Plant Dissemination. 321

ing apparatus, etc., for deep sea work. Unfortunately, the
methods of work preclude the use of preserved material, as
this subject can only be prosecuted by means of culture work.
Not only would such a department of research upon our sci-
entific exploring expeditions add greatly to our knowledge of
bacterial life, but the lower forms of fungi could be investi-
gated as well.
University of Chicago.

A peculiar case of plant dissemination.
EDWARD L. BERTHOUD.

Studying lately with intense interest ‘‘Island Life,” by
“Alfred Russell Wallace, and his remarks upon the dissemina-
tion of plant life everywhere, both on continents and islands,
it brought to my mind what many years ago I had observed
during a long residence, and numberless scouts, excursions,
Surveys and pleasure trips I have made in the region included
between the Missouri river and Great Salt Lake, and from the
345° N. latitude to that of Eau qui Court in Dakota,and Sun
Tiver in Montana.

As these may be of interest and some value in the determi-
nations of geographical botany,and have a bearing in the elu-
Cidation of geological botany, I will briefly give the more
salient points of these observations. I can show to some ex-
tent that between the Missouri river and the Rocky moun-
tains, the American buffalo has been an efficient agent in plant
dissemination. Until within twenty-six years the buffalo was

nown to range from Peace river and Athabaska valley to cen-

tral Texas. Very much as our Indian tribes are known to do,

i buffalo uniformly followed trails in their annual migrations

th M north to south, or vice versa, very rarely deviating from

ocky mountain range, on their migrations through South,
i ins. A

age and, following the best ground for their migra-
~S their Sagacity or instinct (if you choose so to call their »
Vol. XVII.— No. 10.

322 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

inherited faculty) made them follow trails over the lowest and -
best divides between streams.

When following large herds in Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado,
Indian Nation and Texas, we have seen these trails in soft
rich ground worn down five or six feet deep, thirty or forty
feet wide, as well defined as a graded wagon road.

We have spoken of their migration only in a sense re-
stricted to our personal knowledge in the region we have
already described. Yet from the best information we can get
we find that this same yearly change of locality occurred in
northern Idaho, Montana and Dakota, and north of the Black
Hills, not so much from scarcity of forage, as the necessity of
shelter from the winter snows and blizzards of the upper Mis-
souri and Yellowstone prairies; while in British America, ac-
cording to the accounts of Franklin, Richardson, and also
Messrs. Milton and Cheadle for the Saskatchewan and upper
Athabaska valleys, the buffalo were driven by snow and intense
cold from the open country into the timbered valleys, and
forests west of the open plains and in the Athabaska region.

In the spring the general movement of the buffalo was north
into Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming and Kansas across the

d pe
generally or
ecies a5

1892.] A Pecuiiar Case of Plant Dissemination. 323

We would find there Plantago (2 species), Asclepias Syri-
aca, Trifolium, Thlaspi, Amarantus, Chenopodium album, Mar-
tynia proboscidea, Sinapis, Portulaca, Lippia cuneifolia, and
the grasses, such as Cenchrus, Stipa, Setaria, Elymus, Dac-
tylis, Deschampsia, Panicum Crus-galli, Euphorbia, Glycyr-
thiza, Epilobium.

We could add to this list Helianthus, but as this plant is
firmly established as a native to the soil of this whole region,
and universally appears along old roads and inall the valleys,
its dissemination seems to be largely independent of artificial
dissemination, and dependent for its spread solely on the
bared condition of the ground when sodless. We have so far
given what annuals or biennials are found in the artificial de-
nudations made by the buffalo. To these we can add Rhus

tado, at the foot of our Rocky Mountains, has been intro-
duced since 1860; and found in Wyoming as far north as the
forty-second parallel: the plum might be, perhaps, the Prun-
Mus pumila, but may be only a variety of P. Chicasa, though I
can hardly admit this as probable.

mud, seeds, twigs cactus fronds and roots.
N examining the heads of dead buffalo I repeatedly

gg The pad altogether made up an ambulant Wardian

324 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

Now such a pad of hair (overlooking the breast and legs of
the animal) matted as we have said, and daily rubbed in earth
banks or wallows, is as good an apparatus for artificial dissem-
ination ascould be imagined when we consider the range and
habits of the animal. Given a herd of ten thousand buffaloes
roving from the Red River of Texas to northern Nebraska and
Montana, we can justly imagine that the seeds of southern
species of plant and shrub life would in time be left at inter-
mediate points most favorable to their growth, while the re-
turning herds in the fall and winter would be laden in the
same manner with northern plant seeds to be in their turn

seed brought from Red river is dropped in a favorable spot on
the Arkansas insome trail or wallow. There it matures seeds
mayhap for years; some of them are again entangled in the
forehead or the front woolly hairs of a buffalo on its neck or
fore legs and are finally dropped by chance on the Smoky
Hill or Republican The same actions may recut, and the
plant seeds be carried into the next valley or to the next
prairie divide, so that in course of time it is not at all improb-
able that any one species of plant would finally reach the ee
termost northern limit of the buffalo’s northern range, Me
plant being, as it were, slowly acclimated by the successivé
transference from age to age in its continued dissemination.
What we argue in relation to the Martynia, can equally appy
to any plant or shrub seed, varying in its northward or $ ‘
ward progression just in proportion to its adaptability ee
withstand heat or cold, drouth or moisture, and its adaptath

eens his Arctic

t
Age ; t the
expedition we find that h thered Opuntia glomerata a
: soho P it since neat

Lake Winnipeg. The occurrence of such a southern pists
plant about latitude 50° to 51° north, we believe = eal
due to a progressive dissemination by the buffalo, 2° ate
by seed, but also by direct conveyance of hat of
This transfer we conceive highly probable, 4+ Ameri
many other plants and shrubs that range into British
from as far south as latitude 35° and 36°. We are

1892. ] 4 Peculiar Case of Plant Dissemination. 325

the sand plum has advanced from the Arkansas river into
northern Colorado and Wyoming, since in the scope of the
buffalo country extending from the forks of Platte river to the
Rocky Mountains, I have found it only where the main
buffalo trails formerly existed. Rhus glabra is, however, such
acosmopolitan shrub, that its dissemination north may be as
justly ascribed to recent settlement as to the artificial dissem-
ination we have advocated.

Again, if the fossil sequoias, figs, magnolias, oaks, palms,
liquidambars, cycads, salisburias, laurels, persimmons, cinna-
monums, aralias, sassafras and many other semi-tropical or
south temperate trees and shrubs now found inthe Cretaceous,
Eocene and Miocene beds of Colorado, were derived from the
Arctic regions originally; and if their modified descendants
now found extant from the Missouri river south to the Mexi-
can gulf are their living representatives, then it is quite re-
markable that no representatives of the cactus family occur
either in Greenland strata or in the same formations in Colo-
tado. Their total absence also from the Pliocene strata of
South Park, sorich in Sequoia, Glyptostrobus, Myrica, Rhus,
Sapindus, Ficus, Planera, Cesalpinus, Acacia, Zizyphus, Ilex,
ete., though really only negative evidence of their non-exist-
ence there, is strongly corroborated by the fact that the
Opuntia is a plant that avoids damp, densely timbered surfaces.
It delights in dry, stony, sandy soils, and requires but little
Water the whole year round. The vegetation of the
Cretaceous, Miocene, Eocene and Pliocene stratain Colorado

considering, the fleshy nature of the fronds of Opuntia would
Naturally be very ble to fossilization; but its abund-
ant seeds of a very hard consistence, would be unusually well
fitted for preservation, for we find to-day in the strata under
fensideration fossil nuts of Fagus, Corylus, Carya, Diospytos
anda species of plum, besides palm nuts, fern fronds with
‘Porangia complete, seeds of grasses and carices, also of elm
and Planera.
lope reader may ask what has all this to do with the ques-
; n of “‘buftalo pads.” The answer is simple ¢
© Prove very strongly by this that the cacti that extend from
Southern latitudes to Lake Winnipeg, are colonies that in the

unfavorable tof

326 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

~
course of ages have been gradually acclimated by artificial
dissemination, and not the fragments of a flora derived from
Arctic regions. Granting this, then the same method would
apply to Clematis Virginiana, Negundo aceroides, Ampelopsis
quinquefolia, Prunus (Cerasus) serotina, Cornus, Shepherdia
argentea, Sambucus pubens, Hypopitys; all found according
to Richardson far north in the British possessions, within the
old buffalo range, but also common as far south as latitude
35° north.
Golden, Colorado.

Notes on certain species of Erythronium.
E. B. KNERR.

Perhaps there. is no more interesting genus of plants among
Liliacee than Erythronium. The species are the first of the
order to appear in the spring and in point of beauty are
second to none. Besides, there are features of propagation

of which arise from underground corms. :
forms these corms, or rather fleshy bulbs, consist of a series
of corms arranged somewhat spirally one within the rete
sometimes as many as four or five in number, the yee
innermost, each corm producing its plant in succession 4 bee,
apart and beginning with the oldest and outermost. ag
times, however, in E. mesochoreum and E. Americanum t
happens that two and even three of these corms may ieee
once, producing as many leafy scapes apparently from As
same root, when ordinarily but one would be expecte?

yet I have never noticed this in E. albidum.

. i ap
The sterile forms (one-leaved) both of E. Amer

E. albidum, and sometimes the flowering, send out xtrem
ground off-shoots or rhizomes which produce at ee
sa )

ities new corms destined to furnish the plants

; *. this difference:
season. In the two species, however, there 1s this diffe

1892. ] Certain Species of Erythronium. 327

E. albidum usually sends out but two (though sometimes
specimens are found with but one such rhizome), a strong vig-
orous one and a second that is weaker and smaller. In E.
Americanum the number is usually from three to five, success-
ively diminishing in size, all more or less coiled and twisted.
In E. albidum they are much straighter and somewhat deeper
rooted. E. mesochoreum never produces such rhizomes, so
far as we have observed, either in the one-leaved or in the two-
leaved forms.

Herein we readily find an explanation for the multitude of
the one-leaved forms of both E. albidum and E. Americanum
wherever they occur; for in the case of the first species where
this year was but one plant, next year will be two; and in the
case of the second species even a greater number will appear,
a plant for each new rhizome. Thus it is that whole slopes
of shaded ravines become carpeted with these beautifully
mottled leaves. Only one here and there of the thousands is
destined to develop a corm without offshoots, which in a sea-
son or two may send up a flowering scape to produce seed
and propagate its species sexually. :

ight here arises an interesting question: What selective
power is it that determines the one in the ten thousand, which
is thus to reach fruiting?

such rhizomes producing corms at their extremities
in this

seedlings soon to become fertile flowering forms. Hence It
is that where-this plant is established there is no lack of bloom

Part of their blooming season; but those of the latter species
are usually broader and flatter than those of the former. e
ave noticed that this mottling disappears to 4 great extent,
“specially in E. albidum, as the season advances, the color be-

328 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

mens that showed a faint mottling in lighter shades of green
when the season was much advanced. The leaves of this
species are also much narrower and longer than those of either
the other two, being mostly linear-lanceolate, and indeed even
linear in some specimens. :

The habitat of these plants is also characteristic, E. albi-
dum and E. Americanum preferring deep shaded ravines and
moist meadows, while E. mesochoreum takes to the hill-tops
and the north facing slopes whether wooded, or open and
covered with grass. ;

The color of the sepals is also distinctive, E. Americanum
being yellow with purple dots at the base, E. albidum white
tinged with pink, and E. mesochoreum also white, but tinged
with lavender or blue. The perianth of the last is usually
much longer than that of E. albidum and is not so much re-
flexed in the bright sunshine. : oi

The stigmas of E. Americanum are peculiar, being mass
into a club-shaped body; those of E. albidum are quite diver
gent and somewhat recurved; while in E. mesochoreum pt
are more slender and decidedly recurved. The capsules 4
this last species are also much larger and longer than —
either the other two and everything indicates that the a
also more vigorous, a fact naturally to be expected, seeing
that this form propagates rather sparingly by the bulb.

Midland College, Atchison, Kansas.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Notes upon Daucus Carota.1—The early’introduction of t
from its European soil and environments, and its present ic
bution, and ready adaptation to new conditions make it a g° which
from which to &xpect those variations of habit, structure, oo soa
usually attend the transplanting of a new organism with ga rgone
tions. Records of the numerous changes which it has unde

: 2.
*Read before Section F, A. A. A. S., Rochester meeting, August, sag

e distri-

1892.| Briefer Articles. 329

prove that it is no exception to the general laws of variation. Leav-
ing out of all account the extended variation among the cultivated
varieties which are quite as marked as among others of its congeners,
my purpose in this note is to call attention to the range of variations
to be found in the weed in a state of nature. This tendency is quite
marked, and has often been noted. One of the more common and
constant phases of variability is to be fouud in the floral umbel. The
presence of a single, central flower, springing from the immediate cen-
ter of the disk, and of a deep purple color, in distinction from the
generally pure white of the entire umbel, is a feature that has been
known for some time, though I am not aware that any record has ap-
peared in any recent literature.

Another feature nearly as general and constant is the presence of a
Peripheral circle of larger flowers, mostly sterile and radial, though
this is hot universally the case, and for this reason, as probably in the
preceding case no special record has been made of the fact.

During the present summer I have observed certain other variant
Phases which seem to be somewhat new, as a very considerable extent
ofinquiry among leading botanists has failed to elicit any corresponding
observations. The features to which reference is here made are two.
First: The extension of the unique colored and sterile features of
the central flower to the whole central umbelet. This I have noted
m quite a large number of cases. Second: The implication of the
fntire umbel in the coloration. This feature was by no means as gen-
Se — last, but was quite marked in many individuals. My first

Pg Seg observing ut somewhat casually was that it was probably
eg say cause which leads to the assumption of purplish hues
hae flowers as they age toward withering. Subsequent ob-
pee “seen showed that this could not be the case;, as in those
aie hiss a the phenomenon at all, it was quite as marked in the
Reel ade of Howering as at any other. This, together with the ob-
i aeatcies ney of the central purple flower to involve the whole cen-
that it isa a : peculiar color, renders very strong the conviction
fd Gerais, € of variation, which in time may become quite general

M ent. :

Cold 2a a aga on these points were made in the vicinity of
mens in tafe 1. I, but have subsequently been verified upon speci-
is Gectie leimity, and I doubt not may be found occasionally in
Western state S, though I had not noticed them at all in the middle

ie <4 ;
of a remarkable that notwithstanding these and other features
n, the divergence has not been sufficiently marked or con-

330 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

stant in any one direction to give rise to new species, or even to well
marked varieties—CuHarLEes W. Haraitt, Syracuse University, Syra-
cuse, IV. Y.

Cross and self-fertilization.—In a series of experiments, still in pro-
gress at this college, on the fertilization of the common petunia, the
following results were obtained from the first generation. ~

One dozen petunias of equal vigor were selected from the green-
house cuttings, and put into pots of equal size, and subjected to exact-
ly the same conditions. About half of the plants were the dull pur-
ple variety, nearly the original type, while the others were variegated
and somewhat modified. Each blossom was very carefully excluded
from accidental fertilization, by being tied in a paper bag, or by hav-
ing the corolla tied together tightly until the capsule had begun tode-
velop. : :

There were three series of experiments. The blossoms of series I
were self-fertilized; those in series II were fertilized from other blos-
soms on the same plant; and in series III they were fertilized from
other plants. :

Series I bore capsules averaging 1.8 centigrams in weight, series i
bore capsules averaging 2.7 cgms. in weight, and series III bore cap
sules averaging 4.1 cgms. :

In series I and III, the seeds of the plain purple and the variegated
specimens were weighed separately, showing the variegated t0 |
lighter. In series I the purple weighed 0.7 cgm. more than the vane
gated in the same series. In series III the purple bore capsules 02
cgm. heavier than the variegated in the same series. j

It was also noted that many more capsules in series III develope
and ripened perfectly than in either series I or II; while series I ae
ed the smallest percentage of capsules. Owing to various acciden
no definite figures could be obtained to show the exact proportions:

Thus it may be inferred that even in the first generation the a
orating effects of self- fertilization are plainly shown, and also pans
dency of much modified plants to decline in vigor and produc
ness ; 89,
Darwin, in his book on cross and self-fertilized plants, es ie
says: “In crossing six blossoms, there were six seed pede ee
duced, weighing 4.44 grains; while six others were self-fertilized, P
ducing only three capsules weighing but 1.49 grains.” — es with

This experiment is interesting from the fact that It agre REED,
Darwin’s very similar experiment on the same plants.—MINNIE
State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kas.

Current Literature. 331

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Last volume of a great work.*

The task of collecting and issuing in uniform manner all the specific
descriptions of fungi ever published, although requiring prodigious

r, has been accomplished by the author of the Sylloge Fungo- |
rum in a remarkably short time, and the final volume now lies before

The ten volumes of the work contain about forty thousand species.
How many of these names are synonyms is the part of the monograph-
er and special student to determine. Excellent judgment has been
shown throughout in the compilation, and the work will not only be
a monument to the perseverance of the author, but of inestimable and
lasting service to mycologists.

The present volume does not differ essentially in its make up from
the preceding, except in possessing a universal index to the cohorts,
families, genera and their synonyms of the full ten volumes. The
series closes most appropriately with an enumeration of fossil fungi,
embracing 331 numbers, compiled by Dr. A. Meschinelli.

Although this is the last volume of the work as projected, Dr. Sac-
cardo offers to issue addenda, if authors will kindly continue to send
him their publications. He states that at the time this last volume
came from the press (June, 1892,) some fifteen hundred species, incred-
bile dictu, had already come in, too late to be included. Such evi—
dence of activity in the collection and study of fungi indicates how
highly serviceable such addenda must be to all working botanists.

The flora of the Dakota group.’

was the last work of Leo Lesquereux, who died in the fall of 1889. It
1S composed of a vast number of leaf-drawings, identified and named

flowers in the heart of Switzerland. From these early influences Les-
>a naturally turned in time to the study of botany, to which he
évoted the greater part of his life. In the year 1848 he came to

ones SEE

oe ae
: Do, P. A.—Sylloge fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum. ides
2 Supplementum universale; Pars 1, Discomycet Hyphomycetex, aauit
unt fungi fossiles auctore Doct. A. Meschinelli. Roy. 8 ¥0, PP: 964. Patavii, 1892-
—Francs 48.

2 \~
nian Lesguereux.—The flora of the Dakota group, a posthumous = aa
1891 Y F. H. Knowlton, U. S.,Geol. Survey. 256 pp-, plates. Washington,

332 ’ The Botanical Gazette. [October,

America to become our foremost paleobotanist. His great enthusi-
asm soon made him familiar with our flora, and we need only to look
at the work he has left us to get an idea of his talent and indomitable
energy. His last, as well as his previous works are well fitted to stim-
ulate our paleobotanists. As it will be impossible to give a complete
teview of this voluminous work, we point out a few of its characteris-
tic features, as shown in the original way, by the author himself.
How full of interest, for instance, are the figured leaves of Lirio-
dendron, illustrating the transition to ancestors with deeply lobed
or even pinnatifid leaves, sometimes of gigantic size, but with the
characteristic truncate apex, until another form appears with the ter-
minal lobe preserved as in Z. semialatum. e comparison of these

not been

flora of North America is not at the present epoch, and h ght to this

in past geological times, composed of foreign elements brow, ee
continent by migration, but that it is indigenous; its types are

1892. ] - Current Literature. 333

and the diversity of their representatives has been produced by physi-
calinfluences. The affinities, therefore, or the relation of their mod-
ification or derived forms can not be looked for in the vegetation of
distant countries.”

the work is left by the author, although unfinished, it commends
itself, and the author’s name will always be remembered with admira-
tion and gratitude. But we are unable to leave his work without a few
remarks about the manner in which it has been edited.

In looking through this book, we are surprised at the number of
errors, apparently of carelessness, such as mis-spelling, incorrect cita-
tions, omission of figures, misleading terms, ete. The editor seems
not to have understood the responsibility of editing a posthumous
work. The best method of editing a posthumous work is, undoubted-

to us, and pleasing for the time to the fancy, which should be omitted
in print. We dare say, that in its present form, this work would never
have been published by the author. The reader will readily observe
the wide gap between the genial and elegant work of Lesquereux, and
the lack of care and taste in the present edition.

Although it is as unpleasant a task to criticise a posthumous work as

been an easy matter to arrange them in good order Several of the
figures are designated by numbers so distant from the respective ne
ong.

Sea The spelling of names is inconsistent in a great many 1n-
; nal we have both grossé- and grosse-dentatum,
vides, besides numerous others. Often the specific

Wrong gender as Fagus orbiculatum, Sassafras primigined, AN sith
' Pfafiana, The descriptive part contains some isleading
ts of hairs

- 334 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

ology. F tom Protophyllum denticulatum (p. 193) we cite the follow-
ing: “median nerve,” “lateral primaries supra-basilar,” “secondaries

other.” Again it is remarkable that such an expression could escape
the editor’s attention as this from Pp. 243: “Diospyros Virginiana be-

The Minnesota Catalogue.

IN THE PRESENT confusion of ideas with regard tothe larger group-
ings of plants it is as well, perhaps, for authors of local lists as’ well a
more extended manuals to try to express our present knowledge of
plant affinities. Such an attempt is now before us in Professor Con-
way MacMillan’s introduction to “the Metasperme of the Minnesota
valley.” This introduction, reprinted in advance, is intended to be

subdivided into Thallophyta, Archegoniate, and Metasperma, Wi
names practically describe their limitations, the last named inclt

1892. ] Current Literature. 335

angiosperms. In grouping the Metasperme Treub’s conclusions from
the study of Casuarina are accepted, and the groups Chalazagamez
and Porogamez adopted, dependent upon the absence or presence ofa
micropylar canal. The Porogamez contain monocotyledons and di-
cotyledons; the latter being further subdivided into Archichlamydex
and Metachlamydeze, the former being a combination of Polypetalez
and Apetal, the latter the Gamopetale.

Special attention is called to the definitions of Metasperme and
Archispermz (Gymnosperme), which includes our knowledge of the
difference in the origin of the so-called “endosperm” in the two cases
and the still somewhat obscure notions as to the sexual origin of the
angiospermous “endosperm.” Our present knowledge and theory
with reference to these very important but very recondite distinctions are
well and compactly put, but we may be pardoned the question whether
the language is not too severely technical to be addressed “not to any
coterie of savants in some special line of science, but to the genéral
public of Minnesota.” Professor MacMillan has undertaken a very
Interesting piece of work, and with a vigor of style and freedom from
Testraint that will surely bring useful results.

; Minor Notices.

Dr. N. L. Brrrron has published a synoptical list, including syn-
onymy, range, and descriptions of new species and varieties of the

1
“Oita N. L.—A list of the species of the genera Scirpus and Rhy sang
@ occurring in North America. Contrib. Herb. Columbia Coll. no. 26. Re-

Printed from Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. XI, p

Tre) of Yu pone

i Base, WiLL1am.—Detail illustrations of Yucca and description of Aga) h

: °researa From the 3d Ann. Rep. of the Mo. Bot. Garden, PP. 159-168 wit
Page plates. Issued May 28, 1892.

336 The Botanical Gazette. [October
Yuccas and illustrations of thirteen of the species. Eleven plates are
devoted to the display of such characters as enter into the delimita-
tion of species, while twelve reproductions of photographs show finely
the facies of the different species. A new Agave, A. Lingelmanni, is also
described and figured.

OPEN LETTERS.

Who are biologists ?

tests against the present unfortunate attitude assum zoologists in
regard to the position of botany as one of th fe
This question is one which vexes us here as well as elsewhere, but

a disposition among some of the best of our zoologists here, to grant
what we claim in this respect. The question is an important yout
many ways, and it has occurred to once, that it wo

Were action taken by them in this case, and their positi ttling
maintained, I think it would have considerable weight in sé

important profession.

portunity to bring this question forward and have it freely
and the present is none too ear y to suggest such a movem
| PENHALLOW, McGill University, Montreal.
Variations of the strawberry leaf. aE
The article of Mrs. Kellerman in the August number of poor”
Suggests the following: In May, 1889, I noticed upon spe al fourth
fragaria which were brought into the laboratory, addition ‘
and fifth leaflets upon the petiole below the normal leaflets. if
to Bentham and Hooker, Genera Plantarum, under EF acts pil
“Folia alterna, 3-foliata, rarissime foliolis paucts lateralibus ad Jes with
nata v. ru 4iata.” | determined to search for more €x omnmon in
a view of ascertaining whether the variation was rare OF ©
this localit

in the vicinity of Willmette, we all so frequently found the dbe spoke®

> , 899, <
of as “not uncommon in this locality.” October 20, 109% "duct
them plentiful at the side of the railroad north of the Ridge

1892.] Notes and News. 337

e€ f art of a garden. Of
fifty leaves taken at random twelve had extra leaflets upon the petiole.
these twelve, eight had two leaflets, opposite in four cases and al-
ternate in four, and four had single leaflets upon the petiole below the

normal leaflets.
May 7th, 1891, I found the extra leaflets abundant in the locality
apeaag and also upon our north campus near the lake shore.
en ae at random one in every four or five had the extra one

or two leaflets.

In July, 1891, I found in the herbarium of the Natural History Mu-
seum, Kensington, London, two specimens of Fragaria Virginiana,
one collected in Colorado and the other at Kettle Falls upon the Co-

per cent. of the leaves of Fragaria have five leaflets, two of which usu-
ally disappear as the season advances leaving the normal trifoliate

llerman, from the variations which she has noted, reasons
that the strawberry is developing a quinquefoliate form of leaf. By
the flight of his imagination in “The Evolutionist at Large,” Grant
Allen shows how the “fruit” of the strawberry may have developed

om a potentilla; while the facts given above seem to indicate that
the plant, so far as the leaves give evidence, 1s passing or has passe
from a pinnate form, not unlike certain potentillas, having five or more
leaflets, into a trifoliate form. These observations were made both
upon Fragaria Virginiana and upon its variety Illinoensis—C. B. At-
WELL, Northwestern University, Evanston, Ills.

NOTES AND NEWS.

Mk. E. W. Fister has b ‘nted curator of the herbarium of
Indiana University. ese ieee sums oad
isonet eTIONARY of botanical terms by A. A. Crozier has recently been

ued by Henry Holt & Co.
on ORRECTION.—In Mr. A. F. Foerste’s article in the August GaZETT?,
slat ag {amamelis Canadensis is mentioned twice. This was @
Tae t, since 1. Virginiana was intended in both cases. :

1E FOLLOWING PAPERS by Professor Pammel appear in the Pro-
owe of the Iowa cateuiy of Sciences, vol. 1, pt. 2: Woody. plants
Sippi estern Wisconsin; and, Forest vegetation of the Uppet Missis-

H. L. Russet, whose studies of marine bacteria and of the im-

buti plants from bacterial diseases are among important recent

‘tions to bacteriology, has accepted a fellowship in biology 1n
g

R. Wate tment of

‘Aine Rr H. Evans has been appointed by the Depar

Snculture, in the office of Experiment Stations, to have charge of the
XVII.— No. 10

338 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

compilation of the botanical work of the various Experiment Stations
for the “Experiment Station Record.”

HE ANATOMY Of the stem of Wistaria has been studied by Carlton
C. Curtiss, and the results published in the Journal of the N. Y. Mier.
Society (viii, 79), and again issued as the twenty-eighth Contribution
from the herbarium of Columbia College.
YEAST FREE from bacteria, molds, and other impurities, ob-

is c
years past, according to the American Brewers Review, and is likely
to supersede the usual methods of preparation when required in large

quantities,
A SYNOPTICAL LIST, with description, of the ferns and fern-allies
of Jamaica, is being published by G. S. enma, Superintendent of the

Botanical Gardens, Demerara, in the Bud/etin of the Botanical Depart-
ment, Jamaica. The tenth number appeared in the Budletin for July
The list includes many new species.

HE REPORT of the botanical department of the New Vai ye
periment Station for 1891 covers over a hundred pages of the fou

grape,” a paper read by Professor S, A. Beach at the Rochester mee _
tng of the American Association.

ial, a
hopes to secure some good developmental material,

make cultures of Saprolegniacez, e

P
lecture on pollination of owers,” delivered at the pate nts,” a
Society, January, 1892; “Cross and self-fertilization in plants,

1892.] Notes and News. 339

— at the ate of the Eastern Iowa Horticultural Society, Decem-
, 1891; “ The effects of cross-fertilization in plants,” read at the
seeing - me Northern Horticultural Society, December, uae
first paper is profusely illustrated.
THE est of leaves during the process of drying for herbari-
um specimens has engaged the attention of Mr. E. Bogue, who
ves Gecnte ne nts before and after drying in Science for September
16. From three to five leaves of Quercus coccinea, Ariseema triphyl-
lum, on triloba, Arctium pee Asclepias Cornuti and six other
cae n plants, were examine ound to shrink on an average cat
to es: sixteenths of an inch, eens the water plant, Nymphaea
oom, which shrank about a
ESTING new icteee from South America are described
by Dietel, (Hedwigia, 1892, p. 159). One is a Raveneliaon Acacia, and
the other is a Phragmidium on some leguminous plant. The latter
merits Special attention as it is the only mem rs of the genus not
eh on the Rosacee. It has been imperfectly known for a long
me from material collected by. Wright in Texas (Gaccardo, Sylloge,
Vii, 749). It is also remarkable for the ase agreement inthe physical
ca of the e exospore with Uropyx rphee.
ETTER from Prof. L. M. tadeteanle delegate from the Botani-
oe Club of the American Association to the International Botanical

lati oa eal) circular of the World’s ae Scat
Ba botany, which was prepared last May, and s have been
mailed from the Chicago office June 1, has been aaily distributed
design of Septemnbe er number of the GAzETTE went to press. The chief

°
Fh
oo
om
oO
i
=
Q
ao
i)
ta
“s
“ih
oe
°
°
o
oo
=
ij
“ot
i
oO
ic}
S
=
°
a)
°
rh
ct
a".
oO
log
aoe
>
5)
& 5
n
o
77)
fo}
mh
co
=
o

country upon the feasibility of holding a botanical congress 1n con

.¢ with the Columbian Exposition. The belated cpeirasics of

ar has deprived it of all value, as the botanists at Rochester,

= a representive body, decided unanimously that a se i

hel rt such auspices was not ‘avisable, but that instead one should be
€ld in connection with the meeting of the A. A. A. S. next year in
antl gee will doubtless be done, ahaceved replies are sent to

m ea CONTRIBUTIONS from the Herbarium of Columbia College are
Cols eb rapidly. No. 27 is entitled “ Note on a collection of Las
i ” by N. L. Bri

. Tr
FesnPtions of some eighteen species, illustrated by three alates,
Me 281s upon “The anatomy of the

r
: No. 29 is the sixth sacle the title “ New or noteworth North
phanerogams,” by N. L. Britton. Among other notes anew

340 The Botanical Gazette. [October,

eastern Cardamine is separated from among other forms; the var.
mollis of Agrimonia Eupatoria is raised to specific rank, as is also

ask. It has now been put into the hands of Prof, L. H. Bailey, whose _
extensive familiarity with the

have been placed at the disposal :
of the Ameri i i iety, to be given as prizes for the sr
couragement of microscopical research, and Profs. S. H. Gage,
Ithaca, N. Y., D. S. Kellicott, of Columbus, O., and W. H. Sema
of Washington, D. C., were appointed a committee to prepare

conditions on which they should be granted. The competition

relating to plant life, not less than 3,000 words in len th. The mets =
ods a WhiCH the results were obtained must be givenin full. A similar
prize for an investigation relating to anima/ life. . '
Two prizes of twenty-five dolins each will be given for the er
best papers on plant and animal life, respectively, on the above com
ditions. izes
The papers, drawings and specimens entered for the ae Pp pa
are to be submitted to the committee on or before July rst, 1893: :
the papers and drawings will be published in the Proceedings

trating some one biological subject. best
There are also two prizes of fifteen dollars each for the second be
collection of photomicrographs and slides respectively.
he object of these prizes is to stimulate and encourage
vestigation in the biology of North America. - ad of the
Additional information as to the conditions may be obtained

committee on prizes.

original in-

EB: VOLKV IT. NOVEMBER, 1892. No. 44.

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, Sass of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

Development of the flower = — in Aster and Solidag ; hat) al =

A study of some bile sera ‘ot North “American ee

Pyaar position of Hutcativedodd Hotanderi.— — john Mt. He Holsinger.

Curent Literate, ES TS pe

{issue Novemaer 16.)
- S 4 i. iy Y 3 i

"BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.

4 CONTENTS:
The International Congress at Genoa. — Lucien M. Underwoo 341
Some new North American plants. I.—/ohm M. Coulter and oe Fisher, 348

plates XIX and XX.) — G. W. Mar 353

__ (With plate XX1.)— Theo. Holm, e meee = ent
Fe Popular names of American ints = Puiaey D. Bergen, Se oo oe

‘w category of carnivorous plants. — Conway Ai ROT Siig gre Sept

Newer ae

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agents.

In Great Britain, rr shillings. In Germany, 11 marks.
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. FRIEDLA‘NDER & SOHN,
157 Great Portland St., London, W. Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.6

iu tions and correspondence should be addressed to John M. Coulter,
University of Indiana, Bloomington, be money orders and drafts should be
made payable to the BoranicaL Gaz
‘eparate — Contributors are Fassia on request 25 separate copies of
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate
‘Per 100, $1.00, A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazerrs, wilt
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. T%e number desired must be marked at the head
of the MSS. as none will be printed unless ordered.
Manuscripts,—Contributors are requested to prepare MSS. exactly in eles
in which they wish the article to a appear, having due regard to the general sy
of composition shown in the pages of the Bsa Scientific and prop
Dames should be written with icular car arthar
Mlustrations.— Articles Se sinhcsoatteis should be sent to J. C. ArBwt
Purdue Un , Lafayette, Ind. thio 10
Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced free only when claim is made w!
days after raga ves the ‘number following.
[Entered at

¥ eat ahige
ec. eet
In the December number will appear:
On a new order of Schizomycetes, by Dr. ROLAN?
THAXTER, of Harvard University.
A new Tabebuia from Mexico, by J. N. Rose, Deparimer!
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

: H.
A vacation in the Hawaiian Islands, by DR. Doueis® .

CAMPBELL, of Leland Stanford, Fr., University.
tes.
The papers will be illustrated by five lithograpiot pas

BoTANICAL GAZETTE
NOVEMBER, 1892.

The International Congress at Genoa.
LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD.

It may not be without interest to the botanists of America
to know something of the Botanical Congress which assembled
_ inGenoa September 4-11. In fact I feel it my duty to my
" Colleagues, who conferred on me the honor of being their

will present here some of the general items of the journey,
feserving for another place! an account of the discussion of
the nomenclature problem.

_ Atrip to Europe cannot properly be arranged for with two
days notice. Yet my appointment as delegate from the
' Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S. was made on Monday,

available steamer (on account of the present crowded

This pe: : I the
t, bea: Vv i , I send to the Bulletin of A
3 Torrey otanical og en date with the present

342 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

dress, but after maintaining a self-appointed conspicuity fora
single session, reappeared in the afternoon clothed and in
their right minds.

The moving spirit in the management of the Congress was
Professor Penzig. In his capacity of general secretary he
was the life of the entire Congress. Readily speaking four
languages, of infinite patience, always cheerful, and even at
times overflowing with good spirits, he conducted the affairs
of the Congress in a manner that won him the admiration of
every one in attendance. His tall gaunt form was every-
where, making strangers at home, answering the multitudin-
ous detail of annoying questions, now attending to routine,
now reading papers before the Congress, now carrying out
the complicated business details of the excursions, unruffled,
ubiquitous, urbane—the very soul of good nature, and a
prince in management. 3

While the official language of the Congress was Italian,
none of the presiding officers used it, and it would be difficult
to say whether Italian, French or German predominsa a
the heat of discussion the polyglot approximated the Babe
of tongues. The soft, rhythmic cadences of the a aise
Italian were followed by the earnest but often harsh ete
the deep, soul-stirring German; the suave nasals of the pol
ished French succeeded the blunt but copious and spe
English. Never were we more happily disappointed in *
apparent strength of a spoken language, as compared oe
its seemingly weak terminations in print, than we were In ‘be
ening to the Italian. Never were we so impressed with
necessity of a common language for scientific yeas
never more convinced that English will ultimately be
chosen language. ie ;

At the opentag of the scientific sessions which were ge
the grand hall of the University? Thomas Hanbury bare
the honorary president of the sessions. There bee oe
six vice presidents of whom Ascherson, Burnat, ee
Borodin, Chodat, Durand, Haussknecht, Kny, Me ee
nin, Moore, Prantl, Pfitzer, Radlkofer, Strashe ee
wood, Vasey, Vilmorin, Marshall-Ward and Me first
present. The ballot among the vice presidents for —a¢
: university organization establish

2Founded as a Jesuit College, 1623;
1812.

1892.] International Congress at Genoa. 343

presiding officer led to a very close count between Penzig and
Strasburger, the latter attaining the position by a majority of
one. The further sessions were presided over in order by
Vasey, Vilmorin, Borodin, Marshall-Ward, Burnat, and Du-
rand, each using his native speech except Strasburger and
Borodin who used French.

The number of delegates in actual attendance is a difficult
question to determine. A list of members of the Congress
was published and early distributed, but this included several
who had expected to be present but were unfortunately de-
tained. Of the 196 names published in the list we know of
at least 28 who were not present; among these were Cohn,
von Thiimen, Brefeld, N. L. Britton, Bailey-Balfour, Malin-
vaud and Thistleton-Dyer.

The members of the list (of whom we personally met 62)
were divided among the various nationalities as follows:
Italy 108, Germany 25, France 13, Great Britain 12 (of whom
only six were present), Austro-Hungary 9, United States 6
(of whom three were present), Switzerland 4, Belgium 3,
Scandinavia 3 (of whom only one was present), Russia, Spain
and Turkey each one. Ten others were distributed from
Mexico and Cuba to Mauritius and New Zealand, but none of

ponsress, Mt. Holyoke was further represented by two of
,'€ 8raduates from its botanical laboratory, Miss Catharine Bar-
ur, of San Sebastian, Spain, and Miss Arma Smith, of Con-
a , who are pioneer botanical missionaries from the
“Wworld to the botanically less-known regions of the old, and

344 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

are carrying American methods to the slower and more con-
servative nations of Europe.

Each delegate was presented with a card of membership and
an elaborate button-hole badge with the inscription ‘‘Con-
gresso Internazionale Botanico Genova 1892” in black letters
on a gilt border, and with the arms of Genoa, including the
ted cross of Savoy, in gilt on a white field. \ We were also
given a guide to Genoa which was a special edition of a well
known German guide* bound, with couponsand stubs for our
various excursions and entertainments, in a special board
cover labeled in true German style ‘‘Congresso Botanico
Jnternazionale.”

The session of Monday forenoon was given up largely to the
formalities of opening the Congress, the addresses of welcome
by Arcangeli, President of the Socéeta Botanica Italiana, and
others, the election of presiding officer for the afternoon ses
sion, the greeting from Strasburger, presiding officer elect,
and general notices for the sessions and excursions. On

: Paes i entomocecidii Italiani.
few selected topics: Sopra alcunien erst

‘ ‘Sur les

des Edelweiss.” ‘«Note teratologiche sui
chidee indigene.” ‘Ricerche sul nucleo e
presso le piante crittogame. ne
n Tuesday morning the Hanbury Botanical
formally dedicated. This was a gift from Mr.
bury of Mortola to the University of Genoa an :
om this and provide §
meetings each year

Institute ws
Thomas Han
d completes 4

Our own Botanical Section might well take an idea fr
fabinpeeee badge that could be worn at the A. A. A. S.
Place of the curling ribbons. i ich.
- 4Bruckmann, Villes et paysages du monde entier. No. 18, Munic

1892.] International Congress at Genoa. 345

very superior equipment for purposes of botanical instruction
and research. enoa ‘‘la superba,” forms a crescent about
the harbor and extends up the steep slopes of the foot hills
that come down almost to the sea. From the upper story of
the University one goes across a passage-way to the lower
terraces of an extensive botanic garden where a diverse
collection of plants has long been under cultivation. Passing
to the upper terraces of the garden we come finally to a broad
plateau, whence one can look over the blue Mediterranean

hazy in the mellow Italian sunshine. On this plateau is the
Hanbury Institute, now presided over by Professor Penzig, the
able successor of Guiseppe De Notaris. Mr. Hanbury, a

clature problem, ending with the approval of 1, i and III
the Berlin propositions with the substitution In the first

5 >

: Berichte der deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft, x, 327 —359-

Ta; Some who read this may not see the full account in the Bu
ey Botanical Club, it may be well to add here that the American
rad committee are Dr. Britton, of New York, Dr. J. M. Coulter, 0

Hetin of the
members
f Indiana,

346 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

Wednesday was given up to a most enjoyable excursion,
first by sea to Portofino, then by carriages to Santa Mar-
gherita, where a reception with wine and lunch was furnished
in the Municipio, after which we were taken to the Gran
Hotel on the hill overlooking the sea, where an elaborate
collation was served, after which toasts were drank and re-
sponded to in truly continental style. The carriages then
took us to Rapallo, where we were again wined, and mutual
toasts were indulged in at the Municipio by the city officials
and the visiting guests. We then proceeded to Recco, where
we were obliged to decline a third entertainment for lack of
time. From Recco we took the train to Genoa. The coun-
try at this time seemed dry, and botanically uninteresting, in
landscape, haze and vegetation reminding one of central
California during the dry season. A few straggling sperma-
phytes were in flower by the wayside, a Se/aginella grew in
profusion in a damp ditch, two or three ferns, mostly shriv-
eled by the drought, appeared on the walls which bordered
the streets; among them we recognized Asplenium tricho-
manes, Ceterach offictnarum and Adiantum capillus-venerts,
the latter more common at the watering places, where a few
hepatics also maintained a doubtful existence. On shaded
walls were a few mosses, and under the chestnut trees two oF
three agarics and boleti were growing. Orchards and a
yards, olive groves and chestnut trees made up the bulk
the cultivated vegetation, though oaks, poplars and pis
nuts served for shade trees, and some lemons were a2: a
vation in gardens. The hills were bare of native seer
the harvest was mainly gathered and the soft haze 0 of
golden sunshine betokened the beginning of the season
est.

sumed.

On Thursday morning the reading of papers was fe sige!

While giving the daily notices Prof. Fenug an illus-
gift to the Institute of an elaborate two-volume folio of | by
trations of the plants of the region drawn ~~ wee
and by a Capuchin monk, who was present #7 Pt ae
Sona and rose while the notice was being gee San
Humbert and Queen Margherita made a visit to Geno hee
the Columbian exposition during the week of the .
Thursday afternoon, on which the king arrived by it wee
given up to the royal festivities. The vice-presiden

1892.] International Congress at Genoa. 347

marked in silvered letters:
Congresso Internazionale Botanico,
Genova,
1892.
O. PENZIG,
Selecta Stirpes Ligurie.

On Saturday an excursion was taken to Ventimiglia, a city
of the Mediterranean coast, not far from Nice, and thence to
Mortola, where Mr. Hanbury owns one of the most elaborate
private gardens of the whole Mediterranean region. © This

Personal ana social intercourse among the members.
grand object of such a meeting is to facilitate the personal
acquaintance of members and the discussion of questions of

and discussion of local questions. Every ¢
Secure these two ends should be most carefully studied.

De Pauw University, Greencastle, Ind.

348 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

Some new North American plants. I.
JOHN M. COULTER AND E. M. FISHER.

Heuchera Hapemani, n.sp. Stem short and slender (10 to
22 cm. high), densely glandular above, with rather few leaves,
from a slender running rootstock: leaves (both radical and
cauline) round-reniform (3 to 3.5 cm. broad), thin, glabrous,
deeply 7 to 9 lobed (lobes dentate, with a linear gland in the
sinuses), on slender grooved petioles: panicle loose and race-
mose; bracts and bractlets small and foliaceous: flowers on
pedicels much shorter than the calyx, which is turbinate, 4 to
5 mm. long, the thin acute lobes one-third as long as the
ovary: petals white (often purplish), entire, short clawed, 3

places. They follow the cracks in the rock by a slender run-
ning rootstocks.” The species belongs to the group contain-
ing H. Halhiz, but its leafy stem, deeply lobed and dentate
{neither bristly nor ciliate) reniform leaves, narrower and
pointed calyx-lobes, much longer and ovate short clawed
petals, and its very small stamens, are characters which dis-
tinctly separate it.

BOERHAAVIA ANISOPHYLLA Gray, var. paniculata n. var.
—As compared with the type, this plant has larger and very
diffuse panicles, smaller flowers mostly solitary at the eee
ity of the branchlets, calyx pubescent along the ribs, and ee
plish pubescent fruit 4mm. long) rugose between the ribs.
Chenate Mountains (Nealley 405). pie nt!

Abronia Suksdorfii, n. sp.—More or less viscid-pubescen™

5, white-scarious, linear-lanceolate (8 mm. long), acu

1892. ] New North American Plants. 349

is nearest to A. fragrans, but the narrow involucral bracts
and the broader and more coriaceous wing, with no reticula-
tions, seem well to separate it.

Abronia Carletoni, n. sp.—Stems procumbent, slender,
whitish, minutely glandular, 2.5 to. 4 dm. long: leaves very
thick, linear-oblong or oblong-ovate, with cuneate base and
revolute margins: peduncles very slender, as long as the leaves:
involucral bracts 5, rose-color, oblong-lanceolate, attenuate
or cuspidate, 6 mm. long: flowers numerous: perianth rose-
color, with obcordate lobes: fruit longer than broad, scarcely
coriaceous, with the 5 wings coarsely reticulated and termi-
nating above in disks.—E. Colorado, Prof. M. A. Carleton
459, 1891. Most closely related to A. turbinata Torr., hav-
ing the coriaceous double wing of the'section, but differing
from that species in having slender white glabrous (but minutely
glandular) stems, more numerous flowers, broader rose-colored
attenuate or cuspidate bracts, and the perianth and its lobes
‘not so deeply cut.

Gomphrena Pringlei, n. sp.—Low, procumbent, strigose-
pubescent, from a long filiform root: stems many, rose-color,
di- or trichotomously branched, 5 to 7 cm. long: leaves half-

Gomphrena Nealleyi, n. sp.— Ascending, 14 to 20 sie
high, loosely long-villous, froma fusiform root: leaves spatulate,
Mucronulate, glabrate above, half-clasping, 3 to 3-5 C™ ong;
the Upper ovate and much smaller: peduncle terminal, about
9 to 11cm. long: heads rose-tinted, sessile, dense, :
obovate, 2 cm. or more long, subtended by two larger leaves:

350 ‘ The Botanical Gazette. [November,

flowers 5mm. long: bracts ovate, acute, half as long as the
keeled and slightly crested acute bractlets : sepals linear-lan-
ceolate, slightly cleft, densely woolly below, little shorter
than the bractlets: stamen-tube united to the top, with
linear-oblong exserted anthers - stigmas, 2, minute, spread-
ing.—Corpus Christi, Texas. Nealley 420,. referred to G.
niti@a Roth. in Contr. Nat. Herb. I. 48. In general ap-
pearance this species simulates G. decumbens, but the sub-
sessile stigmas place it in an entirely different section.
Frelichia Texana, n. sp.— Erect, silky-villous, 5 dm. or
more high, sparingly branched from a perennial base : leaves
usually obtuse and mucronate farinose, whitish and

becoming scattered in age: flowers 5mm. long, with thin

521, referred to F. Floridana Mog. in Contr. Nat. Bis
1.48. The species most nearly resembles F. Floridana, e
differs in its elliptical-ovate leaves, very broad and joa
curved bractlets, and cordate fruiting calyx (flat on one 5! e)
with pale crenate wings.

8mm. long: perianth segments similar, oblong-laneet
thickish, with rugose margins. —W. Texas, Wealley, ik
This species belongs to § OREGONIUM, and seems to and
all others in the very coriaceous texture of the eens.
inflorescence, the former with a very prominent mae its
very thick involucre is strongly nerved (as seen do es
teeth tipped with a short mucro, and the central on
short pedunculate.

=
Oo

1892.] New North American Plants. 351

Eriogonum Pringlei, n. sp.—Woody, 3 dm. high, densely
white tomentose, leafy throughout, with flaky bark, and
many slender intricate branches above, each terminated by a
loose paniculate spike (4 to 6cm. long), leaves linear, acute,
very small (1 cm. long,) narrower toward the base, strongly
revolute, often with smaller ones fascicled at the base of the
branchlets: bracts very small, triangular to setaceous: in-
volucres sessile, small (2 cm. long), 6 to 9, regularly distribu-
ted, each containing 4 or 5 minute whitish or slightly rose-
colored flowers (2 mm. long).— Rocky hills near Maricopa,
Arizona, Pringle, in 1882, and distributed as ‘‘E£. Wrightii
Torr., var., or a new species.” It is nearest to £. Wrightit
Torr., but its flaky bark, many intricate branchlets, short
linear revolute leaves, numerous spikelets with smaller and
regularly arranged involucres and flowers, narrower and
lighter colored sepals, and smooth achenes make it a very dis-

Euphorbia Nealleyi, n. sp.—-Densely puberulent through-
out; stems slender, erect or ascending (2 to 3 dm. high),
branched or simple at the woody base, with few alternate

1.5 mm. wide), entire, short-petioled, thickish, acute, se
date; glandular stipules minute: involucres solitary, axillary
and terminal, pedunculate, turbinate; glands 4, truasrore
oblong, with large and white irregularly dentate annie
appendages: style short: pod rather depressed, about 3 mm.
broad: seed ovate-triangular, deeply and irregularly trans
verse sulcate.—W. Texas (WVealley, 1890). This species
belongs to § ALECTEROCTONUM except the leaves are simply
Opposite and not ternate or verticillate. Its general appearance
isthat of E. biformis Watson, but its stems are alternately
branched and its seeds are strongly sulcate. It really seems
to be somewhat intermediate between the sections Alecteroct-
— and Zygophyllidium. :
Ricinella Vaseyi (Coulter.) Zuphorbia Vasey? tit
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. I, 48. Since the publication of this

and, which. make it. evident that it must be referred me
Ricinella (Adelia.) In addition to the characters given in
the contribution referred to the following may be added: bches
Plant is a dicecious shrub, 15 to 18 dm. high, with several

352 The Botanical Gazette, [November,

straight branches from the root. The staminate flowers have
five sepals and ten stamens, and fall off at once when touched.

narrowly obovate non‘punctate leaves (not shining above),
single and short (1.5 cm.) fruiting pedicel, and much lar-

Sisyrinchium Thurowi, n. sp. Low (4 to 7. cm. high), ces-
pitose and procumbent: stems rather broadly winged, with a
flower-bearing branch at each node: leaves short, scarcely
2mm. broad: corolla 4 to 5mm. long: outer bracts a little
longer than the very slender pedicels: flowers small, yellow,2 to
4in each umbel: pods oblong or pear shaped (4 to § mm. long),
prominently transversely wrinkled between the seeds, which
are 10 to 14 in each cell, depressed-globose, very small
(scarcely 0.5 mm. broad), black and deeply punctate.
--Hockley, Texas, Thurow. Nearest S. Schaffneri Wats.,
but smaller, densely cespitose and procumbent, not at all
SCapose (the stems bearing leaves and flowering bral
with smaller leaves, smaller, firmer and more deeply wrinkle
pods, and very minute black punctate seeds. oe

Fritillaria linearis, n. sp. Bulb scales few and one
stem 20 to 25 cm. high: leaves (10 or more) narrowly inet
lanceolate, scattered, more or less whorled below: flowers ;
blotched with brownish purple within, 2cm. long, the i’
ments ovate-lanceolate, slightly spreading at the tips. Bit
longer than the style, which is deeply parted and much we
than the stamens.-—Black Hills of Dakota. In some way

Indiana University, Bloomington.

1892. ] Development of the Flower. 353

Development of the flower and embryo-sac in Aster and
Solidago.
G. W. MARTIN.
(WITH PLATES XIX AND XxX.)

Before entering directly upon the subject it may be well to
recount the primitive conditions of the leaf-shoot and its
growing point as found in Composite. The point of growth
of the shoot-axis becomes very much retarded, and as a re-
sult, the growing-point is transformed into a broad, somewhat
elevated disc, on which are to appear flowering capitula with
centripetal inflorescence (fig. 1). The first structure indicat-
ing an individual, embryonic flower on the receptacle is a
hemispherical outgrowth almost perfect in outline, and becom-
ing obconical as growth takes place (figs. 2a and 3a).! This
embryonic tissue, standing on a lateral axis, constitutes the
foundation from which arises a differentiation of tissue into
special organs (fig. 4). Thus far the path of embryonic devel-
opment remains the same for all organs, even those of the
most various kinds. From this condition of things on a new
the apex of the broad flower-axis ceases

Parts till liberated a deep, central depression is forming,
when ultimately the ovule-bearing portion is place
the rest of the flower-parts (figs. 6-10). Thus we have an
€pigynous flower with an inferior ovary-
are some who would substitute the word hypogy
epigynous, basing their argument on the theory that all the
moral Organs in their initial state are coalesced in the annular

‘Just here may be stated that this rudimentary, sessile floret is the firstindi-

eh subdivision.

uctural Botany, p. 183.

354 The Botanical Gazette, [November,

their uppermost parts; that each whorl May appear either in

acropetal or certain whorls seemingly in basipetal order.* The

appear as small papillae on the annular wall (fig. 5a). In
their further development the tissue thickens and the epider-

large; in later growth the tissue becomes more uniform, and
the tips of the five marginal teeth of the corolla-tube turn in-

and gynecium (figs. 7-10). The petals forming the flower
tube are not simply contiguous but united, and as the tube
elongates it assumes the form of a funnel whose upper margin
has five spreading teeth. The tubular corolla is not composed

forms the so-called connective. At the same time peer
modification of tissue which develops into anther-lobes; the
are connected and yet separated by the con a idges
early process of growth there appear two longitudinal F

*Coulter on the Dandelion, Amer. Naturalist, xvii, No. 12, p. 1212.

1892.] Development of the Flower. 355

on each half-anther-lobe; these answer to the future pollen-

corolla. The anthers do not simply cohere but unite, for

growth is not distinguishable from the ovarian wall, but its
limb is visible as a tuft of hairs. Primitively, it consists of a
short delicate bunch of hairs, arranged in a circle at the
upper extremity of the young ovary. Later, the hairs by

de up of
several rows of narrow but extremely elongated cells, the
lower ends of which splice into the upper ends of the cells
below at the point where the upper end of the cell below

ittle previous to the formation of the pistil another
Structure may be seen to arise from the receptacle between
the individual florets (fig. 9b). These foliar bodies, or brac-
teoles, very much resemble the scale-like leaves of poorly de-
veloped vegetative branches. They project quite far between

356 The Botanical Gazette, [November,

the individual flowers. Their epidermal tissue consists of very
thick walled, elongated cells surrounding several layers of
smaller parenchyma cells.

The next and last set of floral organs to appear is the pistil.
About the time when the stamens begin to assume an oval
outline and form a constriction near their bases, thereby sep-

direction of the flower axis, thus forming the style above,
and letel hi once oval cavity below,

to that of the stamen. As before stated, stamineal growtl
is partially retarded up to a certain point, from pyre e:
makes rapid strides by the elongation of the cells of the fila-
.Ment; and for a time the stamen crowns the summit of the
flower. So there is a similar phase of growth which pose
terizes the style; there is a slight cessation. of its growth sir
the anthers begin to shed their pollen, when the style by ae
development pushes its way up through the syngen
mens. The lengthening of the style is due to the growt eh
elongation of the carpellary cells above the ovary. In ze
case is found a good example of protandry, which den’ a
cross-pollinat; After: the opening of the flower, the sty

cross-pollination, with almost absolute certainty,
To speak further of the two-branched style: Two

1892.] Development of the Fiower. 357

hairs are detected; these comprise stigmatic papilla and brush
hairs. The former are usually short, being either acutely or
obtusely tipped, and are confined to the inner faces of the
style-branches. The latter are cylindrical, epidermal out-
growths, having various arrangements both on the inner and
outer faces of the style-branches. In the Asver the style-
branches are flattened, and linear from their bases to the ends
of the two lines of papilla which line each stigmatic surface.
Above the termination of the stigmatic lines are seen brush
hairs which cover both faces of the style branches. In the
Solidago the style-branches very much resemble in outline
those of the Aster. Two stigmatic lines are observed which
extend from the base of the branch to a point about one-half
the distance to its tip. The brush hairs usually cover the
whole outer surface of the branch, and the edges and the tip
of the inner face above the termination of the stigmatic lines.

‘F [To Be conctupeD.] _________
Pollen-tu oy observations made I-could not satisfactorily make out the descen

5 = y
Geebel’s Outlines of Classification and Special Morphology, P: =

358 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

EXPLANATION OF PLates XIX anp XX.
(All figures on Plate XIX are magnified 450 diameters; all on Plate XX
600 diameters),

; the Tryo-sac.
14, a further development of fig. 13. Fig. 15, the mother-cell divided once.
Fig. 16, the cells divided again. Fig. 17a, the true mother-cell of the embryo-

n
»
2
:
>
o
3
oO
™
2
a
a
oO
oO
fe}
a
hen
n
ag
Q
°
8
:
B
gq
ee
gn
°
mt
oQ
2
N
Q
[ory
8

s a : ;
ment of Fig. 18; the nucellus almost gone and the appearance of vacuoles.
From fig. 20 to fig. 23, inclusive, are shown the division of the mother-cell
and its further divisions, culminating in the formation of the egg-apparatus,
the antipodal cells and the endosperm nucleus; the vacuoles and the expat-

A study of some anatomical characters of North-Americal
Graminex. IY.
THEO. HOLM.
‘The genus Leersia.
(WITH PLATE XXI.)

In previously published papers! the anatomical oe
of Uniola, Distichlis and Pleuropogon have been pacers
and it is the purpose of this, and a following be tee eee na-

ow the species of Leersia may be distinguished 4
tomically.

It would, of course, have been more proper as done
from Uniola to the genera allied to it. This was 00°
when the comparison was drawn between Uniola, ial_has
and Pleuropogon; but the lack of sufficient ae
necessitated a change in the order of treatment. idered
groups, at least, of closely related genera may be yo

t once, so as togive a broader view of their ana
divergencies.

proceed

‘Botanical Gazette, June, August and October, 1891.

1892. ] Anatomical Characters of Graminee. 359

Five species of Leersia are enumerated from this coun-
name L. oryzotdes Swtz., L. Virginica Willd., L. len-
ticularis Michx., L. monandra Swtz. and L. hexandra Swtz.
LEERSIA ORYZOIDES Swtz. A series of anatomical sec-
tions has been figured on plate xx, and the rule has been
followed strictly, as before, of taking the sections from the
middle part of the blade of completely developed leaves. It
must be noted, however, that such leaves only have been
used for examination as are situated at the base of the culms

strongly thickened exterior ones. Seen in transverse section
(plate Xx, fig.9) they show a rather narrow lumen. These cells
cover the entire face, excepting the two lines on the sides of
the carene, where the bulliform cells are to be observed (figs.

in lines outside the groups of stereome. The warts (fig. 1.)
are roundish, obtuse and solid projections, of which about
fifteen are present on each epidermis cell, excepting, where
© curved, thorn shaped expansions are found. They are

of stereome, and are situate

Sular alternation with each other. The stomata them-

a in the same plane as the epidermis cells and are
Sunded only by some of the wart-shaped expansions.

360 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

cells, occupying the largest part of the latter, form groups
between all the mestome bundles; the stomata are less numer-
ous, forming only one row on each side of the stereome.
The mestome bundles represent three degrees in this spe-
cies, the difference depending upon the following characters: a
thick-walled mestome sheath in connection with a layer of sim-
ilarly thickened parenchyma, separating the leptome from the
hadrome, both of which being well differentiated, are charac-

of mestome-bundles, all of which lie in the same plane, there

belong to the superior face of the carene. It is il
characteristic of Leersia that the leaf possesses such sm
mestome bundles on the superior face. If there is only ont

one on each side of the large, median one, whi
leaf have in all six nerves in the carene, while the other see
(fig. 7) shows only two. does
It is difficult to say whether this difference does oF be
not depend upon the locality. We can only state, -
specimen from which figure 7 was drawn, was tone was
Washington, D. C., ina wet place, while the other (fig. ) ris
taken from a specimen collected in Texas. os ae
figured a leaf of the same species, and his drawing agree ci-
fectly with figure 8, but he does not state whether wane
men was from Europe or from America. jor face
By examining these small bundles from the superio”
que, Sens

tion

1Histotaxie des feuilles de-Graminées. Annales d. Sc. Nat. Botan!
VI, vol. 1. (1875.) p. 294. .

1892.] Anatomical Characters of Gramineae. 361

of the carene, it is seen (fig. 11) that some of them are not
surrounded by any parenchyma or mestome sheath, and that
the leptome is well developed, the hadrome, on the contrary,
being less differentiated.

In regard to the parenchyma sheath, which surrounds all
the other mestome bundles in the blade, it is seen, in trans-
verse section, to be composed of roundish and thin-walled

the groups of stereome.

Mention has been made of the presence of a mestome-
sheath in the bundles of the leaf of this species of Leersia.
This fact has also been recorded by Schwendener * who enu-
Merates the species of Graminez containing the sheath,

from Distichlis, these two plants seem to have true mestome
sheaths. That this character was not attributed to them in

that the small mestome bundles showed a distinct interrup-

tion of this sheath. Prof. Schwendener (#7 litteris)has aed
eath,

eveloped in Leersia ory-

it he ste e€ i i tron ] d ome
reome 1s m
quite ) $ y he est

Z0ides, and forms groups above and below all t
2

: = Mest = blaetter, p.
TANICAL GazeTTe, August and October 1891.

362 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

groups between the nerves. The mesophyll is in the carene
restricted to the superior part of this, while a considerable
layer of stereome covers the inferior face, the center part be-
ing occupied by a colorless parenchyma of considerable devel-
opment.

U. S. Dep't of A griculture, Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION oF PLatE XXI.—Sections of the leaf of Leersia safeties
n epidermis cell of the inferior face of the blade, ph, the roundis®,
: : ips ;

i ace, 400,
inferior face; longitudinal section. X 400,—Fig. 5. © Sa
front. XX 400,—Fig. 6.—The same, transverse section. X 400

Transverse section of a part of the blade, including the carene. /, the i ange
face; BC, the bulliform cells. The specimen from which this os
taken was collected near Washington, D.C. X 75.—Fig. 8. psc
but from a specimen collected in Texas. X 75.—Fig. 9

ing parenchyma sheath (P); a thick-walled mestome sheat
surrounds the leptome and the hadrome: 5S, the stereome.

lade, 400, —Fi Fig. 12.
tome bundle situated on the superior face of the carene. x ey ST. . the
Part of the leptome of the midrib, showing the sieve tubes /- J

i X 400.

companion cells /C) in transverse section.

Popular Names of Plants. 363

Popular American plant names.

FANNIE D. BERGEN.

{At the request of the author and from plates kindly furnished by the editor of the
Journal of American Folk-lore, Mr.W. W. Newell, the following is reprinted from that
journal, both because of its intrinsic interest to botanists and for the sake of assisting
the author in getting a more complete list of well authenticated local names. In this
endeavor our readers are urged to codperate, by sending such names to Mrs. Fannie
D. Bergen, 17 Arlington st., North Cambridge, Mass.—Ebs. }

Tue following list of names of common wild and cultivated plants
has been prepared in the hope that it may suggest to folk-lorists who
have some acquaintance with botany the importance of recording
and communicating such names as may come to their knowledge.
This work has been very thoroughly done in Great Britain ; it is
time that something like it should be attempted for our own flora.

In some cases, when I have taken the name from some one’s de-
scription, there has been uncertainty as to the species, although
there was no doubt about the genus; so that, in a few instances, I
have only been able to give the latter. :
lt is interesting to notice the part certain nouns, used as adjec-
tives or in composition, play in popular plant-names. Horse, cow,
and du// have been generally used to designate unusually large and
luxuriantly growing species, as the bull-thistle or horse-mint, or they
are applied to coarse, common plants, as the horse-radish, the cow-

Dog, pig, or sow generally seems to carry the idea of common-
hess, as dog-fennel, pig-weed, sow-thistle. Goose and toad are less
frequently used in much the same sense, ¢. g. ZO0Se-STASS, toad-flax.
The word /zdian we find in constant use to distinguish wild species
from those tame or more familiar ones which they somewhat closely
Tesemble. Mollugo verticillata is thus called Indian chickweed, to
distinguish it from the omnipresent common chickweed, S¢ellaria

media, which is naturalized from Europe. Not iibrequen yy pe

364 The Botanical Gazette. [November ie:

The word snake plays an interesting part, too, in our popular bo.
tanical vocabulary. In general, “snake” indicates a plant supposed
to be poisonous, or one which exerts a malign influence, yet some.
times it is applied to a plant that is thought to act as an antidote to
the venom of snakes, A botanist from St. Stephen, N. B., writes:

_ “Almost any unfamiliar berry is or may be snake-berry, and all
snake-berries are poisonous ; so a boy dares not eat a berry till some
one tells him that it is good. Hence, though no two agree as touch-
ing the identity of the snake-berry, the name is very common,” I
find, too, curiously enough, that “snake” is sometimes used bya
people no less widely removed from us than the Japanese to desig-
nate fruit unfit to be eaten by man. For instance, a beautiful large
red fruit much resembling the strawberry, but whose flavor is Per
fectly insipid, is popularly called snake-berry, signifying that it is
only fit food for snakes. Our popular name of Devil's apron for
the familiar kelp, Laminaria longicruris, doubtless arises from the
giant size of some of these plants, and I am told that in Japan this
prefix sometimes designates an unusually large species. For IM
Stance, a monstrous thistle is called devil-thistle. Also a large var
ety of the particular rhomboidal-shaped Chinese nuts called hishi
are popularly known in Japan as devil-hishi. However, with the

As a rule, I have here entered only such popular names of .
plants as are not recorded in the new edition of Grays ay
Wood’s Botany contains some of those that I have enn
Various parts of the country, but such as I have here retainet ae
found in either of these floras are given for the sake of design pt
special localities for such names, or because of some note |
seemed worth appending. : e
In those instances in which I have given as locality only the a
of the State, it is either because the name is known to be in : give
various parts of the State, or because my informant could pee sialy
the county or town, Some names given are such as were 6 e not
Current a good many years ago in the localities cited, oar Be
been verified as still existent there. It would often have names;
difficult to make inquiries about the present currency e we soe
hence they have been allowed to stand as probably still in ust

1892.) Popular Names of Plants. 365

RANUNCULACE.
Clematis Virginiana, traveller's joy ; wild hops. N. H.
devil's darning needle. So. Vt.
Anemone nemorosa, wild cucumber.
Mayflower. Boston.
Hepatica triluba, mouse-ears. Mason, N. Hi,
Mayflower. Hemmingford, P. Q.
Anemonella thalictroides, wind-flower. Mansfield, O.
Thalictrum polygamum, rattlesnake-bite. N. H.
muskrat-weed; musquash weed. South-
bridge, Mass.
Thalictrum dioicum, shining grass.!_ Weathersfield, Vt.
Ranunculus (double garden buttercups), golden daisies. Richland
Go.; O:
Ranunculus aquatilis, var. trichophyllus, moss (gives name to “ Moss
Creek,” Carroll Co., Mo.).
Caltha palustris, May-blobs. Salem, Mass.
coltsfoot. Stratham, N. H.
Coptis trifolia, yellow-root. N, H. :
Nigella Damascena, love-in-a-mist ; lady-in-the-green. N. E. and
Westward.
lady-in-a-chaise. N. H;
devil-in-a-bush. Northern Ohio.
‘ St. Catherine’s flower. (Locality ’)
: ragged lady. Wisconsin.
Aquilegia Canadensis, honeysuckle. N. E. ; Peoria, Ill.
rock-lily. Mason, N. H.
cluckies. Annapolis Co., N. S.
: meeting-houses. New England.
Aconitum Napellus, Venus’ chariot.” Brookline, Mass.
Acte spicata, var. rubra, snake-berry. Belleisle, N. B.

NYMPH/ACEE.

Nelumbium luteum, chinquapins. Carroll Co., Mo.
“phar advena, cow-lily. Washington Co., Me.
dog-lily. New England.
beaver-lily. Me.
bull-head lily. N. H.
ducks. Chestertown, Md.
Ps also, Jmpatiens. The name is given because of the silvery appearance
2 the when immersed in water.
2 ,.° Swans are hidden in the hood.
Quy. docks, as in spatter-dock ?

366 The Botanical Gazette. - [November,

SARRACENIACEZ,
Sarracenia purpurea, Adam's cup. Dudley, Mass.
oxglove. N. H.
Indian pitcher. N. B.

PAPAVERACES.
Eschscholtzia, California poppy. General.
cups-of-flame. New England.
Papaver (a small species), coquettes.!_ Mansfield, O.
Argemone Mexicana, bird-in-the-bush. Arlington, Mass.
flowering thistle. Mansfield, O.
Sanguinaria Canadensis, snake-bite.

FUMARIACEA,
_Adlumia cirrhosa, Alleghany vine. N. Ohio.
mountain fringe. So. Vt.; E. Mass.
fairy creeper. Fredericton, N. B.
Dicentra spectabilis, diethra. Mass.

CRUCIFERE.
Lepidium Virginicum, birds’ pepper. Nebraska.
Capsella bursa-pastoris, pepper-plant. Allston, Mass.

VIOLACE. ;

Viola palmata, var. cucullata, hood-leaf violet. Franklin, Mass.
Viola (sp. unknown), rooster hoods. Buncombe Co.
Viola sagittata, spade-leaf violet. Franklin, Mass.
Viola Canadensis, June flower. Woodstock, N. B.; Houlton, Me.
Viola tricolor, lady’s delight. Mass.

Cupid’s delight, Salem, Mass.

Johnny-jump-up.2._O. and IIl.
Viola pedata, horseshoe violet. Concord, Mass.

Crowfoot violet. New England.

horse violet. New England.

DROSERACEZ.
Drosera rotundifolia, eye-bright. N. H.

CARYOPHYLLACE.
Dianthus barbatus, bunch pink. Vt.; So. Ohio. Mass
Saponaria officinalis, old maid’s pink ; London pride. Salem,
woods phlox. N. J.
1 French coguelicot.
2 In Mansfield, Ohio, this name is commonly abbreviated into Lee
this nickname is often applied by children to the common wild blue violet.

ies, and

Popular Names of Plants. 367

Silene cucubalus, snappers. Salem, Mass.
Silene Armeria, wax-plant. Mansfield, O.
sweet Susan. N. H.
none-so-pretty. Hatfield, Mass.
pretty Nancy. Franklin Center, P. Q.
Silene noctiffora, gentlemen's hats. Gilsum, N. H.
Lychnis Githago, old maid’s pink. N. H.
mullein pink. Annapolis Valley, N. S.
Lychnis chalcedonica, sweetwilliam. Weathersfield, Vt. ; So. Ohio.
— fire-balls. Mansfield, O.
scarlet lightning.’ Hemmingford, P. Q.

PORTULACACE.

Portulaca oleracea, pusley. U. S.

Portulaca grandiflora, Mexican rose. Chestertown, Md.
rose-moss. So. edie

. French pusley. So. V

| Chytonia Virginica, good-morning-spring. deci ?)
wild potatoes. Union Co., Pa.
Mayflower. Hemmingford, P. Q.

MALVACE.
“ag Avicenne, butter-weed. Peoria, Il.
| sheep-weed ; Macnonweek velvet-weed.
. Quincy, Ill.
button-weed. Chestertown, Md.
' Abatiton striatum, flowering maple. Mansfield, O.
a oa rotundifolia, cheeses, or cheese-plant. U. S.
“hoa moschata, musk-plant or musk. Mansfield, O.
ae Hibiscus trionum, black-eyed Susan. N. H.; N. B.
3 devil’s-head-in-a-bush. N. i.

: GERANIACEE.

. em maculatum, chocolate-flower. Stratham, N. H

ee ium (common pink and white species or var. )» apple gera-
: eg Mansfield, O., and parts of Mass.

.: 8 stricta, ladies’ sorrel. Allston, Mass. ; Stratham, N. H.
"batiens fulva, snap-dragon. N. H.

, snap-weed. N. B.

kicking colt. E. Mas

shining grass.? Westherstield Vt.

1 Probably a Se for Lychnis.
2 See note on Thalictru acum.

368 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

balsam-weed ; slipper-weed ; lady’s ear-drop. Mans-
field, O.
lady’s slipper. Plattsburg, N. Y.; Mansfield, O.
lady's pocket. Mansfield, O.
Impatiens balsamina, \ady’s slipper. Mansfield, O.

ILICINER.
Nemopanthes fascicularis, brick-timber ; cat-berry.!_ Fortune Bay,
Newfoundland.
. CELASTRACE.
Celastrus scandens, Roxbury wax-work. E. Mass.
Jacob's ladder. Stratham, N. H.
Euonymus atropurpureus, Indian arrow. Salem; Ind.
Pachystima Canbyi, rat-stripper. N. J.

: VITACEZ.
Vitis cordifolia, chicken grapes. Chestertown, Md.

ANACARDIACE®.
Rhus glabra, shoe-make. Ohio and III.
Rhus toxicodendron, black mercury. Harmony, Me.
mercury or markry. N. H.
mark-weed. Kennebec Co., Me.

, POLYGALACEZ.

Polygala paucifolia, babies’ feet. N. H.
babies’ toes. Hubbardston, Mass.

LEGUMINOSAE.

Crotalaria (ovalis ?), rattlesnake-weed. Mansfield, O.
Genista tinctoria, wood-wax. Essex Co., Mass.”
Lupinus perennis, wild pea. Worcester Co., Mass.
Lupinus villosus, monkey faces; sun-dial.2 N. Ohio.
Trifolium pratense, “real sweet clover.’’ Mass. and parts of Me.
Amorpha canescens, Shoestrings. TIIl.
Apios tuberosa, traveller's delight. New Albany, Miss.

wild bean. N. B.
Phaseolus multiflorus, flower bean. Mansfield, O.
dland

} This, like most of the other names quoted from N ewfoundland, is gpa fro
Rev. A. C. Waghorne’s Wild Berries and other Edible Fruits of Newfou
and Labrador.
-waxen
* In this its principal American locality, the plant is never called pape
or any other name than that above given.
® So called from the monkey-like profile of the seed.

Popular Names of Plants. 369

| Arachis hypogea, ground-nut. Chestertown, Md.
obers. Southern.
pinders. Miss.
ground-peas. Ky.
Schrankia uncinata, sensitive rose. West and South.
Schrankia sp., shame-vine. N, Miss.

ROSACEL.

Prunus serotina, rum-cherry.1 N.E. .
Prunus Americana, wild goose plum. Chestertown, Md.
Prunus hortulana, wild goose plum. Markets of Boston and else-
where,
4 runus maritima (?), mountain cherry. Chestertown, Md.
Spirea sp., spice hard-hack. Bonny River, N. B.
Rubus odoratus, mulberry ; Scotch caps. Hemmingford, leg @ 4
Rubus chamemorus, baked apples. New Brunswick and Grand
Manan Id.
bake-apple-berry. Grand Manan.
Rubus triflorus, mulberry. Washington Co., Me. ; N. B.
dewberry. N. B.
plumbog. Newfoundland.
: swamp-berry. Newfoundland.
Rosa cinnamomea, kitchen rose. Boston, Mass.
Fyrus arbutifolia, dog-berry. N. E.
choke-pear. Washington Co., Me.
& rus Americana, witch-wood2 N. H.
round-tree (for rowan-tree). N. B.
dog-berry. Newfoundland. '
ha. missey moosey. N. H.
Jdonia Faponica, scarlet thorn. Chestertown, Md.
CG owering quince. O., and somewhat general.
_ alegus, thorn-apple. Mansfield, O. :
Amelanchier Canadensis, June berry. Various parts of N. E. and
| Central States.
sugar plum ; shad-blow. N. H.
sugar pear. Washington Co., Me.
juice-pear or juicy pear. Provincetown,
Mass. ’
May-pear N. B.
3 oo its use in flavoring “cherry rum.” In the W. and S. whiskey is —
an ot to make “ cherry bounce.”
Fon ae supposed to keep off witches.
oe ime of blooming.

370 The Botanical Gazette. [November,
SAXIFRAGACE,
Saxifraga Virginiensis, Mayflower. Allston, Mass.
Ribes prostratum, skunk currant.1_ Washington Co., Me.
Ribes aureum, flowering currant. General,
clove currant. Cambridge, Mass.

CRASSULACEZ.

Sedum acre, love entangled. N. Ohio.
Sedum (pulchellum ?), flowering moss. Mansfield, O.
Sedum Telephium, witches’ money-bags. W. Mass.
evergreen. Chestertown, Md.
everlasting. Hemmingford, P. Q.
Aaron’s rod. New Hampshire.
frog’s mouth ; frog’s bladder. N. Y.
pudding-bag plant. Mass.
leeks. Stowe, Vt.
frog-plant.2 N. H.
frogs’ throats. Bedford, Mass.
Sempervivum tectorum, hen and chickens. N. Ohio.
Bryophyllum calycinum, \ife-plant. Cambridge, Mass.

ONAGRACEZ.
Ginothera Witton, scabbish. N. H.

4 TACEX

Lagenaria sp., mock orange. N. Ohio; Central IIL.
Echinocystis lobata, wild cucumber. N. B., and U. S. generally.

BEGONIACE/.
Begonia metallica, elephant’s ears. Bedford, Mass.
Begonia maculata, trout begonia. Bedford, Mass.
fish begonia. Cambridge, Mass.
Begonia Warscewiczii, pond-lily begonia. Cambridge, Mas
Begonia sp. (similar to B. maculata, but not spotted), coral “pegonia
Bedford, Mass.

Begonia sp., beefsteak geranium. Mansfield, O.

strawberry geranium. Mansfield, O.

O oR CACTACE.
t J ee ;
ta epee i Age domi’ devil’s tongue. N. Ohio.

1 From the offensive musky sniell of the fruit. as ider-
* Because of a children’s custom of blowing up a leaf so as to nee
mis puff up like a frog.

Popular Names of Plants. 371

FICOIDE.

Mesembryanthemum sp., dew plant. N. Ohio.
rat-tail pink. Dorchester, Mass.

UMBELLIFER#,

Daucus carota, parsnip. Harmony, Me.
Enigenia bulbosa, turkey-pea. (Locality ?)

ARALIACEZ.
_ Aralia racemosa, Indian root ; life of man; petty morrell. N. H.
| spignut. Vt. |
CORNACE.

Comus Canadensis, bunch plums:; pudding-berry.1 N. H.
| pigeon-berry. N. B.
cracker-berry.!_ Newfoundland.
Cornus stolonifera, red-brush. Central States.
Nyssa sylvatica, hornbeam. N. H.

CAPRIFOLIACEZ.

pono lantanoides, moosewood. Mass.
tburnum opulus, high-bush cranberry. Washington Co., Me., and
N.B

ij ' witch-hobble. N. H.

iburnum nudum, withe-wood. N. H.

Li bilberry. Annapolis Royal, N. ae
lag borealis, two-eyed berries. St. Stephen, N. B.
Iuphoricarpus racemosus, snow-drop. Mansfield, O.

; RUBIACEA.

“oustonia corrulea, blue-eyed babies. Springfield, Mass.

Quaker ladies. Concord, Mass. ;
Boston.

innocence. Boston, Mass.
eyebright.. Isles of Shoals.
angel-eyes. (Locality ?)
bright-eye. Baltimore, Md.
forget-me-not. Kentucky.
star of Bethlehem. Miss.
Quaker beauty. | ?)

Cophat Nuns. (Locality

halanthus occidentalis, pin-ball. N. H.

1 Probably from its insipid character.

S72 The Botanical Gazette. [November,
Mitchella repens, squaw-vine. Parts of N. E.
snake-berry. N. Y.

cow-berry. Ulster Co., N. Y.
boxberry. Bedford, Mass.
two-eye-berry. Wakefield, Mass.

COMPOSIT.,

Eupatorium purpureum, motherwort. Brookfield, Mass.
Queen-of-the-meadow. Worcester Co., Mass.
marsh milkweed. Mass.

Solidago (any sp.), yellow-tops. N. B. .

Callistephus Chinensts, fall roses. Mansfield, Ohio.

Aster (any sp.), frost-flowers, N. B.

Erigeron Canadense, cow-tail. Normal, III.

Antennaria plantaginijotia, Indian tobacco. N. E.; Neb.
woman’s tobacco. Boston, Mass.
ladies chewing tobacco. Wisconsin.
pussy’s toes. Worcester, Mass.
dog toes. N. H.

Anaphalis margaritacea (?), life-of-man. N. H. ;

Guaphalium polycephalum, life everlasting. N.E.; No. Ohio. .

old field balsam. N. E.
life-of-man. Stratham, N. H.
fuzzy-guzzy. Mansfield,O. +
feather-weed.!_ No, New York.

Ambrosia artemiste@folia, tassel-weed. Hingham, Mass.

Zinnia elegans, youth-and-old-age. .Mansfield, O.

Rudbeckia hirta, yellow daisies, ‘Mass., N. B., and general.

golden Jerusalem. N. H. (local).
black-eyed Susans. N. Vt.; Cape Cod.
ht from So.
nigger-heads. (Name apparently broug
Wes) Ne B.
nigger daisy. E. Mass.
Coreopsis tinctoria, Rocky Mt. flower. Mansfield, O.

Bidens (all Species), Spanish needles, _II., and Central States gen

erally.

Anthemis cotula, dog-fennel. General.
pigsty daisy. Ipswich, Mass.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, pismire. East Weymouth, Mass
bullseye. N. B.

* Name given because the heads were used by poor people to fill beds,
substitute for feathers.

Popular Names of Plants. 373

: Artemisia abrotanum, boy’s love ;! lad’s love.! Various parts of New
| England.
old man.! Ohio; IIL
| Leamington. Ipswich, Mass.
Artemisia sp., old woman.! N. Ohio.
Xeranthemum
Helichrysum,
Cnicus pumilus, bull-thistle. New England.
'(nicus (any species), stickers. St. John, N. B.
ichorium Intybus, blue dandelion. N. H.

blue sailors. Brooklyn, N. Y.

Leontodon autumnalis, arnica. E. Mass.
lactuea (any species), milkweed. N. B.

: paper-flowers. N. Ohio.

LOBELIACE/.

libelia cardinalis, slink-weed. Princeton, Mass.

ERICACE#.

| Saylussacia (all species), black hurts.” Newfoundland.

_ 'cimium (many species), whortleberry ; bilberry. Newfoundland.
any low blueberry ; ground-hurts. New-
oe foundland.

acinium (any species under sub-genus Cyanococcus), bluets. N. B,
oe French Canadians.

“enum Oxycoccus, marsh cranberry. N. B.

ne marshberry. Newfoundland.

“tim macrocarpon, marsh cranberry. N. B.

bearberry; bankberry. Fortune Bay, New-
‘‘Vecein: = foundland.

py. um Vitis-Tdea, rock cranberry. N. B.

_ MSenes serpyllifolia, ivory plums. Washington Co., Me.

— capillaire; maiden-hair ;* teaberry- New
é Brunswick. - ;

E Antostaphy los uva-urst, crowberry. Barnstable, Mass. ; Kinnikinnik,
“ Newfoundland. |

| Yigen rockberry. Fortune Bay, Newfoundland.
repens, shad-flower. Conn.

apparently given from supposed aphrodisiac qualities, or because
ations.

: rte 19s
: This is an abbreviation for “ whortleberry.”

* ame, attached to a description of the plant,
»_ Protest by a botanist in England at the idea of the
_*PoSed to flower and fruit in New Brunswick !

was the occasion of an
maidenhair (fern)

374 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

Gaultheria procumbens, young plantlets ; drunkards.!_ Barnstable,
Mass.

youngsters.2, Me.; Mass,
jinks or chinks. N.H.; Mass.
young chinks. Mason, N. H.
pippins.? Stratham, N. H.; Central Mass.
young ivories ; ivory plugie
ivory leaves; ivory plums. Ipswich, ‘Mass.
..
mountain tea. Eastern Ohio.
ivy-berry. N. B.
deer-berry. (Locality ?)
one-berry. .(Locality ?)
chicken-berry. Penn.
Kalmia latifolia, spoon-hunt. Mason, N. H.
Kalmia angustifolia, sheep-poison. N. E.
spoon-wood ivy. Conn.
Rhododendron viscosum, swamp-pink. Allston, Mass.
Khododendron nudiflorum, election pink. Hillsborough, N. H.
river pink. Cavendish, Vt.
swamp pink. Parts of N. E.
swamp apple. E. Mass.
honeysuckle. Md.
Rhododendron Rhodora, lambkill. N. B.
Chimaphila umbellata, noble pine; bittersweet. N. H.
love-in-winter. Maine.
Chimaphila maculata, ratsbane ; wild arsenic. Blue Ridge, Va.
ses uniflora, coneehiineset N.- Fe
ghost-flower. N. B.

DIAPENSIACE.
Pyxidanthera barbulata, pyxie moss. N. J.

PRIMULACE&. a
Primula grandiflora, polyanthus. So. Vt.; Cambridge, Mass. ; .
eid,

cups-and-saucers. Mansfield, O.
Trientalis Americana, Star-of-Bethlehem. N. H.
star anemone. Cambridge.

APOCYNACEZ.
Vinca minor, myrtle. General.

? Believed by children to ——€
? Young berries and shoo * Young leaves.

Popular Names of Plants. 375

7 ASCLEPIADACES.
) Astlepias tuberosa, white root ; yellow milk-weed. W. Mass.

GENTIANACEA.
Gentiana Andrewsit, blind gentian. Haverhill, Mass.

| POLEMONIACEE.

| Phlox pilosa, sweetwilliam. Fort Worth, Tex.
Phlox subulata, flowering moss. No. Ohio.

- Phlo, cult. sp., Lady Washington. Mansfield, O.
Polemonium reptans, bluebell. Mansfield, O.

:
BORRAGINACES.

Cynoglossum officinale, sheep-lice. No. Ohio.
| Ethinospermum Virginicum, soldiers. E. Mass.

| CONVOLVULACES.

D Cnvoloulus sepium, creepers. Mansfield, O.

¢ Rutland beauty. Temple, N. H.
uscuta sp., love-vine. Fort Worth, Tex.

SOLANACE.
Jimson or Jimpson! weed. W. and S.
Mansfield, O.

i Datura Stramonium,
} Datura Tatula,

_ sum vulgare, privy ; Jackson vine ; jasmine.
jessamine. Stratham, N. H.

. li SCROPHULARIACEE.
: maria vulgaris, Jacob’s ladder. Parts of N. E.
bread-and-butter. Ipswich, Mass.
" Antinrss dead men’s bones. Troy, N. Y. —
a. tnum majus, lion-mouth. Mansfield, O. —
¢ glabra, bammany (for balmony >). Belleisle, N. B.
— ardia quercifolia (?), corn-flower. Hillsborough Co., N. H.

pe, feculoric (’) sors
. lela coccinea, paint-brush. Peoria, Ill.; N. H.; Hemmingford,

Ge:
Indian paint-brush. Mass.
Red Indians. Mass. :
Wickakee.2 Mass.
election posies. Dudley, Mass.
ae prairie fire. Wisconsin.
Evidently a corruption of Jamestown, where the plant is most

“rupted form of the name is universa
An Indian name

abundant. This

376 The Botanical Gazette.

BIGNONIACEZ.
Lecoma radicans, foxglove. Chestertown; Md.

VERBENACE.
Verbena stricta, fever-weed.1_ Peoria, Ill. |

LABIAT. |
Nepeta Glechoma, Robin runaway. N. H.
creeping Charlie ; Jack-over-the-ground ; Gill-over-
the-ground.: E. Mass.
wild snake-root. Cambridge, Mass.
crow-victuals.2, Chestertown, Md.
Brunella vulgaris, carpenter-weed. N. H.

NYCTAGINACE.
Mirabilis Falapa, pretty-by-night. Fort Worth, Tex.

AMARANTACEA. |
Gomphrena globosa, French clover. No. Ohio.
globes. So. Vt.

CHENOPQDIACE.
Salicornia herbacea, chicken’s toes. Kittery, Me.

POLYGANACEZ.
— Rhaponticum, pie-plant. General in Middle States and west

Fee acetosella, horse-sorrel. Mansfield, O.
toad’s sorrel. Stratham, N. H.
cow-sorrel.? Miramichi, N. B.
gentlemen’s sorrel. Cambridge, Mass.
sheep-sorrel. Wisconsin ; So. Vt.
Polygonum aviculare, wire-grass. No. Ohio.
door-grass. So. Ind.
Polygonum acre, turkey-troop. Long Island, N. Y.

EUPHORBIACEZ.
Euphorbia maculata, milkweed. No. Ohio.
Euphorbia marginata, Snow-on-the-mountains. N. H. ; Neb.
Euphorbia Cyparissias, tree-moss. Mansfield, O.
cypress. Rye Beach, N. H.
butternut. Harmony, Me.
Irish moss. N. B.

: ¢ _pought to be a specific for fever and ague.
* Name used by the negroes. 8 Usually pronounced " cow-serls.”

] Popular Names of Plants.

Euphorbia Lathyris, mole-tree.1_ No. Ohio.
| JUGLANDACE.
Carya tomentosa, bull-nut. Peoria, IIl.

MYRICACE.

_ Myrica cerifera, candle-berry. Worcester Co., Mass.

CONIFER,

larix Americana, Juniper-tree. Newfoundland.
Juniperus communis, hackmatack. Ipswich, Mass.
: fairy circle. E. Mass.
Juniperus sabina, var. procumbens, savin.” Newfoundland.

ORCHIDACE.

4rethusa bulbosa, dragon’s mouth. Dudley, Mass.

— Habenaria orbiculata, Solomon’s seal. Barre, Vt.

Habenaria fimbriata, meadow pink. Mass.

Opripedium acaule, nerve-root. N. B.

: whip-poor-will. Boston, Mass.
Opripedium Spectabile, nerve-root. . B.

| whip-poor-will shoes. Conn.

SCITAMINE.
‘ Canna Indica, adder’s spear. Waltham, Mass.

Pi AMARYLLIDACE2.
i Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus, Easter-flower. Mansfield, O.
a ke. d Stratham, N. H.
MESSus poeticus, single daffy. Stratham, N.

IRIDACEZ.

es
: spas crocus. Stratham, N. H.
c versicolor, poison flag.

flag-lily.

water-flag. >?

S : liver-lily.

S snake-lily.

: Pelamcanda Chinensis, dwarf tiger-lily . Mansfield, “2
tie |

: Supposed to keep moles out of gardens.
: bsg berries used in domestic medicine, and book
* These names are taken from Hobbs’ Botanical Ha ;

377

and called face-and-eye berries.

378 The Botanical Gazette. [November,
LILIACE&.

Smilax rotundifolia, biscuit-leaves ; bread-and-butter.2 Allston, Mass.
wait-a-bit.2, E. Mass.
nigger-head. Miramichi, N. B.
Muscari botryoides, baby’s breath. E. Mass.
: bluebell. Chestertown, Md.
bluebottle. Mansfield, O.
Yucca filamentosa, thread-and-needle. Mass. oN.
ve’s darning needle. Fort Worth, Texas.
Matanthemum Canadense, cowslip. Dennysville, Me.
lily-of-the-valley ; two-leaved Solomon's

seal. N. H.
Clintonia borealis, cow-tongue. Aroostook Co., Me.; N. B.
heal-all. N. B.

Oakesia sessilifolia, wild oats. N. H.

Lilium superbum, nodding lilies ; Turk’s head. Mass.
Erythronium Americanum, yellow bells. Boston (?).

Lrillium erectum, dish-cloth or stinking dish-cloth. Franklin Cen-

ot ae aie €

bumble-bee root. New England.
squaw-root. Fi.
Benjamins. So. Vt. :
stinking Benjamin. N.B. (Any Trillium in N.B.

is called Benjamin.)
Trillium grandifforum, white lilies. No. Ohio ; Chestertown, Md.
Trinity lily. Wisconsin.
Trillium erythrocarpum, Benjamins. New England.

COMMELINACEZ.
Tradescantia crassifolia, wandering Jew. General.
inch-plant. Salem, Mass.
joint-plant. Cambridge, Mass.
Jacob’s ladder. Hemmingford, P. Q.

ARACEZ.

Arisema triphyllum, bog onion. Worcester Co., Mass.
wild turnip. Stowe, Vt.
Jack-in-the-pulpit. General. a Mek
Symplocarpus Jetidus, Polk-weed (poke weed ?). Brookline,
" The young leaves eaten by children. : by its stout
: a of the difficulty of tearing loose clothing caught DY
prick

‘

Popular Names of Plants. 379

GRAMINE#,

finchrus tribuloides, sand-burr. Ill. and westward.

La mays, a species of pop-corn, with variegated ears; guinea-corn.?
ansfield, O.

idlow kernels, striped with red; calico corn. Ill.

long, indented kernels; dent corn. General.

horse-tooth corn. Central Ill.

FILICES.

Pieris aquilina, hog-brake. N. H.

Osmunda regalis, buck-horn. Worcester Co., Mass.
Osmunda cinnamomea, fiddle-heads.2 Central Me.

| Omuinda sp., fiddle-heads. Petit Codiac, N. B.

LYCOPODIACES.

Ljoopodium clavatum, coral evergreen. saps N. H.

. creeping Jenny. B.

Lycopodium dendroideum, bunch evergreen, Stratham, N. H.
crowfoot. Chestertown, Md.

| Lycopodium complanatum, creeping Jenny. Bedford, Mass.

liberty. Chestertown, Md.

ground-cedar. N. B.

MUSCINEZ.

| Pilytrichum commune, oad bread. Dennysville, Me.
S m-suckers.? Stratham, N. H.
Brum Sp., eeawheas.. Mansfield, O.

: i FUNGI.
x imenomycetes (any umbrella-shaped species), devil's
| pjitimore, Md.
5 allus sp., death-baby.* Salem, Mass

Stik apes (the smut of Indian corn), Devil’s snuff-box. Ches-

umbrellas. —

oS = a bellidiftor (a common lichen), red-cup moss. General in

’ Because s
ty, peckled like a guinea-fowl.
—. this name the unrolling fronds considerably sought - re

os
So call i
‘Pores, from the supposed spirituous taste of the pasty mass - unripe
— from t death in the family near whose
ne he fancy that they foretell dea waking ont ta Serr

ss spring up. I have known of intelligent people
“ vk < eorued of these as soon as they ap ppeared i in the
8

380 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

Usnea sp. (a tufted hair-like lichen), whisker-moss. Mansfield, O.

ALG.
Laminaria (saccharina?). Venus’s apron-strings. Brookline, Mass.
Laminaria longicruris, Devil's apron-strings; Deb's apron-strings.
Portland, Me.
Devil’s apron. N. E. coast.
Spirogyra and allied confervaceae, frog-spit. U. S.
frog-spawn. Parts of N. B

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

The systematic position of Entosthodon Bolanderi—In February,
1889, Dr. Edward Palmer, collecting in Lower California for the De-
partment of Agriculture, found this species in thevicinity of Port San
Quentin, about a hundred miles south of San Diego. This greatly
extends southward the range of this species. It looks much like
Funaria Californica Sulliv. & Lesq., in outward appearance, but differs
from it in the more acuminate leaves, in the capsule more long-necked
and constricted under the orifice when dry and in the mamillate lid.
Closer examination of the plants, which are in excellent condition,
shows furthermore only a rudimentary peristome; the costa ceases
above the middle of the leaf; the cells near the apex of the leaf are
more elongated.

A search in the material of the closely allied genus Entosthodon
led to the discovery of this identical species under the name of Entos-
thodon Bolanderi Lesq. The one specimen in the National Herba-
rium comes from the herbarium of Lesquereux himself, and is labelled:
“Entosthodon Bolanderi “esq. Ad terram argillosam, prope oan

Francisco, Californie. No. 236. Leg. Bolander.” ee

A comparison of Palmer’s plants with this specimen, and with the
figures in Sulliv. Icon. Suppl. t. 17, shows them to agree in all respects,
except that the figure and description make no reference to the #/¢”
rudimentary peristome, distinctly present in the specimens of Lesque-
reux collected by Bolander, as well as in Palmer's specimens. — oa
peristome is as pronounced as in Funaria microstoma. In specimens
of Funaria Californica in the National Herbarium, it is not nearly S°
well developed as figured in Sulliv. Icon. Suppl. t. 18, but 18 almost 2

1892. | Briefer Articles. 381

tudimentary as in the plants collected by Palmer. So that practically
there remain only two prominent points of distinction between Fu-
haria Californica and Entosthodon Bolanderi: the /d, being convex
inthe former and mamillate in the latter; and the costa, passing to
the apex in the former, and only to about the middle in the latter.
: The color of the peristome, described as “ pale, whitish, granulose,”’
isfound in both the specimens of Bolander and those recently col-
lected by Palmer, to be in fact red, granulose, longitudinally striate, and
distinctly articulate. This discrepancy is quite likely due to the dif-
ference in maturity of the material examined. The calyptra, referred
toin a note under the species in the Manual of N. A. Mosses as “five
lobed at base and rather mitrate,” is in Dr. Palmer’s material usually
split open down one side, and at base is more often three or four
lobed, this lobing being rather irregular. The calyptra is thus on the
whole asin Funaria. This, and especially the presence of an inner
Peristome, makes necessary the transfer of this species of Entosthodon
to Funaria; it should be called Funaria Bolanderi (Lesq.).—Joun M.
Houzincrr, Department of Agriculture, Washington, DA

4 probable new category of carnivorous plants.— The fact that
members of the genus Polyporus are in the habit of catching and
digesting small insects is not generally known. At least after a care-
fal examination of such literature as happens to be at hand, the writer
unable to discover any reference to what is a distinct and curious
: Phenomenon in the life history of some of these large and interesting
et In Polyporus applanatus the method of catching and devour-
_-Wng the insects has been studied by me, and a brief description may
a ' place at the present time. Whether or not the habit alluded to
‘i el been described by other students I cannot yet be sure, but it 1s
es “ently unknown in American writings to permit of attention in
is Pages,
= Polyporus applanatus (Pers.) Wallr. is common arou
“Snka, where it occurs on its ordinary hosts, and also

a i considerable abundance. The large size — one

nd Lake Minne-
on Zilia Amert-
-third of a me-

: ey the under surface of the plant, where they
oe ng feed upon the soft substance of the hyme
io age gnats, together with larger flies, may be fou

nophore. osqui-

M
nd upon the under

382 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

surface in large numbers at certain times of the day, notably in the
evening or towards the middle of the afternoon. I have not been able
to discover any secretion that might be attractive to the insects given
off by the plant, but there may be such.

In walking over the minutely perforated surface an occasional fly
may be seen to get its feet caught between the clefts and is then unable
to extricate itself. It shortly dies and lies flat upon the hymenophore
surface, Whether the death is due to poisoning or simply to fatigue,
Ihave not determined. At any rate there is very promptly sent up
around the body of the insect a mycelial growth from the interior of
the pores of the plant, and in a few hours the insect is completely cov-
ered by the fungus filaments. For atime it may be seen as a hum-
mock or elevation on the hymenophore, but shortly, through the
absorption of its substance into the tissue of the fungus, it disappears
as an elevated area and is discernable solely through its imparting a
slightly lighter color to the portion of the hymenium lying around it.
T have in my collection one of these Polyporus fruits, about six inches
in diameter, with seventeen small flies captured and digested —some
of them so completely destroyed that there is scarcely more than a
vague stain left to mark the spot where they lay, and others of a whit-
ish hue and lying in high relief on the tinted lower surface. In the
case of those that are thoroughly digested the plant produces pores
afresh through the remains of their bodies, and the trace of their
original presence becomes almost obliterated. Those that are partially
digested are not penetrated by the pores but the mycelial covering 1s
of a solid texture. It is quite like that of the border of the hymeno-
phore. Nor dothe penetrating pores appear until the flies are reduced
almost to the level of the general hymenium surface.

This phenomenon is an interesting one, for it shows how a structure
devised for another end may be devoted to an accessory line of wor
and may in time come to acquire an accessory function. The Polypo-
Tus can not be conceived to derive very marked benefit from the small
substance that it is able to obtain from the unfortunate flies, but it 1s
easy to see how such a practice if persisted in might develop into @
highly important nutritive habit. It is unquestionably true that the
plant derives some nutriment from these flies, for where they fall and
taise the level of the hymenium there are more pores produced than
at other points of similar size, This would indicate that the habit of
fly-catching which is practiced by the Polyporus applanatus might de-
velop into something of real importance to the species. cS

I shall be glad to hear from others who have noticed this habit 9
Polyporinez.— Conway MACMILLAN, University of Minnesota.

1892. ] Editorial. 383

EDITORIAL.

A LIVE MAN is readily distinguished from a dead one, and if the man
is alive to some important interest it needs no search light or commit-
tee of investigation to make the fact apparent. The statement applies
no less forcefully to bodies of men than to individuals. Atthe recent
meeting at Rochester a ninth part of the time occupied by the Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement of Science in its annual sessions
was set apart to the exclusive control of the botanists by the establish-
ment of a botanical section. This came about chiefly through the
efforts of the non-botanical members of the society, who said that the
botanists were so numerous and active, had so many and valuable
papers, were such an important element, that it was their due; and so
while mathematics and astronomy must share rooms, officers and time,
as well as geology and geography and some other subjects, botany has
anexclusive portion. It was evident to the Association that the bot-
anists constituted a live body.

That this appearance of activity, which did not escape even those
who probably possess but an indistinct notion of the domain of bot-
any, is well grounded, was abundantly demonstrated during the ses-
sions in numerous ways, and in none better than in the action upon
the question of astable nomenclature. In the most business like man-

_ her, and with an enthusiasm, directness and good feeling which would
have done credit to any deliberative body, the question that for years"
has been supposed to endanger the rational progress of the science and
_ Mthe hands of the more youthful and radical advocates threatened to
Plunge American botany into chaos, was taken up, discussed, the most
important features formulated and agreed to, a delegate to the con-
_ Yention at Genoa appointed, the money to defray his expenses sub-
_ Seribed, and the mission to secure the co-operation of the botanists of
Europe begun before the session at Rochester had closed. The results
_ Ot the Congress at Genoa have been most satisfactory, and are espec:
Tally flattering to the foresight and zeal of American botanists, whose
“ews have received marked consideration. ;
__ There is, therefore, no reason to think that the botanists of this
_ Sountry cannot do well whatever they undertake. There 1s further-
. © NO reason to suppose that they will shirk a manifest responsibil-
My; and yetthey are dangerously near such a point. Whether th

384 The Botanical Gazette. [ November,

free publication of their proceedings, but the proposition has been
rejected.

To be sure, a committee has been appointed to arrange a program of
subjects for next year’s meeting at Madison. But no enthusiasm has
yet manifested itself. It is, however, certainly true that the circum-
stances are particularly propitious for the largest,the most cosmopoli-
tan, the most notable gathering in 1893 that botany has ever had in
this country. There will be a nnmber of distinguished foreign specialists
in attendance, and the fame and benefits of the convention will not
be confined within our own geographical borders.

If there is a single botanist, or any number of botanists, who has a
suggestion, a word of encouragement to the committee, or any opinion
regarding the project, now is the time to give it expression through
the journals. Silence means apathy, but what is wanted is enthusiasm.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Canadian Mosses.*

The Catalogue of Canadian Plants has now reached the mosses.
The list with its annotations and descriptions of new species makes an
octavo pamphlet of nearly 300 pages. Mr. Macoun has been a most
industrious collector and the Herbarium of the Geological Survey will
need to be consulted now by every student of our moss flora. Since
1861 he has been accumulating the material which is here elaborated.
953 Species’ are listed, and numerous varieties, a considerably greater
number than were included in 1884 in Lesquereux & James Manual
for the whole of North America.

It 1s unfortunate that Mr. Macoun was not more cautious in the
choice of bryologists to work up these rich collections. Undoubtedly
he has found many new species; but no one can believe that ar" out
of 953 are previously undescribed! Both Kindberg, who has been his
chief collaborator, and Miiller are looked upon by the best bryologists
as too much inclined to establish species upon insufficient materia
and slight differences (to put the case mildly). Indeed the catalogue
itself bears abundant evidence of this tendency. aes
iad comparison of the determinations of the centuries of Canadidl :

2 Part
viii,
1892.

*Macoun, Joun and Kinppere, N. C. —Catalogue of Canadian Plants.
VI. ~ Musci, (Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada.) Svo. pP-
fia ee printed for the government by W. F. Brown and Co.
—25 cents.

?Fide Mrs. E. G. Britton in Bud/. Torr. Bot. Club.

1892.) Current Literature. : 385

Musci, many of which were named by Kindberg, with the names given
inthis list shows gross carelessness either at one time or the other.
The definitions of the alleged new species, nearly one-fourth of which
are sterile, are inexcusably bad. They are so brief, unsystematic, compar-
ative, and in such bad English that it 1s doubtful if the plants intended
can be identified without a re-study of the nearly inaccessible types.
For although Mr. Macoun states that “a duplicate of every specimen
sent to Dr. Kindberg has been mounted and placed in the herbarium
of this department” these cannot be considered the types, how-
ever helpful they may be.

Altogether we must conclude that what might have been a work of
the greatest value to American bryologists has its good distributed
through a heap of rubbish which somebody must sort over before the
good can be separated from the bad. For there is much that is valu-
able, and the indefatigable industry of the Canadian Botanist can-
not be rendered entirely nugatory by the poor judgment of his Euro-
pean collaborators.
Contributions from the National Herbarium.

The latest of these was issued September 2oth, and torms No. 5 of
the first volume. Its contents are as follows: 1. List of plants col-
lected by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1890, on Carmen Island, by J. N. Rose.
This island is in the lower part of the Gulf of California, 120 miles
_ South of Guaymas, and, so far as known, has been potanically explored
_ only by Dr. Palmer. The Flora is almost identical with that of the

_ feldt, and A. W. Evans. This part contains six divisions: (1) List of
_ Plants from Cocos Island, by J. N. Rose. This island lies about 500
niles southwest of Panama. (2) List of plants from ee
: Tslands, by J. N. Rose. The plants of these famous islands were first
_ Sollected by Darwin. (3) List of Ferns, from southern Patagonia, 4
D.C. Eaton, (4) List of Mosses, from Fuegia and Patagonia, yy
C. Eaton. (5) List of Liverworts from Southern Patagonia, by A.
“Vans, with two plates. (6) List of Lichens f

with full synonymy and range. TheH. falcaria
“S Polymorphic character, and 5 varieties of it propose

386 The Botanical Gazette. [November,

species are described, and the whole revision gives evidence of a very
painstaking work. 4. Systematic and alphabetic index of new species
of North American Phanerogams and Pteridophytes, published in
1891, compiled by Josephine A. Clark. This index supplies a very
great desideratum, and is properly supplied to botanists by the govern-
ment. There is also in preparation an index covering preceding
years back to 1885, and the promise is given hereafter of an annual
index. It is startling to find that a list of the new species of North
American vascular plants published in a single year occupies nearly
24 pages, but the number is very much reduced when it is noticed that
all changes in nomenclature which have involved new combinations
are included. The Division of Botany has put students of systematic
Botany under great obligation in preparing this index and in promis-
ing its continuance.

NOTES AND NEWS.

Rev. F. D. Ketsry, of Helena, Montana, has accepted the chair of
Botany at Oberlin College. He is to spend the winter and spring at
Harvard University.

Dr. R. Cuopat, Professor of Botany at thé University of Geneva,
Switzerland, desires copies of papers written by American botanists
or the library of the university.

THE FUNGOUS DISEASES OF Iowa CEREALS are briefly treated by Prof-
L. H. Pammel, especially the rusts and smuts, in a recent Bulletin
(No. 18) of the Iowa Experiment Station.

PRESENTATION EXERCISES were held October 15th, by the botanical.
seminary of the University of Nebraska, when a bust of Darwin was
placed in the Herbarium of the University.

Mr. J. B. Farmer, for some time past demonstrator of botany at
Oxford University, has been appointed assistant professor of botany at
the Royal College of Science in South Kensington, as successor to Dr.
D. H. Scott, who has gone to the Jodell Laboratory at Kew.

In a handsomely printed pamphlet of 78 pages, Professor J.
Humphrey gives a very pein tant eet of Am st Trees. The
work is designed primarily for the citizens of Amherst, but it conan
much valuable information for the general reader, and notes that wi
be of use to the professional botanist.

1892. ] Notes and News. 387

IN THE cabal American (Sept. 3rd) is the Sr fave rid W.
T. Davis, of a new hybrid oak found upon Staten Island. ol
brid of Q. nigra nad 2. ilicifolia, and is named Q. Brittoni. 7 is ter
ther commented upon, and tracings of leaves given in po Piccontings
of the Nat. Sci. Aas "of Staten Island, for Septembe r 10

Res MARRIAGE of Mr. O. F. Cook and Miss Alice cee occurred

DISEASE OF POTATOES, in which the stems turn brown at the sur-
face of the ground, and the whole plant soon dies, has been observed
und b

orus. The eGacane can be tra phase to geraniums, beans
lupines, oe not to other plants

ium of the Muséum de Paris. The er is especially Sieeait cai at
count of the long interference of man with the
becomes well nigh impossible to repent original forms. Howeve
24 species are described, 10 of which are

CTA PETROpOLITANI (Tom. XI. nen oe Jie contains the a
amount of interesting material concerning the atic flora, a flora 0
or i

dden collection are presented by F. erder; seventh o tent dec-
ade of new Composite, by C. Win pe and poe oaaiapebe many —
new plants by Batalin, carechindbicae: ‘ el.
. ae REVIEW OF THE SUMMER SCHOOL pee in
c, mnesota is rter
cewur Salons hove * cen last Ova 188, 1882, 1883 and 1892, with an
alee of 45, 75, 104 and 741 rg oo ly. The botany ey ter
ty Prof. C. E. Bes essey, a TgBaY, _C. Arthur in 1882, an
; pnway ‘McMillan in 1892. Baily was omitted in 18

ANY PARTAKES of the renaissance that characterizes ap oe

Administration at Brown University. The man clas :
ose € Woman’s Adjunct, 40. Professor’

we pdings. There is a goo

.W. T. V. Osterhout, of the Senior class, has sper
“Study at Wood’s “Holl ae and acts as de monstrator in the ams spect
Classes. A new building’ to accommodate the lecture rooms,

: om and herbarium i is a crying necessity.

388 The Botanical Gazette. -. [November,

E MORPHOLOGY OF THE FLOWER of Anthoxanthum has been
studied by Mr. Theo. Holm in malformed flowers found in the Smith-

sonian park, at Washington, D.C. The subject forms an illustrated

THE Journal of Botany for October contains the description of a
new Ranunculus from W. Scotland, allied apparently to R. Flammula,
Mr. Baker’s Synopsis of Malvez continues with species of Sida, this
number containing 6 new species. The Rev.W. Moyle Rogers also con-
tinues his “Essay at a Key to British Rubi”, which if successful will be
agreat relief to British botanists. Mr. George Massee also pays his
respects in a sprightly fashion to Mr. G. Romanes, in a review of his

“Darwin and after Darwin.

Prof. Geo. L. Goodale and Prof. John M. Coulter, which are printed
in full, there are eighteen botanical papers, all but two in the form of
very brief abstracts, often consisting of only a few lines. The papers
by Professors Bessey and Beal, on transpiration and movement of
water in plants, cover four pages each.

have pefectly developed archegonia. This clearly a eee
two cells
ng into

a prothallium, where normally only the lower so develops. Or,

bid sncependant mother cells may possibly have developed into pro
allia.

PLATE XxX.

ANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

_ MARTIN on ASTER and SOLIDAGO.

LOIS
AO

Pa:

Hos

SS a se we oe oe

PLATE XxI

HOLM on LEERSIA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.
5

DECEMBER, 1892. AB Lt i BP

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

e EDITORS: 7
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
= J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

CONTENTS: es

fer Arti
ari Moritz: hottie <ticeton M Vearwont! ss
srt fe Be iags Ws
The occasional cross.— Thomas Meehan. Be
HMapemani. ie Coulter.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science,
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $2.50.
SINGLE NUMBERS, 25 CENTS.

The subscription price is an invariable one, no concession being made to
ealers or agent

in Great Britain, 11 shillings. In Germany, 11 marks.
Agent, “a P. COLLINS, Agents, R. FRIEDLASNDER & SOHN,
7 Great Portland St., London, W. Caristrasse 11, Berlin, N. W. 6.

and correspondence should be addressed to John M. Coulter,
University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind.; money orders and drafts should be
made payable to the Botanica. Gazette.

Separate Copies.— Contributors are peas on request 25 separate copies of
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate,
| per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. ‘Covers like Gazette, with
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. : he number deed must be marked at the head

of the MSS. as none will be printed unless ordered.

Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to prepare MSS. exactly in the form
in which they wish the article to appear, having due regard to the general style
of composition shown in the pages of the Gazette. Scientific and propef
names should be written with particular care.

lilustrations.— Articles requiring illustrations should be sent to J. C. Arthur,
Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced hip only when claim is made within ?

; days sane receipt = it ‘ttumber aes

en es OI Monee Oe hag

: In the Fanuary number will appear:

A ‘comparative study of the roots of Ranuneulacee, by

aoe RED. ‘&B. MaxwWeELt, University of Chicago. ; :

| A method for obtaining pure cultures of Panidiels fan-

_ Sus of Texas root-rot of cotton, by Dr. GEo. F. Fs
“ Cornell University, Ithaca, MX,

: A ‘Yacation bs the Hawafian Islands will be cone,

moO TANICAL CGrAZeTTeE
DECEMBER, 1892.

utributions from the Cryptogamie Laboratory of Har-
: yard University. XVIII. —

n the Myxobacteriacez, a new order of Schizomycetes.
ROLAND THAXTER.

(WITH PLATES XXII-XXV.)

: ructification, and on this supposition the material was
aside until attention was again drawn to it by the occur-

ed media, is so peculiar, and correspon

390 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

ation as a distinct order seems unavoidable. To the mem- .

bers of this order the writer proposes to give the name
MYXOBACTERIACE&, for reasons which will become apparent
if we consider for a moment the more important stages in
their development.

{t should first be noted that the life history of these organ-
isms shows a distinct and more or less regular division into
two periods; a period of vegetation and, under favorable
conditions, a period of fructification or pseudo-fructification:
but while the first period is essentially similar in all the forms
observed, the second presents remarkable variations.

In the first instance a swarm or collection of rod-like
bodies, derived from the successive division by fission of one
or more primary individuals, always distinct from one an-
other, possessing a power of slow locomotion and secreting
as they multiply a firm gelatinous base which connects the
colony as a whole, constitutes the vegetative condition of the
organism. This vegetative state continues for a variable but
distinct period of time, and in the different forms is charac-
terized by slight variations in the grouping of the individuals
composing it. In some cases these may be collected in radi-

ating strands or concentric ridges, or again may be distrib-
uted evenly throughout the colony, which in all cases, when
growing on a solid medium, possesses a clearly defined ad-
vancing edge or border, produced by a heaping up of active
individuals in this position. The colony continues to extend
itself in this fashion while the conditions remain favorable for
its growth; but in the meantime the individuals within this
advancing border, having increased rapidly by fission for a cef-
tain period, begin to swarm together at different points, often
with a characteristic circular tendency in their motion. This
piling up of individuals at definite points marks the begi”
ning of the second period just mentioned, which has for

without further differentiation. A gelatinous envelope ae

unfavorable conditions for a protracted period. — en
From such a simple type as that just described the 10

dee

1892. | A New Order of Schizomycetes. 391

examined show various degrees of complexity, which reaches
its maximum in a most remarkable organism, apparently
identical with the supposed fungus described by Berkeley
and Curtis under the name of Chondromyces crocatus. In
this instance we have, following a period of purely vegetative
activity, the same swarming together of individuals at differ-
ent points in the colony; but the masses thus formed, in-
stead of rounding themselves and becoming directly encysted,
as in the previous instance, continue to rise vertically from
the substratum into the air. The base of the rising mass be-
comes constricted; the constricted portion is gradually mod-
ified into a slender supporting stalk, formed partly of individ-
uals left behind and partly from a gelatinous substance
Secreted by the mass as it rises. We have then a mass of
individuals rising vertically on a slender stalk secreted from
its base. This stalk may remain quite simple, or through
the division of the mass into two or more lobes, may become

: ig: ’ *
. ‘Such are the extreme variations in the group, $0 far se
soncerns the differentiation of the cyst-producing generation.

appear to be, however, other important eres
divide the forms rather sharply in connection wit

wuere

392 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

modification of the individual rods at the period of encyst-
ment. For while in one group (Myxococcus), they become
transformed into definite spores, in the other (Chondromyces
and Myxobacter), the rods are encysted as such with little
apparent modification, as far as the writer has been able to
ascertain. :

Without entering into further details of structure or devel-
opment, which will be found below, sufficient has been said
to make intelligible a brief comparison between the course of
development of these plants and that of other organisms
which may seem to possess certain characteristics in common
with them.

The general character and structure of the rod-like individ-
_ uals, together with their vegetative multiplication by fission,
renders their schizomycetous nature as individuals a matter
hardly to be doubted: but, on the other hand, the question
may fairly be asked whether the remarkable phenomena
which they present, not as individuals, but as aggregates,
may not indicate a possible relationship in other directions.
In the account just given it is hardly necessary to point out
the evident similarity between the course of development
described and that which occurs in the Mycetozoa, and more
particularly in the Acrasiee. In no other group, as far as
the writer is aware, does there exist a similar concerted
action of aggregates of individuals towards a definite end,
namely, the production of a more or less highly differentiated
resting state. Setting aside for the moment the fundamenta
differences presented by the cell characters in either group,
the vegetative condition of the Acrasiee and that of the
Myxobacteriacee may be considered strictly comparable. In
both cases multiplication by bipartition, followed by the
complete separation as individuals of the two parts thus
formed is followed in turn, after a period of successive bipat-
titions, by a swarming together of distinct individuals ite
aggregates of distinct individuals having a definite end in
view. Apart from differences of cell structure, therefore,
the essential characters of a pseudo-plasmodium are common
to both groups.

Following the analogy to later stages of development 4 ce
tain similarity may be noted between the steps which lead in
either case from the simpler to the more complicated forms.
In both instances a transition is observable from a mere heap-

1892. } A New Order of Schizomycetes. | 393

ing together of individuals to form a resting state, to the pro-
duction of a similar state, developed in a more complicated
fashion and raised upon a highly differentiated stalk, through
intervening forms, in which this stalk appears merely as a
supporting base.
The most essential discrepancy which is apparent in such
a comparison rests on the fundamental difference in cell
_ structure already referred to, since although the Acrasiez have
_ taken a decided step away from the true Myxomycetes in the
| production of cells which neither coalesce nor produce pseudo-
podia (as in the Guttulinacee), the step from such amece-
boid cells to definite rods having all the characteristics of
typical schizomycetous cells is, to say the least, a very long
one. This fundamental difference necessarily involves equally
_ important differences connected with the modification of in-
dividuals, in either case, while in the resting state, even when
adefinite spore formation takes place in both instances; while
the encystment of numerous individuals to form a spore-like
_ body, in the manner above described, presents an additional
_ point of deviation in this connection.
In view of such important differences, the writer would
hesitate to assume even a remote genetic connection between
@ two groups on a basis of resemblance which might well
be purely accidental. Yet it is a question to which further
investigation in this direction may afford a more definite an-

to be, however, the:
er is undeniably a very interesting and important one,

394 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

and although the present account is necessarily incomplete,
it may serve to call attention to a subject which, beyon
question, offers a productive field for further investigation.
Historically the story of the group is not a long one, yet is
instructive in showing the absurdities to which the careless
and wholesale description of new species may lead. Chond-
romyces aurantiacus, for example, has, if the writer’s conclu-
sions are correct, been placed in three separate genera of
hyphomycetous fungi, although possessing no trace of hyphe
or of spores, the slight striation of the shrunken cystophore
in the one case and the general external appearance of the
cysts or of their contents in the other, having been made to
assume these functions for descriptive purposes. The same is
also true to a less degree of C. crocatus, although from its
apparent rarity it seems to have escaped an extended syn-

onymy. Whether any of the other forms enumerated below’

have been previously described the writer is unable to say;
yet it seems very improbable that the spores of such com-
mon and conspicuous forms as Myxococcus rubescens and M.
virescens should have escaped description, at least as chromo-
genous micrococci. The species of Cystobacter Schroter seem
with little doubt to belong to the present family, and should
probably be referred to Chondromyces, possibly C. aurantiacus,
which in artificial cultivation produces a variety of abnorma
forms and becomes ‘‘kastanien braun” when kept moist for
a certain period. The descriptions of Schréter, however, are
not sufficient to render any definite conclusion possible in the
absence of proper figures.

MY XOBACTERIACEE.
Motile, rod-like organisms, multiplying by fission, secreting
a gelatinous base, and forming pseudoplasmodium-like ie
gations before passing into a more or less highly develope
- cyst-producing resting state, in which the rods may genes
encysted in groups without modification or may be converte

and species. In all cases they are typically elongate, easel
times attaining a length of 15 and, while living,
show a tendency to taper slightly towards either extremity
which disappears when they are killed, the ends becoming

a 1892.] A New Order of Schizomycetes. 395

bluntly rounded. The cell wall is highly elastic and sur-
rounded by a barely perceptible gelatinous layer, while the
cell contents may usually be seen to contain distinct granular
masses (fig. 27, @) of irregular size and shape which stain
more deeply than the remainder of the cell. Cell division fol-
lows an elongation and nearly median constriction of the rods
which, except at the moment of division, are always separate,
never united in chains. A slow, though distinctly visible
movement characterizes the active rods and consists in a slid-
ing locomotion in conjunction with a lateral bending. This
lateral movement, which may take place in any plane, may
be carried to such an extreme that the rod may form a loop
with its ends approximated, after which the normal straight
position may be assumed with considerable rapidity. This
bending movement isdoubtless an important factor in the slid-
ing locomotion which though barely perceptible, can be defi-
nitely ascertained by careful watching.

The grouping of rods in a colony may vary somewhat in
different species and under different conditions. In Chondro-
myces aurantiacus, for example, they may, when growing in a
semi-liquid medium, show a tendency to radiate from a com-
Mon center in rope-like, anastomosing strands, while on a

_ Solid medium these strands may form ridges, the alternate
elevations and depressions in which may give the colony a
characteristic corrugated appearance. In other cases, as for

_ €xample in Myxococcus, the rods may show less tendency to

_ collect together, remaining more or less evenly distributed

_ until just before the period of spore formation. In all cases

_ the individuals of a colony are heaped together in the region

Of its advancing margin which is distinctly elevated above its

_ Surroundings, and characteristically roughened by great num-

_ bers of partly free individuals projecting from its surface. In

_ 4 species, with one exception, the rodswhen seen in masses,

_ ate more or less distinctly reddish. This color may, however,

: be lost as the mass rises to form cysts, as is the case in C.

_ ~ocatus as well as in Myxobacter aureus.

__ Adistinct, firm, hyaline, gelatinous base is secreted by the

‘olony as it extends itself, over which the individuals may

_ Move or in which they may become imbedded, and 1s S50

_ Soherent a structure that whole colonies may be stripped

iMtact by means of it, from the surface of nutrient agar, for

*xample. At the period of cyst formation it is often left

396 | The Botanical Gazette. [December,

behind as a distinct shining membrane in which a few rods
remain here and there imbedded.

The duration of the vegetative period varies according to cir-
cumstances. In artificial cultures it usually lasts about a
week or even two weeks; but in nature the production of cysts
must certainly be more rapid. In Chondromyces lichenicolus,
for example, a period of moist weather following continued
drought, and lasting not more than two or three days is suf-
ficient to cover the previously dry tree trunks on which it
vegetates with large patches of cysts. ji

he preparations for the production of cysts are apparent
to the naked eye in artificial cultures of C. crocatus, for exam-
ple, about a day before the cystophores begin to rise. In this
condition the colony even in the neighborhood of its advanc-
ing edge, assumes a lumpy appearance owing to the aggrega-
tion of rods at various points. In forms like Myxococcus, in
which the rods are somewhat scattered, the first preparation
for spore production as seen under the microscope consists in
the appearance of groups of rods moving with a circular ten-
dency and forming whirlpools, so to speak, in which the more
central individuals soon become converted into spores, the
successive formation of which results in the production of the
elevated spore masses characteristic of the various forms.

The formation of a cystophore where it occurs results from
the basal constriction of a papillate mass of rods which pro-
jects from the surface of the colony. The mass of rods mov-
ing upwards on one another, continually leaves behind and
below it an external layer at its base which has become
slightly hardened by exposure to the air and is composed
partly of the gelatinous matrix, partly of individuals which
soon become indistinguishablein it. As the mass rises within
and above this slightly hardened layer, the latter, while being
constantly renewed above, becomes contracted below to form
the cystophore. The cystophore may therefore be compared
during its formation, to a glass funnel, the flaring portion of
which is being constantly renewed from the outer surface of
the mass of rods contained within and rising above it, while
the tubular portion is being constantly lengthened by the con-
traction of the flaring portion at its base. As the freely
Moving individuals pass up out of the upper portion of this
tube it is left behind as a gelatinous structure which becomes

1892. ] A New Order of Schizomycetes. 397

indurated and solid, its strength being often further increased
in slender forms by a decided spiral twist.

This primarily tubular character of the cystophore is well
shown in specimens of C. aurantiacus when cultivated with
very moist surroundings. In such cases even after the cysto-
-phore has attained its full height a central clearly differen-
tiated column of active individuals may be seen moving up to
the cysts which are in process of formation at its summit (fig.
13). In its development the cystophore shows all degrees of
complexity from the short supporting base (which may be
wholly absent) of C. /ichenicolus, to the elongate form in C. cro-
catus which may produce branches of the fifth or even sixth
order.

In considering the encysted condition of these organisms,
two distinct categories are recognizable in connection with
this state, one in which the individuals thus encysted show
little or no modification from the rod-like vegetative state, the
other in which they are converted into definite spores.

In the first instance the form of the cyst varies considerably
presenting in the genus Chondromyces the series illustrated by
C. serpens, C. lichenicolus,. C. aurantiacus and C. crocatus
(figs. 24, 23, 22, 15, 14 and 6) and may be further modified
by a more or less complete fusion of adjacent cysts originally
i It in the anas-_

€nvelope. 3
The substance of these cysts, composed partly o

f rods and

Partly of a firm and surprisingly coherent matrix, a e
aturity even when examined under a high power 0” e
s matter which

Microscope, to be composed of stringy aay fficulty. I
i ith the greatest difmculty-
| crushing wit . & of staining agents
that the presence of any definite bodies whatever has om
Sts can be made out. Here and there the closely adhering

398 The Botanical Gazette. _ [December.

rods may be separated and isolated by crushing; and in this
condition they show little modification from the vegetative
state except that they are somewhat shorter and thicker. In
a few cases rods have been observed within the cysts in
stained preparations in which an apparent differentiation of
the rod contents was observable. Whether this appearance
-was due to the presence of spores or merely indicated an acci-
dental aggregation of the granular cell contents was not deter-
mined.

For a short time after the cysts are mature and also before
they germinate after a period of rest, the contained rods are
clearly defined and do not adhere closely to one another. The
contents of such a cyst when crushed makes its exit as a mass
of distinct rods somewhat shorter and thicker than the vege-
tative forms.

In ‘‘germination’”’ the cysts emit their contents ina contin-
uous stream which finally leaves the cyst wall as an empty
shell, the emission being effected through the absorption of a
portion of the cyst wall, usually at the base in the spore-like
forms, sometimes at the apex or elsewhere. _The mass of rods
thus freed begins at once to vegetate, the individuals dividing
rapidly and entering upon a new period of activity. Excep-
tions to this course are often found in old cultures of C. craoca-
tus where cysts that have germinated ix s7¢u at the tips of
the cystophores may frequently be seen producing secondary
cysts directly, which are borne on short, slender secondary
cystophores (fig. 9), a circumstance which still further illus-
trates the remarkable though superficial resemblances which
exist between these forms and higher fungi.

__ Inthe sporiferous species, which have been included in the
single genus Myxococcus, there may be a general encystment
or the spore mass into a definitely formed coherent structure,
as in M. corallotdes, or this structure may normally become
soft and semi-fluid through the deliquescence of the gelatinous
matrix in which the spores are imbedded, as in JZ. rubescens
and M. virescens. The spores are more or less irregularly
spherical refractive bodies, the diameter of which is much

escens. The method by which the spores are derived from
. . a-

1892. ] A New Order of Schizomycetes. 399

the rods swarm together for this purpose and then only in the
central region below the rising mass of spores which, together
with the aggregation of-rods around it, completely conceals
the details of transformation when viewed directly under the
microscope. By crushing such masses, however, the steps
by which the spore-production is effected may be inferred
from the occurrence, here and there in the swarm of unmodi--
fied rods and spores thus separated, of forms similar to those
__tepresented in fig. 40. Such forms would indicate that the
tod, by division following simultaneous or successive enlarge-
pment throughout its whole length, is directly converted into
spores varying in number according to the length of the rod;
___ and in the absence of any indication of a different process this
may be assumed ‘to be correct. This conclusion is further
__ supported by the very frequent occurrence in such prepara-
tions of chains of spores adhering in twos, threes or even
fives (fig. 41).

The germination of these spores has not been observed to
the writer's satisfaction; but appears to consist in a gradual
transformation from the round tothe rod-like form. Whether

an external membrane is left behind in this process could not
be determined.

__ The nine species which constitute the family so far as at pres-
ent known, may be arranged under three genera, as follows:

eee OMYCES B. & C. (1857), in Berk. Introd. Crypt.

Bot., p. 313, fig. 70, a(no descr.) 1857. do. in Grevillea Il.

p. 64 (first ais ) 1874.

Stigmatella: B. & C. in Berk. Introd. Crick Bot., p. 313, fig. 70, b (no descr.)
7. do. in Grevillea m1, Ss a (first descr.)

? Polycephalum: Kalch. in ‘Gnediivs IX, p. 22, 1880.

2G Senos in peice the ws chlesien 11, I, p. 170.

1 Nor In considering these forms from a arene point of view the
aap has p preferred to avoid the multiplication of genera and species; sin ce the

o t only in regard to genera and species, but also in connec-
ie dision of the fotie asa hs which might a be divided

erent ¢

n with the

400 : The Botanical Gazette: (December,

Rods forming free cysts, in which they remain unmodified.
Cysts various, sessile or borne on a more or less highly devel-
oped cystophore. '

CHONDROMYCES CROCATUS B. & C. Plates XXII, XXIII,
figs. I—IT.

Chondromyces crocatus: B. & C. in Berk. Introd. Crypt. Bot. p. 313, fig. 70,a
(no descr.) Berkeley in Grevillea, 11, p. 64 (descr.) Cooke in Bull. Buff. Soc.

at. Sci. m, p. 192. Saccardo, Sylloge Fungorum 1y, p. : :
Aspergillus crocatus: B. & C. in herb, Curtis, and herb. Berkeley (sec, Farlow).

Colonies pale orange red. Rods cylindrical or tapering
slightly straight or slightly curved, 2.5-6x .6—.7y. Cysto-
phore orange colored, slender, simple or 1—5 times success-
ively branched, striate, spirally twisted or irregularly bent;
average height 600, rarely 1. mm. Cysts pale straw colored,
at first fusiform, at maturity sub-conical, rounded at the apex,
often ragged at the base. Average dimensions 28xX124
(15-45 x 6-20), in variable numbers at the tips of the cysto-
phore where they form globose heads, 70-90 in diameter.

South Carolina, Ravene/, in herb. Curtis and herb. Berkeley,
on decaying melon rind. Cambridge Mass., on old straw.

he specimens of this plant in the Curtis collection corres-
pond in all respects with the Cambridge material which made
its 4ppearance on some old straw sent from Ceylon, and has
been kept in cultivation in the laboratory, growing readily on
nutrient agar and luxuriantly on sterilized horse dung. Ac-
cording as the substratum is moist or dry the general habit
may vary considerably, excessive moisture often producing
considerable irregularity in the form and number of the cysts
as well as in the cystophore, which is thicker under these
conditions, more irregularly branched and without the spiral
or longitudinal striations (due to wrinkles of the surface) usu-
ally characteristic of the slender forms.

Cultures of the cysts in Van Tieghem cells have yielded
few germinations after several months, but it may be readily
observed by placing in a moist chamber a specimen which has
been kept dry. By examining such a specimen after one or
two days the germinating cysts may be seen in all conditions.
At first the contents becomes slightly contracted within the
cyst-wall and in it the separate rods may be distinctly seen; —
then through the absorption of the wall usually at its base,

_ the rods are allowed to make their escape in a continuous ,
_ Stream till nothing but the empty cyst-wall is left behind.
he mature cysts show none of the reddish coloring pecu-

- 1892.] A New Order of Schizomycetes. 401

liar to the other species, and as in Myxobacter aureus this
seems to be lost as the rod-masses rise to produce cysts.
Although so conspicuous a form, this species does not appear
to have been recorded since its discovery by Ravenel, Cooke
and Saccardo merely quoting Berkeley’s publication in the ref-
erences above cited. As a matter of curiosity Berkeley’s
description is appended.

“Chondromyces B. & C. Stipes e floccis compactus
famosus induratus, spore apicales.—600. Chondromyces cro-
tatus B, & C. On decayed melons. Car. Inf. no. 1335. Stem
closely compacted, orange, subcartilaginous, branched, the
branches more or less divaricate, nodular at the apex; spores
longate-ovate with a very short pedicel.” Grev., Zc.

_ CHONDROMYCES AURANTIACUS (B. & C.)—Plates XXIII,

XIV, figs. 12-19 and 25-28

Stigmatella aurantiaca: B. & C., in Berk. Intr. Crypt. Bot., p. 313, fig. 70, b.
. Grevillea, vol. 111, p. 97. Cooke, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci.,-vol. 1, p. 193.

Sylloge Fung., rv, p. 680.

Kalchbr. & Cke. Grevillea 1x, p. 23, pl. 135,
. (1880). Saccardo Sylloge Fung. tv, p. 576,

wlidospora: Berk. & Broome, on the Fungi of Ceylon, Jour. Linn.
y) xiv, p. 96, plate rv, fig. 16 (1873). Sacc. Sylloge tv, p. 571.
onies flesh colored, distinctly reddish. Rods large, ta-
somewhat, normally straight, rounded at either ex- °
Y 7-15X.6-Im, average 7x.5«. Cystophore hyaline
h-colored, stout, straight, simple or rarely furcate. Av-
height 200M. Cysts at first stalked, then sessile, oval
ptical or rounded in outline, often irregular in size and
bright orange colored when dry, becoming chestnut
‘when kept moist for a considerable period, borne in
¢ numbers and forming globose heads at the extremity
_cystophore.

Pies

member of the group and must have been met with
one who has sought for Myxomycetes on decaying
where though very minute it is conspicuous from its bright
Although easily cultivated on nutrient agar, unlike
us it rarely produces well formed cystophores and
this medium, though cultivable on its ordinary
Without difficulty.
its Synonymy, Polycephalum aurantiacum K. & Ck.
Loum rhytidospora B. & Br. have been included

402 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

with a query. The description and figures given in either
case leave little doubt of the correctness of this reference,
but a comparison of authentic specimens has not been made.
Whether one or both of the forms described by Schroeter
under Cystobacter may not prove abnormal conditions of this
species is also uncertain; but on very moist media it shows
conditions closely resembling his descriptions, and becomes
chestnut brown after continued exposure to moisture, thus
presenting an additional point of resemblance. Even in its
natural substratum cyst formation is subject to great irregu-
larities, especially if the rising rod masses become slightly dry
during the process. In such cases the latter may heap them-
selves together in irregular cyst masses lying directly upon
the substratum with little or no differentiation of a cysto-
phore.
The genus Stigmatella, which was founded upon this spe-
cies, is made by Saccardo to include two species, S. auranita-
ca and S. pubescens Sacc. & Ell., the latter having been
formerly described under the name Spherocreas pubescens
Sace. & Ell. (Michelia u, p. 582.) Although Saccardo re-
marks concerning this form, ‘‘ De identitate Sphe@rocreats
cum Stgmatella nullum mihi est dubium,” it is difficult to
see on what this opinion is based; the fungus in question con-
sisting of a rounded mass of large chlamydospores borne ter-

minally on well defined hyphz and surrounded by a woolly

mass of somewhat differentiated hyphe. It is needless to
remark that the two can have no connection, Sphewrocreas
being clearly a fungus allied to if not generically identical
with forms included in the genus Exdogone.

Chondromyees lichenicolus n. sp.—Plate XXIII, figs. 20-
23.—Colonies reddish, rods cylindrical, tapering slightly,
5~7.6y. Cystophore simple, short, squarish, often absent oF
ill developed, 7-8x 10y. Cysts single, rounded or irregularly
lobed, often confluent, bright red, 35 x 28.

Parasitic on living lichens, which it destroys, New Haven, ce

This species has not been met with in any locality other
than the one mentioned, where it occurs abundantly on the
trunks of the elms and maples along the city avenues, often
covering patches several feet in length. The cysts are very
irregular in form, often lobulated and laterally confluent, and
their crowded habit and deep red color make them very com
Spicuous. Owing to the shortness of the cystophore, it is seen

: ach longer period.

- Chondromyces serpens n. sp.—Plate XXIV, fig. 24.—Rods
asin C. lichenicolus. Cysts flesh-colored, dark red when dry,
50m in diameter, confluent in an anastomosing coil. Cystophore

On decaying lichens, Cambridge, Mass.

_ This species made its appearance in company with C. /ichen-
tcolus in a laboratory culture and was at first taken for an
abnormal condition of that species.. Cultures on agar and on
lichens, however, constantly produced the same convoluted
form which seems to be quite distinct and differs from all the

MYXOBACTER n. gen.— Rods forming large rounded
or more free within a gelatinous matrix raised
abe a the substratum

eswhen rising to form cysts milky white. Rods large,

lindrical, rounded at either end, 4—7X.7—.9u. Cysts spher-
or oblong, golden yellow, thick walled, one to twelve or
innumber, distinct within a hyaline matrix, 75—350X75
#. The encysted rods mingled with a yellow, oily ma-
yst groups .7—Imm. long.

ery wet wood and bark in swamps. recuse} Point,
Belmont, Mass.

OCOCCUS n. gen.—Rods slender, curved, swarming
ther after a vegetative period to form definite, more or
S €ncysted sessile masses of coccus-like spores.

Wy ococeus “eryetieg n. sp. —Plate XXV, figs. 37-41.-—

s slender, i ly curved, 3—7 X-.4H.
asses eed drop-like, flesh-colored to dull orange,

son when dry, at first coherent, becoming deliques-
[504—1mm. in diameter, often confluent. Spores round,
1.2 in diameter.

various decaying substances, lichens, paper, dung, etc.
species i is so common and makes its appearance with

404 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

such constancy on laboratory cultures of horse dung that it
seems hardly possible it should have escaped previous descrip-
tion as a chromogenous coccus. The only form which has
been described on this substratum to which it could possibly
be referred is Micrococcus fulvus Cohn’. This species appears
however, to be a true Micrococcus and, judging from the spec-
imen in Rabh. Alg. Eu. no. 2501, bears little resemblance to
the present form. The drop-like masses are at first more or
less coherent and may be transferred intact to a slide for ex-
amination; but they soon become deliq t, adjacent guttul
coalescing into viscous masses more than a millimeter in diam-
eter. The variation from flesh-color to orange-red forms
may indicate an additional species, the orange type retaining
this tint in agar cultures without varying towards the flesh-
colored form. The morphological differences if there are any,
are, however, too slight to warrant a specific distinction.
Myxocoecus virescens n. sp.—Rod masses greenish yellow.
Rods as in M. rubescens. Spore masses clear yellow-green

rather smaller spore masses. When cultivated on potato
agar it tends to lose its green color and become yellowish.
The spores seem constantly larger than in the preceding
species. |

Myxococeus coralloides n. sp.-—Plate XXIV, figs. 29-33-—
Rod masses pale pinkish, thin. Rods slender, curved, 4—7
X.4#. Spore mass firmly coherent, ereet, variously branched
or lobed, the lobes or branches usually tapering towards the
rounded apex, flesh-colored, becoming bright pinkish when
dry; maximum height 350y, the lobes about 20-30/ in diam-
eter. Spores spherical, 1-1.2 in diam.

On decaying lichens, Cambridge, Mass.

This striking form made its appearance in laboratory cul-
tures and was readily cultivated on lichens and potato agar.
The coral-like form of the spore mass is very variable, pre
senting every imaginable variation from a simple papilla toa
complicated structure similar to that represented in fig. 29.

In addition to the species above enumerated the writer has
observed several others, among them a very minute and peculiar

*Cohn: Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflan. 1, 3, p. 181.

RETR ee ae aI Magen me ey pt Fase RARE eS ges AS PEER ree yt eae

1892. J A New Order of Schizomycetes. 405

_ form occurring on rabbit’s dung, belonging to the Myxobacter
_ group, and another on lichens near Myxococcus coralloides,
_ but was unable at the time to observe any of them under cul-
_ tivation. Further additions to the order are therefore cer-
_ tainly to be looked for.
: pat sammie Laboratory of Fee University.
Nors.— Myxobacter simplex n. sp., for which I a omitted to send
ihaniscript will be characeenett in the seeedianrte mber
EXPLANATION OF PLaTes XXII~XXV.

The figures are drawn with few iets oe trom ee ae mounted in glycer-
ine. The combinations Sled are as follows: Figs. 1-6, 12-16, 20-21, 24, 29, 34:
Zeiss oc. 4, obj. A. fe 7-10, 17-19, 22-23: ag ‘pice! e . Figs. 411,
26-28, 31-33, 35-36, 39-41: Zeiss c oes 12, Leit qe: Fig. 31:
Zeiss oc. 4, Leitz oil im. 73: All figures roaucad 3 1 by oti uithagrawhy.

PratTeE XXII

Chondromyces crocatus (B. & C.)

Fig. 1~6 successive conditions o cyst formation shown by as many individual
Specimens. Fig. 1. a, mass of pe F so rising from substratum and becoming
constructed at its base. 4, smaller mass which has begun to secrete a cysto-
0.

ultimate masses beginning in some instances (es a) to bud out into cysts. Fig. 5.
pecimen cultivated on moist abe the cystophore unusually stout, the ulti-
_\ Mate masses almost wholly converted into spe trent cysts ig. 6. Specimen
8fown on straw showing norma) habit; the cysts not yet mature.
; Prare XXIII.
Chondromyces crocatus (B & C.)
Fig. 7, Optica) section of ultimate rod mass seo which the rods have for eo
ed j

1g.
yets showing extremes of size under edinity conditions,
megte Masinies ‘ods.

_{i-iving material.)

Fig. 12. Young cysts budding from apex of cy stophore. g rods surrounded
en:

3 ig. 13. A more advanced s stage, acentral colu mn of asc
4

“ee

. Fig. 18. Two cysts kept on m
- S€vera] weeks, Hla aap pera ae ig. 19. ease cyst ines te
Chondromyces lichenicolus 0. sp.
Fig. 20. Mature cysts on short cystopho
aes — 22~23. Mature cysts vith short
Te XXIV.
Chondromyces serpens DB. SP.
_ Fig 24. General habit of coalescent cysts.
Vol. XVII.— No. 12.

Fi Rod masses rising to form
pdiopeal showing lobulation and

406 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

Chondromyces aurantiacus (B. & C.)

Fig. 25. General appearence of a portion of rod mass growing in fluid agar.
Fig. 26. Living rods from active rod-mass. a, rod dividing. Fig. 27. Vegeta-
tive rods in glycerine (2) showing granular contents stained with borax carmin.
Fig. 28, Rods isolated in mature crushed cysts.

‘ Myxococcus coralloides n. sp.

Fig. 29. Highly developed spore mass. Fig. 30. Spore mass of a different
form more highly magnified. Fig. 31. Spore mass rising from rod mass at its

ase. Fig. 32. Vegetative rods. Fig. 33. Mature spores. @, spores in process
of formation.

PLATE XXV.
Myxobacter aureus n. sp.

Fig. 34. General habit showing four cysts embedded in gelatinous matrix.
Fig. 35. Rods (living) from rising rod-mass, Fig. 36. Rods from cysts crushed
at maturity.

; Myxococcus rubescens n. sp.

Fig. 37. General appearance of young spore mass viewed from above and sur-
rounded by vegetative rods. Fig. 38. Normal habit of spore mass viewed later-
ally. Deliquescence beginning at the top. Fig. 39. Vegetative rods. Fig. 40.
Different stages of supposed spore formation. Fig. 41. Mature spores.

Development of the flower and embryo-sac iu Aster and
Solidago.
G. W. MARTIN,
(WITH PLATES XIX AND Xx.)
Concluded from page 358.

Let us now turn to the development of the ovule and the
embryo-sac. A short time before the floral organs attain their
maximum length, there appears at the bottom of the ovarian
Cavity a rounded excrescence; this is the incipient ovule, the
Promise of a future seed (fig. 11). This incipient ovule
does not arise fromthe bottom of the ovarian cavity, buta lit-
tle above the lowest point. Therefore, the ovule is not the
terminal structure on the floral axis. For, by careful focusing,
the apex of the fascicular system is seen to end very abr uptly
at the bottom of the ovary cell. To the right and left of the
axial bundle of the pedicel, a little below the apex, are given
off fibro-vascular bundles which traverse both sides of the
carpellary leaf. It is in the region of one of these lateral
bundles, beneath the epidermis, that the primitive cells de-
velop, which arch upward and give rise to the funiculus and the
nuclear ovule. Subsequently, a branch of “this lateral bundle

*The ovule somewhat advanced.

ite

1892. ] Development of the Flower. 407

enters the funiculus. According to the investigations of
Sachs and others, made upon the Composite, we have the as-
sertion that the nuclear ovule is a lateral out-growth of the
funiculus, but this statement could not satisfactorily be veri-
fied by my study of the two genera under investigation. As
to the question whether the ovule isa lateral outgrowth on the
flower axis there can be no doubt.

So far as could be determined no trace of evidence showed
the ovule to bea direct outgrowth on the axis, but
on the other hand, an outgrowth on the leaf. Returning
again to the early growth of the ovule, as before stated, that
it first appears as a rounded excrescence surmounting the
funiculus. »At first the ovule consists of a mass of cells, the
tissue of which is soft and cellular, and is designated the nu-
cleus of the ovule or the nucellus. By further development
a large nucleated cell appears within this nucellar tissue,
which soon divides, the apical cell of which becomes the
mother-cell of the embryo-sac (fig. 12a). In its early de-
velopment the nucellar body is almost orthotropous, but by
further growth it becomes curved (caused by a stronger
growth on one side) at the point (base of the nucellus, where
the integument originates (fig. 12 b)’. At first the integu-
ment. appears as an annular ring; as growth takes place it
forms a complete wall around the nucellus; as the wall en-
croaches upon the apical portion of the nucellus, the latter
becomes more and more curved, but does not seem to be
wholly inverted till the integument completely surmounts It,
even passing far beyond the nucellar apex (fig 16). Thus,

ve .

we have an ovule which is anatropous; having a single integ-

gears Picea Se an

i
Fi
ri
Pr,

more central portion, the embryo-sac (fig. 13). hy
lly, this sac consists of but a single nucleated-cell, whic ty

‘ Advanced stages of the ovule. eS as
aie this point it may be stated that the integument does not develop 0 :
next the funiculus; this is common with anatropous ovules.

408 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

ly polyhedral in outline, but later more oval in contour,
elongates and containsa nucleus with nucleolus imbedded in
a rich mass of protoplasm. In some sections the nucleus ap-
peared to be elongated in the same direction as that of the
embryo-sac. During the subsequent growth of the integu-
ment and nucellus the embryonal sac enlarges (figs. 13 and
14), and the nucleus of the mother-cell undergoes subdivis-
ion. In fig. 15 the nucleus has divided, and the mother-cell
is now separated into two equal parts by a transverse wall,
each part containing a nucleated-cell. Presently, the two nu-
clei divide, a transverse wall is formed in each half, and thus
we have, at the end of the second and last subdivision of the
mother-cell of the embryo-sac, four equal nueleated-cells
(fig. 16). At this stage of the embryo-sac there is a very
close analogy to the division of the mother-cell into four cells,
worked out by Strasburger in Polygonum and Senecio. The
cross walls formed between the cells are very strongly re-
fractive and much swollen; the middle transverse wall is re-
markably distended and persists much longer than the other
two partitions; in several sections the middle wall was found
intact when the coutents of the cells were completely ab-
sorbed.

Of the four cells into which the primitive mother-cell of the
embryonal sac is now divided, only the lower one is charac-
terized by further growth;® this cell, therefore, becomes the
true mother-cell of the embryo-sac (fig. 17,@). Subsequently,
the protoplasm of the upper three cells becomes viscid, the
nuclei show disintegration, and the upper wall of the lower,
club-shaped cell (mother-cell) indicates a rigid turgescence-
When the upper three cells begin to disorganize (in centrifugal
order), they become crescent-shaped; their nuclei disappeat,
their walls are displaced, and the cell contents are absorbed
by the encroachment of the lower, mother-cell. After the
cells are completely disorganized and absorbed, the mother-
cell assumes a central position in the embryo-sac (fig. 19):
Simultaneously with the obliteration of the upper cells of the
embryo-sac, the one-cell-layer of the nucellus undergoes 4
similar process of disintegration. The first mark of displace-
ment is shown by the reduction of the cell contents to 4
granular protoplasmic mass; then follows the disappearance
is

® The micropylar end is known as the upper extremity of the ovule, while its
opposite is the lower end,

1892. ] Development of the Flower. 409
of the transverse cell walls (fig. 18). The order of nucellar
displacement begins at the apical end of the nucellus and pro-
ceeds toward its basal portion (fig. 19); finally, the whole
nucellar-tissue is displaced and absorbed by the embryo-sac,
which subsequently becomes very much enlarged. In fig. 1
is seen a partial obliteration of the nucellus and at this period
of growtn the embryo-sac is completely filled with protoplasm,
in the central portion of which is located the mother-cell with
a vacuole both above and below it. Fig. 20 shows a com-
plete displacement of the nucellus and elongation of the
embryo-sac; a farther separation of the vacuoles; the first
division. of the mother-cell into two daughter cells, each mov-
ing, the one into the upper, the other into the lower end of
the embryo-sac. In the next stage of developmert we have
the first division of the polar nuclei, thus making two nuclei
in each end of the embryo-sac. The two upper nuclei rest
within an accumulation of protoplasmic substance, while the
two lower nuclei rest within a less dense plasma between an
upper and a lower vacuole which show a longitudinal expan-
sion (fig. 21). Previous to the last division of the polar nuclei,

ense

“Material separating two large vacuoles. Of the three antip-

_ dal cells remaining, the two upper, which lie alongside and

impinge on each other, also rest in a plasma bridge separat-

ing two vacuoles, the upper of which is the larger and the
Wer one of the two previously mentioned. The lowermost

ree opposite, but surrounded by a denser mass of seit
M, Constitute the true egg-apparatus. The two upp

410 The Botanical Gazette. [ December,

cells of the egg-apparatus, which lie side by side occupying
the whole tapering anterior end of the embryo-sac, are the
synergidae; at their lower extremity, extending nearly across
the sac, lies a larger rounded cell, the oosphere. In further
development, as found in fig. 23, the embryo-sac becomes
very much swollen, which is a characteristic feature both be-
fore and after the process of fertilization. But fertilization
in this case has not yet been accomplished, as the perfectness
of outline of the synergidae amply testify. The upper vacuole
of the preceding figure shows a contraction toward the upper
extremity of the embryonal sac and is more oval in outline.
At this stage, also, the upper polar nucleus exhibits retarded
action in its descent toward its counterpart from below, in
many cases refusing descent till after or about the fertilization
period.

To trace the embryonal sac in its further development
would result in recounting what, already, is very familiar to
many botanists.

Summary.—\. The calyx appears second in order of suc-
cession of the floral whorls.

II. The syngenesious anthers seem to be united structurally.

III. The upper polar nucleus shows a slow descent in unit-
ing with the lower one to form the endosperm nucleus.

IV. Compared with Strasburger’s study of Senecio the fol- _
lowing differences were observed:

1) The antipodal cells occur in no regular order, and
as far as my investigations went, were never
found arranged in a single longitudinal row.

(2) No more than four antipodal cells could be discov-
ered, always naked and having no cross walls. |

(3) The oosphere, as far as could be determined, failed
to occupy the whole diameter of the embryo-sac.

(4) The nuclei of the cells composing the egg-appa-
ratus seemed always to occupy an almost central
position.

(5) Vacuoles were seldom seen in the synergidae.

All figures illustrating the development of parts given are
from sections supposed to pass through the center of the
tissue which they represent.

All material used was fixed in 1 per cent. chromic acid 24
hours, thoroughly washed, stained zz ¢ofo with alum carmine
24 hours, again washed and dehydrated; then taken through

1892. ] A Vacation in the Hawaiian Islands. 411

the xylol-absolute-alcohol process into a saturated solution of
xylol and paraffine, then infiltrated with paraffine, imbedded,
and sectioned with a microtome; again, the sections were coun-
ter-stained on the slide with Bismarck brown and mounted in
_ xylol-balsam.

Acknowledgments are due Dr. John M. Coulter and Mr.
D. M. Mottier of Indiana University for their valuable sug-
gestions given in the direction of my work.

Indianapolis High School.

A vacation in the Hawaiian islands.
DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL.

As the vacation approached, the question arose, ‘‘Where
shall I go for the summer?” With the numerous interesting
regions within comparatively easy reach of San Francisco, this
question was not to be answered without some deliberation;
but finally the Hawaiian islands were decided upon, as prom-
ising much of interest, both botanical and otherwise.

Hillebrand’s Flora of the Hawaiian islands was procured;
from it I obtained some idea of what might be expected in the

_ Way of vegetation, and with much interest I looked forward
to the moment when, for the first time, I should find myself
Toaming in a tropical forest. Z

On the 6th of July, behold me, then, a passenger on .

Australia, bound for Honolulu. There is very little to recor
nt enough but not eventful.
fe in the Pacific after getting
f land. None of the
coast region, were seen
ating sea-weed observed

ie fish became abundant, but they pod ie

only animals noted on the way over. Not @ ;

a kind was seen after the first day, and the vast asain

_ Water was unbroken by any sign of life. The piongioet” car

_ Mously-deep, and of a blue so vivid, that one can a a eatees
eve that a handkerchief dipped into it would come

412 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

On awakening upon the seventh day out, and looking
through the port-hole of my state room, I saw that we were
sailing near land. Rugged barren looking hills were seen;
and, going upon deck, I learned that this was Oahu, the
island upon which Honolulu is situated. As we skirted the
shore at a distance, I soon spied a grove of unmistakable cocoa
palms, the first hint of the tropical vegetation to which I was
soon to be introduced. Beyond was the bold promontory of
Diamond Head, an extinct volcanic crater, forming a great
bowl with rugged sides, right at the water's edge. Beyond
this, and bounded partly by it, is the bay upon whose shores
stands the city. Back of it rose abruptly a chain of moun-

tains, in places about three thousand feet above sea-level, and

furrowed by deep valleys, whose walls, as well as the cloud-
capped summits of the hills, were covered with the most won-
derfully verdant vegetation. Never before had I realized the
possibilities of green. Blue greens, yellow greens, gray
greens, and positive greens, with all degrees of these and
others that are indescribable, combined to form what Whistler
would term a symphony in green.

As if to vie with the colors of the mountains, the sea ex-

hibited an equally wonderful variety of tints. Outside the

harbor is a coral reef, and within this the water is of the pale
green common to shallow ocean water; but outside it deepens
very rapidly into the vivid blue of the open ocean. From a
distance the line is clearly seen; but, as the observer ap-
proaches shore, the water changes from deep blue through
every shade of blue and green until the pale green of the
water within the harbor is reached.

As we approached land numbers of the queer outrigger
canoes of the natives were met, and from the wharf boys

jumped into the water and swam about the ship in the hope

of persuading some of the passengers to throw over to them
coins, which they are very skillful in diving for. :
n the way to the hotel a few gardens were passed, and in
them everything was strange. By far the most striking thing
was the superb Poinciana regia. Although I had never seen
this before I recognized it in an instant from a description of
Charles Kingsley’s, read long ago. Surely in the whole ves-

etable kingdom there is no more splendid plant. A spread-

ing flat-topped tree, perhaps thirty feet high, with feathery
green, acacia-like foliage and immense flat clusters of big

~ 1892.) 4 Vacation in the Hawatian Islands. 413
flaming scarlet flowers that almost completely hide the leaves
so that the tree looks like an immense bouquet. They were
in their prime about the time of my arrival in Honolulu and
continued to flower more or less for the next six weeks.
Pretty much everything in Honolulu, except the cocoanuts
and an occasional haw tree (Paritium tiliaceum) is planted ;
but people seem to vie with each other in seeing how many
different kinds of plants they can grow, and the result is that
the place is like one great botanical garden. To Dr. Hille-
brand this is said to be largely due, as he was one of the first
to introduce foreign ornamental plants, and his place, which
is kept much as it was at the time he left the islands, was a
very remarkable collection of useful and ornamental plants
from the warm regions of almost the whole globe.
Probably the first thing that strikes the traveler from the
cooler regions is the great variety and number of palms. Of
these the beautiful royal palm (Oreodoxa regia) is easily
first. With its smooth columnar trunk, looking as if it had
been turned, encircled with regular ring-shaped leaf-scars,
and its crown of plumy green leaves, it well deserves its
mame. Other characteristic palms are various species of
betel palms (Areca), wine palm, (Caryota), sugar palm
(Arenga), and a great variety of fan-palms of different
genera. None is more beautiful than a thrifty young cocoa

almost impossible to find a specimen which is not more or
less disfigured by this pest. The trunk of the cocoanut tree
is usually more or less crooked, and in old specimens much
too tall for its thickness, so that the ‘old trees look top-heavy.
The date palm flourishes in Honolulu, where it is quite dry,
but does not do so well in the wetter parts of the islands. —
On studying the other trees, one is struck at once by the
great preponderance of Leguminose, especially Casalpinee
Mimosee. All about the town, and growing very tap-

extensively for fodder. Add to this that the tree now forms:
le principal supply of fuel for Honolulu and we can realize
S full value. Other leguminous trees that are planted are

414 : The Botanical Gazette. [December,

the monkey-pod (Pithecolobium samang), tamarind, various
species of Bauhinia and Cathartocarpus. One species of the
latter with great drooping bunches of golden yellow flowers
and enormous cylindrical pods three or four feet long, rivals
the Poinciana when in full flower.

Mingled with these are a great number of shrubs and trees
with showy flowers or leaves, most of them more or less
familiar to the stranger, either from pictures or from green-
house specimens. Several species of Musa are grown, |
and when sheltered from the wind are most beautiful; but
ordinarily the leaves are torn into rags by the wind. The
tall and graceful M. sapientium. has been largely supplanted
by the much less beautiful Chinese banana, M. Cavendishii,
which is short and stumpy in growth, but enormously pro-
lific. The related traveler’s tree (Ravenala Madagascariensis),
is a Common and striking feature of many Hawaiian gardens.
Of the many showy flowering shrubs, the beautiful Hibiscus
Rosa-Sinensis is one of the commonest, and is used exten-
sively for hedges. One of the most striking hedges in the
city, however, is the famous one at Puna Hou college, which
is 500 feet long and composed of night-blooming cereus. I
was not fortunate enough to see this when it was in full
flower, but I saw a photograph of it when it was estimated
that there were about 8,000 flowers at one time.

Of the fruit trees ordinarily grown, the following may be
mentioned. The mango is a very handsome tree with dense
dark green foliage and masses of yellow and reddish fruit on
long hanging stalks. The bread-fruit tree is common, both
cultivated and wild, and is a very beautiful tree of moderate
size with leaves looking like immense fig-leaves, and the fruit
like a large osage orange. I saw no ripe fruit, and so had
not an opportunity of testing its quality. Guavas of different
_ Varieties are extremely common both wild and cultivated, and
the various fruits of the whole citrus tribe grow well. e€
few specimens of temperate fruits were, for the most part,
much inferior to those of the United States. Of the fruits
that did not strike my fancy, at least at first, was the alligator
pear (Persea gratissima), a big green or purple pear-shape
fruit with an immense single seed. The pulp is somewhat
waxy in consistence and very oily. Itis eaten as a salad, and
very much relished by the islanders, but the taste is acquired.
The curious papaya (Carica papaya) is another fruit which did
not appeal to my palate. Its big orange fruit, not unlike 2

2 ee

1892. | A Vacation in the Hawaiian Islands. 415

melon in appearance when cut open, has a peculiar ‘‘squashy”
flavor that suggested its having been kept a day too long.

Many showy climbers are planted, some of which, like
Stephanotis, Thunbergia and Allamanda, are superb; but there
is one that is particularly obnoxious in color, Bougainvillea,
whose magenta floral-bracts are an offense to the eye, form-
ing a cataract of raw color. It looks, as some one observed,
as if it had just come from a chemical bath.

As soon as one gets fairly away from the city, it is at once
seen that all the luxuriant vegetation is strange. Along the
seashore is a plain gradually rising into low hills, both almost
destitute of trees, except here and there a few cocoa palms
along the shore. Of the strictly littoral plants among the
most conspicuous is the curious Ipomeea pes-capre, withdeeply
two-cleft leaves and purplish pink flowers. In the fertile low-
lands near the sea are the principal cane and rice fields, which -
with taro are the staple crops. The rice is cultivated entirely
by Chinese, near Honolulu; but on the sugar plantations the
Japanese are largely employed. To see a Chinese laboriously
transplanting little handfuls of rice into straight rows, or —
plowing in the mud and water with a primitive plow drawn

_ by a queer Chinese buffalo are sights very foreign to an Amer-

ican eye. Sugar cane is eminently productive in the islands,
and, hitherto, has proved the main source of revenue; but
now the Hawaiians are bewailing the depression caused by the
free admission of sugar from other countries into the United

States; as, hitherto, their product has enjoyed practically a

monopoly of the American market, having been admitted by
treaty free of duty. :
I made several trips up the valleys back of the city, but

ue Owing to the almost constant rain in many of them, these

__ low milk-weed and the showy white A
the most conspicuous.. As one procee

_ two we pass between grass-covered hills,

‘ Canna and a Clerodendron with double rosy-

were not always agreeable. However, one is richly repaid by
the luxuriance and variety of the vegetation. For a mile or
or hills overgrown
in places with the lantana, which, introduced as an ornamental
plant, has become a great pest. This plant covers some of
the hills with an absolutely impassable thicket and spreads
very rapidly, so that it is a serious problem what is to be done
with it. Of the common roadside plants, an orange and yel-
rgemone Mexicana were
ds farther, where more

moi : g ickets of
AOisture prevai variety becomes larger. Thi
prevails, the y $ ‘s *

416 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

are common, and the curious screw-pine (Pandanus odoratis-
simus) is occasionally seen. This latter is a very character-
istic plant, but is much more abundant in some of the other
islands. In this region several very showy species of Ipomoea
are very common, among them the well-known moon-flower,
I. bona-nox.

With the increase in moisture, as might be expected, the
mosses and ferns increase in number and beauty. There are
many of them of types quite different from those of the
United States. One of the commonest ferns of the lower
elevations is Microlepia tenuifolia, a very graceful fern with
finely divided leaves and terminal sori. Species of Vittaria,
with very long undivided leaves, are also common here.

As we ascend one of the commonest ferns is Sadleria
cyatheoides, a very large fern, often more or less arbores-
- cent. Ascending still higher the number and variety of ferns
increases rapidly, and many beautiful and interesting ferns
and mosses aud liverworts become common. -

At about one thousand feet elevation we begin to meet
with species of Cibotium, to which genus belong the largest
of the tree ferns of the islands. Here, also, I met for the
first time with the smallest of all the ferns I have ever seen,
Trichomanes pusillum. This dainty little fern, one of the
Hymenophyllacez, forms dense mats on rocks and tree-
trunks, looking like a delicate moss. The full grown frond
is fan-shaped and, with its stalk, is*not more than half an

3
o
ui
°
aad
>
2)
ot
ie}
wn
Ss.
a
=
c
B
aw |
ca
ao}
°
or
om
B
ct)
io)
be
=
e)
wn
cr
im)
°
=)
wn
-
a
=
°
af
w

very much like a Pandanus, is troublesome to get through,
and often have we found ourselves walking on the tops of the
bushes, three or four feet above the ground. As frequent -
tough convolvuli and ipomoeas kept entangling our legs, PFO
gress was rather slow.

(Zo be concluded.)
Leland Stanford Funior University.

1892. ] Briefer Articles. ‘“

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Carl Moritz Gottsche.—Carl Moritz Gottsche, who died Sept. 28th, at
Altona, near Hamburg, was born there July 3, 1808. He has beena
practicing physician in his native village for over a half century, and

* during an equal period, an ardent student of the Hepaticae, issuing a
large number of publications thereon which vary from a few pages of
critical notes to elaborate monographs. From his first serious publi-
cations in 1843-5! down to his work in recent years there cannot be
said to be a single careless issue from his hand. In order to more
satisfactorily illustrate his papers, he early learned the art of the en-
graver and hissuccess in this direction can best be seen in his papers,
especially in the matchless plates of his Mextkanske Levermosser.

His botanical interest commenced with the group he continued to
study. Infact his contributions to other botanical fields are scarcely
worth mentioning in comparison. His first papers were chiefly
morphological and dealt on the one hand with that curious link be- -

tween the thallose and foliose Hepatice, Haplomitrium Hookeri, and

_ the equally curious but scarcely circumscribed marsupiocarpous Hepa-
_ticae which he called “Jungermanniae Geocalyceae.” In 1844-1847 ap-

peared the Synopsis Hepaticarum which was the combined work of Got-
tsche and two older men, Lindenberg and Nees von Esenbeck. Although
the former had published a monograph of the European species as
early as 1829? followed by the more elaborate one by the latter in
1833-38,? Gottsche’s name appears first on the title page and it is
evident that he did a large part of the work. This work contains de-
scriptions of over 1600 species of Hepaticae and is the last summary

of the group that has appeared, although the number of known species
has more than doubled, He was further associated with Lindenberg in
publication of Species Hepaticarum (1839-5 1), an elaborate work
tempting to illustrate all the known species, which for lack of support
pped short with the genera Plagiochila, Lepidozia and Mastigobryum
L ania}. In 1856 he became associated with Rabenhorst in issuing
cates of European Hepatic (Hepatice Europex) which extend-
© 66 decades (nos. 1-660), and which owe their chief value to
r0ttsche’s elaborate notes and icones which appear on the labels to
the specimens. It is unfortunate that the numbered specimens of this
ies were often carelessly put up and sometimes badly mixed; while
Anatomisch-physiologi tiber Haplomitrium Hookeri
a3 oe eee at errscgermannie Geocalyeee. (1845). Botb
Papers were published in Acta Acad. Caes.-Leop.
*Synopsis Hepaticarum Europaearum. 4to. Bonn, 1829.
pe techichte der europiischen Leberm-oose. 4 vols, 12° ., Berlin and
au, 1833-38. i 7

418 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

this was in no way the fault of Gottsche, it detracts from the value of
his notes not to have with them, in each case, samples of the same
plant on which the notes were made.

While we have not space here to mention all of Gofttsche’s work‘,
we must call attention to two of his papers that are of special in-
terest to Americans. The first is on the Hepatice of the U. S. of Col-
umbia* and the second is on Hepaticz of Mexico* and more especi-
ally bears on our own flora. Both are elaborate works, both are
elegantly illustrated by Gottsche’s own hand, in both the flora is very
fully represented and the monographs constitute a broad and substan-
tial beginning to any further study of the Hepaticz of these lands. Un-
like so many pioneer works, no time will have to be squandered over
two or three line descriptions in order to ascertain what was most like-
ly intended by the describer, for the descriptions are as carefully writ-
ten as the drawings are elegantly engraved.

Dr. Gottsche leaves an extensive herbarium made all the more valu-
able by his elaborate sketches of the species which he invariably
made in his study of any form. Better than all else he leaves a mem-
ory which extends over half a century of friendly help he has freely
given to students of the Hepatic in all lands.—L. M. U.

An edible lichen not heretofore noted as such.—Zxdocarpon minta-
tum Schaer. has been collected by me in many states, and is abundant
in Tennessee. It has also been sent to me from Japan and Cuba, two
widely diverse localities. It inhabits calcareous rocks and may easily
be mistaken for Uméilicaria, two species of which it resembles. I
doubt if any writer has noticed or commended this lichen as anarticle
of diet. But Mr. Minakata, who is a distinguished scholar and natur-
alist, and who has lately spent two years in the United States in study
and travel, informs me that large quantities are collected in the moun-
tains of Japan for culinary purposes, and largely exported to China as
an article of luxury. Hc expresses surprise that no attention is paid
to it here. The name by which it is known in Japan is ‘wafaka, mean-
ing “stone-mushroom.” Properly treated it resembles tripe—W. W-
CaLKins, Chicago, ///. ‘

A new Tabebuia from Mexico and Central America: Tabebuia Doe
nell-Smithii n. sp., PLare xxvi.—A tree 50 to 75 feet high, often 4 feet
in diameter: leaves palmately-compound on long peduncles 5 to 1°
eat aoa sanebamal iad decanter
_ ‘As we are so soon to publish a full bibliography of the Hepatice, a complete
list of Dr. Gottsche’s writings will there be given.

*Hepatice in Triana et Planchon: Prodromus Flore Novo-Granatensis-
Ann. des Sc. Nat., 5th ser., 1. 95—198, t. xvit-xx (1864). er a

SDe Mexikanske Leverm . efter Prof. Fr. Liebmann's Samling. ee
Vid. Salsk. Skrift. v1, 97-380, t. 1-xx (1867). ge

1892.] Briefer Articles. 419
inches long; leaflets 7, very variable in size (the largest on petiolues r
to 3% inches long), oblong to ovate, acuminate, rounded or truncate
at base, serrate, glabrate in age, 2 to ro inches long, often 3 inches
broad: flowers arranged in a large terminal panicle of small cymes, 8
inches long, with short glandular-pubescence throughout: cymes few-
flowered, with deciduous scarious bracts; pedicels 6 lines long: calyx
closed in bud, deeply cleft and two-lipped in flower, 6 lines long:
corolla yellow, tubular, 5-lobed; tube 1 to 1% inches long; limb 1%
inches broad: stamens 4, included, didynamous; filaments incurved,
glabrous except at base; anther cells glabrous, oblong; sterile filament
1% lines long: ovary sessile: pods 12 inches or more long, 1o-ribbed,

_glandular-pubescent and loculicidally dehiscent: seeds in 2 rows.—
Common on the mountains about Colima and cultivated about the

town. Collected by Capt. John Donnell Smith, at Cuyuta in the De-

partment of Escuintla, at an alt. of 200 feet, April, 1890, no. 2070; and,

also, by Dr. Edward Palmer, at Colima, Jan. 9 to Feb. 6, 1891, no. 1098.

This is said to be one of the most beautiful trees of Mexico, and is

against the sky like golden clouds. .

The following note is from a letter of J. D. Smith, Jan. 7, 1892: “The
$ were too branchless for my servant to climb, too stout for him to

Il with his machete, and too high for me to discern what manner of

were those which occasionally showed themselves among the

ets. My flowers were all picked up on the ground. I think there

Must be many trees in those countries, of which botanists have not

4 .

been able easily to collect specimens, and which, therefore, remain
known.”

have not been able to place in any known species this pyre
tree. It seems curious that a tree so widely distributed, of such at-

ained unknown to botanists. The species, while not agreeing 1 all
ects with Zadcbuia, answers better to this than to any other known
us. In its inflorescence and ribbed pods it is more like Godmannia
Cytistax, but does not agree in other particulars. —J. By, Rosh,
't of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

420 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

The ogeasional cross.—When in 1876 I addressed the meeting of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science at Detroit,!
taking for my text what I then regarded as an extravagance, the exact
language of a great teacher inscience: “All plants with conspicuously
colored flowers, or powerful odors, or honeyed secretions, are fertilized
by insects; all with inconspicuous flowers, and especially such as have
pendulous anthers, or incoherent pollen, are fertilized by the wind”
I did not expect to see the proposition so widely modified as it is
to-day. Our great leader, Asa Gray, wrote to me reiterating the
strength of the position I was combating, and in the curt way quite
allowable in the correspondence of friends whose regard for each other
no difference of opinion could weaken, “dared” me to produce an
instance of a flower as above characterized, that was not arranged for
cross-fertilization. It was chiefly this “daring” that has led me in
recent years to produce-the instances. The broad view soon became
modified so as to read that the plants were so arranged as to pollinate
themselves in many instances when insects failed to do the work, and
I doubt very much whether there is a prominent botanist to-day, who
will deny that-there are numerous instances in which sweet and colored
flowers are so arranged that cross-fertilization 1s next to impossible.
Indeed it has come to be quite frequent for authors on the relations
between flowers and insects, when noting the contradictive facts to
simply observe that an “occasional cross is not improbable.

It may not be useless at this stage of the progress of thought to
inquire, what is the physiological value of an “occasional cross”?

No one familiar with nature can fail to see that, of the millions of
seeds annnally produced by plants, an almost imperceptible fraction
only come to seed bearing individuals, and the seeds from the “occa-
sional cross” can scarcely have any record in the progressive history .
of the race. Suppose we take Mr. Robertson’s illustration of Mol/ugo
verticillata (p. 274). I am satisfied that the “occasional cross” never
occurs, and that “spontaneous self-pollination may take place” 1s
putting the case with gratuitous mildness. A microscope would show
that not only are the pollen-sacs disrupted and the pollen discharged
over the pistil before the flower opens; but so long that the ovarium
has commenced to assume the brown tint of ripeness, and the seeds,with
full cotyledons, have reached their full size. But suppose this not to
be the case, what chance has an “occasional cross” to get the resultant
seeds into the reproductive stage again? I have before me a single
plant of less than average size. It is one-sided, and extends over half _
a circle witha twelve inch radius. I find in one seed vessel just 30

*See Proc. Am. Ass. xxiv. Pp. 224.

1892. | Briefer Articles. 421

seeds, and there have been already matured or on the road to maturity
e372 seed vessels, with 11,160 seeds. How many of these would get
_ through the long chapter of accidents and produce flowering plants
next year? I venture to say not a hundred—possibly not ten. What
chance has an “occasional cross” to benefit the race in a scheme like
: that proposed?

And then we find that those which get more than an “occasional
: _ cross” do not get along any better for it. Take Mr. Robertson’s illus-
_ trations again. Gaura biennis I believe to be more dependent on insect
aid than he himself has discovered, though none of those he names
have any hand whatever in it, while its close ally Gaura parviflora
is just as absolute a self fertilizer. And if CEnothera fruticosa is
_ $0 arranged that self-pollination is impossible—a fact of which I am
: by no means sure—how about its neighbor nothera biennts, which is
_ one of the closest self-fertilizers in the whole family, and yet has made
its way not only all over the American continent, but has invaded the

old world as well!

_ I repeat, where does the physiological advantage of the “occasional
cross” come in?—THomas MEEHAN, Germantown, Philadelphia.

Sullivantia Hapemani—tIn the November GAZETTE (p. 348), owing
to undue haste in printing, this species appeared as a Heuchera. The
_ Oversight was unfortunate, but it is to be hoped that the correction
can overtake the blunder. It is a matter of some interest to discover
in our flora a third species of Swd/vanta, and that, too, with range In-
termediate between that of the other two. S. Ohionis of the north —
central states (Ohio to Iowa and Minnesota) has always: been OOF
sidered a rare and interesting plant; and 5S. Oregana of the Willa-
Mette and Columbia Rivers still more so. This third species, from
the Big Horn Mountains of Wyoming, well preserves the Senne Th
arance, and would be recognized at a glance by those familiar with

€ obovate, entire, and brown at base; = ait
essed at the partition. The species somewhat resembles 5S. ee
but its lower habit, smaller and deeply cut leaves (the lobes pape
dentate), green and 3-nerved calyx-lobes, much broader obovate La
lanceolate acutish) petals, and its broad and depressed pod make

ty distinct.—Joun M. Cou.rer, Bloomington, at

: Vol. XVII.— No. 12.

422 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

EDITORIAL.

Those who are engaged in investigation cannot but regret the in-
creasing tendency to the establishment by educational institutions of
independent publications which are to contain the results of investiga-
tions conducted at the institution or by members of its staff. It is
getting to be the fashion now for all the larger colleges and universi-
ties to undertake the issue of either occasional “bulletins,” or “con-
tributions,” or “studies.” The agricultural experiment stations have
the issue of at least four bulletins in the course of the year forced upon
them by an absurd law; but these newer publications are not stimu-
lated by any thing except the desire of the institution to advertise it-
self. Assoon asa college comes to have graduate students, and a
faculty with the leisure and ability for original work, it feels that it must
follow the example of other colleges, in order to let it be known that
such work is in progress. There is no plea whatever that there is any
necessity for the establishment of such publications except self-ag-
grandizement. It is not that worthy papers could not otherwise see
the light; it is not that the regular journals and transactions of learned
societies are unable or unwilling to care for the flood of manuscripts
which might otherwise be poured upon them. Not that; it is solici-
tude on the part of the University of B lest the University
of A should become greater in reputation, or should attract
more students. '

o one who is looking up the literature of any particular subject
this multiplicity of irregular journals and bulletins and contributions
and proceedings is simply maddening. In Germany this evil has be-
come so great that almost every department of learning is compelled
to have its Jahresbericht and Centralblatt, which have not only at-
tempted to compass German but also all literature in their special
fields. But the task is becoming herculean, and sooner or later
subdivision either of territory or topic must be made. We are coming
to a time, and that rapidly, when such indexes to American literature
will be indispensable. Every new and especially every occasional pub-
lication adds to the difficulty of collecting or keeping informed of
botanical literature. It was therefore with especial pleasure that we
welcomed the beginnings of such indexing in the publications of the
botanical division and the division of vegetable pathology at Wash-
ington

on. ;
The objection to the multiplication of publications is the stronger
when it is seen that the benefit of advertising can be secured without :
the evil complained of. The plan long pursued by Drs. Gray and
Watson of the Harvard Botanic Garden, and adopted by the Crypto”

__ 1892. Current Literature. 423

gamic Laboratory of the same university, and by the Herbarium of
~ Columbia College is warmly to bé commended. The series of papers
_ emanating from these places bears a uniform title and each paper its
~ serial number and sub-title, of which the first article in this issue is an
example. By this plan any institution which desires advertising can
" secure it and at the same time utilize the ordinary channels for ob-

taining publicity for its investigations.
Or the plan adopted by the Johns-Hopkins University in the publi-
cations of its “circulars,” and the similar one lately put into operation
by the University of Minnesota in its “Quarterly Bulletin” are even
more to be commended. In these there appear abstracts of any pa-
pers published by students or members of the faculty, with references
_ to the place of publication. They also give opportunity for the in-
clusion of accounts of university organization and work, and many
items of interest to alumni and educators. They thus serve admirably
to show what the institutions are doing, and as advertising media
could not be improved; while at the same time, instead of adding to
the scattered publications which must be kept track of, they actually
help to direct the student to the literature he seeks.
_ By all means let the botanists of our larger institu
prevent so far as possible the troublesome scattering 0
_ pers.

tions endeavor to
f botanical pa-

CURRENT LITERATURE.
* Western Grasses.

ha “Grasses of the Southwest”, lately hit
f agrostologists 100 plates illustrating the chi |
regions of the south wanes United States. It is quickly followed
Y part 1 of the “Grasses of the Pacific Slope”, in which fifty of ~
larger and economically important species are figured. aot sii
Part is expected to follow soon and when completed this wil : e
% American Grasses.” Most
before. The plates of
those of the second part of
r than the first. They are
g Alaska and the adjac-
of Californ

ted, put into the hands
ef species of the arid

ia, Ore:
es and descriptions 0 : in ie Div oF
Washington and the Baan tbat coast including ges rene 13 ae

-+- Dep’t of Agric. Issued Oct. 29, 1892. Imp. i)
Gov't Printing Office.

424 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

lithographs by Meisel, who undoubtedly does the best work in this
line of any man in the country. :

The descriptions are drawn up mostly by Mr. L. H. Dewey, an
assistant botanist of the division.

e have much commendation forthe work, and but two adverse
criticisms. It is a pity that a fuller synonymy is not given, with criti-
cal notes. The plates are valuable indeed; but their value would be
much enhanced by such study, with in some cases more minute and
thorough dissection of flowers. However if we cannot have a whole
loaf we ought to give thanks for the half.

The second criticism relates to purely mechanical details. The
plates of the second part of the first volume were nearly ruined by
close trimming and these are cut too close also. Why not leave edges
uncut, so that one trimming when bound would suffice ? Such plates
deserve a broad margin, rather than a “skimpy” one.

A new publication.

The botanical laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania begins a
new serial entitled “Contributions from the botanical laboratory of
the University of Pennsylvania.”! Several similar publications having
come to our attention recently, together with propositions for the
establishment of others, we are moved to give expression to our views
in the editorial pages on the general advisability of such issues by
educational institutions.

This first number is admirably got up. The typography and paper
is excellent and the plates are good.

The longest paper is by Dr. Macfarlane on Dionza muscipula and
is directed to a study of the irritability of the leaves. This is follow-
ed by ashort paper on bud propagation in Dionza, which Mr. Harsh-
berger found to occur occasionally in the inflorescence. There are two
papers by Dr. Wilson, one on the dioecism and proportion of stam-
inate and pistillate flowers in Epigzea repens; the other (with the assis-

tance of Mr. Greenman) on the movements of the leaves of Melilotus _

alba and other plants. In these researches Dr. Wilson finds that
Melilotus and many other plants have a “hot sun” position for their
leaves which is dependent largely upon the heat rays and the water
supply, since it is intended to protect plants from excessive evapora-
tion. Dr. Rothrock has two short notes, one on a monstrous form of
Rudbeckia hirta, and the other on a nascent variety of Brunella vul-
garis. Finally there is a chemical paper on mangrove bark tannin

by Dr. Trimble, who finds this tannin quite similar to that in horse-

chestnut, tormentil and rhatany. sinc ti salamat
*Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa. Press, 1892. vol. 1. no. 1. 8vo, pp. 73, Pl. 13-

dea age ae, Sea S wie Sa TE weg

Tbs. Sooo

1892. ] Open Letters. 425
Minor notices.

THE SECOND BULLETIN of the U.S. Division of Vegetable Pathology
is devoted to a detailed preliminary report upon the California vine
disease, which appeared in sufficient amount to attract attention in 1884
and 1885. Since then its spread has been rapid until 20,000 to 25,000
acres of vineyards in S. California have been devastated. The cause
of the disease has not yet been discovered. ‘This report gives an ac-
count of the incubation and spread of the disease; its characteristics
and its relation to various supposed causes. It seems most nearly re-
ated to rougeot and folletage.

ProFeEssor L. H. PamMeE has distributed copies of an elaborately
illustrated lecture on the “Pollination of Flowers’’® delivered at the
January meeting of the Iowa Horticultural Society. The collation of
useful illustrations (though these are wretchedly printed) and the
most important literature bearing on this subject makes the pamphlet
a very useful one to teachers. Two other short papers, “Cross and
self-fertilization in plants” and “The effects of cross-fertilization in
plants” are also included in the pamphlet.

OPEN LETTERS.
The Botanical Congress.

Since opinions are asked regarding an American eee Poe
«sy at Madison next year, I give mine briefly and categorically as tol-
Ows: ;

t. By all means we must have acongress. Foreign tap geri ae
ve wit it, the time is ripe for it, and properly arranged, I believe t

Hon | : :
An his action by too much a priori machinery. He must be give

ly.
3. Action should be taken at once to secure a meeting of the Inter-
onnec-
tion with next year’s congress. : ee
ini ics of general interest to DO
containing a few top! gi deat vate Pager”

_ Of which may well be discussed in such a presence.

> aaa

° . chart 2.
*Washington: Gov. Printing Office: 1892. 8°. pp. 222. pl. xxv. cha

_ *Apparently privately printed. pp. 57. figs 45.

426 The Botanical Gazette. [December,

-5. The date should be pushed to the very last of August or the first

week in September in order to accommodate European botanists
whose university duties would prevent attendance earlier.

A free excursion of reasonable length (say as far as Lake Super-
ior) ought to be arranged for; to this, arrangements should be added
whereby foreign delegates could secure special rates to our great at-
tractions in the far west should they care to make such extended ex-
cursions.—Luciten M. UNpERWOOD, Greencastle, Ind.

NEWS AND NOTES.

. W. H. Norris describes in the American Naturalist for August
the development of the ovule of Grindelia squarrosa.

D. T. MacDoveat is arranging a collecting trip to Mexico. He

Mr. D.
will start early in January. ose desiring plants from this region —

can address him regarding the matter at LaFayette, Ind.

— NEW EDITION of Koch’s “Synopsis Flore Germaniz” is to be pub-
lished under the editorship of Prof. P. Ascherson. The Prussian
Academy of Sciences has voted him 2,000 marks to carry onthe work.

THE BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT in the Bohemian University at Prague
has been strengthened by the appointment of Dr. A. Hansgirg, until
now lecturer in the same institution, and Dr. R. von Wettstein, of

Vienna, to professorships.

CovILLE gives an interesting account of the Panamint In-

Mr. F.V. Co
dians of California (Am. Anthrop. v. 351), in which there is much of |

IN THE Last number of Hedwigia (heft 4, 1892) Dr. C. Warnstorf
describes five new species of Sphagnum: S. Labradorense of the ACUT-
IFOLia, from Labrador; S. dasyphyd/um of the Cusprpata from Con-
necticut; S. Or/andense from Florida; S. Mohrianum and S. Mobilense
from Alabama, the three latter of the SuBSECUNDA.

In THE November Gazette, (p. 341) we inadvertently omitted men-

tion of the fact that the Department of Agriculture was the body that —

1892. ] ‘Notes and News. 427

AMONG THE REPORTS of the large raids staff at work on the
Government Experiment Farms A en , Canada, for 1891, aes is-

Sah HE abhi of celloidin inbedding will ae sia set forth im
extenso in ee ) nt articles; one . Busse in Zeiéschrift fir wis-

- I-51,

schluss ad F shea piaastiches Objec

A uist of Ohio Uredinez and a f ict account of wheat scab, by
Miss Freda Detmers, together with a short description of Lactuca
Scariola, by C. E. Thorne, make up bulletin 44 of the Ohio Experi-
ment Station. The list of rusts contains about 68 species. The sg ts
and localities are given, and also a few additional notes. There is
evidence of a lack of careful proof ea ie and the cuts “ustrating
roles and wheat scab are wretchedly p

PORTANT monograph of one of the sith pee gs age le =

lower plats, the Oscillariee, appears in the Anna s des Scien
oc cetlante VII, xv, p. 263-368, with five plates. ee wi the earlier

monograph of the heterocystic Nostocacee by Bornet and Flahault,
gives tolerably ee prcronroie for the determination of these plants.
If some one would now put i compact form a basta of ow
American species ith psaaytie: ae it would be serviceable.

Dr. Byron D. HatsTeD is soon to issue a cen sa of weed-seeds.
The seeds will be in convenient vials, held ina tray which is about the

' ods of Ta
3 isturb the
__ stricta. _1n the proper condition, the least pine Gee will cause th
= Seeds be ex oy with considerable force, and thrown two My gts
feet. Mr. Walker finds see the outer seed-coat is the agent in
dissemination, being a translucent shin : —
naif tightly over the ee suddenly re elestically A
en it bu ee sts. Further details can be had from Froc

ass are described by

rved he Cornell Expen-

. as ost serious one, called winter bi blight, cate ie

acterial nature. Growth is checke |

defined yellowish ake later turning dark, the leaf cols an petal
‘Stiff, the edges drawing comansnt giving the plam

428 The Botanical Gazette. - [December,

ance. Common blight (Cladosporium fulvum) and root-galls, caused
by nematodes, are also described and illustrated. The results of va-
rious preventive measures are given.
IN A CONTRIBUTION to the physiology of collenchyma (Prings. Jahrb.
f. wiss. Bot. xxiv. 145) Jonas Cohn finds that this tissue norma y con-
tains in the cell wall from 60 to 70 per cent. by weight of water as
i He

ot
ao
—
nm
7
i.)
=
re)
tai a
a]
a
n
ct
ie)
fa
i=]
aq
cy.
n
n
=]
ig)
_—
na
*
i@')
a
n
ie?)
c
=)
wn
ab)
ay
wn
Leena}
~
Q
cr
§
fa)
=
fe}
Fo
©
zs
&

however, to discover the relation between the mechanical peculiarities
and the watery contents of collenchyma, and therefore does not sug-
gest any theory as to its function.

a
conducting tissue of healthy and diseased li

University; the la oratory as a necessary part of the college equip-
ment, by Professor William Trelease, Director of the Shaw School of
Botany; and the methods of geology, by Professor N. H. Winchell,
seni Geologist of Minnesota. The botanical laboratories are said to

investigatio

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1892.

2ST ES ee ae eee ieee

ee peal NS ‘
eo inte ee oa. ee Pa Be eis ft felon
i ee SRS STE SN
e a es eee er LS : sa. SSS Sk Sie ‘ ri
yes eaeeees SS Sa ae ae
37 oe a Le : Sr id Me
be y
oe - A VY
Speer \N/I
Pca he ee al Re ad ve = Cry (-
, fa fi ga i ‘ . ON Atos
2 ty ae “7
af Bend F Saeaa ae
Ese = } Ae
Se - “7 f Fas
Bue Ime)
Var ae wr me ti) \ ee
Se ae pte PAlie
Gee sh ew SD gaahs BAT
~ Son t/ {
JS ¢ SSE he NU,
ug Se) if
a nif rae
ea 2 Qi ges Hy Pe wae
tor ; } > } —
We BNC}
eee Alaree Kida l
bell foxy feed Mere LNA
spr 7 rn —_ aon INVA
iy | si cea vee Aa oy f ?*
Pee oo miele s = a
Bt ty as ee = { 7}
fl / es Sa on Non
cok ea etn oe Smee on
ND Gea ae SAO a ore
Be oF pu J et} Lin tS ' ~
on Sane ae NPE Ty ca Ba Ss ~
nif (nile f-™ Vi OS \ es /
Bee et lf ol ioe he Sot
Sie. PP eee ahs nae eRe \
io ees / 3 Is take ° = <M Lys
ol arr ~ Ts ho ee pita as, COREE et “ SoS sty! mee wes rag oe
Be to mr mH IO Sa oN et ee es
eer : AES eo ade mts ated » et aR
x

THAXTER ON SCHIZOMYCETES.

“BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1802. PLATE -XXH—

i ne Ee TET Ee ae een Re AC ee ee at ee

a ee Re De eee

Po Me ee Teg ea

glee eR NCR re 2 se npeeeremanrerm i fotianrhtem
besitos = Pare tine eeainiinens

ae Dn

gs
§
4
b
:
’
q

THAXTER ON SCHIZOMYCETES.

PLATE XXIII

1892.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE,

THAXTER ON SCHIZOMYCETES.

PLATE XxIlI

1892.

THAXTER ON SCHIZOMYCETES.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE,

Botanical Gazette, 1892.

“

CE Faxon del.

B. Meisel, Lith Boston.

Tapraiiana Nonnnell-SMITHIL Rose

GENERAL INDEX.

he more important classified entries will - — under the following
Tee Disa, Floras, Journals, Personals, Rev

7% N
face; iiphitiee death.

A. 8. Rochester meeting, 129, 224; botan-
276; Botanical club, 285, 291,

ALA.
ical ei
299, 3

aad Carlton, 349; Suksdorfii, 348.

ce nie Avicennae, 38.

of Science, Towa, 63; Nebraska, 168;

229.

saccharinum, 1 e.
_ Aciachne puivinata, 1
eee angus. safoha. hase auriculata, 124,
i Acrasic, relation to ae 392.
: a alba, 1; spicata, var, ru
3 Aichi, 33, to ‘environment, 282.

Bisculs, 1 ; ~

e Engelm
et Det con Dope of, 267, 426.
Aillanthus oa — 182, 183, 185.

flex
Rlenrone, elles t moun
Algze, fresh water, - Se eraperte: 134.
tried {iin

theea r
or sea 35. 247; crassipes, 2
: Amela wean 473 Pp 54-

a area in seed-plan
ogee gro owth in stems of ae and Pinus,

Daten nt flora, revised Sore aclasiv’ 28
, 3.
ae Archegonium i in Tsuga and Pinus 14 j

258.
Arnica sacs 2 49, 5
dere Arboretum, sae at, 200.

_ «Cescens, eh
60; Sullivanti

reatum, 56; Pringlei,
: palopme = of flower, ie , 353, 406;
eae investigation of, 29.

hometer, self-registering, 105.

mes of synonyms are erinted t in /talics; names of new species in bold-

Bacillus, division of nuclear structure, 100;
tuberculosus, 99.

Bacteria, itis macaroni for siyptcabea) 134; non-
— itic and its floor,

Narchertoss of sy eis. 284.
Bartram’s oak, 1

Bazzania, 219

urn “giandulosa, 49, 50, 53; papyracea, var.

Biographical dete h, Anderson, 78;
ottsche, 417; "Bereino Ween, 137.

Biological f instruction, 260, 3

Biologists, who are? 3

Blossoming, , relation. of fall to spring, 1, 233.

Boe ery aavia anisophylla, var. pan culata,

Sobinion! authority, 164; club at Berkeley,
135; dictionary, 337; laboratories of Ills.,
28; sub-section o British oan ns 304.
Botanists, exchange list, 100; live, 383,
Botany Chicago University, 94; Field,
es est and Garden, 340.
suis’ enlyier Virginianum, apical growth of
m and development of sporangium,214.
Breathing process in plants, intensity of, 231.
Bremia Lactucae, 11
Buds, ee ba tropics, 54; winter, 267.
Burnt spots on 1
Burrillia peated chee na

Cacalia suaveolens, 250.
Czeoma nitens, rr
alamagrostis Canadensis S, 54.
rar rong involucrata, 37, triangulata, 36.
Cc

Campanula rotundifoli ia,

Cardamine bellidifolia, 51 Californica, 135.

Carex atrata, var. discolor, 152; zestivalis, 57;
aquatilisxstricta, eo bella, 152; canes-
cens, var. ubia, ;

chordo rhiza,
149; ‘Davaliiana, 57; spr Pans 149} distans,
149; rent tas 150; echinata, 153; flava,
var. Cideri, 149; Grayii, 58; herbariorum,
150; hirta, oe hy Ticina, var. Dudleyi,
149 : laxiflora var. divaricata, 149; lentic-
br Ig 533 mar arcida, 150; maxima, 57;
Montanensis, = Lisnemyyeong 150;
ay hideens oe, pring’
148; ‘ns, $7 14 es ose, 57 57; P
lei, 151; pulla, 53; a var. Bigelovil,
53; riparia, 57; scirpoidea, 53, 149; triceps,
57; trich var. De : ; Tucker-
mani, 148; ia, var. aus » 153;

virescens, 57; vonrerts 57;xerantica, 151.
Carices, anatomy of,

[429]

430

The Botanical Gazette.

ronal pena plants, new category of, 3

Carphoxera ptelearia, the new qrereatiain
pest, 2% 33

“kg se 220

Carya, 182,

Cassiope cnvinel ‘les S, 52.

Casuarina suberosa, ovular structure, 185.
Catalpa speciosa, 18t,

Cathartocarpus, 414.

pecan tapes SAI aco,

Gaanorie peltata
Celastrus scandens, 181,
acre pat iesbeting 4 427.

Cenchrus tribuloides, spines of, 126.
Centaurea yong <i of, at,

Cirsium muticum, 52.

Claytonia Virginica, 174, 176.
tare deme of Polygonum, 91;

Clematis verticiflaris, 51.
Sse - sig sauce 63,
Clim aijan jslands, 415.
Clin ner ‘borealis, 3s — of, 21.

significance

Colchicum a pap ts

Colesporium

Collenchyma, p phosilogy 0 ‘Of 428
gress, internati 60, os 128, 168, 425;
ot Gemnvn a, 341, 426; del legate to, 288.

Pata dome
Corallor iza ‘multiflora, 2.
a sing varieties, 134.
Cornuella ag oor a.
183, 186, 187, 188;

Cornus, 185; a, 182,
pan re ing 183, 185, 188.
Corylus, 183.

Coville, on pong cg Indians’ food, 426.

Crategus, notes on certain species, 295; Crus-
sere ere
raria, argillacea,
Sones —— Tg 205.
Reeuisia¢
Cross-fertilizatio + $20,
. Cryptomitrium Gaara
Culture tubes of agar slg raiceiualle device
for rolling, 154.
» 419.
a om 239.
cloloma ;
tindr clad: 91 ‘partum, 1g.
ripedium parvifloru m, I, 2.
tystovacter, 399
D
ucns Ca
Dawsonia s
-Desmodi:

Dukeas hiwen Ok mn Ss
ntium olympicum, 296.
Dicotyledons, a ical ar —_ 7
‘Dicrana, , ortho >

Diospyros Mod Seagrng, 181, 183, 184, 186, 187.

tion in Florida, me Tango 101; grapes,
63; Phaseolus, abe; potatoes, 387; sorghum,
229; tomatoes,

Dissemination, " Pectliar case of, 321.

Doassansia, 2:

Douliot, H., - on

Duvalia tenera, 58.

Electricity, effects on growth, 158.

Electro-horticulture, 388.
Eleocharis acicularis, 252; capitata, 251; inter-
media, 252; olivacea, 251.
Hivarae, 22t.
Embryo-sac of Aster and Solidago, develop-
ment of, 383, $6) of Arisaema triphyllum,
» 256; hom of, 104.

Endocarpon minia atum, 428.
En sap neat Bolanderi,. systematic position

Hpigea a repens, 1, 250, 294.
Am ee, ne
ostis major,
ecseas bulbosa, oe.
Eriogonum Pringiei, 351; Texanum, 350.
Etysiphe Martii, 114
Siegeb city ics “atbidaim, 69, me 326} 4 America-
» 326; esochoreum, 00, 326.
Espeletia, sag
Euonymus atro Ear Perens, 181, 182, 185.
Euphorbia Nealleyi, 351; Soe i mate
te vines ae nigh prayer 115; P: 115.
xpediency, plea of, 252.
Evo a nya study 4 in 279: in methods of polli-
n, 72.

F ih pepe 183, 1
Fall flower g plants, i Oe
Bebundiation: plants and animals, 229.
Ferment of pollen, ror.
‘erns, of Mswaksecs islands, 416; nea
ter, 63; variation of native, 283; il saben

Fertilization of pear flowers, 281.
Fir, structure and quality of wood, 2

Floras , Africa, 63; Arizona, 163; Chicago a eo
vicinity, ae Dakota ta grou Pp, 3313, Dea
Valley, 278; France, 236; Hawaiian Biers
401; epatic (boreal and sub-bor eal re-
gions), 305; Italy, 234; Liberia, Sein Sierra
evada,
Flowers, developmnasst in Aster and Sotide
$0, 353, 406; and insects, 173, 269, 28
Fontinalis, synoptical table of species, 31.
| Fossil flora of N N, America, 332.
Virginiana, 2.
Fraxinus, 181, 182, 183.
etia, 16,
Fritillaria linearis, 352.
Saag bahar aeseyh #0 Pe
Hawai an isian AI4
Fungi, common to wild and cultivated plants,

113: se peg of Australian, 200; morph-
ology of, 1

General

lndex.

Gases in massive organs 156.
Sain biennis, 273, re parviflora, 421.

aela recinaca

Germination, —_ ‘uigicides, 280; to facilitate,
278; Ss y 12a

Gteditschia Sr iachantiog, 184, r9r.

Gom See! 3493 Pringlei, 349.

“ope cat aa ye 52

Sensing a, 419.

Gottsehe. é. v. ee oa bhoerentd: 417.
Grape, self- ‘pollination, 282.

Tasses, anatom ag Pie 121, 358; depauperate,
194 Siess 277. ength of Sheaths and inter-
no

Grimmi spinster Pai

Grindelia circa

ere reget nae 182, 183, 186.
thalliu

Srianoerie ‘apical area in, 16.

Gymnosporanglum, 117-

Habenaria, orbiculata, 2; viridis, var, brac-
teata, 2.

reiniana, 3, 182, 184. 187,
$, flora, 411.

gure African, 219; A 1, 29, 218, 309
Am and ‘Andes, 7h ery ere 309;
autre. 219; Europe Sandwich
Islands, 2 cong oad boreal and sub-boreal re

ren 305; recent systema tic work, 218;
scriptions by Stephani, 267.

Hepatica acutiloba, 1; ge degen gh ne 123,
um, Anderson 1 133; British Museum,
28; ed i University, io1; Indiana Uni-
i berg, 28; University of

Minn dens ert a new pest of, 99.
Heredity pe acqu hig characters, 278.

Heterodermez, ,
Heuchera H mant, aa 421; hispida, 178.
Hibiscus roe

Hierochioa i ie

ea arborescens, 2
Hyphomycetes, two
Hypoxys erecta, 69,

a bagi purparea, "var. calycosa, 275.
nge

wo new genera, 190.

Imbedding,
Insects ent awe 66, 173, 269, 28
Ipomcea bona- “10%, "16; ts ett pose

etre Pringlei, 56
Isopyrum internatunt, 173, 176.
Ivy. European, 3.

"soa gg oe 159.
ournals:
tal jence, saith
ellee, 15: Annals of Botany, 232; Biologi-
hes Centralblatt, 21; Bul etin du Minis-
tere de Agriculture, 31; Forstlich-natur-
as ee Zeitschrift, 29

a, 23;

pom sce ase fe sections of pro- |

Juglandacee, 188,
Mes “pcinng 182, 183, 186,
Juncus trifidus
ungermania himatiniin var. echinata, 171.
Jurinea mollis, pollination of, 21.

Kaimia angustifolia, er =— 52.
Kataadn, flora of Mt.,
Kew Gardens, 63, 167.

‘.

Labiatee, of Otto Kuntze, 100; perica
La

ca
epee Oe ng sen no saat 231; o

TD thnks:

inten
Leersia, "338 oyzoides, 339.
pan Hawaiian islands,
Teecnes > gusscalats,
173; bullata, 172; calcarea, 171; Cardoti,
catenulata,

17is CE ata, 170, 171; js os 17%3
eyclostipa, 170; echinata, 174; inconspicna,
171; Jooriana, 171; lete-fusca, ; longi-
flora, 170; lu , 171, 172; minutissima,
173; Mohrii, 171; ula, 172; polyphylla,
170; Ravenelii, gas serpyllifolia, 171; tes-
tudinea, 170; 170, we a Wn wlici ow

a
171; Underwo od, Yi,
170, 172; xanthocarpa, 17!, i
Leskea obtusa, 296.
in 8 za, 276,
jum, 241.
Ticestent, 204,
phere edible, 418; of Kuntze’s Rev. Gen.

rn
Linari ; Reverchoni, 64.
Finan 201; effusa, var, simplex, 202.
Lindera Benzoin, 83, 186.

innaea cea
-y Pesenneenit nt Telipiers 183, 184. -
Lis

”

Sr eal
heen sae a TTS 53.
tus corniculaty: rs 229.
oeaeod diurna,
copodium einen, var, pungens, 54;

ago, a
Lysipomia,
Lythrum tint 179.
prea alternifolia, 271; polycarpa, 272.
Luzula parviflora, §3; spicata, 53.

Maciura aurantiaca, 185.
Maiop goer agi 277.
alope tri 34-
seer of, 33-
Malva sylvestris, 36.
Maivastrum angustum, 37; coccineum, 37-

a, 58.
Martynia probosciden, 66.

in Conaeense , 182.
Aa, 88 ssguesti ons ou ae aaa 108,
mibryo-sac of

i
itella diphytla
oF ee donde.

The Botanical Gazette.

432
Mollugo ce ak 274, 420. Holm, 227, 266; Humphrey, 1o1, 338, 386;
Moneses uuiflora, Kellermann, 100; Kelsey, 386; Kn TT, 100};
Monilia candida, 9 Krasser, 30; Kunth, 30; ogueh ats. 135}
Monocotyledons, apical —- in, 16. Leiberg, 30; McBride, 99, 225; McCarthy,
Motes rubra, 181, 184, 31; Ma ugal, 167, 426; Macoun, 230;
Mosses, Kansas, Br; hew mee. bees species, 296; Massee, 96; Moore, 102; Muell &

Nomenclator bryolo gicu N, Am., 29; Nordstedt, 134; Ortloff, 28; Pammel, 63,

Pennsylvania, 132; stem ae leaf, 118, 337, 338; Pauly, 30; Porter, 166; Raatz, 231;
ye 136}, Fong of mechanical upon Robertson, 98; Robinson (B. L.), 303}

lower organ Rolfs, 28; Russell, 337; Sa andberg, 167;
Munich ; Botanical I Institute, 303. hannon, 230; ton, 29, 302; Sheldon,
sae oe and sapientum, 414. 29; Scho nder, 230; Schribaux, 31,
My a Hum axali. 1353 rubrum, 135. Seeley, 63; Setchell, 166; Smith (E. F.),
iy subactes thc 403; simplex, 405. 98; Taylor, 99; Ten Eyck, 230; Todaro-
eee 3Q- fT, 200; Trelease, 225; True, 230; uf,
Myxococcu pave es, 404; rubescens, 29; Underwood, 29, 302, 339, 341; Vasey,

MONS vireseerts, 404, 302; Von Wettstein, 426; Wager, 100; Ward
oe etes, relation to Myxobacteriacez, 64; Watson, 99, 166; West, 28; Wittrock,

64; Williamson. >. Winslow, 227; Wright,
167; Zahlbruckner

.N Spe semitosta, 192
Phenology, 28.
alus Boottii, 52; nanus, 52. - Philadelphus andiflorus, 270.
Narcissus, 240. Phryma Leptostachya, 68.
Nardosmia ; Phycomyces peat 158.
Nasturtium sylvest at hai

185.
Nomenclature, 169, 1 , 287, 297, 304, 428. Phos salis sp.,
Nuclear sa 7 perme Phytola ogical bolany, > teasing needed, 98.
Nyssa multiflora, 18:

Th, 30; -nigros
Sinus gone hei cremceniiit and apical
O growthof stem, 141; development of ovule,
141.
Oakesia, sessilifolia, pollination of, 2r. Plasmodiophora Br. canara ae
Enothera bier biennis, 43x; fruticosa, 272, 421. Peetocies ec viticola, 115.
Oidium a
Orange blight, 7 acveatigatled of, 428. 4 sie prkod of Tropeclum = M8, 254.
Orchis dilatata, 533 oC ectabilis, 2, 163. wipe pki tbosa, 11
eodoxa regia, 4 aa tease
iem, monograph of, 427. osphaera ech 116,
Ostrva Virginica, 187. Poinciana re ch bd 412
Oxalis rubella, 123; stricta, 427. Poinsettia pu cherrima, of, 192.
idee of a ang Syiventzie. agin Be composi-
n,
Pollen-tube of. ns ng miosperms,
r Pollination, 73, 420; evolution if gO
silted tater. a ‘hot a 19; = a spectabil s,
nds, 413. 163; of Soli aa.
Panicum aca Poenius 3993 baroniacaw, 401.
: , *y *
Paramos of Venezuela, ——— of, 159. Polygonatum biflorum
i smi egret a gat ose vipers sy of, 91; persicarioides,
Peach yellows, valtie of it wsoe ashes on, 277. Pobyotusa angustifolius, 125.
Aa ha gece caes, sragthes ving Oa yp bf enngitery neeolatum, 56; Plumula, 56;
Personals: Amm, 229; Anderson, saan A: 4s Polyporus applanatus, 81
joo; Arthur, 230; Ascherso: , 207, 4 ms Oe Polytrichum juniperinum, sects
kinson, 302; Atwell, 337; rage (L. "H,), | Pond-lilies, pink and yellow
28, 266; Bail ey (W. W.), 29; Barnes. 29, 230: | Popular names of American’ plants, 363.
alin, ages oe 30; Bennett, 29; Potatoes, pS rea of preserving, 31; produc-
; ey, 100; Britton, . :
quet, 100; rgess, 200: ns, we tues era, 419,

: 90; Bu vera
302; Call, 28; Campbell, 228; Cooke, 133, | Prizes, Am. Micr. Soc., 340.
200; Cook, 29; Coulter (J. M.), 29, 132; Prosopis ju uliflora, 413.
oe (8.), be Coville, 303; Cox, ror; Aes sp., cultivated, 264; hingl of, 115.

urtiss, 333; Ebermayer, 30; Endlicher, | Psam
133; Evans (A. W.), 228; Evans (W, H.), | Psam mophi Deus i ora of Denmark, 220. :
166, 3373 art, 132; Dietri , 28; | Ptelea polyinel ae Hie re,
Douliot, f, 426; Fairchild, 303; Farlow, 97; | Pteroc. 182;
Farmer, 386; Fernald, 30; Fisher, 337; Puceiata det it Ma 136; rh 136; hetero-
Frear, 64; es 1003 pe ipc id 25}, Goebel, Put ay 147; Palko , 115.
; Goodale, 97, 102, ; Gottsche, 7; satilla pra snes Ulm ALN. 309
Haake, 386; Halsted, 136; Hansgirg) #26; | Pyro ia elliptica, 1; secu anda, i

Hartig, 30; Heller, 167;' Hitchcock, 28: theron ine dor Jos joeust,

General Index.

433
Riccia
R icinelia Vasey), 351.
Quercus, ts 3875 imbricaria, 126, sb awsecer i sates 182, 184,
etero a
Mahi robes ott, Pir hetero cpa, ye a ee omng: Se for determining
Rosa blanda, ey Carolina, 250; Engelmanni,
R 250; Seti igera,
Ranunculaceae, study of pupae ae. » ML. Casimir, Tt, 200
ee eee epens, polation | to EN Rumex, 26. t

iveunia Madagascariensis 414,

Rayenelia pore germination of teleu-
tospores,

spacrih nye ana tomical and physiological,
15, 85, ; 157; systematic and distribu-
tieiat, ¢ ek

Respiration, intermolecular, 229.

Reviews: Apgar: Trees of the N. U UY, B.,

Arn ell: Liverworts of

Bull. 38, 264; By eal 2
Flora, 300; baesey: Elementary ote oe
ull,

ograph of Fon nalacex,
per (S.)é Forest trees oe Indiana,
236i Coville: Report of the Death Valle a

expedi ition, 199; Craig: W
2645 Crozter: Hort. Soc, of Mich. for

book
ology, 195; Fernald: “ede se Satalogne,
228; Green: Flora Franciscana, 98, 16
Pittoni

95; Lemmon: Hand-book of Panes A
cone-bearers, 266; Lu srr gy “ad
gams, 299; Me. omyectes 6 of
» Iowa, 225; Machtillen:

Struction, 198;
34; ‘assee; Plant world, 96; an

: Plants of haan islands,
Newell: Outline Lessons }
Pammel: fa of PHlowers, 4 4 - > 3
orig id of th Botanist, 23; Univ.
a oe sod Soatetontieas from Bot.
b’y, 5 Along California vine-dise ease,
; Robinson Tre f Salem, 98;

> Serz
; Smith: > peackt Seles mer
rosette, 98: now: ist ggg, ene of Kan.,
231; Thaxter: N. et Cae
265; rg orang Rept, 0 of Mo. Bot. Ga
225, beige ual 0}

the 8. , 98,
~. ‘Pacific Slope, 423; Ward: The Oak,
131; Webber: Appendix to Flora of Neb.,
: 132, 2 a Wheelock: The genus Polygala.

98; Winslow: Principles of xigticutture,
227; Contributions tom erba-
rium
trict
_- Rhus ote ; eat Sabra,
18, gry “ 1
- Ribes Gyno’ Sos

Tomato, b
Tracheids

ale aon baler
$a » 53} Cutleri, 49; herbacea,

salsola Kea ji,
Sambucus (He Or 182, 185, 186, 274.
seta Spel 7 Canadensis, 175.

a
i-*)
o
I
oo
w
te

Selaginella lepidoph vila, 5
Serratula — tee lycopifolia, polli-
natio ai

on 0
ears Virl cae

| eee she gha 352.
bemnaer oe srk

Fc rota rostrata or las.
Solidago, and Ager, development of pa
sac, es ee 406; thyrsoidea, 51; Virga-aure:
»
ven influence of elevation and temperature,

Spbmretia Fragarie, rr4.
pina — —

sphacrothect Mors Uae, yg.

hagnu ecies, 426.
Spiraea opiate an 382, 185.
eet sat plants, 1, 235-
Stork

Stigmatella, 399; aurantiaca, 401; pubescens,

et ‘m ee ck 40%
of grasses, hatomy o: of, r
eesamerdd leaf, virtadieid = a3 ” 336.
swage Hapeman ani, 4 hionis, 421;
na, 421
symbiosis, in mistletoe, 333.
Bratusepee Vaccinii, 114.
— 192; electa, 192.

Tabebuia Donnell-Smithit, vgs
Tannin, detecti “9 i on of, 103

Taxus baccata, I

Termites cultivating fungi, 282.

Hie, 83; Americana,

< reat ss, a
Conifers, 231.

434 The Botanical Gazette.
ntia Virginica, 71 V
Transpiration, ori for registering, 2
lehaeg = _ identifica in winter, 180; of Ne. Vaccinium caespitosum, 49, 51, 52; Pennsyl-
» Bho Nor igang var augustifolium, 52; uligin-
a, 9, 52; Vitis-Idaea, 49, 51, 52.
Trichomanes pusillu sm, 41 SOP osteo cay Bas Sold 67:8 stricta, 67; urticaefolia, 68.
Trifolium hybridum, 246; praten Viburnum molle,
3 thocarpum, 2; spp., pe lination | Vitis sp., with meat 115,
of, 2.
Triticum, 22
Tsuga Coseseie, archegonium and apical W
PEE tabgeloed of the stem, 141. Waldsteinia fragarioides,
Watson, gi eo Srey pa Asmara 137-
Weeds, at Col ian Exposition, 136; Cali-
fornian seeds, 100; seeds, Haisted’s, 427.
U Weingaertneria,
Wheat, source ye rust infection, 100; spikes.
bearing be ea spikelets, 277-
Ulmus fulva, 182, pot Wood, silicified, shri — observed
Ulota Americana, 200 under the va aes Bion
Universi World’s Fair, plansof Rotanical Congress, 22,
Universities wn, ae Napuntk: 167; Indi-
~ ag nf Eipiescen, 232, 304; Wiscon-
n, 1
Uredinene, new species in Hedwigia, 339; of | Xanthoxylum Americana, 184.

Uromiyces appendiculatus, 113.
Ustilago antherarum, effect of parasitism, 17;
5 ats
Uvularia perfoliata, pollination of, 21,

Yeast, ascosporous form of, 92.
Yellow pitch pine, 280.

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

ur, J.C.,
inna Geo. ®,

154.
Atwell, c. B.,

223.

Barbour, Erwin H.,
Sa 148.
229.

Bailey, 1 iy

Rergen, ‘Winnie a 6
Berthoud, ¥: ep fs e
Britton, N. L.,

= ‘aes

kins
Campbe
Sarton, 7 os
ter i lee’ 9, 40, IR.
Sale 1
_ Coulter, «5 137, 348, 421.
_ Coulter, Stanley, gr. noe

418.
D. H., Sai

Dewey, X. yrs 199.
Duggar, B kee:
_ Fisher E.M 3.
Ei Foerste, hoc '3 uy Fy 180, 433.
4 dll ah, 2 A 126,
B.D., 25,
45 een Chas ale 328.
Hil, z. -
“Holm, Theo...
Molainger’ J.M

-Holtzma mt, Oot,

oz 56, ‘38, 89, 121, 122, 123, 159,
+. 124, 160, 254, 295, 380.
214.

Kellerman, gio W.A., 257.
Kelsey, F. D oe
Knerr, E. B.,

MacDougal, D. T.,

Morga ag BBG
foe 258.

Newell, Jane H., ‘165.

Penhallow, D. P., 336.

tAR >

Reed, trinete:. 330.

Renauld, F., gr, -

Rex, George A.,

a on Chattes, 65, 173, 269.

Rolfs,

Rose, on "103, 418,
Russet rae es ce + gta,
Scribner, F. Lamson, 46.
Smith, “Siwin F., fry

Stepha ani, F., 58,

chet Geo George B., 108, 158.

Seca gaa 1389.
» Mi: =
Toumey,
True, ney wk 118, 341.

Watson, Sereno, 169.

[435] ‘

205.
aug eeend Roney a 17, 27, $4, 85, 87,

Underwood, Ti M., 218, 305, 341, 417, 425.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Botanical gazette."

See other formats